The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutMinutes - Planning Commission - 10/27/2015 SOUTH BURLINGTON PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES 27 OCTOBER 2015 The South Burlington Planning Commission held a regular meeting on Tuesday, 27 October 2015, at 7:00 p.m., in the Conference Room, City Hall, 575 Dorset Street. MEMBERS PRESENT: J. Louisos, Chair; T. Riehle, B. Gagnon, S. Quest, D. MacDonald, A. Klugo ALSO PRESENT: P. Conner, Director of Planning & Zoning; C. LaRose, City Planner; T. Chittenden, P. Nowak, M. Emery, T. Barritt, M. Lalonde, E. Fitzgerald, S. Dopp, B. & F. Burkhardt, M. Ostby, N. Andrews 1. Agenda: Additions, deletions or changes in order of agenda items: No changes were made to the Agenda. 2. Open to the public for items not related to the agenda: No issues were raised. 3. Planning Commissioner announcements and staff reports: Mr. Conner noted that the City Council approved the hiring of a full time development review person for Planning & Zoning. This will help staff properly communicate with developers, etc., and will free up some staff time. 4. Continued Public Hearing on Draft 2016 Comprehensive Plan (Schools Section): Ms. Louisos stressed that the School Board makes decision regarding the schools, but it is the City Council which approves the Comprehensive Plan, which includes an Education section as required by the State. Mr. Lalonde then referred to his written comments which had been forwarded to the Planning Commission. He felt the draft of the Education section was generally fine, but there were a few issues of concern to the School Board. These include the places where the language gets into funding for schools. The issue is far more complicated than the 91 cents of every dollar of education property tax collected in the city going back to the school district. He suggested not referring to funding at all. Mr. Lalonde said the School Board also wants to remain flexible with regard to school property. He specifically noted that there is a road on the infrastructure map that cuts through the Central School property. The Board wants to keep that open in case the public doesn’t want that to happen. They also don’t want to tie up how that property can be used. Ms. Burkhardt said she felt the Education section was written more from the city point of view and suggested that City Center and “neighborhood schools” descriptions are in conflict. She also felt it appeared that consolidation of schools was “in.” She also cited an apparent conflict between an increased overall population and a decrease in school population. She felt the land sizes of the schools might not be accurate. She then reviewed a list of specific language changes she would like to see made and gave a written copy of this to the Commission. Ms. Nowak advised that three members of the City Council were present. They were not seated together, nor did they intend to conduct any City Council business. Ms. Ostby noted that it appeared that references to “neighborhood schools” appeared to be removed. She felt that discussion needs to happen in the community and that removing it is premature. Mr. Barrett felt the language should read that the community needs to have discussions regarding schools due to changes in demographics, nothing more. Mr. Burkhardt felt that references to repurposing of school could be deleted as it might limit what could be done with the properties. Ms. Ostby felt the document was premature and that the city should have “patience” and allow things to happen. Ms. Louisos explained the time constraints and stressed that a new Comprehensive Plan needs to be in place by March. The Commission will wrap up its work (which has been ongoing for almost 5 years) and pass the document on to the City Council. The Council will then hold its own review and public hearings. She noted that the Chamberlin-Airport neighborhood section has also not been fully updated due to the ongoing work of the committee studying that area. She stressed that the city is constantly evolving. Ms. Quest asked when the School Board felt it would have things mapped out. Mr. Lalonde said they are considering working with partners and don’t know the timing. The very earliest there could be a public vote would be March, which would be too late for the Comprehensive Plan. He felt the proposed Plan does not bind the schools. Ms. Fitzgerald suggested possibly striking the 1998 information. Mr. Klugo said they felt that was a way to maintain the context of why the current facilities are not adequate (as with staffing and lower enrolments, etc.). He noted that the square footage references relate to the square footage assigned per pupil by the State Education Department. Mr. Burkhardt asked if that will continue to happen. Ms. Fitzgerald said it will. “Program square footage” is used in order, for example, to be ADA compliant. Mr. Barritt suggested adding affordable taxes to the ability of people to move to the city (Page 2-41). As there was no further public comment, Ms. Quest moved to close the public hearing. Mr. Riehle seconded. Motion passed unanimously. 5. Review feedback provided on Draft Comprehensive Plan: discuss amendments: a. Technical corrections completed by staff: Ms. LaRose noted that most of these were discussed last time. Members felt these looked fine. b. Staff Recommended Changes based on prior Commission discussions: Mr. Conner recommended removing the strategy that the city continue to support acquisition of homes (Airport area), as the Commission has previously decided not to address Airport issues pending the current work. Mr. Conner also noted that the project relating to changes at the Dorset Street/Market Street intersection was removed as there are no plans for this. Mr. Conner noted there was a recommendation from 2008 for a Kimball Avenue/Williston Road connection. This has been put in as a recommendation. He showed the map with this new road added. Mr. Klugo suggested just leaving a number in a circle, rather than showing an actual road location. Mr. Conner agreed. Mr. Conner also noted they had updated language to go along with what was done with the Draft Official City Map. With regard to comments made by the Regional Planning Commission that the section relating to “compatibility” with neighboring communities’ plans was “a little thin,” Mr. Conner said the Plan now shows how South Burlington lines up with other adjacent communities’ plans. He added there are a few differences in approach (notably in Shelburne), but similar goals. He also noted that the Regional Plan lines up very closely with what South Burlington has done. Mr. Conner then showed an area where the new Pizzagalli Properties is located and noted there should be a very thin red band there to indicate that level of development along Shelburne Road. The small orange/red dot in South Village has been removed, and there have been some minor changes in green areas. Members asked that staff try to show the stream buffer near the Village at Dorset Park. Mr. Riehle asked about the indicated rec path on Hinesburg Road and questioned its appropriateness on a 50 mph road. Mr. Conner said this would be defined as a path completely separated from the road. Ms. Quest noted a rec path that should go all the way to the top of a road. She said it should be shown on the map as this is a very dangerous area. Mr. Conner agreed. Mr. Klugo cited the need to connect bike/rec path segments. Mr. Conner said there are questions as to which side of the road paths should be on. Mr. Barritt specifically noted the area near the proposed Grove Street housing development. Mr. Conner noted that the missing sidewalk will be connected as part of that development. Commissioners expressed that they were comfortable with the changes as discussed. c. Community Feedback: Ms. Quest noted that people who live in the area don’t want the Spear Street Extension. Mr. Riehle said it is an issue of east-west roads, but he felt it would become a cut-through. Mr. Klugo stressed that this is a plan for the community as a whole, not just one neighborhood. It’s a question of people having to drive in circles to get places. He would leave it on the map. Ms. Quest said Jeff Nick has said he would make the road as curvy as possible, so it’s not a straight shot. Ms. Louisos added that this road has been shown on plans for many years and that no changes to something like this should happen without review of the transportation impacts. Mr. Conner added that there was a comment that roadway design can be ecologically sensitive as well. Ms. LaRose noted that the Natural Resources Committee had suggested that as well. Members were OK with adding a statement to that effect. Ms. Quest then referred to some changes requested by the Energy Committee. She suggested taking out “where appropriate” in the visions and goals. Members agreed to leave it. Ms. Quest also asked to add a paragraph regarding making people more aware of energy. Members agreed to put in a shortened statement to that effect. Members also agreed to put in a reference to request 4a, but not 4b (from the Energy Committee’s requests). Mr. Klugo suggested making only the changes that fundamentally change what is being sent to the City Council. The others can be saved for a later update. Mr. Gagnon felt that one important thing missing was on page 2-47, regarding view shed management that was in the Open Space Committee report. Mr. Conner noted the city has 3 view protection corridors. The current plan has ~15 asterisks called “vistas.” The Open Space Committee created a method for how the city could determine critical views. There is a map of potential important views, if there were not things built in front of them. Ms. Louisos said it wouldn’t be bad to add this to the section on “quality of life.” Mr. Gagnon cited a good overview of view sheds on p. 2-103 and suggested adding a map so people can tie them together. Mr. Conner said there could be a strategy to update the map, as appropriate. Commissioners agreed. It was noted the Mr. Shaw had asked for some clarification of the 300 foot buffer zone. Mr. Conner showed the map from the Arrowwood study and explained where the 300 feet comes from. Members then discussed how to respond to people who had provided input and suggested changes/additions to the Plan. They acknowledged that it was not possible to respond Individually to each person and suggested a general thank you on various media (The Other Paper, Front Porch Forum, the City’s website, etc.). Ms. Louisos said she would draft an appropriate statement to that effect. Mr. Andrews commented that staff has been super responsive to comments people have made. Mr. Klugo suggested the need for a glossary for terms that are close in meaning. He felt this could be done after the document goes to the City Council. Mr. Klugo expressed concern with the use of the word “monitor” in the strategy on p. 2‐17. Mr. Conner noted the state has building codes for things other than single family homes and duplexes. This strategy applies to those two types of residences. Mr. Klugo felt the word could result in “unintended consequences” and suggested the word “study” instead. Members agreed to make that change. Mr. Klugo questioned the use of the word “safety” with regard to the Swift St. Extension. Mr. Conner cited Fire Department input regarding placement of hoses which would block the only intersection and not allow the passage of even emergency vehicles. Mr. Conner suggested adding “to enhance emergency vehicle responsiveness” to clarify the safety concern. Members agreed with this change. Ms. Louisos suggested adding a sentence to p. 2-84. She will send the language to Ms. LaRose. Members agreed. Regarding comments made by the School Board, members agreed to take out the references to school funding. With regard to comments about the road through the Central School property, Mr. Conner noted it is in the draft Form Based Code, and thus should to be in the Comprehensive Plan if the Commissioners wish to keep it in the Draft Code. Members agreed that the roadway was an important piece of the Code. Members agreed to all of the School Board comments except those regarding the road. Ms. Louisos questioned language in strategy 119. Mr. Conner said it should state that if development is to occur on the west side of the Vermont Railway, it should make use of public crossings (p. 3-28). Members agreed to this change. Mr. Macdonald questioned strategy 122 and noted that other than Red Rocks, all the other lakefront is privately owned. Mr. Conner noted the Red Rocks Management Plan talks about a possible boat mooring out there. Members also noted there is also the Farrell property to consider. No changes were made. Members felt they wanted to read through the comments from people related to education before making any changes, possibly via a future update to the Plan. Ms. Quest asked about “neighborhood schools.” Mr. Klugo noted that only 1/3 of the children at Orchard School live in that neighborhood; Chamberlin has students bussed from as far as Cheese Factory Road, etc. Mr. Gagnon suggested “accessible schools” instead of “neighborhood schools.” 6. Other Business: a. Upcoming Meetings: Members agreed to a very short meeting (which can be attended via telephone) on 3 November at 6:00 p.m. Subsequent meetings will be on 10 November (regular meeting) and 12 November (with the City Council). As there was no further business to come before the Commission, the meeting was adjourned by common consent at 9:50 p.m. _________________________________ Clerk Published by ClerkBase ©2019 by Clerkbase. No Claim to Original Government Works. comprehensive plan 2016 to 2021 DRAFT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PUBLISHED September 10, 2015 PUBLIC HEARING OCTOBER 20, 2015 city of south burlington comprehensive plan 3 Acknowledgements South Burlington Planning Commission Jessica Louisos, Chair Tracey Harrington, Vice-Chair Bernie Gagnon, Clerk Art Klugo Duncan Macdonald Sophie Quest Ted Riehle The City also thanks the work of all of its commissioners over the past five years in developing this plan. South Burlington City Council Pat Nowak, Chair Chris Shaw, Vice-Chair Helen Riehle, Clerk Thomas Chittenden Meaghan Emery Planning & Zoning Staff Paul Conner, AICP, Director of Planning & Zoning Raymond J. Belair, Administrative Officer Cathyann LaRose, AICP, City Planner The City also thanks the work of all City staff involved in developing this Plan, with special thanks to Madeline Brumberg, GIS Technician. Executive Summary Vision This plan presents a vision of how the City desires to evolve in the coming 20 years. The plan recommends a number of actions and practices that should be undertaken by the City and community to help achieve the goals and objectives therein. This plan and its recommendations are intended to aid the City as it prepares and adopts regulations, prepares capital budgets and annual work programs, and forms citizen committees to study a particular concern. Considerable effort was dedicated into summarizing the impassioned priorities, plans and aspirations of the community into a simple consolidated vision. The result is strong and can be found in its entirety at the start of the Plan. Here and into the future, South Burlington is....... Affordable & Community Strong. Creating a robust sense of place and opportunity for our residents and visitors. Walkable. Bicycle and pedestrian friendly with safe transportation infrastructure. Green & Clean. Emphasizing sustainability for long-term viability of a clean and green South Burlington. Opportunity Oriented. Being a supportive and engaged member of the larger regional and statewide community. Background & stakeholder ParticiPation The 2016 Comprehensive Plan represents the culmination of a multi-year public process of the Planning Commission, and provided an opportunity for the community to revisit the Comprehensive Plan to evaluate key accomplishments as well as areas for improvement. It also provided an opportunity to review current trends and conditions, explore new issues and opportunities, and ensure that recommendations contained in the updated Plan were aligned with the community’s vision and goals for the future. The development of this plan involved extensive participation among the citizens of South Burlington, City officials, regional entities and the business community. It has evolved to its present form based largely on committee work, special studies, policy formulation, discussion and debate. In addition to citizen participation forums, the Planning Commission has held numerous public meetings to review, discuss and debate the various sections of the plan. The drafting of these sections has involved considerable input by City officials and the School District; various City committees such as the Natural Resources Committee, Energy Committee, Recreation-Leisure Arts Committee, Bike and Pedestrian Committee, Library Board of Trustees; regional entities such as the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission, Champlain Water District, Chittenden Sold city of south burlington comprehensive plan4 5city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Community Assessment. This section includes a description of the City’s cur- rent condition, resources and character, identification of needs and concerns, and analyses of critical issues facing the City, categorized by social, gray, blue, and green infrastructure. Each section also highlights City objectives, and strategies to achieve those objectives. ✦Future Land Use. This section includes more geographically specific assess- ment of the City’s districts, with land use objectives and strategies that are unique to certain City districts. ✦Attachments. This includes maps, data and additional resources developed as part of the plan update. notaBle changes Policy framework refinements to the guiding principles, goals, and policies were made throughout the plan in response to community input and new issues and opportunities that emerged through the process. A simplified structure is now organized around four types of infrastructure and includes a matrix which links goals, objectives and strategies to make sure each work in tandem and keep community decisions accountable to City goals. Notable changes to the policy framework include: • Enhanced emphasis on quality of life considerations such as neighborhood livability, community pride and sense of place, parks and recreation, pedestrian and bicycle connectivity, and community resiliency • Expanded policy linkage to adopted plans • Expanded discussion of housing affordability and economic policy • Expanded emphasis on long-term sustainability, including energy efficiency, local agriculture and food security. land area designations & Future land use MaP The plan designates a series of four quadrants and one district that share common geography, land use, and transportation patterns. For each quadrant or district, the Future Land Use chapter provides an overview of existing land use, projected future land use, key planning issues, and transition areas. The future land use plan is accompanied by a map of the same name. This proposed future land use strives to reflect the overall goals of the City and to balance the various objectives and strategies of this document, while also providing a more geographically specific assessment of the City’s districts, with land use objectives and strategies that are unique to certain areas. The adopted map categorizes land use into several degrees Waste District, and Chittenden County Transit Authority; and private organizations such as local builders, adhoc taskforces, the South Burlington Land Trust, and others. The extensive public input in the plan did not begin or end with the first draft published. Hundreds of stakeholders have contributed throughout the five-year period leading up to its date of publication. Public input has been gathered in all forms, from formal public meetings and hearings before the Planning Commission, to meetings of special project-focused committees, to individual direct and indirect citizen input. Portions of the plan were refined through the committees formed in 2012 to develop subject-specific reports: Affordable Housing, Open Space, and Sustainable Agriculture. Each of these committees held several targeted and well attended community meetings and discussion sessions. Stakeholders participated in ice cream socials held in City parks; residents stopped to talk about issues during visits to the community farmer’s market. Each ultimately produced a report which provided direct feedback incorporated into the Plan. Other reports and studies include: multiple transportation corridor studies and network analyses; extensive outreach and documentation associated with the City’s bid for the Georgetown University Energy Prize; a Public Facilities Taskforce led to a recommendation for public buidlings, functions, and space within the City Center; an environmental Study provided valuable science-based knowledge of key water and wildlife resources in the Southeast Quadrant; a 2015 Identity study gave insight to valued City features and began a conversation on the strategy desired by the City’s residents, business owners, and employees. Specific plans recently completed include management plans for Red Rocks Park and the Wheeler Nature Park, a vision framework for the recently acquired Underwood parcel on Spear Street, a transportation network analysis for the Williston Road / city center area, a Shelburne Road corridor study, and adoption of a Tax Increment Financing District Plan. The City also participated in and has incorporated various elements of the CCRPC’s Regional Plan, and a 2015 study directed by the School Board seeks to plan for the future programming and facility needs of all South Burlington schools.. Electronic methods of outreach have never been more utilized in South Burlington than was in this process. Feedback was solicited and provided via a dedicated website, The Path to Sustainability. A Power of Ten exercise provided a digital conduit for people to share thoughts and ideas about favorite places, problem areas, and other City notes. Recreation and school newsletters shared word of the plan and its components. Front Porch Forum was additionally helpful in reaching thousands of city households. organization This plan is organized into four sections: ✦Introduction. This section provides a brief overview of the City, this plan and South Burlington’s planning history. It highlights the City’s most important goals. city of south burlington comprehensive plan6 icity of south burlington comprehensive plan of residential density, commercial, industrial, City Center, and public uses. The map provides for a series of broad categories of planned land intensity. The features on this map are purposefully blended so as not to focus on a specific parcel or delineation between land use features. That level of specificity is left to the Official Zoning Map. For the purposes of this map and plan, future land use is identified in terms of intensity - a reflection of several variables including types of uses, number of residents, square footage, massing and heights of buildings, clustering and lot coverages, proximity to roadways, type and frequency of roadways - rather than just residential density. The purpose of the future land use map is not to define residential building density or enumerate the specific figures for other factors of land development intensity, but to provide guidance to the related Land Development Regulations, such that the distribution and relative effect of these developments is in keeping with the City’s overall goals. The Future Land Use Map has been arranged into relative categories: ✦Very low intensity, principally open space. These lands emphasize conserva- tion, water quality, and wildlife protection. Land development regulations should provide ease of approval for open spaces, including agricultural land and related uses. ✦Lower intensity, principally residential. Fostering a strong sense of neighbor- hood, these areas are primarily residential in use, with number of units and size of buildings to be among the lowest in the City. More intense commer- cial or industrial uses should be avoided. ✦Medium intensity, residential to mixed use. These areas support an increased diversity of housing options, with increased building density and slightly in- creased building heights over lower density residential areas. ✦Medium to higher intensity, principally non-residential. Intended to foster high quality jobs, these lands provide for medium to large scale industrial, educational, mechanical and office park environments, among other related uses. Their aesthetics should reflect quality design and promote South Burl- ington as a welcoming place to work and do business. ✦Medium to higher intensity, mixed use. These lands are intended to be the most compact and most intensely developed in the City and support employ- ment. Infrastructure is efficient, and transportation is emphasized towards access to transit, pedestrians and cyclists. This plan represents the heart and vision of South Burlington. 1: contents 1: introduction 1.1. Vision & Goals 1-1 1.2. The CiTy 1-3 General Description Before Becoming a City 1.3. The Plan 1-5 Overview Authority and Purpose Planning Process Planning History 1.4. imPlemenTaTion 1-10 2: community assessment each sub-section will contain: Overview Inventory Analysis and Challenges Future Needs and Trends Objectives Strategies 2.1. idenTiTy 2-1 2.2 soCial infrasTruCTure 2-3 A. Population B. Housing C. Economy D. Community Facilities and Services City Government Public Works Police Fire & Rescue Medical Facilities Library Childcare Lands, Parks, and Natural Areas within the City Primary and Secondary Schools E. Quality of Life city of south burlington comprehensive planii iiicity of south burlington comprehensive plan 3.3. ComPaTibiliTy 4: references and resources 4-1 4.1. maPs 4.2. sTraTeGy Table 2.3 Gray infrasTruCTure 2-1 A. Transportation B. Public Utilities C. Energy D. Resource Extraction 2.4 blue infrasTruCTure 2-1 A. Surface and Ground Water Resources B. Stormwater C. Potable Water D. Wastewater Treatment 2.5 Green infrasTruCTure 2- A. Ecological Resources B. Historic and Cultural Resources C. Recreation Resources D. Agricultural Resources 2.6 aChieVemenTs & onGoinG aCTions 2- 3: land use plan 3.1. CurrenT land use 3-1 Development Patterns 3.2. fuTure land use 3- A. Overview of the City’s Land Use B. Future Land Use Plan 3- C. Land Use Planning Areas 3- Central District Northwest Quadrant Northeast Quadrant Southwest Quadrant Southeast Quadrant D. Special Multi-District Issues 3- Core Area and Key Corridors Through Districts Open Spaces and Wildlife Corridors Energy Facility Siting Road Connections city of south burlington comprehensive planiv 1-1city of south burlington comprehensive plan South Burlington Imagery 2013 Vintage ¹ P:\Planning&Zoning\Planning\HistoricImageryMapping\HistoricImageryMapping_2013.mxd Exported By: mbrumberg on 1/15/2015 January 15, 2015 0 0.5 10.25 Miles 1: introduction 1.1. Vision & Goals here and into the Future, south Burlington is....... Affordable & Community Strong Creating a robust sense of place and opportunity for our residents and visitors. ✦Be affordable, with housing for people of all incomes, lifestyles, and stages of life; ✦Keep unique features and maintain the quality of life of existing neighbor- hoods; ✦Be a recognized leader in public education offerings and outcomes; ✦Provide quality public safety, infrastructure, health, wellness, and recreation services; ✦Ensure transparent and accessible government. Walkable. Bicycle and pedestrian friendly with safe transportation infrastructure. ✦Develop a safe and efficient transportation system that supports pedestrian, bicycle, and transit options while accommodating the automobile; ✦Establish a city center with pedestrian-oriented design, mixed uses, and pub- lic buildings and civic spaces that act as a focal point to the community. Green & Clean. Emphasizing sustainability for long-term viability of a clean and green South Burlington. ✦Promote conservation of identified important natural areas, open spaces, aquatic resources, air quality, arable land and other agricultural resources, historic sites and structures, and recreational assets; ✦Reduce energy consumption city-wide and increase renewable energy pro- duction where appropriate. Opportunity Oriented. Being a supportive and engaged member of the larger regional and statewide community. ✦Prioritize development that occurs within the community into the higher intensity areas identified within this Plan; ✦Support a diverse and vibrant economy built on quality jobs, employment centers and a supportive educational and research system; support markets for local agricultural and food products. city of south burlington comprehensive plan1-2 1-3city of south burlington comprehensive plan 1.2. The City general descriPtion The City of South Burlington covers approximately 10,600 acres in the western part of Chittenden County. It is bounded to the northwest by Burlington, the largest city in Vermont. The Winooski River is the northern boundary between South Burlington, Colchester and Essex. To the east, Muddy Brook runs the entire length of South Burlington and separates the city from Williston. Shelburne bounds the city on the south. The southwest section of the city lies on Lake Champlain with 2 1/4 miles of shoreline. South Burlington is a regional employment, trade, housing, and transportation center. It is also home to substantial natural resources and recreational facilities and programming, a high quality elementary, secondary, and higher education school system, and vibrant neighborhoods. The City is host to many visitors, having the most hotel rooms in the State. Three major elements contributing to South Burlington’s regional and state prominence are its park and trails system, retail and commercial areas and its arterial transportation network. This network includes 27 miles of recreation paths, Vermont’s largest airport and direct access to Interstates 89 (I-89) and 189 (I-189). It is traversed by two arterial highways, one railway, and has nearby destination points for large ferry routes. A combination of newer and long-established neighborhoods serving a population that is increasingly diverse in its socioeconomic and ethnic composition exist throughout the city and are connected through both roadways and a growing recreational path system. The city’s quality public school system is supplemented by the proximity to the University of Vermont, three private colleges and the Community College of Vermont. A major healthcare institution, the University of Vermont Medical Center, along with a contingent of family doctors and specialists in the area, provide excellent healthcare services. In addition to these amenities, South Burlington’s spectacular scenic and recreational setting adjacent to Burlington’s downtown amenities and urban core add to a strong quality of life for South Burlington as well as the entire region. BeFore BecoMing a city South Burlington’s geographic location, natural resources, and natural features have made it a desirable place for settlement for centuries. South Burlington lies between Lake Champlain, the Winooski River, and the Shelburne Pond watershed. South Burlington’s location between these major drainage areas and bodies of water, as well as its natural resources, made the area naturally suited to occupation throughout prehistoric times. There is archaeological evidence that suggests human populations occupied the area as early as 8000 BC. With the arrival of European settlers at the close of the 18th century, South Burlington was transformed into a farming community. The area is well suited to agriculture due to its gently rolling, fertile soils. Industrial activity also arose around Winooski Falls and the natural lime rock was extracted and refined through kilns. Monkton quartzite was quarried from the eastern edge of the town and utilized in many Burlington foundations. The introduction of the Winooski Turnpike (now Williston Road) and a stagecoach route along what is now Hinesburg Road made South Burlington a central location in the early years of the 19th century. Some taverns and other commercial structures sprang up sporadically along these transportation routes. Initially development included shared services and utilities with Burlington, which grew to be the financial and service center of the area. In 1865, South Burlington and Burlington became separate communities, with Burlington being the population and business hub and South Burlington being largely agrarian. Farmers brought their goods to Burlington and exchanged them for manufactured goods. The introduction of the railroad along the shores of Lake Champlain brought tourists to the area. Queen City Park became a popular religious summer camp and eventually developed a railroad stop of its own and the Burlington Trolley line was extended to service the area in the closing years of the 19th century. Growth continued slowly for South Burlington through the first years of the 20th century. With the introduction of the automobile, development shifted to major roads such as Williston Road. In 1919, work was begun on the airport which would become the Burlington International Airport. South Burlington began to become a transportation hub for Chittenden County. With the post-World War II economic expansion, development took off in both the commercial/industrial and residential sectors. Major residential neighborhoods close to the airport, begun prior to World War II, accelerated the pace of construction after the war during the 1940s and 1950s. The community adopted zoning in 1947 in an effort to provide order to the exploding growth. Between 1940 and 1950, the city’s population more than doubled. Pre-war efforts to extend municipal water services from Burlington came to fruition along Williston Road. Between 1950 and 1960, the population doubled again. Many businesses sprang up along Williston Road and Shelburne Road. Diners, motels, restaurants, as well as retail shops and offices began to line these popular strips. Many roadside businesses developed distinctive designs and signs to stand out to the motorist. Farmland was quickly converted to dense development. Conversely, areas such as Southeast Quadrant and the lakeshore saw little development during this time period. South Burlington formally was granted city status in 1971. Since that time, as the Social Infrastructure Chapter will illustrate, the population of the city has grown to 17,904 (2010 Census), as has the employment base and amount of conserved natural areas, parkland, recreational paths, and community services available. city of south burlington comprehensive plan1-4 1-5city of south burlington comprehensive plan In the spring of 2015, South Burlington began the Community Identity Project to better understand how the community, its workers, and neighbors viewed the city. A major goal includes fashioning material that could be used to clearly, succinctly and consistently articulate community identity, pride, strength and direction. 2015 marked the community’s 150th anniversary. The remainder of this plan will address the contemporary opportunities and challenges of balancing continued growth, new development, redevelopment, and changing demographics within the city, with the city’s identified goals. 1.3. The Plan oVerView The Comprehensive Plan is a framework and guide for accomplishing community aspirations and intentions. It states goals and objectives and recommends courses of action for future growth, development, and conservation of land, public facilities and services, and environmental protection. This plan presents a vision of how the city desires to evolve in the coming 20 years. It is based upon inventories, studies, analyses of current and projected trends, and most importantly, the desires of the community. The plan is implemented through various city ordinances and regulations, involvement with state and federal agencies, fiscal practices, and through the actions and lives of city residents and business owners. This plan recommends a number of actions and practices that should be undertaken by the city and community to help achieve the goals and objectives of the plan. It is important to note that these recommendations are not mandates, but are suggestions to help guide the operations of the city and its citizens. This plan and its recommendations are intended to aid the city as it prepares and adopts regulations, prepares capital budgets and annual work programs, and forms citizen committees to study a particular concern. These recommendations shall be implemented only after considerable thought, discussion and analysis. Sections. This plan is organized into four sections: ✦Introduction. This section provides a brief overview of the city, this plan and South Burlington’s planning history. It highlights the city’s most important goals. ✦Community Assessment. This section includes a description of the city’s current condition, resources and character, identification of needs and concerns, and analyses of critical issues facing the city, categorized by social, gray, blue, and green infrastructure. Each section also highlights city objectives, and strategies to achieve those objectives. ✦Future Land Use. This section includes a more geographically specific assessment of the city’s districts, with land use objectives and strategies that are unique to certain city districts. ✦Attachments. This includes maps, data and additional resources developed as part of the plan update. Policy Statements. The Plan includes three levels of policy statements: the Vision & Goals, Objectives, and Strategies. ✦Vision Statement and Goals of the Community. These are intended to be broad statements of the direction that the City is headed towards. Goals, by definition, are not measurable. These are contained at the very start of the Plan and are intentionally grouped together so that they can be seen and considered as a whole. city of south burlington comprehensive plan1-6 1-7city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Objectives. These are intended to set intentions and, where possible, targets. They are organized by subject area and are contained within each chapter. Objectives strive to follow multiple Goals. ✦Strategies. These are specific statements of policies and/or types of work to be done to meet the Objectives laid out in the Plan. They do not reach the detailed level of a regulation or a management policy but identify the areas for regulations, policies, and actions to be taken. authority and PurPose The authority to prepare and implement the comprehensive plan is granted to the city through the Vermont Planning and Development Act, Title 24 of the Vermont Statutes Annotated, Chapter 117. It is the purpose of the Act to “... encourage the appropriate development of all lands in this state... in a manner which will promote the public health, safety against fire, floods, explosions and other dangers ... and to provide means and methods for the municipalities and regions of this state to plan for the prevention, minimization and future elimination of such land development problems as may presently exist or which may be foreseen and to implement those plans when and where appropriate.” The Vermont Statutes also specifically detail a series of elements that are required to be included in any local plan, and include a series of statewide planning objectives which local plans are encouraged to be consistent with. Planning Process The development of this plan involved extensive participation among the citizens of South Burlington, city officials, regional entities and the business community. It has evolved into its present form based largely on committee work, special studies, policy formulation, discussion and debate conducted over the last 40 years in the development and adoption of previous comprehensive plans. In addition to citizen participation forums, the Planning Commission has held numerous public meetings to review, discuss and debate the various sections of the plan. The drafting of these sections has involved considerable input by city officials and the School District; various city committees such as the Natural Resources Committee, Energy Committee, Recreation-Leisure Arts Committee, Bike and Pedestrian Committee, Library Board of Trustees; sub-committees; regional entities such as the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission, Champlain Water District, Chittenden Solid Waste District, and Chittenden County Transit Authority; and private organizations such as local builders, adhoc taskforces, the South Burlington Land Trust, and others. The extensive public input that forms the lifeblood of this plan did not begin or end with the first full draft published. The plan is always present, and hundreds of stakeholders have contributed throughout the five-year period leading up to its date of publication. Public input has been gathered in all forms, from formal public meetings and hearings before the Planning Commission, to meetings of special project-focused committees, to individual direct and indirect citizen input. A substantial portion of this plan was refined through the committees formed in 2012 to develop subject- specific reports: Affordable Housing, Open Space, and Sustainable Agriculture. Each of these committees held several targeted and well-attended community meetings, and discussion sessions. Stakeholders participated in ice cream socials held on site in City parks, and residents stopped to talk about issues during visits to the community farmer’s market. Each ultimately produced a report which provided direct feedback to be incorporated into the City’s plan. Other reports and studies include: multiple transportation corridor studies and network analyses; extensive outreach and documentation associated with the City’s bid for the Georgetown University Energy Prize; a Public Facilities Taskforce led to a recommendation for public buidlings, functions, and space within the City Center; an environmental Study provided valuable science-based knowledge of key water and wildlife resources in the Southeast Quadrant; a 2015 Identity study gave insight to valued City features and began a conversation on the strategy desired by the City’s residents, business owners, and employees. Specific plans recently completed include management plans for Red Rocks Park and the Wheeler Nature Park, a vision framework for the recently acquired Underwood parcel on Spear Street, a transportation network analysis for the Williston Road / city center area, a Shelburne Road corridor study, and adoption of a Tax Increment Financing District Plan. The City also participated in and has incorporated various elements of the CCRPC’s Regional Plan, and a 2015 study directed by the School Board seeks to plan for the future programming and facility needs of all South Burlington schools. An ongoing study in the Chamberlin area will provide a unique opportunity to build a plan for the area in greater depth than has been seen in more than 50 years, while simultaneously seeking to build a strong and integral relationship between the neighborhood and the state’s largest airport. Specific plans freshly completed include management plans for Red Rocks Park and the Wheeler Nature Park. The community also provided extensive feedback towards the use of the recently acquired Underwood parcel on Spear Street. Electronic methods of outreach have never been more utilized in South Burlington as were for this Plan. Feedback was solicited and provided via a dedicated website, The Path to Sustainability. A Power of Ten exercise provided a digital conduit for people to share thoughts and ideas about favorite places, problem areas, and other City notes. Recreation and school newsletters shared word of the plan and its components. Front Porch Forum has been helpful in reaching thousands of city households. The input involved in developing the plan will be continued in its implementation. In addition, the Vermont Planning and Development Act requires the comprehensive plan to be updated and readopted every five years. This is important to address change that is so prevalent in our lives. Even before the five-year limit, the city will continue city of south burlington comprehensive plan1-8 1-9city of south burlington comprehensive plan to reevaluate this plan and implementation process in order to best assure a quality living environment and future for the residents and visitors of South Burlington. Planning history In the face of urban pressures, changing land uses and expanding needs, South Burlington has attempted to plan and control development and the use of land and water. The first zoning ordinance was adopted in 1947. It zoned the town into residential, business and industrial districts. The Official Municipal Plan adopted in 1953 was the first such plan in the State of Vermont. It delineated new streets with services, schoolhouses, playgrounds and public buildings. The 1947 Zoning Ordinance was amended to implement the plan. In 1962, a Comprehensive Plan was drawn up which suggested several capital improvement guidelines for development. A new Zoning Ordinance was approved in 1964 based on the 1962 plan. It separated the town into two types of residential districts, two types of business districts, an industrial district and a planned district. The Comprehensive Plan was amended in 1962. That Plan incorporated a Conservation and Recreational Plan - the first in Vermont - that was produced by the Chittenden County Natural Resources Committee. That study is the basis of South Burlington’s ongoing efforts to preserve the community’s natural environment. During the 1960s South Burlington was the fastest growing municipality in the State of Vermont and this rapid growth intensified the problem of providing sewage disposal, streets, traffic control, fire and police protection, schools, sanitary landfill and other municipal services. A new Comprehensive Plan in 1974 responded to this rapid growth rate with a growth policy that called for an increase in residential units and in population of two %, or the rate of growth in the county, whichever was greater. Residential construction, consisting almost entirely of multi-family units, increased rapidly during the late 1970s. Also, commercial activity had been substantial and several major industries (Digital, New England Telephone and Semicon) located in the city. During the period between the 1981 Comprehensive Plan and the 1985 plan, the plan itself remained essentially the same in an environment of physical, social, and economic change. The 1985 plan reflected a continuing commitment to the basic philosophy and goals of the previous plan. The changes in the 1985 plan were based on more current planning data and the experience gained by the various city boards and commissions in encountering planning issues. The magnitude of the change during this period within and around South Burlington strongly suggests the need for a continuing comprehensive planning effort. In 1987, this plan was amended to include a discussion on a proposed city center for the Dorset Street area. The 1991 Comprehensive Plan continued to promote the general philosophy of those goals and recommendations contained in the 1985 plan. However, greater emphasis and fine-tuning was placed on certain important issues facing the community. These included strengthening the city’s desire for a City Center, preserving the special character of the Southeast Quadrant, and encouraging the transformation of the city’s Williston Road and Shelburne Road corridors into a more attractive, mixed-use, traffic safe environment. In 1996, the Comprehensive Plan was refined to respond to continuing growth in the city which required renewed planning efforts to maintain the adequacy of municipal services, to direct residential, commercial, and industrial growth to appropriate areas, and to respond to traffic and other problems that have resulted from development patterns of previous years. The 2001 Comprehensive Plan was formulated to address the continued planning efforts of the city and also to address the new initiatives undertaken. The process of developing this 2001 update to the comprehensive plan began with a citywide planning process involving hundreds of citizens. Studies and planning work completed by the Planning Commission from 2000 through 2006 directly carried out many of these recommendations. An Open Space Strategy was completed in 2002 and was followed by three Southeast Quadrant studies: The Ecological Assessment and Bird Habitat Study (2004), and a new master land use plan for the Southeast Quandran (SEQ) in 2005. The 2006 Plan, readopted in 2011, included a revised and expanded chapter on the SEQ, reflecting the results of the studies and input and complementing the zoning regulations amendments passed that same year encouraging preservation of the areas of greatest ecological significance, creating a new village center on Dorset Street around the Chittenden Cider Mill, and making public investments in a series of connected parks and paths woven around new, walkable and connected residential neighborhoods through use of a Transfer of Development Rights (TDR) program; continued implementation is strongly supported by this plan as well. At the same time, the Chamberlin neighborhood adjacent to the Burlington International Airport has seen some of its housing stock removed by the Airport and in conjuction with the Federal Aviation Administration due to noise impacts from the airport. Establishing a new integrated transition between these two land uses will be a focus during the next several years. This 2016 Plan seeks to further build upon these core attributes, focusing on strengthening policies in support of the community-wide goals listed on page 1-1 of this plan. city of south burlington comprehensive plan1-10 1-11city of south burlington comprehensive plan 1.4. Implementation There are many tools and techniques available to the city which can be used to implement the Comprehensive Plan. This section describes the general mechanisms which are in place or could be developed to implement the goals, objectives, and strategies of the city. Other more specific mechanisms for implementation are identified throughout the other sections of this plan. The timing and funding of the following tasks will be determined by the annual work program. land deVeloPMent (zoning & suBdiVision) regulations The most commonly used bylaw for controlling development at the local level are zoning and subdivision regulations. Zoning and subdivision regulations control the use of land and structures, and the density, height and bulk of development. 24 VSA Chapter 117 spells out specific requirements and limitations of any municipal land development regulations. The statutes also provide multiple optional tools that communities enact under zoning and subdivision, including: ✦Establishment of zoning and overlay districts ✦Site plan and conditional use standards ✦Performance standards ✦Inclusionary zoning ✦Waivers ✦Planned unit development ✦Transfer of development rights Many of these tools are presently used with the South Burlington Land Development Regulations, including specific overlay districts dedicated to flood hazard protection, scenic views, interstates, design review, watershed protection, traffic, and airport approaches, and may include additional types in the future in order to implement this Plan. oFFicial MaP The official map is a local bylaw enabled by State legislation which reserves land for streets, recreation paths, drainage, parks, schools and other public facilities. The city’s official map should be completely reviewed and revised where appropriate in the context of this Comprehensive Plan. MuniciPal ordinances Multiple municipal ordinances are used to implement the Comprehensive Plan. Among those most closely related to land use: ✦Sign ordinance ✦Ordinance regulating the use of public and private sanitary sewerage ✦Peddlers ordinance ✦Backyard chicken ordinance ✦Control and prevention of fire ordinance ✦Public nuisance ordinance ✦Tree ordinance ✦Impact fee ordinance land acquisition The acquisition of land will be required in order to implement several goals and recommendations contained in the plan such as the construction of public facilities including parkland, schools, sewer and water facilities, roads and recreation paths. Land may be acquired through fee simple acquisition, conditions of subdivision approval, or donations. Among the tools implemented by the voters is a $0.01 addition to the annual municipal property tax. The use of those funds is restricted to those provided by the voters, and can currently be used for purchase of lands intended for open space and recreation. More details on this fund can be found in the Community Facilities section of this Plan. caPital Budget and PrograM The city has adopted a capital budget and program in accordance with 24 VSA Section 4426. The capital budget, the principal guide for public spending, describes the capital projects to be undertaken during the coming fiscal year, including the estimated costs and method of financing. The capital program is a ten-year plan describing the capital projects to be undertaken during this timeframe and is updated annually. iMPact Fees The city has adopted an impact fee program in accordance with 24 VSA Chapter 131. Impact fees are a means by which developments are required to pay for their “fair share” of public capital expenditures needed as a result of their development. Impact fees may be levied for all improvements meeting this criteria, upon adoption by the municipality. At present, impact fees are collected and used for transportation, recreation, fire, and police capital needs. tax increMent Financing The city has designated City Center as a tax increment financing (TIF) district. In TIF Districts, the cost of infrastructure improvements are funded through the tax revenue generated by new development within the district which benefits from city of south burlington comprehensive plan 2-11-12 city of south burlington comprehensive plan such improvements. It is envisioned that the TIF District will be an important developmental tool in the City Center. sPecial assessMent districts Special assessment districts are designated areas in which property owners are charged to cover the costs of installing capital improvements from which the property owners will exclusively benefit. Typical improvements funded by special assessment include water and sewer service, stormwater infrastructure, sidewalk construction and street improvements. regional, state and Federal coordination The city should continue to cooperate with regional, State and Federal entities and agencies as necessary to further the goals and policies of this plan. Regional partners include the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission, Chittenden Solid Waste District, Champlain Water District, Champlain Housing Trust, Greater Burlington Industrial Corporation, Lake Champlain Chamber of Commerce, and Chittenden County Transporation Authority. ongoing Planning and studies The City will continue to update the Comprehensive Plan as required by 24 VSA Section 4387. This Plan includes within it recommendation for future action and studies to be undertaken to help implement its overall goals. 2: coMMunity assessMent 2.1. Identity Through several related but separate studies over the past five years, the City has worked with the community to identify key strengths, concerns, values, and opportunities. A series of workshops and related website helped to put a geographic face on this work, identifying places in the community that residents identified as special. This process engaged residents and business owners in a broader conversation about South Burlington’s identity. In the spring of 2015, South Burlington began the Community Identity Project to better understand how the community, its workers, and neighbors viewed the City. A major goal includes fashioning material that could be used to clearly, succinctly, and consistently articulate community identity, pride, strength and direction. The result of this outreach have influenced this Plan. Stakeholders had initially identified the need for this for City Center, however, upon bringing in the consultants and seeing what they had created for other communities, it was clear to community attendees at the presentation that this was needed throughout South Burlington. The consultants put together an online survey which was advertised on Front Porch Forum, via email and also quite extensively in the media. The consultants held several meetings that included community leaders, with high school students, with the hospitality industry and with the community at large. They also traveled around and took pictures of the City. What are people proud of? How is the City perceived now? What about the City should be preserved? What about the City should change? The meetings and the surveys highlighted some interesting things. Generally in the online survey South Burlingtonians value South Burlington as much as they value Burlington, but they think other people value South Burlington less than they do. The largest group of survey takers felt that the identity of South Burlington is not very distinct from that of the region. The survey found that people generally love South Burlington, but that the lack of community pride in organizing or attending community based events make it difficult to form strong social ties outside of schools, sometimes even in neighborhoods. There are also many undersung assets, such as the airport, parks, scenic views, a sense of community and businesses and industry. Finally, it was underscored that most outsiders’ familiarity with the geography of South Burlington is limited to roads named for other communities – Williston Road and Shelburne Road. This survey is only one element that has illuminated the perceived identity of the community. The results should be held in context of other past and future forms of city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-2 2-3city of south burlington comprehensive plan outreach. The discussion of community identity is one that has only recently begun in earnest but has great momentum and is expected to have fruitful results. The identity of South Burlington lies within the vision, goals, and objectives laid out within this plan. Community interests and priorities are reflected in the plan components with every effort made to showcase the heart and spirit of the City of South Burlington. 2.2. Social Infrastructure A. Population Population is a basic index of community growth and population projections are a key element in determining a community’s growth- management policies. Schools, roads, police, water and sewer, recreational opportunities, preservation of natural resources, scenic views, congestion, tax rates, and many other determinants of the quality of life are directly affected by changes to a community’s population. To properly assess current and future needs and impacts on City services, and other quality of life issues, the characteristics of the community’s population should be evaluated. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s population identified in this plan include: ✦Increase in the percentage of City residents ranging from 55 to 74 years of age is a signal of future changes in the types of housing, amenities, facilities and services residents will be seeking. Figure 3-7: Statistical Profile South Burlington County State 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2010 2010 Population 1,736 3,279 6,903 10,032 10,679 12,809 14,879 17,904 156,545 625,741 Under Age 18 4,136 2,885 2,779 3,415 3,382 31,313 129,233 % of Total Population 41.2 27.0 21.7 22.8 18.9 20.0 20.7 Age 65 or Older 428 812 1,336 2,067 2,887 17,685 91,078 % of Total Population 4.3 7.6 10.4 13.9 16.1 11.3 14.6 Households 1,790 2,750 3,819 5,178 6,332 7,987 61,827 256,442 Single Person 1,281 1,924 2,648 17,109 72,233 % of All Households 24.7 30.4 33.2 27.7 28.2 With Children Under Age 18 1,593 1,848 2,018 17,791 72,680 % of All Households 30.8 29.2 25.2 28.8 28.3 Average Household Size 3.49 2.69 2.42 2.31 2.19 2.37 2.34 Housing Units 525 933 1,273 2,879 3,972 5,437 6,498 8,429 65,722 322,539 Owner Occupied 2,089 2,832 3,709 4,351 5,186 40,310 181,407 % of All Housing Units 72.6 71.3 68.2 67.0 61.5 61.3 56.2 Renter Occupied 661 987 1,469 1,981 2,801 21,517 75,035 % of All Housing Units 23.0 24.8 27.0 30.5 33.2 32.7 23.3 Detached Units 2,891 3,379 3,747 36,894 229,116 % of All Housing Units 53.2 52.0 47.7 58.0 72.9 Attached Units 2,396 3,114 4,113 26,686 85,053 % of All Housing Units 44.1 47.9 52.3 42.0 27.1 Source: US Census city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-4 2-5city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Continuation of the decline in average household size and increases in the number of single-person households will keep demand for housing units growing at a rate faster than overall population growth. ✦Anticipated levelling off of the City’s total population by 2025, alongside continued new housing demand, will place a greater burden per resident on municipal services. ✦Declining rates and absolute numbers of children will result in decreased local school enrollment. ✦Overall population changes - increases in single- and two-person households, increased population aged 65+, and increased diversity in ethnicity and background - will warrant continued assessment of the type and method of delivery of City services. ✦As people continue to move into the City, ongoing efforts will be needed to welcome and connect new residents with their community - both at the neighborhood and city level. ✦Residential development needs to be monitored on an ongoing basis and measures taken as necessary to maintain a balanced, multi-generational population as measured over any 10-year period. inVentory Population Change. South Burlington’s population began to grow rapidly in the 1940s with the development of post-war residential suburbs. The rate of growth remained very high throughout the 1950s and 1960s, when the City added more than 3,000 residents each decade. Except for the period during the 1970s, the City has experienced a rate of growth greater than both Chittenden County and Vermont over the past 50 years. This higher rate of growth can most likely be attributed to a combination of the following factors: the City’s location in the most populous county in the State, its abundance of open, developable land, and a high quality of life. The average annual growth rate from 2000 to 2010, based on data from the US Census Bureau was 1.9 %. The official population count as of 2010 was 17,904, up from 14,879 in 2000. In 2014, the City and School District commissioned a population forecast for the upcoming decade, through 2015. The forecast, developed by McKibbin Demographics based on rigorous data modelling and conservative South Burlington County State 1940s 1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s 2000s 2000s Population Growth 1,543 3,624 3,129 647 2,130 2,070 3,025 9,974 16,914 Percent Growth 88.9 110.5 45.3 6.4 19.9 16.2 20.3 6.8 2.8 Average Annual Growth Rate 6.6 7.7 3.8 0.6 1.8 1.5 1.9 0.7 0.3 Household Growth 960 1,069 1,359 1,154 1,655 5,375 15,788 Percent Growth 53.6 38.9 35.6 22.3 26.1 9.5 6.6 Average Annual Growth Rate 4.4 3.3 3.1 2.0 2.3 0.9 0.6 Housing Unit Growth 408 340 1,606 1,093 1,465 1,061 1,931 6,858 28,157 Percent Growth 77.7 36.4 126.2 38.0 36.9 19.5 29.7 11.7 9.6 Average Annual Growth Rate 5.9 3.2 8.5 3.3 3.2 1.8 2.6 1.1 0.9 Source: US Census County State198919901991199219931994199519961997199819992000200120022003200420052006200720082009201020112012201320142014PopulationPopulation Estimate (in thousands)12.8 13 13.2 13.5 13.6 14 14.2 14.3 14.5 14.7 14.9 15.3 15.8 16.3 16.5 17 17.1 17.4 17.6 17.6 17.9 18Births126 150 139 177 168 160 143 165 144 155 173 146 180 174 198 196 169 174 166 158 205 172Birth Rate9.8 11.5 10.5 13.1 12.2 11.4 10 11.5 9.9 10.5 11.6 9.5 11.4 10.7 12 11.5 9.9 10 9.4 9.0 11.4 9.5Deaths65 68 81 80 83 96 104 93 104 105 111 98 106 144 134 129 148 130 155 133 139 131HousingUnits Permitted (Census / City)31 55 64 131 57 127 65 26 140 216 214 260 296 132 335 47 165 98 91 99 91 148 92 105 121Single‐Family Units17 40 39 41 39 30 26 21 60 67 214 145 88 132 72 47 69 63 46 35 25 16 43 29 30Multi‐Family Units14 15 25 90 18 97 39 5 80 149 0 115 2080 263 0 96 35 45 64 66 132 49 76 91Median Sale Price (in thousand $)103 107 106 113 119 112 113 117 116 123 145 155 163 180 201 195 235 235 240 230 240 246 250 259 237Adjusted to 2014$ (in thousand $)187 186 179 185 190 174 171 173 168 175 199 207 214 232 252 237 276 269 264 254 261 259 258 263 237Number of Sales282 257 220 274 360 280 283 259 352 472 551 567 470 552 553 635 436 442 356 290 319 282 299 380 396EconomyEstablishments737 831 867 910 913 932 939 938 939 939 970 980 989 1,032 1,043 1,053 1,062 1,086 1,110 1,107 1,086 1,091 1,093 1,116 1,116% of Establishments in County15.4 16.9 17.2 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.5 17.2 17.2 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.7 18.3 18.4 18.4 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.6 18.4 18.3 17.9 17.9 17.6Employees (in thousands)13.5 13.1 13.3 13.9 14.5 15.2 15.9 15.9 16.3 16.8 17.5 17.7 16.9 17.1 17.7 17.9 17.8 17.8 18.4 18.1 18.1 18.0 18.1 18.2 18.5% of Employees in County17.5 17.4 17.4 17.8 18.1 18.4 18.7 18.5 18.4 18.4 18.3 18.4 18 18.3 18.6 18.8 18.7 18.7 19.4 19.6 19.4 18.8 18.4 18.3 18.6Average Wage (in thousand $)20.2 20.9 22.2 22.7 22.3 23.5 25.1 26.6 28.6 29.9 32.2 32.5 33.3 34.3 35.6 36.6 39.8 39.1 40.6 40.9 42.4 43.7 45.1 46.1 47.4 49.6 43.0Adjusted to 2014$ (in thousand $)36.6 36.3 37.5 37.2 35.6 36.5 37.9 39.2 41.5 42.5 44.3 43.4 43.8 44.1 44.6 44.4 46.7 44.6 44.6 45.1 46.0 43.7 46.5 46.8 47.7 49.5 43.0Gross Sales Tax (in million $)1,054 1,062 1,075 1,111 1,336 1,341 1,352 1,540 1,702 1,518 1,821 1,964 1,877 1,899 1,984 9,174 36,814Adjusted to 2014$ (in million $)1,449 1,420 1,415 1,429 1,674 1,626 1,588 1,758 1,872 1,675 1,977 2,067 1,935 1,930 1,984 9,174 36,814Retail Sales Tax (in million $)255 288 275 279 297 317 323 318 344 303 314 325 323 323 332 1,592 5,568Adjusted to 2014$ (in million $)351 385 362 359 372 384 379 363 378 334 341 342 333 328 332 1,592 5,568Use Sales Tax (in million $)16 27 23 17 23 26 17 21 22 17 16 21 21 29 30 92 333Adjusted to 2014$ (in million $)22 36 30 22 29 32 20 24 24 19 1722 22 30 30 92 333South Burlington city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-6 2-7city of south burlington comprehensive plan assumptions, anticipates that the City’s overall population will continue to increase modestly through 2020 and then level off by 2025 at approximately 18,310 residents. Natural Increase. Natural increase, the number of births minus the number of deaths, is one component of population change. While there is considerable fluctuation in the City’s annual amount of natural increase, a gradual downward trend has been evident since the early 1990s. The 2014 Population Forecast anticipates a gradually widening gap of deaths above births, from -70 in 2015 to -220 by 2025. This is due to a combination of factors, including a decrease in the population of women of child-bearing age, together with an increase in the proportion of the population that is elderly. Migration. Net migration (people moving in minus those moving out) is the second major element driving population change. Over the past 50 years, more of the City’s population growth has been due to net migration than to natural increase. The 2014 Population Forecast anticipates a continued, though slightly declining net in- migration into the community. The Forecast includes in its assumptions, notably, that therre will not be an unexpected regional employer loss in the area. The City and region have fostered a diversity of businesses over the past half-century to help guard against such situations. Age Distribution. Over the past 50 years, the age profile of the City’s population has shifted considerably. The percentage of the population composed of children under age 18 has declined, while the population segment made up of residents age 65 or older has grown. The US Census Bureau reported that the median age of City residents in 2010 was 40.6. In 2010, 18.9 % of residents were under age 18, and 16.1 % were age 65 or older. Those percentages are forecasted to be declining, and increasing, respectively, in the coming years, with the median age expected to reach over 44 by 2025. Household Size. Household size has been declining across the country for many decades. The City’s average household has declined from around 3.5 people in 1970 to 2.19 people in 2010. This has led the number of households to grow at a faster rate than the population. Household Composition. The characteristics of the City’s households have also changed markedly in recent decades. Single people currently make up one-third of the City’s households, while another quarter are married couples without children living at home. Only one-quarter of households include children under age 18. Evidence from the past decade suggests that the percentage of single-person households in the City is relatively stable. Because of the presence of UVM, this segment of the population includes young adults in addition to elders. Population Diversity. The Census Bureau estimates that 11% of the City’s population was foreign-born in the years 2009-2013, and 13% spoke a language other than English at home. Of these, approximately one-third, or roughly 700 residents, report speaking English less than “very well.” In terms of race, 90% of the City’s population reported as White in 2010. The next largest population segment was Asian, at 5.4%. Household Income. In 2013, the median family and household incomes in the Burlington-South Burlington Metropolitan Statistical Area were $81,871 and $62,022, respectively, according to the US Census Bureau’s American Community Survey (ACS) 1-year estimates. The mean incomes were $101,757 and $81,011 respectively. Not surprisingly, housing costs for households with lower incomes are typically higher as a percentage of income. The majority of households in each income bracket up to $50,000 annually paid more than 30% of their incomes towards housing costs. Approximately 5.1% of the City’s population was below the poverty level in 2013, according to the ACS’s 2013 5-year estimates. This was spread relatively evenly among age groups except for the population 65 years of age and over, which was at just 3.6%. analysis and challenges Aging Population. The aging population trend is visible throughout Vermont and many places around the country as each generation born after the baby boomers has been smaller in numbers. South Burlington and Chittenden County have generally had a younger population than the state as a whole, but that gap has been narrowing in recent years. Anecdotal evidence suggests that some housing built in recent years has been attracting retired couples. The 2015 Population Forecast noted that there will be a increase in the number and proportion of persons aged 55 to 74 years. These changes in the demographics will likely affect the regional economy, as well as local demand for housing, education, health care, and other services. Smaller Households. The average household size is anticipated to continue to decline in the near term, thus ensuring that the rate of household formation will remain high in the City even if population growth slows. It is the number of households, as opposed to residents, that primarily drive demand for housing and many City services. The amount of decline will be linked to the age distribution and socioeconomic characteristics of the City’s future residents. Over the next several decades, it is likely that household size will stabilize to a level between 2.0 to 2.5 people, although changes in the regional economy could cause unexpected shifts in either direction. The uncertainty around average household size is a challenge to estimating housing needs based on population projections. Any decrease in household size will continue to place pressure on City and school services such as emergency response, infrastructure maintenance, permitting, land records, and more as the numbers of homes and amount of infrastructure increases at a greater rate than the population of taxpayers.. Migration. The role of migration in South Burlington’s growth rate also makes it more difficult to project population change. Birth rates are linked to the demographic profile of current residents, but the economic factors that drive people to move into or out of an area are less predictable. Further, rapid turnover in the City’s population poses a challenge for efforts to engage residents in the community and neighborhood- level planning. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-8 2-9city of south burlington comprehensive plan Loss of Young Families. Research initiated by the South Burlington School District examining early childhood education has indicated a consistent trend of young families moving out of South Burlington in the years following the birth of their children. An analysis of birth rates and subsequent school enrollment five years later has shown a drop in several successive years. Future trends and needs Population Forecast and Planning. The City and School District in 2014 engaged McKibbin Demographic Research to undertake a 10-year Population and Enrollment Forecast for the community. It anticipates modest increases in population through 2020 and a levelling off by 2025. This differs from the last projections completed by the City in 2006, which had anticipated continued growth. This projection suggested that by 2015, the City’s population could exceed 21,000. Census data, combined with the economic downturn that began in 2008, indicate that this estimate was substantially high. It is the City’s responsibility to provide opportunities for a fair and reasonable amount of new population and housing units to help meet regional demands. While both “excessive growth” and “stagnation” have their disadvantages, most City residents accept a moderate rate of growth as normal and healthy for the community. The City, therefore, sees no compelling advantage to becoming a “magnet” for a large proportion of the county’s population growth, nor to adopting a “no growth” policy. Monitoring and anticipating future changes in population and demographics are critical to future planning for City services, in terms of capital needs, facility planning, staffing needs, recreation and open space planning, and transportation needs. It is recommended that trends in absolute population be monitored closely, and also be monitored together with equally important trends in housing construction, commercial development, and employment. Separately and together, these four subject areas have a significant impact on municipal and school services, financing, and needs. With the anticipated development of City Center, the City will plan to continue its historic housing growth rate of 1.5-2%, and a population growth rate of 1-1.5%. This long-term growth rate represents a conservative approach to planning for future needs. Should the community experience prolonged periods of population change that varies dramatically from this estimate, the City will need to either reevaluate its planning assumptions and adjust accordingly, or consider the implementation of growth management techniques to either foster or suppress growth as needed. Techniques could include development phasing, sewer allocations, impact fees, or zoning amendments. PoPulation oBjectiVes Objective 1. Anticipate and prepare for an average annual population growth rate of approximately 1-1.5 %, and a housing growth rate of 1.5-2 %. PoPulation strategies Strategy 1. Monitor the rate of population growth and land use development on an annual basis, as measured over 10-year averages. Strategy 2. Use growth management techniques, such as development phasing and sewer allocations, to ensure that the rate of development does not outstrip the City’s ability to provide services in a cost-effective manner. Strategy 3. Regularly evaluate the impacts of changes in population and housing growth rates for their financial and programmatic impacts on City services. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-10 2-11city of south burlington comprehensive plan B. Housing Shelter is a basic need and providing for housing is a fundamental element of this plan. Provision of safe and affordable housing that is well- matched to residents’ circumstances is an essential requirement for the City to maintain its quality of life, retain existing businesses and support further economic development, and attract future residents. A diversity of housing options at a range of price points is a necessary component of any plan to maintain or grow the local economy. The need for an increased supply of housing affordable to middle and lower income households is recognized in this plan and has been recognized in several previous plans. In recognition of this need, the City adopted Land Development Regulations providing bonuses and incentives for the development of affordable housing in 2003. These regulations played a role in the development of the City’s 605 affordable housing units. In 2012 the City Council established an ad hoc Affordable Housing Committee to research and make recommendations regarding what the City might do to address the growing gap between the need for and supply of affordable housing in the City. In addition, in November 2014, the City Council unanimously adopted a resolution establishing a South Burlington Housing Trust Fund and creating a standing Affordable Housing Committee; in January 2015, the City Council voted to include $50,000 for this Trust Fund in the fiscal year 2016 budget, which the City’s voters approved in March 2015. The ad hoc Affordable Housing Committee’s 2013 report states: “There is a critical need for more housing in South Burlington that local residents can afford – including young adults just starting out, young families looking for a first home, employees of local businesses, and a growing number of seniors on fixed incomes.” Several of the objectives, techniques, and strategies included in this chapter are based on the Affordable Housing Committee’s work and recommendations. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s housing stock and residential development trends identified in this plan include: ✦Preserving and promoting the development of additional housing that is affordable to households of all income levels throughout the City. ✦Meeting the housing needs of increasing numbers of single-person households and seniors. ✦Supporting the quality of life of the City’s residential neighborhoods. ✦Complementing new development areas with redevelopment of low-density, single-use commercial areas to higher-density mixed-use areas and appropriate infill within existing neighborhoods. inVentory Existing Housing Stock. The analysis prepared for the Affordable Housing Committee found a total of 7,940 dwelling units in South Burlington as of 2010. The City’s housing stock includes 1,348 (17%) apartments in multi-unit buildings; 2,873 (36%) condominium units; and 3,719 (47%) residences with land. The number of accessory dwelling units is not known. Approximately 65% of the housing stock is owner-occupied while 35 % comprises rental units. Residential Construction. The number of housing units in South Burlington has grown steadily each decade since the first Census housing count in 1940. Between 1940 and 2010, nearly 8,750 dwellings were constructed in the City. The City experienced rapid housing growth during the period from the late-1970s through the mid-1980s, largely due to multi-family development, which includes both rental housing and condominium style ownership. During the late-1980s and early-1990s, the rate of housing growth slowed and new construction shifted to predominantly single-family detached dwellings. For a period of time in the late 1990s and early 2000s, the rate of housing construction in the City averaged around 200 units per year and South Burlington again experienced increased development of multi-unit structures. The late 2000’s and early 2010’s saw a decrease in the amount of residential dwelling units built. Indications of the last few years are that the number of housing units constructed annually has increased slightly. Over the last 35 years, the City has averaged approximately 140 units per year with cyclical fluctations. The type of housing units being built in the City over the past 25 years has been weighted toward multi-family structures, including both apartment rental and condominium ownership. According to the Census Bureau, the City added 835 owner-occupied and 820 rental units during the 2000s. This represented a 20% increase in owner-occupied housing and a 40% increase in rental housing. During the past decade, 70% of the new homes on their own lot built in the City were valued at more than $400,000 and another 24% were valued between $350,000 and $400,000. Meanwhile, over 100 of the City’s stock of entry-level homes have been lost to demolition near the airport; elsewhere, conversion to other uses, for example, rentals to unrelated individuals, has resulted in additional losses of entry-level homes available for owner-occupancy. Age and Condition. The quality of building workmanship, design, and materials used in the City’s existing housing stock appears to not pose a threat to the health and safety of residents. Only seven percent of the City’s housing stock dates from before World War II, with more than half having been constructed since 1980. Owner-Occupied Homes. The cost of owner-occupied housing in South Burlington has risen sharply in recent years in response to the tight housing market in northwestern Vermont and due to the addition of new higher-priced units. The 2011 city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-12 2-13city of south burlington comprehensive plan targets that seek to maintain a housing profile that is fairly similar to what presently exists in the City with a diversity of housing types across the price range. The figure included herein depicts the current South Burlington housing profile vis-à-vis housing type and affordability. By adopting housing targets based on affordability for low- and moderate-income households, South Burlington will be able to monitor and assess the effectiveness of City regulations, incentives and/or programs designed to foster housing production in support of its vision and goals. The targets should be regularly reviewed and the underlying assumptions re-evaluated to ensure they reflect current needs, conditions, and policies in the City. Ten-Year Affordable Housing Targets. Based on the Affordable Housing Committee report’s recommendation, this plan includes targets of construction, by 2025, of 1,080 new affordable housing units - 840 housing units affordable to households earning up to 80% of the AMI and 240 housing units affordable to households earning between 80% and 120% of the AMI. analysis and challenges Affordability. Maintaining the City’s current housing profile, based on housing type and price range, represents a major challenge for South Burlington. The City has experienced a steady increase in the number of housing units and its housing growth rate has slightly outpaced that of the county. Meanwhile, regional demand for additional housing units has been high and vacancy rates low over the past decade as the household growth rate slightly outstripped housing construction. These factors are major contributors to the City’s and region’s very tight housing market. With more than one in three households spending more than 30% of their income on housing, the need for more affordable housing is critical. In addition, the City strives to be a place in which its workforce can afford to live. South Burlington is a regional job center, with nearly 1,100 employers and 18,000 jobs as reported by the Vermont Department of Labor. However, only 13% of those working in South Burlington also live in the City (U.S. Census/ LEHD). This raises the question of whether local wage earners earn enough to afford local housing. Employment data highlights the need for more affordable workforce housing, close to employment, in the City as well as in neighboring communities. The majority of City jobs (82%) are in the service sector, paying an average wage in 2011 of $41,500, enough to afford a home priced at $152,000. Many of the most common jobs in this sector, including typically part-time retail employment, pay even less. City government jobs pay an average wage of $46,000, enough to afford a home that costs no more $168,500, assuming one wage earner and no other sources of income. This is important to monitor for employees’ ease of travel to work for either emergency reponse or community engagement. Changing Demographics. Much of South Burlington’s housing has been constructed to meet the needs of families with children. Future housing development needs to take median sale price of a single-family home in South Burlington was $310,000 and of a condominium was $186,000. Rental Market. In 2010, median rent for a South Burlington apartment was just over $1,000 a month. Over the past 10 years, monthly rents have increased approximately $200. As of 2011, South Burlington’s rental housing stock included 605 affordable units, about 60% of which house elderly or disabled residents. Most of these affordable rental units were constructed between 1995 and 2003. Since then only 91 affordable rental units, all for seniors, have been built. Affordability. Affordable housing helps to retain and attract a qualified work force and provides an opportunity for first-time home buyers and older residents to remain in the City. Recent Census Bureau estimates indicate that nearly one-third of SB homeowners (1,600 households) and one-half of renters (1,350 households) spend more than 30 % of their income on housing. About 1,000 of these households— nearly 600 renters and 400 owner households—are severely cost burdened, spending more than 50% of their household income on housing. About 28% of the City’s existing owner-occupied housing stock is affordable. A median income South Burlington household ($61,000 per year) can afford a home priced at no more than $205,000. Approximately 2,000 City households have annual incomes of less than $40,000. A three-person household earning up to 50% of area median income (AMI) would have an annual income of no more than $33,000 and could afford to spend $800 per month on housing. At 80% of AMI, a three-person household would be earning $53,000 per year and could afford to spend $1,300 per month on housing. A three-person household earning 120% of AMI would have an annual income of $80,000 and could afford to spend up to $2,000 per month on housing. These HUD-established incomes limits are for a three-person household in the Burlington–South Burlington MSA. Housing Targets. The 2013 ECOS Plan (Chittenden County’s Regional Plan) calls for the need for additional housing throughout the county. To meet the City’s goals for diversity and affordability, a wider spectrum of housing will have to be built in South Burlington. How much affordable and moderate-income housing should be built in South Burlington? This Plan includes affordable housing city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-14 2-15city of south burlington comprehensive plan into account the City’s changing population. As a result of recent trends, around 70% of the City’s households consist of one or two people; only 25% of the City’s households are families with children under age 18; and around 40% of the City’s households are headed by someone age 55 or older. The number of older households is expected to increase over the next decade. Around 44% of the City’s population is between age 20 and 35 – including those who are entering the housing market, or looking to buy their first home. Community input suggests that many of these households are seeking housing that is smaller than that developed in the past and/or housing with limited maintenance requirements. Furthermore, the trend for both younger and older, smaller households often is to rent rather than own their own home. Smart Growth. After close to seven decades of continued residential construction, a relatively small amount of undeveloped land remains available in the City. South Burlington will need to look increasingly to opportunities for higher-density, mixed- use development in targeted growth areas like City Center and other infrastructure- served portions of the community, as well as increased density and infill development within existing neighborhoods in order to meet demand for additional housing units. In addition, the City should strive to attain the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission’s ECOS Plan goal of having 80% of new development take place in areas planned for growth, which amounts to 15% of the (Chittenden County’s) Land area. This Plan is consistent with the the Regional Plan’s growth areas. Building Codes. A central element in any housing policy is the assurance of good quality in both existing units and new construction. Due to the number of attached residential units, the high density of development in many parts of the City, and the aging or subdivision of dwellings, the need for building, plumbing, and electrical codes is increasing. The existence of such codes can decrease insurance premiums, as well as stabilize the future requirements for firefighters and equipment in maintaining the same degree of fire protection. Currently, the City does not have municipal building codes. The construction of rental and multi-unit housing in the City is regulated by State of Vermont Fire Codes through the South Burlington Fire Marshall’s Office. Future needs and trends Affordability. The proportion of new affordable residential units, both rental and owner-occupied, built in South Burlington in the coming decade must increase substantially in order to support its economic vitality and maintain its current housing profile. It is clear that the market alone will not produce that supply. The City has no direct control over such cost factors as increases in labor, materials, down payments, or mortgage rates and availability of credit. However, the City can influence housing cost factors in other areas such as amount and density of land zoned for different types of residential uses including positively promoting mixed-use development, length and consistency of governmental reviews, extent of “front end” subdivision improvements and other expenses, and participation in State initiatives such as Neighborhood Development Areas. Techniques that can be used to encourage and, in some circumstances, require the development and preservation of affordable housing,include the following: ✦Reexamination of the definition of “density” to consider building and unit size as well as units/acre. ✦Creative site development, such as clustering, to reduce lot size and site development costs. ✦Density bonuses or incentives to encourage the development of affordable housing. ✦Financial and advocacy support for South Burlington’s Housing Trust Fund. ✦Higher densities and smaller lot sizes. ✦Involvement of housing organizations such as the Champlain Housing Trust and Cathedral Square to construct or rehabilitate affordable housing in the City. ✦Promotion of mixed-use developments that create a variety of housing opportunities within commercial areas located centrally to public transportation and other services. ✦Location of affordable, elderly, and/or higher-density housing near schools, parks, shopping centers, employment centers, daycare facilities, transportation corridors, emergency services, and public transportation. Affordable Housing Trust Fund. The South Burlington Housing Trust Fund was established by the City Council on November 17, 2014. Its purpose is to provide an ongoing stream of funds to support strategic participation in development that will increase the City’s stock of housing that is affordable to households with income below 80 % of median. Among the potential strategies to accomplish this objective, the Trust Fund may (1) participate in new housing development by providing needed funds to support the financing of a project undertaken by a non-profit or for profit developer that meets the City’s affordability standards, (2) participate financially in projects that preserve existing affordable housing stock in the City, (3) provide pre- development funding under strict guidelines to housing agencies or developers to assess the feasibility of a planned affordable housing project in the City and (4) support or participate in the purchase of land intended for affordable housing development. additional resources ✦The Path to Affordability: South Burlington 2013 Affordable Housing Report housing oBjectiVes Objective 2. Offer a full spectrum of housing choices that includes options affordable to households of varying income levels and sizes by striving to meet the housing targets set forth in this Plan. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-16 2-17city of south burlington comprehensive plan Objective 3. Foster the creation and retention of a housing stock that is balanced in size and target income level, is representative of the needs of households of central Chittenden County, and maintains an efficient use of land for use by future generations. Objective 4. Support the retention of existing and construction of new affordable and moderate-income housing, emphasizing both smaller single family homes and apartments, to meet demand within the regional housing market. Objective 5. Build and reinforce diverse, walkable neighborhoods that offer a good quality of life by designing and locating new and renovated housing in a context-sensitive manner that will facilitate development of a high-density, City Center, mixed- used transit corridors, and compact residential neighborhoods. housing strategies Strategy 4. Implement a variety of tools and programs to foster innovative approaches to preserving and increasing the City’s supply of affordable and moderate income housing, including: form-based codes that would allow a variety of residential and mixed use building types, transferable development rights, neighborhood preservation overlay districts, strict and precise household/family definition regulations, inclusionary zoning, bonuses and incentives, waivers and expedited review processes, and/or a housing retention ordinance. Strategy 5. Increase the supply of safe and affordable rental housing by allowing higher-density, mixed-use and mixed-income development within City Center and transit corridors, allowing multi-unit housing within transitional zones between residential neighborhoods and commercial/industrial land uses. Strategy 6. Promote the preservation of existing housing stock in residential neighborhoods, particularly the supply of affordable and moderately-priced homes. Strategy 7. Accommodate compatible infill and additions to homes in existing neighborhoods. Strategy 8. Explore innovative land development regulations that allow for a range of residential building and neighborhood types, including but not limited to cottage housing, clustered housing and infill residential development. Strategy 9. Streamline administrative policies for affordable housing and consider reducing or eliminating permit and impact fees for affordable housing. Strategy 10. Develop strategies that can lead to the availability or development of more housing that is affordable to middle income, working residents and families in the City. Work through the CCRPC with surrounding communities to increase the inventory of housing that is more affordable to families. Consider development of a program that enables “empty nesters” occupying “family” sized housing to comfortably downsize into a multi-family unit that may be available nearby keeping them in their neighborhood but freeing the former home up for new generations of young families. Strategy 11. Monitor the need for the City to adopt and enforce local building, plumbing, electrical, fire, and energy codes; monitor the need for a rental registry program, and strengthen the enforcement of the City’s land development regulations and state’s rental housing code to protect residents’ health and safety and preserve the quality of life in and character of the City’s residential neighborhoods. Strategy 12. Promote the construction of new homes - particularly affordable and moderate-income units - that are highly energy-efficient, and upgrades to existing homes to make them more energy-efficient, which will reduce residents’ overall cost of living and contribute to housing affordability. Strategy 13. Target for construction, by 2025, of 1,080 new affordable housing units - 840 housing units affordable to households earning up to 80% of the AMI and 240 housing units affordable to households earning between 80% and 120% of the AMI. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-18 2-19city of south burlington comprehensive plan C. Economy The continued vitality of the City and quality of life for our residents depends heavily on the continued prosperity of its businesses and industries. The local economy is the engine that drives people to move in or out of the community. Demand for housing, transportation and infrastructure are linked to the local economy. A healthy economy supports municipal services and the education system. Maintaining a balance of employment and residential opportunities preserves the City’s sense of community and quality of life. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the economic development trends identified in this plan include: ✦Convenient access to employment either within the City or within a short commute to neighboring employment centers in Chittenden County is a key component of the City’s quality of life. South Burlington boasts one of the shortest average commutes in the nation at around 15 minutes. This results in residents having more time available for their families, recreational activities, volunteering, etc., having to spend less of their income on fuel and vehicle expenses, and having a smaller carbon footprint. ✦South Burlington’s economy is characterized by a diverse mix of businesses, including several large companies and many small- to medium-size firms, and the City has been considered a good location to start a business for decades. As land becomes an increasingly scarce resource in the City, the cost of locating a new business in South Burlington may increase and could cause the City to become cost-prohibitive for start-up companies and small, local enterprises. This challenge may be addressed to some extent through efforts to promote more compact, mixed-use development and redevelopment of underutilized properties. ✦The presence of Burlington International Airport and I-89 in the City continues to provide a strong foundation for the City’s economy and future economic development efforts. However, there is potential for capturing more “visitor dollars” within the City with improved facilities and amenities. inVentory Economic Profile. South Burlington is home to a diverse array of small, medium, and large businesses. In 2014, the Vermont Department of Labor counted more than 1,100 establishments and approximately 18,200 jobs in the City (this figure, however, does not reflect all businesses and employment in the City as it excludes the self-employed and many small businesses with no additional employees). South Burlington has maintained a fairly steady rate of economic growth over the past three decades, which is partially due to the fact that the community’s economic health is not dependent on a single large employer or business sector. Strong increases in employment in South Burlington have resulted in the City becoming an employment center in the region. The City’s daytime population exceeds its nighttime population by approximately 7,000 people. Employers. The City is home to a wide range of employers, from many small businesses, to headquarters of several national and international firms. The Burlington- South Burlington Metropolitan Statistical Area was home to 5,852 firms in 2012. Of these, 4,645 employed fewer than 20 people. Conversely, there were 440 firms that employ over 500 persons nationally and accounted for nearly 50% of the entire workforce. In recent years, employment in the office, service, and medical fields have been strong in South Burlington. A handful of high tech manufacturers have also located or expanded in the City in recent years. Employment. Total employment was steady and increased by approximately 400 jobs in South Burlington between 2009 and 2014, according to the Vermont Department of Labor. Since 2000, jobs have increased by approximately 1,000, after robust growth in the early-mid 2000s and a decline around the recession of 2008. The majority of the job growth in the past 15 years has been in the Health & Educational Services and Professional and Business Service sectors, which grew by approximately 1,400 and 700 jobs respectively. The Manufacturing and Construction sectors declined by nearly 900 jobs between 2000 and 2010, but has rebounded by 200 jobs in the five years since. The Retail and Leisure & Hospitality Sectors have seen small declines in total numbers and a drop in the proportion of total jobs in the City in the past 15 years, from roughly 36% of the total to 30%. Wages. Wages in Chittenden County are notably higher than those for the remainder of Vermont. South Burlington’s average household wages in the years 2010-2014 are slightly below the Chittenden County average, however, according to the Vermont Department of Labor. It is possible that this is a reflection of the high number of one- and two-person households in the City. Labor Force. South Burlington is an employment center and a net importer of workers from throughout the region. Of the people working in the City, approximately 18% live in South Burlington and 17% live in Burlington. Another 27% live in Colchester, Essex, Milton, and Winooski. Most of the remaining workers commute from towns throughout Chittenden, Franklin and Addison counties. Where local residents work and where workers come from to work locally is highly indicative of established economic and trade patterns. A large majority of South Burlington residents who work do so within a relatively small area, with 89% working in South Burlington, Burlington, Essex, Colchester or Williston. This is an advantage of living in the midst of a major job center. In contrast, workers who commute to South Burlington do so from a broader geographic area, including a number of regional communities that are rural in nature and which have very little local employment. South Burlington and the immediately surrounding communities constitute Vermont’s principal job center. As such, local residents are generally able to commute short distances to good jobs. However, the attraction of this job center draws in a city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-20 2-21city of south burlington comprehensive plan Burlington International Airport. Lodging managers in the City indicate that the Burlington International Airport is a significant factor for them in terms of business generation. Activity at the airport has increased in recent years, a factor of physical improvements and the emergence of discount airlines as a factor in the aviation industry. Airport enplanements increased at an annual rate of 5.2 % between 2000 and 2003 and approximately three to four percent from 2003 through 2008, the start of the economic downturn. In the two years that followed, airport enplanements dropped due to economic conditions, runway reconstruction, and national trends. The airport’s master plan anticipates a long-term trend of three percent annual growth in enplanements. This master plan is evaluated on a periodic basis. Economic Development Organizations. The City supports several organizations devoted to promoting economic development including the Greater Burlington Industrial Corporation (GBIC) and the Lake Champlain Regional Chamber of Commerce. In 2014, the South Burlington Business Association was formed as a local non-profit, membership organization. The City has been an engaged member of the organization. Economic Vitality and Quality of Life. It is important to note herein that the economic viability and quality of life in South Burlington is intricately tied to many other aspects of this plan. Notably among them are community services, public infrastructure, resource sustainability, and housing affordability. Quality jobs draw a quality workforce, who in turn need and deserve safe and affordable housing. These employees need and deserve access to public services, including emergency services, and access to multiple modes of transportation. New employment centers require reliable infrastructure for their employees, customers, and products. The City acknowledges and prioritizes each of these, and this plan provides more details for each in the relevant chapters. Future needs and trends Aging Workforce. While South Burlington boasts a younger demographic than most Vermont communities, the aging of the workforce over the next several decades is anticipated to be a challenge to businesses statewide. As the baby boom generation leaves the workforce, employers will need to replace them with younger workers. A lack of affordable housing and available job opportunities that match the education and skills of Vermont’s young adults have led many to leave the state to start their careers for more than a decade. This trend, if not reversed, could result in a very tight labor market in which businesses are unable to attract the workforce necessary to sustain and grow their operations. Mixed Use Areas and City Center. The City Center area represents an opportunity for high quality employment in an urban setting. The City has not previously had this particular environment, with professional employment opportunities slated to be closely tied to a walkable downtown with services, retailers, restaurants, and housing. This will be an opportunity for the community to experience a new market. substantial number of workers from surrounding areas. These workers create market potentials for City businesses. Commercial and Industrial Development. South Burlington has experienced steady non-residential growth since the 1980s. Since 2000, non-residential development has added approximately 1.1% to the Grand List each year. Retail Sector. The Retail Sector, with 3,310 jobs (18% of the total) in 2014, remains the highest single employment sector in the City. Its share of total employment in the community has dropped slightly over the past decade. This is likely a reflection more of the growth of other sectors, though the retail Sector itself has dropped slightly in actual numbers as well. Retail sales have seen steady increases in the past 5 years, to approximately $332 million in 2014. This represents 21% of all retail sales in the County. Professional and Business Services Sector. The professional and business services sector is the City’s second largest employer accounting for 17 % of jobs. This sector has also been the among the fastest growing in recent years. Educational and Health Services Sector. The educational and health services sector is the fastest growing sector in the City. As of 2014, it accounts for 12.5% of all jobs in the City and has increased by nearly 1,400 jobs since 2000. Travel Sector. Chittenden County’s travel profile differs from the remainder of the state because a relatively high component of the region’s travel activity is generated by business and commercial, rather than tourist or recreational, travel. The region’s travel activity is distributed relatively evenly throughout the year, so travel oriented businesses in the region can count on a steadier flow of business without significant seasonal fluctuations. South Burlington is not regarded as a tourist destination, but the City benefits from a combination of travel factors (the proximity of the airport and interstate) and a location with good access to many of the region’s major employers. The lodging industry has a major presence in South Burlington. Leisure and Hospitality jobs represent 12.5% of the total employment in the City. That figure has declined slightly in the past 15 years, in both the share and total amount. analysis and challenges Balanced Growth. It has been South Burlington’s objective to balance residential and non-residential development in order to maintain a more stable tax rate for the City’s property owners. The City has generally aimed for, and largely achieved, a one-to-one ratio between the value of residential and non-residential property. While the one-to-one ratio has been a long-time objective of the City, recent changes in the state’s education funding formula have somewhat reduced the benefit the City’s residential property owners receive from South Burlington’s large non-residential tax base. Further analysis is needed to determine if this objective should be adjusted in future years as the State’s education funding formula continues to evolve. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-22 2-23city of south burlington comprehensive plan Strategy 19. Bring business leaders together with the School District leadership to develop a robust school to work program that could include focused coursework, intern and apprenticeships, job shadowing, career advising and development and other means to facilitate student transitions to work environments. Have biannual meetings between school and business leadership to understand and anticipate changes in the work environment and the demand for new or evolving skills. Strategy 20. Conduct a comprehensive study of the cost of delivery of all local public services to ensure that the very best value is being provided to all taxpayers including employers. Look for opportunities to provide the same or better quality of services to all taxpayers at a reduced cost. This value driven approach to providing public services will create a more welcoming environment for business development. Strategy 21. Work with hospitality leaders to evaluate the opportunities for a public-private partnership to increase convention or athletic event infrastructure that will improve our ability to attract right sized conventions, athletic and cultural events to our community. Strategy 22. Work with adjoining municipalities and regional entities to resolve potential spillover effects resulting from economic growth and development. Strategy 23. Brand and actively market the City with the community vision and image expressed in this plan. Develop a strategic economic development plan for the City. Transportation-Land Use Connection. Future employment and mixed-use development will necessitate a transportation system that meets the demands of the local and regional area. Future mixed-use employment centers in areas such as City Center, along Kimball Avenue, Tilley Drive, Williston Road, and Shelburne Road should be planned alongside needed transportation improvements and be designed to be walkable and bikeable both within the corridors themselves and efficiently connected to adjacent local and regional housing and employment centers. additional resources ✦2015 City of South Burlington Idenity Study econoMy oBjectiVes Objective 6. Continue to be an economic hub for the region consistent with the land use goals of the City. Objective 7. Maintain a balanced ratio of residential and non-residential sectors of the grand list in order to provide quality municipal services at a manageable property tax rate. Objective 8. Maintain a stable and proportional tax for existing and future residents and businesses. Objective 9. Be a good partner with businesses in helping them locate in South Burlington or continue to grow here. econoMy strategies Strategy 14. Engage in an active employer visitation program where senior City staff are meeting on a regular basis with South Burlington businesses in order to understand the factors, pressures and opportunities that affect their growth and prosperity. Focus discussions with employers on initiatives that the City can take to support the growth of their business. Consider sector-wide meetings on a quarterly basis with identified employers to understand specific industry trends and to bring like employers together in a way that can provide mutual support for growth. Strategy 15. Conduct a comprehensive analysis of City regulations relating to permitting with an eye toward ways to eliminate outdated or duplicative requirements and to further streamline the process of obtaining needed permits with a specific focus on improving predictability of the process. Move as much of the permitting process online as is viable to improve customer access and service. Strategy 16. Conduct a comprehensive analysis of all fee requirements tied to the local permitting process to ensure that fees are both appropriate to the service being provided and competitive with neighboring communities and the state. Strategy 17. Develop transportation capacity across all transportation modes including bike, pedestrian, transit and autos. Make investments in additional infrastructure that adds capacity where growth is occurring or where it is planned to occur that reduces ride times and promotes connectivity. Strategy 18. Identify one or two key business clusters where combined efforts could lead to business recruitment opportunities that tie into that cluster. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-24 2-25city of south burlington comprehensive plan water distribution systems, and gravity sewer lines. The department also maintains City and school district vehicles. South Burlington has a joint municipal/school district Public Works facility, constructed in 2001 at 104 Landfill Road. The facility represents a cooperative relationship between these two public entities that has allowed for increased efficiency and economy of scale. Police. The city established its Police Department in 1953 with the hiring of a single officer. The department has grown with the city and now includes 43 sworn officers in addition to civilian staff. In 2010, the Police Department relocated to the newly constructed police facility at 19 Gregory Drive, a space that was designed to serve well in to the future. The Police Department provides primary law enforcement services throughout the city, with the exception of the Burlington International Airport, which is served by the Burlington Police Department. The Police Department maintains excellent working relationships with municipal, county, state and federal law enforcement organizations. Mutual aid and collaboration are regular occurrences between agencies. In addition to traditional policing services, the department operates a number of specialize programs and engages in multiple community outreach programs. These include a Youth Services Unit, Traffic Safety Unit, Detective Bureau, D.A.R.E., summer youth camps, K9 Unit, Communications Center, and regular community outreach. The Police Department also serves as the home of the South Burlington Community Justice Center (CJC). The CJC hosts reparative panels, provides mediation services, and assists with offender re-entry through Circles of Support and Accountability. The Police Department is committed to expanding programs that support the community and is the only police department in the region offering Project Good Morning. Project Good Morning is a program where elders are in daily communication with the dispatch center. If contact is not made by telephone a police officer check on the well-being of the participant. Officers regularly participate in community events, neighborhood block parties, and safety presentations. The Police Department values community partnerships and collaboration that best serves the citizens. Fire and Rescue. The South Burlington Fire Department (SBFD) provides primary fire, medical and specialized rescue response throughout the City. It also serves the civilian buildings at the Burlington International Airport (runways and military buildings have the Vermont Air National Guard Fire Department for primary response). In addition, the department supports all the surrounding communities and the Air National Guard Fire Department, as part of written mutual aid agreements. In turn, these same organizations support SBFD in large emergency incidents. The Fire and Emergency Services Department maintains full-time personnel. Two fire engines and one ambulance are staffed 24 hours per day. Personnel are called out to staff additional emergency vehicles when greater response is needed. The City has two fire stations: D. Community Facilities and Services One of the purposes of a comprehensive plan is to identify services currently available to City residents, evaluate the effectiveness of the municipality and other providers in delivering those services, anticipate future demands and assess whether those demands can be met efficiently and without negatively impacting the fiscal health of the City. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the provision of community facilities and services include: ✦City administration (including the Recreation Department, City Clerk’s office, Planning and Zoning, City Attorney, IT, City Manager’s Office, and the Tax Department), the Library and School District all have identified needs for improved and/or expanded facilities that will need to be met in the near future. This poses both a challenge and an opportunity for the City. It will be a challenge to fund multiple improvements simultaneously and to prioritize those needs. Yet, there is the opportunity to address multiple needs with a single solution, which could be more efficient and cost-effective in the long-term. There is also the opportunity to better align provision of key community facilities and services with the City’s vision and future goals such as development of City Center, creating an identity for South Burlington, energy efficient and green civic buildings, improved walkability and transit, enhanced quality of life, etc. ✦The need to balance efficient and cost-effective use of school facilities with the strong desire of parents and students to retain neighborhood schools is increasingly important in light of state education funding and budget constraints, facilities that are approaching capacity, and continued residential growth. ✦It will be necessary to continue monitoring growth against the City’s ability to provide facilities and services without burdening current taxpayers. New development should continue to “pay its own way” to the greatest extent feasible, with recognition that there may be community benefits (e.g., job creation or affordable housing) that offset community costs that also need to be considered. inVentory City Government. South Burlington’s officials and staff work largely from the City Hall building at 575 Dorset Street. The condition of the City office building at 575 Dorset Street and the adequacy of its facilities to meet the City’s needs has been an identified issue for a number of years, but has recently undergone significant upgrades which are expected to serve as adequate for several more years. Public Works. The Department of Public Works is responsible for maintaining City streets (including signs, lighting, and traffic lights), parks and recreation paths, stormwater systems, two sewer treatment plants and associated collection systems, city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-26 2-27city of south burlington comprehensive plan the large-scale hazards that warrant the greatest attention. A series of goals and actions to help reduce the impacts of these and other types of emergencies are included in the Mitigation Plan and, where appropriate, are incorporated into this Comprehensive Plan and other City policies, programs, and regulations. ✦Flood resiliency. As used in this document, and per the 2013 guidance document for Disaster Recover and Long-Term Resilience Planning in Vermont, flood resilience references measures taken to reduce the vulnerability of communities to damage from flooding and to support recovery after an extreme event. Due to its geography and elevation, South Burlington doesn’t face the same level of risk as many of the more vulnerable communities in Vermont. Still, it has and shall continue to plan for flood resiliency in earnest. Elements of mitigation employed in the City include general land use planning and zoning; a restriction on development within primary conservation areas, including river and stream corridor buffers and setbacks and mapped flood plains; restricted development along Lake Champlain; extensive Low Impact Development stormwater standards and the state’s first Stormwater Utility which continually assesses and upgrades city stormwater infrastructure; a watershed approach to surface water and stormwater management; robust landscaping requirements and cyclical assessments of tree canopy; smart growth approaches including clustered housing and channeled development in a designated New Town Center; coordination with neighboring communities; and active participation in the regional All Hazards Mitigation Plan with timely detailed local updates. All of these elements may be found throughout this Comprehensive Plan, with specific references, objectives and strategies related to surface and stormwater planning in the ‘Blue Infrastructure’ chapter. Preparedness. Emergency preparedness and response activities in South Burlington are coordinated through the Fire Department and Police Department. In addition to ongoing training within these departments, the City regularly works with the School District, senior housing groups, and local organizations such as the Red Cross to enhance public preparedness. South Burlington has also been an active participant in the Chittenden County Local Emergency Planning Committee, an organization responsible for coordinating emergency preparedness at the regional level. The City maintains an up-to-date Emergency Operations Plan that spells out strategies for alerting the public of emergencies and identifying the scope of responsibility for various departments. This plan also identifies potential shelter locations, which include schools, churches, and other large community buildings. In most cases, these shelters have been approved by the American Red Cross, allowing them to set up and manage the shelter in the event of an emergency. The City also maintains an Emergency Operations Center at the Public Works facility. In addition, the South Burlington Fire and Rescue Department and Public Works Department are regular participants in the local development review process, providing input to the Development Review Board regarding the location and access of buildings, roadways, and other safety-related issues. ✦Station #1 is located in the City Hall complex on Dorset Street. This facility was refurbished and expanded in 2005 to better house the new ambulance service. Today, with the addition of personnel through the SAFER Grant in 2008, Station #1 meets current space needs. Additional personnel or vehicles will require additional space to be added in the future. ✦Station #2 is located on Holmes Road, off Shelburne Road. This station reduces response times to the southwestern end of the City, an area with a significant volume of emergency incidents. Station #2 does not meet current space needs. The second floor of the station was built partially finished and needs to be completed. Upon completion, Station #2 will meet current and future needs of the station’s coverage district. Commercial and residential fire insurance rates are affected by the Insurance Services Office (ISO) rating system. ISO guidelines and that of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) are used when planning vehicle and equipment purchases. Building inspections, new construction, electrical inspection, and fire code enforcement is provided by the South Burlington Fire Marshall’s Office and the State of Vermont Division of Fire Safety. For the purposes of development review, the department uses the Vermont fire safety standards. Maintaining high standards throughout the City has contributed significantly to lowering losses of life and property due to fire. Currently, the SBFD annually inspects all businesses that apply for a liquor license and provides assistance to residents for safety equipment and information. Medical Facilities. Hospital health care is provided by two major regional hospital units of University of Vermont Medical Center (UVMMC). The main hospital is located on the UVM campus in Burlington. The other unit, the former Fanny Allen Hospital, is located in Colchester. In South Burlington, several private doctors offices complement a recently-developed UVMMC annex on Tilley Drive. This complex of buildings provides specialized out- patient care. Emergency Preparedness and Response. The City of South Burlington actively embraces a four-phase strategy of emergency preparedness and response: mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery. Mitigation. Mitigation forms the link between emergency management, infrastructure and land use planning. The City adopted its first All-Hazards Mitigation Plan (as an annex to the Chittenden County All-Hazards Mitigation Plan) in 2005 and has worked with the CCRPC to maintain current plans since. That plan identifies a wide range of potential risks to the City and assigns a likelihood and a scale of damage to each. Using this matrix, the plan presents a series of actions that can be taken by the City, its residents, and its businesses to lessen the likelihood and impacts of future incidents. The plan includes a hazard risk assessment that measures both the likelihood and potential severity of different types of large-scale emergencies in the City. The analysis revealed severe winter storms, gas and/or electric service loss, and flooding as among city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-28 2-29city of south burlington comprehensive plan Response. Emergency response in South Burlington is primarily the responsibility of the City Police Department and Fire and Rescue Department, with support from the Public Works Department, the Vermont Agency of Transportation, and mutual aid response partners. The roles of the City’s departments are described in their individual sections within this chapter. Emergency dispatch is managed through the Police Department, and systems are redundant to Burlington in case of need. Recovery. Recoveries from large-scale incidents in the City have generally been related to flooding. South Burlington has worked diligently, through its Stormwater Division, to address the causes of wide-scale flooding incidents. Library. The City’s community library is located in the northern wing of the South Burlington High School on Dorset Street. It is a combined public and high school library. A cornerstone of the community, the library offers programs for children of all ages, adult reading groups, live performances, educational programs, Wi-Fi, digital books and magazines, subscription databases, access to computers and printers, technological assistance, and free passes to cultural institutions. Library usage continues to increase as we stay abreast of emerging technology, providing quality information resources in a variety of formats. Books remain in high demand and in FY 2014 the Library circulated over 134,000 items. The Library is open six days a week, 58 hours per week, and has 5.8 full-time equivalent employees. There are over 70,000 items in the collection. The SBCL is a hub for information, entertainment and social connection - in FY 2014, over 85,000 people visited the library. The Library is evolving and growing with the community, contributing to the future of South Burlington as a vital part of the proposed City Center. The City is planning resources to support the building of a new Library. While the Library focus will remain on sharing books to provide information and inspiration, the new Library will also be a technology gateway, supporting organized on-line information sources for workforce development and other web-based educational opportunities. The future space will include room for meetings, performances, quiet reading space and collaborative learning. An early childhood “Literacy and Play” space is under consideration to support families with children under five, while teens and new adults will be the focus of a Digital Exploration space. A community auditorium is planned to promote author visits and local performances. All told, the Library will be a cornerstone of the South Burlington community. Childcare. The majority of South Burlington’s parents are working outside the home. According to the 2011 Census Bureau’s Survey of Income and Program Participation (SIPP), 88 % of children of mothers who worked required day care or after-school care, with 25% of those utilizing organized child care centers. Parents commuting to jobs in South Burlington may prefer to enroll their children in childcare programs close to their workplace. The result of these factors has been an increasing demand for childcare and after-school programs to meet the needs of working parents and their children. Within Chittenden County, it is most difficult to find care for children from infancy to age three. Child Care Resource is a nonprofit human service organization located in Chittenden County. It helps families and providers make child care connections, strengthen early learning opportunities by working with early care and education providers, and create child care solutions for communities. Each day, about 6,500 Chittenden County children attend a child care or after-school program and: ✦30 % live in poverty ✦Some have experienced abuse, neglect or homelessness ✦Some are new Americans ✦Some have developmental, physical, emotional or behavioral challenges Child Care Resource recently completed a study for the South Burlington School District assessing early childhood education, of which childcare is a component. The study and its working group revealed a trend of families with young children seeming to leave South Burlington before the children reach school age. It also identified potential opportunities to support young children and their families so that children enter kindergarten eager to learn and ready to participate. Child Care Resources provided the City with the following statistics about the supply of child care in South Burlington, as of 2011: ✦Licensed Child Care Centers. There are three child care centers providing full-day care for children ages birth to five. Among those, there are 158 slots and a vacancy rate of one percent All three have been recognized for quality. Two participate in Vermont’s Step Ahead Recognition System (STARS) and of those, one has attained 3 STARS and one has attained 5 STARS (the highest level of STARS). Two of the programs provide publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and one is working toward this goal. ✦Registered Family Child Care Homes. There are eight registered family child care homes that also provide full-day care for children ages birth to five. Some provide care for school age children up to age 12 as well. Among those there are 64 slots and a current vacancy rate of five percent. Two of these programs have been recognized for quality, one at the 3 STAR level and one at the 5 STAR level. Two of the programs provide publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and Child Care Resource. ✦Licensed Family Child Care Homes. There is one licensed family child care home that provides full-day care for children ages birth to five and part- day care for school age children. This program has 12 slots and a current vacancy rate of zero percent. It has 4 STARS and provides publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and Child Care Resource. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-30 2-31city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Licensed Preschool Programs. There are five licensed preschool programs that provide part-day and full-day options for children ages three-five. Among those, there are 104 slots and a current vacancy rate of five percent. Four of the five programs hold 5 STARS. All but one of the programs provides publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District. ✦Licensed After-School Programs. There are five licensed after-school programs providing part-day care for children ages 5-12. Among those, there are 225 slots and a vacancy rate of less than one percent. One of the programs has received quality recognition of 3 STARS. The provision of safe, local, and accessible childcare and pre-school is a vital element in attracting families to South Burlington. As such, the City endeavors to ensure that high-quality and affordable childcare is available within its borders. The policy of the City shall be to undertake actions to assist in this provision. Lands, Parks, Natural Areas within the City. The following is an inventory of parks, open space lands, and associated facilities within the community. They are organized below by a hierarchy of function within the community as described within each. They are further organized by their principal existing and planned uses as described in the pull out box within this section. Principal Existing & Planned Uses: ✦Natural Areas. Natural areas have generally been historically undeveloped, though most of the land in the region was logged and farmed for some portion of its history. Many contain unusual communities of plants and animals, rare species, and exceptional geological features, while others serve as part of wildlife corridors, refuges, or habitat areas. Each of these are publicly owned, University-owned, or privately conserved. Future needs for natural areas are identified within the Ecological Resources section of this Plan. ✦Active Recreation. Active recreation areas generally provide one or more facilities geared towards physical activity, such as ballfields, basketball and tennis courts, playgrounds, rinks, beaches, and tracks. Future needs for active recreation facilities are identified within the Recreation section of this Plan. ✦Passive Recreation. Passive recreation areas such as tracts of lands with walking and hiking trails, undesignated fields, picnic sites, and viewing areas. They may be associated with natural areas, active recreation, or may be their own sites. Future needs for active recreation facilities are identified within the Recreation and Ecological Resources section of this Plan. ✦Agriculture. Agricultural areas include uses such as larger-scale farming, community-supported agriculture, and community gardens. They may be associated with natural areas, active or passive recreation, or may be their own sites. ✦Other. Additional lands listed within this section of the plan are specific to individual owners or sites such as educational facility, research, private recreation, community center. City Parks, Lands & Facilities. City parks and natural areas are those owned by the City and designed as gathering points for community events and activities and are typically intended for regular enjoyment by residents throughout the City and region. The following are all owned by the City. ✦Veterans Memorial Park (uses: active recreation). A 70-acre city park providing both passive and active recreational activities, located immediately south of I-89 and east of Dorset Street. The 70-acre City Park currently has two soccer fields, one regulation and two youth baseball fields, open field spaces, two indoor ice arenas (privately operated), a playground, a community bandshell, a Veterans’ memorial, picnic pavilion with tables, rest rooms, and a solar array. ✦Red Rocks Park (uses: passive recreation, natural area, limited active recreation). 100 acres on Shelburne Bay; it is mostly wooded kept in natural condition with walking paths and hiking trails. It includes 700 feet of public beach, picnic areas, and parking areas. A management plan for the park’s future use and maintenance was recently completed. ✦Overlook Park (uses: passive recreation). 1.7 acres located on the west side of Spear Street, north of Deerfield Drive. It contains viewing areas and picnic tables and has parking. ✦Community Dog Park (use: active recreation). Established in 2010, the Community Dog Park is located at the east end of Kirby Road. It includes a parking area and fenced areas for exercising large and small dogs on land leased from the City of Burlington. ✦Wheeler Nature Park (uses: natural area, passive recreation, limited agriculture). This 100+ acre parcel is located at the corner of Swift and Dorset Streets and lies adjacent to Veterans Memorial Park. It is a designated natural area that requires voter approval for any other use to take place on the property. The park includes the Wheeler Homestead, a historic building with office and other space with affiliated community and display gardens and a city tree nursery. A management plan for the park’s future use and maintenance was recently completed. ✦Oak Creek Properties (current use: passive recreation, natural area; planned uses: natural area, to be determined). This land includes three (3) separate parcels owned by the City. The southerly parcels are wooded natural areas designated as permanent open space; the northerly parcel is half wooded and half open fields and is not formally designated by the City. It has at times been considered as a school location. Proposed Action: development of management plan city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-32 2-33city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Scott Property (current use: natural area, planned use: To be determined based on management plan). Acquired by the City in the mid-2000s, this 40-acre open space property serves as part of a wildlife corridor that extends from Shelburne Pond towards the Wheeler Nature Park. A small pond is located on the parcel. The property was purchased with the City’s Open Space funds. A management plan has not yet been developed. Proposed Action: development of a management plan ✦Underwood Property (current uses: agriculture; planned use: to be determined). Acquired by the City in 2013, this 60-acre property includes open fields, woodlands, wetlands, and spectacular views of Lake Champlain and the Adirondacks. The property was purchased with the City’s Open Space funds. The City appointed a committee to develop a preferred vision for the plan, for which a report and related graphics were released in the spring of 2015. A management plan was identified as the next step, but has not yet been developed. Proposed Action: Development of master plan. ✦South Burlington High School-Middle School (current use: educational facility, active recreation). This 80-acre parcel includes school buildings, the community library, several fields designed for baseball/softball, football/ soccer/lacrosse, etc., a running track, tennis courts, and additional facilities. When not in use by the school district or otherwise leased out, they are available for public use. ✦Municipal Building Sites: See specific sections on City government, public works, police, and fire/rescue ✦City wide Parks, Lands & Facilities not owned by the City or schools. These lands and parks serve an important City-wide role in the community. Some of these lands are designated for conservation and public use, while others are used or planned for agricultural and research facilities and may not be regularly open to the public. Still others are undesignated by the University. ✦University of Vermont Lands: The following lands, and others, are owned and operated by the University of Vermont and are detailed in the University’s Campus Master Plan in greater detail. ✦East Woods (uses: natural area, passive recreation, research, education) is a 40-acre parcel with an old-age stand of hardwoods with groves of huge hemlock and red pine. A great variety of shrubs, including viburnums and dogwoods, grow here along with a rich herbaceous flora. This type of forest is considered to be rare and is of local, regional and state importance. In April 1971, the University Board of Trustees adopted a resolution designating East Woods a Natural Area. ✦Centennial Woods (uses: natural area, passive recreation, research, education). Centennial Woods is a 40-acre forest site of old-age softwoods dominated by white pine, red pine and hemlock. Hardwoods characterized by red maple make up the understory. Forests such as this are not uncommon. It is considered to be of local, regional and state importance. It was designated by the University Board of Trustees in April 1971 as a Natural Area. ✦Blasberg Horticultural Research Center Site (current uses: research, education, agriculture; planned uses academic/ residential). This 97-acre site is owned and operated by the University as a agricultural and horticultural research and education center. This area contains extensive orchards, ornamental trees and shrubs and natural woodland areas, meadows and ponds. The farm offers a diverse wildlife habitat and is a stopover for migratory birds. A prehistoric Native American village and artifact site are also located on this land. ✦Miller Research Farm Complex (current uses: education, agriculture; planned uses: academic, undesignated). This 68-acre parcel contains the main farm buildings and is used for education, research and outreach and includes a dairy herd, additional animals, solar research, and more. ✦BioResearch Complex (current uses: research, education, agriculture; planned uses academic). This 51-acre parcel includes land leased to USDA Forest Service, solar power generation facilities, and agricultural cropland, among others. ✦Edlund 1969 Tract (current uses: forested; planned uses: unassigned). This site is an example of Pleistocene “fossil” sand dunes, associated with the Champlain Sea about 10,000 to 12,000 years ago. This sand dune field is located predominantly on UVM land on the west side of Spear Street approximately midway between I-189 and Swift Street. The occurrence of this phenomenon is rather rare and the report of the VNRC states that this site is in need of physical management to maintain its unique state. This sand dune field exists in a sensitive and fragile form within an urban environment. These dunes are considered to be significant on both the local and state levels. ✦Main Campus (use: academic, residential) Portions of the main campus, including athletic fields, parking, tracks, etc., are located with the City of South Burlington along Spear Street. ✦Additional sites – Deslauriers Tracts, Martin Tract, Whittlesey Tract, VonTurkovich Tract, Wheelock Tracts, Centennial: (current uses: natural areas, research, agriculture; planned uses: various). These tracts all form part of the University of Vermont’s land bank and have various academic uses. ✦Vermont National Golf Course (uses: private recreation, public recreation use in winter). A private golf course, City residents are permitted to make use of the Vermont National Golf Course fairways for city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-34 2-35city of south burlington comprehensive plan snowshoeing and cross-country skiing during winter months when there is snow on the ground. Community Parks, Lands & Facilities. Community parks, facilities, and lands are those that are designed for organized activities and sports, or serve as focal points for activity in various parts of the City. While they are generally open to residents and visitors from across the City and region, their principal use is from nearby neighborhoods. ✦Farrell Park (use: active recreation). A 22.89 acre park, located on Swift Street; developed facilities include a fenced youth baseball field (little league size) a regulation size field that can be used for baseball, softball and soccer, and a playground and picnic tables. The Recreation Path goes through this Park. Parking is available. ✦Jaycee Park (uses: active recreation, community center). A 6.9 acre facility on Patchen Road; it has one lighted youth baseball/adult softball field, small picnic area with shelter, basketball courts, playground, parking, an adjacent building with heat and rest rooms, and an open field area for field sports. The O’Brien Center is available for community meetings and special events. ✦Dumont Park (uses: natural area, passive recreation). This relatively small, City-owned parcel sits between Iby Street and San Remo Drive. It is located south of Tributary 3 to the Potash Brook and areas that have been identified for future recreation associated with City Center. A community planning effort is underway and a concept design has been approved. Proposed Action: completion of park design and construction of park amenities. ✦Mayfair Park / Kennedy Drive Natural Area (uses: natural area, passive recreation). This area encompasses approximately 50 acres of land on the northwest side of Kennedy Drive. Potash Brook runs through this land and there are many natural springs forming a wetland. Forest cover contains white pine and some mixture of hemlock, elm and red maple trees. This natural area was accumulated over the course of several years, having been initially identified as a natural area in the “South Burlington Natural Resource Inventory”, September 1967. ✦South Burlington High School Natural Area (uses: natural area, passive recreation). Located on the north side of Kennedy Drive, east of the High School playing fields, this natural area serves as an important part of the Potash Brook tributary system with substantial wetland areas, large stormwater treatment areas, and a walking trail linking the school to nearby neighborhoods. The property is owned and maintained by the School District. ✦Goodrich Property (current uses: natural area, passive recreation; planned uses: wetland restoration). Acquired as a permanent public easement by the City of South Burlington in 2010, this 22-acre open space site lies immediately north of the Muddy Brook Natural Area. It includes wetland areas, riparian banks, and various open and forested areas. ✦Orchard School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by the School District, this 13.4 acre facility includes school buildings, a basketball court, a ball field, gardens, and playground equipment. Outdoor ice skating is available in the winter months. ✦Central School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by the School District, this 11.8 acre site includes the school building, playground equipment, a ball field, and multiple-use field area. Outdoor ice skating is available in the winter months. ✦Chamberlin School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by the School District, this 10.2 acre property includes the school building, a basketball court, playground equipment, ball field, and multiple-use field area. Outdoor ice skating is available in the winter months. Community Parks, Lands & Facilities Not Owned by the City or School District. These lands and parks are owned by separate entities from the City and/or school district, but are open to the public for enjoyment. They typically serve a more localized population than City-wide facilities due to their size, accessibility, location, or intended intensity of use. ✦Muddy Brook Natural Area (uses: natural area, wetland mitigation, passive recreation). Owned and operated by Winooski Valley Parks District, this natural area was purchased and restored for its wetland features by the Burlington International Airport. Situated along the west bank of the Muddy Brook, it includes a clayplain forest area and walking trails for public use. ✦Winooski Valley Parks District Lime Kiln Park (uses: passive recreation, natural area). Owned and operated by Winooski Valley Parks District. Situated on the west side of Lime Kiln Road immediately south of the Winooski River, this small public natural area and walking trail is perched high above the Winooski River with dedicated parking and an overlook onto the river. ✦Winooski Valley Parks District Muddy Brook Outlet (uses: passive recreation, natural area). This public park is located at the confluence of the Muddy Brook and Winooski River. It includes a carry-in boat launch and a wide range of shrubs and forested areas. Neighborhood Parks, Lands & Facilities. Neighborhood parks are publicly-owned, generally lightly developed or undeveloped recreational facilities that are intended to be focal points of local neighborhoods. Most users walk to these parks, though limited parking is provided in some cases. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-36 2-37city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Szymanski Park (uses: active recreation, passive recreation). Twenty (20) acres in the south end of the City, reached by way of Andrews Avenue or Cranwell Drive. Park includes two lighted tennis courts, picnic tables, basketball court, tot lot, parking and fitness trail. The Recreation Path goes through this park. ✦Garvey Property (uses: passive recreation, natural area). The Garvey property sits on Williston Road between Victory Drive and Mills Avenue. It is a small, linear, City-owned parcel connecting Williston Road and two parts of a long-established residential neighborhood. ✦DeGraffe Property (uses: passive recreation, natural area). Located at the end of Duval Street and southeast of Queensbury Road, this small City- owned property is surrounded on all sides by residential neighborhoods. Its topography includes steep banks that fuel tributaries to Centennial Brook. ✦Quail Run (uses: natural area). Located at the end of Quail Run, this parcel includes one principal walking path connecting to private property to the east and a series of informal trails in the vicinity of the Bartlett Brook. It includes multiple steep banks. Small lot sites. Neighborhood pocket properties, in most cases publicly-owned, undeveloped recreational facilities that are either intended to be accessible to local neighborhoods or serve a current or future neighborhood function. No parking is typically available. ✦Baycrest Park (current use: passive recreation; future uses: possible active recreation). Small neighborhood play area (1.69 acres) located at the intersection of Baycrest Drive and Bay Court. It is presently maintained as an open field. Future use would be determined by development of a park plan. ✦Queen City Park lot (current use: unassigned; future use: unassigned). This house-lot parcel is presently undesignated by the City. ✦Allen Road Park (current uses: passive recreation; planned additional recreational use to be determined). Small neighborhood open space on Allen Road, west of Baycrest Drive. It is presently maintained as an open field. Future use would be determined by development of a park plan. ✦Butler Farms lots. (Uses: passive recreation, stormwater management). A series of small parcels located within the neighborhood. Historically open lots, they have recently been given a role in stormwater management for the neighborhood. ✦Queen City Park (uses: passive recreation, active recreation). Owned and maintained by the Fire District, this 1.4-acre neighborhood play area serves the local neighborhood. Private Parks, Conservation Lands, and Sports Complexes. A series of private parks, conserved lands, and sports complexes are owned and operated throughout the City. Several homeowner associations maintain facilities for their residents; while a handful of companies and clubs operate facilities for the public or for members. These include tennis courts, swimming pools, gyms, tot lots, community buildings, conserved farmland, and golf facilities. Facilities with specific City involvement include: ✦Vermont National Golf Course (uses: private recreation). 18-hole Jack Nicklaus Signature golf course, 2 tennis courts, a driving range, a 25-meter junior Olympic pool, and a skating rink. See note above regarding winter access for the public. ✦Rice High School (uses: education, private recreation). 30 acres, including buildings: includes a baseball field, football field, field hockey area, and running track. ✦Bread & Butter Farm (use: agriculture). Totaling approximately 140 acres in South Burlington (~80) and Shelburne (~60), this farmland was conserved in 2010 by the Vermont Land Trust, City of South Burlington, and Town of Shelburne. The property was sold to the Bread and Butter Farm by the Vermont Land Trust for operation within an agricultural easement. It is operated as private land. The conservation agreement contains provisions for a public, unpaved recreation path easement connecting Cheesefactory Road to the Scott Property, in a location to be determined. Recreation Resources. See 2.5C, Recreation Resources, for further discussion of recreational facilities and programming. Primary and Secondary Schools. High-quality education for all children in the community is one of the most significant and basic services that the City of South Burlington must provide. The school system is actively engaged in planning for its future and maintains a current Strategic Plan. The tradition of close cooperation and communication between the School Board and the various municipal boards and commissions has created the community we have today and is encouraged to be maintained. This is important in light of the shared interest of all City residents in the quality of the education system and in the increasing use of school facilities by community members. The importance of public education is represented, in part, by the amount of funds allocated to the school system. Public education accounts for approximately 76% of property taxes collected in the City. Under the state’s education funding formula, the South Burlington’s school district receives back approximately 91 cents for every dollar of education property tax collected in the City, with the remainder supporting education in communities with lower property values around the state. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-38 2-39city of south burlington comprehensive plan The South Burlington School District currently operates five schools that serve approximately 2,500 students in grades K-12, as described below: ✦Rick Marcotte Central School serves students in grades K-5 from a 12.1-acre site at 10 Market Street. The 59,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 400 students in 2015. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 420 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 489 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024, according to the 2014-15 Demographics Study completed for the School District. ✦Chamberlin School serves students in grades K-5 from a 10-acre site at 262 White Street. The 76,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 246 students. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 300 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 425 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024. ✦Orchard School serves students in grades K-5 from a 13.5-acre site at 2 Baldwin Avenue. The 57,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 376 students in 2015. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 360 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 510 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024. ✦Frederick H. Tuttle Middle School serves students in grades 6-8 from an 80- acre site shared with the high school at 550 Dorset Street. The 111,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 524 students in 2015. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 625 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 918 using a different methodology. The 2014-15 Demographics Study forecasts that enrollment is expected to see a small decrease by 2024. ✦South Burlington High School serves students in grades 9-12 from an 80-acre site shared with the middle school at 550 Dorset Street. The 158,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 908 students in 2015. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 750 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 1,200 using a different methodology. The 2014-15 Demographic Study forecasts that enrollment is expected to drop slightly to 857 students by 2024. According to the School District’s 2008 Educational Vision and Facility Master Plan, Program Capacity counts the classrooms (or teaching stations at the High School) currently in use for regular instruction, multiplied by the number of District or school standard number of students per classroom. It gives consideration to the educational programs in each building, the space implications of the Educational Vision and reasonable utilization factors at the High School. The program capacity numbers listed above for each school are significantly lower than the figures concluded in the 1998 School Capacity Study, which used different techniques and did no account for high school utilization. For purposes of planning for future facilities, the district considers enrollment at 90 % of program capacity to be an “action point” at which an additional facility is warranted for consideration. University of Vermont. The University of Vermont owns 571 acres of land in South Burlington, which is part of its South Campus area. The South Campus is currently utilized primarily for instruction and research focused on bioresearch, agricultural, horticultural and natural areas management. analysis and challenges Police. The need for and challenge of providing adequate police protection, a fundamental municipal service, increases as the population grows and businesses expand or locate in the City. The increasing pressures on the City caused by population growth, traffic, commercial and residential development all pose significant concerns for local planners, as well as police officials. It is important that political leaders and the public not develop unrealistic expectations for community policing in terms of crime deterrence or speed of implementation. Community policing calls for long-term commitment; it is not a quick fix. Achieving ongoing partnerships with the community and eradicating the underlying causes of crime will take planning, flexibility, time and patience. Political and community leaders must be regularly informed of the progress of community policing efforts to keep them interested and involved. The police organization must stress that the success of community policing depends on sustained joint efforts of the police, local government, public and private agencies, and members of community. This cooperation is indispensable to deterring crime and preserving the quality of life within neighborhoods. Fire and Rescue. While there is no such thing as absolute protection, the degree of fire risk should be balanced at an acceptable level as the City grows. The best available source for fire protection standards is the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The City’s fire protection plan consists of three components: ✦Using NFPA standards for staffing, training, and operating guidelines; ✦Using ISO survey recommendations as a guideline for budgeting future operating and capital costs for fire protection, and ✦Including fire protection as a criterion in the review of new development (i.e. roads and access, building locations and materials, hydrant spacing, etc.). Land Development and Emergency Response. It will be important for the community to plan for how emergency response will be able to effectively serve future needs, understanding that development patterns impact response strategies as well as facility and equipment needs: city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-40 2-41city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦New development that is far away from existing stations places greater demands on time and equipment than development that is nearby. ✦Need to be prepared for moderate annual increase in calls due to population aging and increased population / businesses. ✦As the more mixed use, higher-density development takes place, equipment, policies and training will need to be adjusted. Library. In 2005, a facility study concluded that the existing library was approaching capacity and would require additional space to continue to function in the community’s best interests. The study also stated that the high school benefits more than the community in the combined library model. While the community benefits from the current model by receiving the school custodial, maintenance and computer services, the study highlighted the significant problems in the combined model which include: ✦Lack of quiet reading/study areas; ✦Lack of space for programs; ✦Lack of parking; ✦Excessive noise and a predominance of student use during school hours; and ✦School regulations that impact public use of the computers, meeting space and library use. ✦Phase II of the facility study, completed in 2006, defined future space needs if the library continues to serve both the public and the high school, as well as to determine the future space needs if the public library were to vacate its current home and construct a new public library. Extensive data was collected from The Wisconsin Public Library Standards (a nationally recognized standard), six community/school focus groups, a library consultant, and interviews with key stakeholders, and a survey mailed to random community members. The City is currently considering if a separate library should be constructed in the City Center area to serve the community. Primary and Secondary Schools. While the City has not been immune to regional demographic changes like an aging population and smaller families, the quality and reputation of the South Burlington schools continues to attract families to the City. A 1999 survey of families with students new to South Burlington indicated that more than 80 % moved here because of the City’s reputation for a quality school system. Maintaining this reputation will require the city and district to continuously evaluate its educational goals and related facility needs to ensure the desired educational outcomes are achieved within the available funding sources. There are a number of challenges facing the schools which include shifting student and population demographics, airport and City Center development, continued Southeast Quadrant development, as well as aging and non-compliant facilities. The Steering Committee (City and District jointly) convened the Master Planning and Visioning Task Force to analyze, evaluate, and recommend options for addressing the challenges of 21st century students, which was submitted in August 2015. This report and recommendation are currently under review by the Steering Committee. Additionally, the ability of families with children to move to the City is directly linked to the availability of affordable housing and employment opportunities. These interrelated factors need to be monitored on an ongoing basis to anticipate changes in enrollment that would trigger a need for expanded or new educational facilities or services. Though total enrollment in South Burlington has been reasonably steady during the past decade, the next decade is forecasted to be less steady with the possibility of both a fluctuating and declining enrollment. In 2014, a Demographic Study forecasted a 4% decline in student enrollment between 2014-15 and 2024-25. For planning purposes, this change in demographics will require the district to consider how to increase facility flexibility to maintain appropriate student-teacher ratios and desired educational curricular and co-curricular programming. Potential facility changes could occur at the elementary through high school levels and range from renovation to new construction. It is possible that one or more elementary schools may become available for repurposing. These properties are potentially located for re-use to meet City needs such as community centers, potential affordable housing development, or additional recreation space amongst others. It is evident that the collective impact of growth, most notably continued development in the Southeast Quadrant and the potential for the development of City Center, must be considered rather than just the single impact of a project on the school district. The City and District have convened various committees such as the Chamberlin Neighborhood Airport Planning Committee and Master Planning and Visioning Task Force to assist the City and District in their planning efforts. The committee reports considered growing pressures on School and City facilities and infrastructure driven in large part by airport encroachment on residential areas, the desire to develop a vibrant City Center, changing demographics, changing/increasing traffic patterns, and the desire to provide a community-friendly environment. Information regarding the work of these committees may found on the South Burlington website. In 1998, a School Capacity Study calculated the mathematical maximum capacity of the City’s public school facilities is estimated to be 4,165 pupils (1,675 in grades K-5 and 2,490 in grades 6-12). This absolute capacity assumed 25 students per classroom evenly distributed across all grades and all schools. The maximum capacity was adjusted by an effective factor of 85 % to reflect the reality of age, location and scheduling of the student population resulting in a program capacity of 3,541 students (K-12). A decade later, in 2008, the Educational Visioning and Facility Master Planning report determined that the district’s K-12 program capacity was only 2,455 students (a figure close to recent enrollments). The 2008 report findings provided for and were city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-42 2-43city of south burlington comprehensive plan supported by the work of the Master Planning and Visioning Task Force Report, which confirmed the maximum capacity of the school facilities as 2,455 students. To ensure equal treatment of developers and to minimize the impact of new housing on school facilities, standards are used to estimate the number of school children generated by new projects. This number is based on the unit configuration (single- or multi-family), unit costs, whether it is renter or owner occupied, and size (number of bedrooms, square footage). The values assigned to these factors are confirmed and adjusted by periodic school department reviews. The challenges facing the five district schools (3 elementary schools, 1 middle school, and 1 high school) varies from age, location, and layout to utilization, program flexibility, and implementation of state recommendations. The community will need to make a decision regarding the viability of each school in the near future and develop a strategy for addressing these challenges. School finances continue to pose a challenge to the school system, a challenge that has been further complicated by Vermont’s statewide education funding system. The changes to the state education funding formula that began with passage of Act 60 in 1997, and more recently Act 46, have increased the difficulties in ensuring the appropriate funding is available for educational and facility needs. For decades, South Burlington had sought to maintain a 50/50 split between residential and non-residential property value on the grand list in order to spread the cost of community facilities and services across a diverse tax base. Under Act 60, the state education property tax system effectively results in a higher tax rate on residential property as any revenue to be generated above an established “excess spending limit” is derived solely from residential taxpayers. Under Act 46, the state places a cap on school spending and then imposes a dollar-for-dollar tax on any spending above the cap. If the cap is set lower than a proposed school budget increase, there would be a funding gap which may impact educational and facility needs. University of Vermont. The University of Vermont’s Campus Master Plan provides a flexible framework that can accommodate changes in attitudes about campus environments, new technologies and revised institutional requirements. The current plan directly addresses the growth of the campus through 2015, and looks forward to growth in the decades beyond. In 2006, UVM’s Board of Trustees voted to approve the current version of the Campus Master Plan. Chapter 5 of the Campus Master Plan provides an analysis of existing conditions, an analysis of the frameworks identified for campus planning, an overview of the design guidelines established for the South Campus, and an illustrative plan that provides an overview of the university’s future vision for the South Campus. The Campus Master Plan has also identified a number of infill land banks to organize future development since the university’s needs for academic, housing, administrative and support space will continue to evolve. Land banks in the South Campus are delineated primarily for two uses: academic and residential. Buildings and their associated infrastructure will fit within these designated areas when and if the university proceeds with a specific development initiative. The residential land banks might have some academic or institutional use associated with them but at this time there are no specific plans for such properties. Alternative housing strategies and joint community partnerships may be a possible consideration for these sites. The East Woods Natural Area serves important environmental and community purposes and is considered a no build zone. From the City’s perspective, the university-owned Centennial Woods Natural Area and East Woods Natural Area provide a tremendous benefit to the City and region in terms of open space preservation and passive recreation. In regard to the remaining parcels in South Burlington, it is the City’s desire that the properties continue to be used for educational, research and agricultural purposes. These lands are well suited to an educational emphasis due their proximity to the main campus of the University of Vermont. In addition, the provision of higher education services contributes a far-reaching benefit to the welfare of the community and region, including quality education for the citizenry, attraction and retention of business, and relatively high paying jobs. Future needs and trends City Offices. City Hall has received major upgrades including: a new HVAC system, mold removal, interior and exterior painting, carpets; the decades-old phone system was upgraded, new audio and visual equipment is available for use in public meeting rooms, and new security infrastructure is in place; a new stormwater treatment system brings the property into line with City-wide goals, and new landscaping and signage has freshened the building, making it easier to navigate and serving as a place of pride for employees and citizens of the community. An employee kitchen, break area, and fitness center are amenities that will help attract and retain quality employees. In 2013, a City Center Public Facilities analysis was performed that outlined needs related to a future building in the City Center area. Emergency Management. Several population and development trends in South Burlington will shape emergency management in the coming years. ✦Population Growth and Development. Housing development is expected to continue at a rate of average rate of 1.5 to 2.0 % annually. Commercial development is also anticipated to continue at a similar pace. This development will likely include a combination of infill using facility infrastructure and new development requiring infrastructure extensions. It is also anticipated that growth and development will vary by individual year. Population, meanwhile, is expected to grow incrementally through 2020, and then level off, according to a demographic forecast prepared in January 2015. As more people and businesses reside in and visit the community, emergency response needs will grow as well. . Any proposed development needs to consider the ability of city departments to serve that development. Elder housing may require additional Fire Department Staffing, while retail development may city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-44 2-45city of south burlington comprehensive plan require additional police staffing. As development continues, the growth may trigger a need to expand one or more city departments. ✦Population Aging. Gradual aging of the resident population - and development of additional senior housing facilities - will influence future emergency response needs, in particular fire and rescue needs. ✦City Center Development. The built environment of City Center - compact streets coupled with multi-story mixed use development - will influence future emergency response needs, including potential foot or bicycle police patrol, confined space fire and rescue training, and other specialized needs. Consideration of regulated parking and parking enforcement will have to be factored in to project development. This built environment may also provide opportunities for community sheltering. Primary and Secondary Schools. Schools are “creators of community” and an essential component of the City’s quality of life. Accessible schools minimize the need for transportation for those students within walking distance. Sidewalks and signaled cross walks should be provided during the review process of new developments to allow students to walk safely to school. Similarly for those students outside walking distance sidewalks should be provided to school bus stops. These stops should be located away from residences or appropriately buffered so that waiting groups of students do not disturb residents. In general, city streets and sidewalks, especially along arterials and collectors, should be constructed to serve new residential developments and provide safe pickup stops for school busses that do not impede high volume of through traffic. non-transPortation iMProVeMents 1. Proposed New Water Tower (Southeast Quadrant) Summary Acquire land and construct a water tower in the Southeast Quadrant. Purpose To ensure adequate water pressure and fire protection services to meet future needs from a location that is among the higher elevations in the City. 2. Exapnded City Center Park (Market Street / Potash Brook) Summary Conserve an area of public open space as identified in the City Center / Market Street Environmental Assessment and approved Dumont / City Center Park concept Plan, focused on the natural features of Potash Brook. Purpose To create an interactive natural area in the City Center area that provides for stream buffer and groundwater infiltration together with public interaction, education, and enjoyment. 3. Proposed New City Park (Van Sicklen / Hinesburg Road) Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with roadways and recreation paths linked into City-wide systems. Purpose To create a multi-purpose, citywide park for use by residents and visitors. Features of the park may include: ball fields, picnic areas and shelters, playgrounds, community gardens, support facilities, complementary agricultural operations, renewable energy production, etc. 4. Proposed New City Park (Lakeshore) Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into city-wide systems, continuing the waterfront system and providing public access to Lake Champlain. Purpose To create a multi-purpose, citywide park for use by residents and visitors. Features of the park may include: ball fields, picnic areas and shelters, playgrounds, community gardens, support facilities, complementary agricultural operations, renewable energy production, etc. 5. Proposed New City Park (Muddy Brook) Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into City-wide systems. Purpose To create a natural area and buffer to Muddy Brook for use by residents and visitors, complementing already conserved parcels and their walking trails. Features of the park may include: walking trails, wetland restoration, renewable energy production, etc. 6. Proposed New City Natural Area (Winooski River) Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into City-wide systems. Purpose To create a natural area and buffer to the Winooski River for use by residents and visitors, complementing the nearby Winooski Valley Parks District land and their walking trails. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: walking trails, wetland restoration, etc. 7. Proposed New City Park (Winooski River) Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into City-wide systems. Purpose To create a community or neighborhood park for use by residents and visitors, providing access to neighboring residential areas. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: recreation paths, ball fields, playgrounds, picnic areas, etc. 8. Proposed New City Park (City Center) city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-46 2-47city of south burlington comprehensive plan Summary Acquire land and develop a programmable urban park as a focus point to City Center Purpose To create a central outdoor (with possible indoor features) gathering space that supports community events and acts as a key, public place in the heart of the City. 9. Proposed New Community Library (City Center) Summary Acquire space for an develop a new City Library in City Center Purpose To etablish a City Library consistent with the needs identified in the City Center Public Facilities Feasibility Study, including core lirbary functions as well as community event and activty space. 10. Proposed New Indoor Recreation Facilities Summary Acquire space for and develop indoor recreational facilities, likely in City Center. Purpose To etablish needed indoor recreational facilities identified within this Plan and the City Center Public Facilities Feasibility Study. Discussions with the School District regarding centralized and/or decentralized locations for such facilities are ongoing. 11. Proposed New City Hall Summary Acquire land for and contruct a new City Hall to replace the current facility. Purpose To meet future needs for space for core municipal functions as idenfitied in the City Center Public Facilities Feasbility Study. additional resources ✦School + Community Master Planning Task Force Report (2015) ✦Feasibility Study, City Center Public Facilities (2013) ✦South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) coMMunity Facility & serVices oBjectiVes Objective 10. Provide quality indoor and outdoor public facilities and services, identified through collaborative strategic planning, that meet present-day needs and are programmed to anticipate needs at least 20 or more years into the future. Objective 11. Complete comprehensive and consistent master plans for significant City-owned parks and natural areas. Objective 12. Provide connections and space for City residents of all ages and abilities to participate in life-long educational, recreational, and community service opportunities for both personal enrichment and to strengthen neighborhood and community connections. Objective 13. Provide ease of access to City governance and raise rates of public participation in decision making. coMMunity Facility & serVices strategies Strategy 24. Annually maintain a capital budget and program for future public facility and utility needs; link to Impact Fee Ordinance. Strategy 25. Improve and expand public facilities and services in a manner that supports, complements and reinforces the land use and development recommendations of this plan, which includes a preference for infill over expansion of existing service areas. Strategy 26. Continue to develop and refine City-wide plans that address “Ability to Serve” issues from a capital, human resource and programmatic perspective. Further ongoing planning efforts to ensure that adequate wastewater, water, stormwater, emergency services, public works and other pertinent City services are available in anticipation of growth. Strategy 27. Construct people-oriented public facilities - including a community library, city hall, recreation and environmental infrastructure - in the City Center area. Strategy 28. Provide ease of access to public information and feedback through tools such as CCTV, the City website, social media, and traditional media, and continue a policy of open governance. Strategy 29. Encourage the provision of open space and dedicated park land that accentuates the school district’s educational goals by providing for experiential and applied learning experiences. Strategy 30. Regularly evaluate the City’s policies regarding use of City infrastructure. Strategy 31. Create and implement policies and incentives that will attract high quality and affordable childcare. Strategy 32. Develop a public facilities impact fee to support the establishment of municipal facilities, including a community center, to meet the community’s needs. Strategy 33. Implement identified projects within the All Hazards Mitigation Plan including river corridor management. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-48 2-49city of south burlington comprehensive plan E. Quality of Life The South Burlington Comprehensive Plan is intended to provide a road map to the continued efforts of the community to provide the highest possible quality of life for its current and future residents and visitors. This is met through establishing policies that support the needs of an increasingly diverse population in their homes and search for housing, in their workplaces, in their schools, in their recreation, and in their community as a whole. oVerView The focus of this plan is on the physical environment that the community shares: natural areas and rivers, parks, neighborhoods, commercial and employment centers, roadways and recreation paths. The physical space sets the groundwork for true quality of life measures: affordability of housing, availability of employment, mobility of transportation, conservation of natural resources, provision of community and emergency services, and opportunities for public interaction and gathering. Each chapter of this Plan is designed and drafted to support this effort from the various perspectives and topic areas that influence or are influenced by the use of land and the provision of services by the City and schools. A handful of important contributing factors to a high quality of life in the City, however are not specifically enumerated elsewhere in the Plan and therefore are discussed below. They include: ✦Design of the built environment ✦Public and community services ✦Community engagement design oF the Built enVironMent There are defined aesthetic qualities that affect the perception of South Burlington. The built environment, open spaces, scenic views, and natural areas help to define the City as well as its various neighborhoods and business districts. New design should respect the existing landscape and positively contribute to it. Open spaces and natural areas essential to scenic views and historic landscapes should be identified and preserved for future generations. This plan seeks to allow for responsible development that positively contributes to the community while preserving the essential elements of the City’s landscape that define South Burlington for future generations to enjoy. Among the strategies of this Plan to promote a quality built environment: ✦Design Review/Form Based Codes. The City has successfully implemented several design review districts within its City Center and is in 2015 working towards an evolution to an adopted Form Based Code. This effort has proved successful and it is a concept that is proposed to be explored in other areas of the city. It is in the interest of the City to improve its appearance in order to enhance the quality of life for the City’s residents, businesses and visitors. ✦Public Infrastructure. Improvements to the appearance and aesthetics of the City can be accomplished by such actions as placing utilities underground, planting trees and landscaping along City streets, and enforcing sign regulations. ✦Landscaping. Several existing features in the Land Development Regulations should be maintained and applied in order to improve the aesthetic quality of the City. These may include landscaping requirements, setbacks, buffers around project perimeters, conservation of existing vegetation, berming in select areas, shielding large parking areas with landscaping or buildings, and buffers between conflicting land uses. ✦Lighting. Continuing to require that lighting within the City be attractive and downcast is an important component of the community’s aesthetics. The inclusion of incentives or requirements for energy efficiency, dark sky compliant standards, and pedestrian-scaled design should also be explored. ✦Stormwater. Stormwater has become an increasingly important issue in urban design as stormwater facilities and low-impact development techniques are implemented throughout the City (See the Grey Infrastructure chapter). These have the opportunity to be attractive elements of the community if implemented as part of a thoughtful design. ✦Context-Sensitive Site Design. The City should also encourage the retention of historic landscapes and structures and the restoration of others. The use of additional alternatives to achieve improved aesthetics should be explored, such as requiring variable setbacks, the use of high quality traditional building materials, and locating parking to the rear of commercial establishments. It has been a trend in many sectors of the retail area to construct cheap structural shells that are easily changed to accommodate market fluctuations. The City should work with the development community to identify tools to improve the quality and aesthetics of design while maintaining the flexibility. ✦Public Spaces. It is important that public spaces continue to be fully integrated into the built environment. These public spaces, be they parks, recreational paths, sidewalks, public squares, outdoor seating at restaurants, and more, contribute substantially to the quality to life within the City and help to foster a true sense of community. ✦Public Art. Public art should be encouraged in both public and private projects. ✦Open Space Management. The City’s public open space areas provide a significant amenity to the community in terms of their conservation of natural resources, their aesthetics, and their availability for public use. Over the past decade, the need to develop long range management plans for the City’s open space has become clear. The City should continue to develop, maintain, and implement these plans. Together, these strategies, combined with those from elsewhere in the plan, are intended to implement a smart growth strategy of efficient use of land and maintenance of high city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-50 2-51city of south burlington comprehensive plan quality developed and undeveloped areas. In the past decade, the City has participated in the establishment of several such areas, including development of the Farrell Street neighborhood, adaptive re-use of buildings along Dorset Street, and conservation management planning for the Wheeler Nature Park. PuBlic and coMMunity serVices Several chapters of the Comprehensive Plan provide objectives and strategies related to public infrastructure and facilities designed to serve the needs of the community: streets, recreation paths, water and wastewater facilities, parks, municipal and school buildings, community spaces, and libraries, among others. Related to each of these facilities are the services and activities that take place on and within them, and the need to maintain them for ongoing use. The breadth and quality of these services plays an important role in the quality of life in the City. These services fall into a two broad categories: ✦Community Facility Maintenance. The upkeep and planned upgrade of public and quasi-public facilities, such as snow plowing, and building repair are the responsibilities of the system owners and should be planned for on a regular and ongoing basis. Maintaining these facilities allows not only for the basic needs of the community to be met, but provides opportunities for public interaction and enjoyment. It also allows for private community groups to meet and host their activities. ✦Public Services. Community services such as fire, police, recreational programming, education, and libraries are critical components of the quality of life of a community. These services provide for both immediate needs and for long-term tools for success and enjoyment by the public. The City has worked to enhance many of these services and facilities in the last decade, including the creation of a community room in the new police station, establishment of new public open spaces with the voter-approved Open Space fund, enhancement of recreation services, library and senior programs, community policing, stormwater, and overall services of the City, and creation of a new family of City logos that are designed to reflect the community and its residents. coMMunity engageMent & ProMotion Residents of the City have a long history of direct involvement in local organizations and municipal governance, as well as a tradition of knowing and helping out their neighbors. Healthy communities are ones in which residents play an active role. In South Burlington, the need for civic engagement is high; a successful community relies heavily on the opinion and work of volunteers. Public involvement takes multiple forms. Each of these reflects a commitment to the community. ✦Voting and Participation in Local Decision Making. Residents of South Burlington have long voted on the election of municipal and school board officials and the school budget. In 2008, an amendment to the municipal charter was enacted providing the voters with the responsibility to vote on the annual municipal budget as well. These four key votes – in addition to those for special ballot items – provide the backbone of the City and school’s operations and require an important framework of public information sharing amongst elected officials, staff and the public. In between these key annual votes, volunteer boards and committees meet on a monthly or semi-monthly basis, hosting discussions and debates and making important decisions regarding the future of the community. Participation by the public in these regular meetings and events is an important element of maintaining a strong, connected community and making effective decisions for its future. At the core of public participation is the need for transparency in operations. The City’s charter change to require voting on the budget is an example of this transparency, as is the posting of meeting agendas and studies on the City’s website and overall open approach to public meetings. ✦Community Activity Participation. South Burlington residents have – and make use of – substantial opportunities to participate in community events, both within the City itself and throughout the vibrant Chittenden County area. Local community-based activities and events, such as recreation programs, Green-Up Day, Fire Department activities, and library events provide opportunities for enrichment and interaction, and for community members to get to know one another; all critical components of a community with a high quality of life. A parallel opportunity for South Burlington is the existence of a tremendous variety of activities and programs in Burlington and throughout Chittenden County. Participation in these activities helps to enhance the overall sense of regional community. It is important that residents continue to be offered opportunities to engage locally – through community or neighborhood events– to increase community pride and to link all facets of the community. These opportunities should encourage a sense of place. Pocket parks, pop-up facilities, food trucks, and neighborhood improvement initiatives will help promote community identity and pride. ✦Volunteerism. Volunteerism is a critical backbone of any successful community. In South Burlington, over 80 volunteers serve on more than a dozen different committees and boards just for the City. Volunteers associated with the South Burlington schools, community groups, and non-profit organizations within and outside the City extend this figure manyfold. In addition, many donors have contributed to the community over the years, enhancing facilities and services for all residents to enjoy. The City should continue to foster volunteerism and participation in local governance through open and transparent meeting practices, providing community meeting space, use of emergent technology, and outreach to interested individuals who have expertise in various subject areas and wish to serve the community. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-52 2-53city of south burlington comprehensive plan quality oF liFe oBjectiVes Objective 14. For all new development, public and private, consider accessibility for users of differing ages and physical abilities. Objective 15. Build and reinforce diverse, accessible neighborhoods that offer a good quality of life by designing and locating new and renovated development in a context-sensitive manner. quality oF liFe strategies Strategy 34. Actively plan for public spaces throughout the City, including public open spaces and public art, such that these spaces can be utilized daily and also for special community-oriented events. 2.3. Gray Infrastructure A. Transportation The conveyance of people, goods, and services is a key element of South Burlington’s residential and commercial health. Transportation systems should be designed to provide residents and visitors access to diverse alternatives for getting to their desired destinations. In addition, transportation systems should provide for the orderly and continued economic growth of our community. The improvements and expansion of transportation systems should also proceed in a way that complements the pattern of existing and proposed land uses. Planning of such systems should be geared to the limited supply of land and some fuel sources. oVerView Key issues and needs related to transportation in the City include: ✦South Burlington is shifting from an automobile-dependent, suburban development pattern to a multi-modal, urbanizing development pattern. This transition requires changes to the City’s transportation system to emphasize bicycle/pedestrian travel, transit and greater connectivity in support of the land use goals of this plan. ✦Short commutes, pleasant residential neighborhoods and contiguous open areas are key elements of South Burlington’s quality of life. To maintain both, the City will need to avoid traffic congestion (through development of a more efficient, interconnected local street network and through major highway projects such as the Route 2 corridor improvements and Exit 12B) while mitigating the impacts of through traffic on residential streets. inVentory Travel Corridors and Roadway Network. There are approximately 100 miles of roadway in the City of South Burlington. Each of these roadways serves multiple users, from automobiles, busses, and commercial trucks to pedestrians and cyclists. Within each roadway corridor, the City (or state for certain roads) must determine the most effective combination of infrastructure within the limited right-of-way. The City’s existing transportation network is shown on the Road Class and Transit Routes map. An inventory of conditions within key corridors is below: ✦Interstates 89 and 189. These routes serve as the primary long distance travel corridors in the region, connecting Chittenden County to areas to the north and southeast. They also serve an intra-regional function connecting with the local transportation network. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes of divided vehicle travel, with full interchanges at Williston Road (Exit to I-89), Shelburne Road (to I-189), and city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-54 2-55city of south burlington comprehensive plan an interchange that provides access between the two interstates and between Kennedy Drive and Shelburne Road (Exits13 to I-89 and I-189). Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Needed improvements focus on accesses to the interstate itself, including needed ramp improvements at Exit 14 and the potential for new or improved interchange accesses within the City. ✦Shelburne Road (US Route 7). This route serves as the primary north-south access for the western corridor of Vermont as well as the principal collector for residential neighborhoods and employment centers in the southwestern portion of South Burlington. It also provides direct access to I-189. Major improvements to the Shelburne and South Burlington (to Imperial Drive) segments of this route were completed in 2006. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes of vehicle travel with medians for local and regional automobile travelers, commercial vehicles, transit service, on-road bicycle lanes and sidewalks. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The section of Shelburne Road north of IDX Drive does not contain medians or on-road bicycle lanes, limiting the efficiency of vehicle travel and forcing bicycles onto relatively narrow sidewalks. Safety for pedestrians and cyclists crossing this section of Shelburne Road is also a concern. ✦Williston Road (US Route 2). This route provides local and regional east- west access through Chittenden County. Prior to the construction of I-89, it was the primary east-west corridor in the region. Now its role has been redefined as serving primarily local travel needs for people who live and work in the vicinity of the corridor. The updated 2012 Route 2 Corridor Study provides an extensive description of existing conditions on the highway, and short- and long-term solutions to congestion, access, and safety problems. In June 2010, the Chittenden County Transit Agency initiated a revised, direct corridor service along this route that includes 15-minute bus headways in each direction at peak commuter hours. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes (reduced to two lanes east of Route 116) vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers, commercial vehicles, and transit service; 5’ wide on-road bike paths and sidewalks (intermittent east of Air Guard Road). The City completed a widening of US2 nearest the Sheraton Hotel in order to accommodate increased traffic volumes, reduce congestion, improve safety, and address lane assignment confusion for interstate access. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The Route 2 Corridor Study highlights several key needed improvements, including access management, pedestrian safety, the need for bicycle infrastructure throughout the corridor and crossing the Interstate, and the lack of park and ride facilities. The 2012 TIF Plan identified the need for and including funding for streetscape imporvements along this route. ✦Hinesburg Road (VT Route 116). Hinesburg Road provides primary access between South Burlington and communities to the southeast. Its northern extremity also lies at the core of a long-establish residential neighborhood, connecting residents to Williston Road and Kennedy Drive. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers and commuters from the southern Chittenden County, limited transit service north of I-89; sidewalks on one side of the street north of Hayes Avenue, wide shoulders for bicycles south of Tilley Drive. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The northern extremity of Hinesburg Road will need some upgrades in terms of signalization and access management associated with City Center. Sidewalks are missing south of Hayes Avenue towards Tilley Drive, but funding is allocated and plan development underway. Any future interstate interchange (Exit 12B) will also require upgrades. ✦Patchen Road. Patchen Road serves as the extension to Hinesburg Road north of Williston Road, connecting South Burlington with Riverside Av- enue and Colchester Avenue at the Burlington–Winooski border. The bridge over I-89 is one of only a handful of connectors between the communities. The character of development adjacent to Patchen Road is primarily medium density residential, but the route is used by a handful of commercial and industrial establishments located in Burlington or South Burlington. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers, and some heavy trucks, sidewalks on one side of the street at its southern end; wider lanes that allowed for shared use in some areas. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Sidewalks exist at the southern end of Patchen Road, but do not continue northwards. In addition, sidewalk connections to Burlington are limited. Space exists for bicycle lanes in some areas, but have not traditionally been striped for such use. Recently approved development of a housing development on the Burlington side will complete these missing connections. Traffic caused by heavy trucks remains a challenge in the residential areas but should be reduced significantly when S.D. Ireland relocates from their property which is to be the site of the new housing development. ✦Spear Street. This route parallels Shelburne Road, serving primarily residen- tial transportation needs. The 2004 Spear Street Corridor Study includes a full analysis of the roadway’s existing conditions, and recommended strategies for maintaining its functionality and level of service as development proceeds. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers and commuters from communities to the south. Repaving in 2013 made shoulders wider and adequate for bicycles on both sides south of Swift Street, separated recreation path north of I-89. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Recommended improvements for this street are found in the 2004 Spear Street Corridor Study, including intersection improvements at the Swift Street intersection and improved bicycle lanes. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-56 2-57city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Dorset Street. Dorset Street serves commercial and higher-density residential land use at its northern extent and becomes a north-south collector serving primarily residential transportation needs further south. The 2007 Dorset Street Corridor Study describes existing conditions and recommends strate- gies for improvements to ensure the corridor’s ability to maintain and expand high levels of service and safety for all users. Travel Infrastructure. North of Kennedy Drive, Dorset Street is a four-lane road with a median, transit service, and sidewalks/bicycle path on both sides. South of Kennedy Drive, Dorset Street is a two-lane road with intermittent recreation path sections parallel to the roadway. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Recommended improvements for this street are found in the 2007 Dorset Street Corridor Study, including intersection improvements at the Swift Street intersection and improved bicycle paths and sidewalks south of Old Cross Road. The City is working with the CCRPC towards adaptive traffic signal control on the northern stretch of Dorset Street. ✦Kennedy Drive. Kennedy Drive connects I-189 to Williston Road and serves as an important local arterial connection and primary access to the Burling- ton International Airport. Travel Infrastructure. Kennedy Drive was fully reconstructed in 2007 as a landscaped four-lane boulevard, with a planted median island, on-road bicycle lanes, recreation path, and sidewalks. Regular transit service is also provided on this road. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. No needed improvements have been identified for this roadway at the present time. ✦Airport Parkway / White Street / Airport Drive. These three roads, together, serve as the primary link between South Burlington and Essex / Colchester, provide access to one of only a handful of crossings over the Winooski River, and to the Burlington International Airport. Travel Infrastructure. Airport Parkway consists of a two-lane roadway with limited sidewalks at its southern extremity. White Street and Airport Drive are two-lane roadways with sidewalks on one side. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Access in the vicinity of the confluence of these roads is problematic as commuter, business, and airport- bound traffic converge on primarily residential streets. No bicycle lanes or sidewalks have been established north of Kirby Road along Airport Parkway, while White Street is underserved by sidewalks, with none on the side of the street occupied by the Chamberlin Elementary School. Transit service is present along White Street and Airport Drive, but does not extend along Airport Parkway. The potential for an Airport Parkway realignment could lead to better access to BIA and would remove some traffic from neighborhood streets. ✦Kimball Avenue. Kimball Avenue runs parallel to Williston Road between Kennedy Drive and the Williston town line. The roadway serves as a collector for local businesses, a short-cut for traffic reaching retail destinations in both communities, and as a bicycle commuter route. Travel Infrastructure. Kimball Avenue consists of a two-lane roadway with narrow bicycle lanes on both sides and a partially-established recreation path on the southern side. Limited bus service is also provided on Kimball Avenue as part of the South Burlington Connector route. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. While vehicular access to and from Kimball Ave is generally strong, a connection to Tilley Drive is planned for some point in the future. The bicycle infrastructure on the roadway remains somewhat limited and in need of completion (both in term of on-road striping and recreation paths). The City is working with the CCRPC to complete path connection to the Williston town line. The City initiated a network analysis for Tilley Drive/Kimball Avenue in 2015 in order to examine multimodal plans and intersection enhancements based on anticipated development in the area. ✦Secondary Roads. A substantial network of collector and neighborhood roads link into the primary travel routes in South Burlington described above. These vary in width, size and amenities, but generally consist of two travel lanes, sidewalks (on collector roads and newer roads), and on-street parking. Traffic Volumes. The state highways and several local roads in South Burlington are heavily traveled. Nearly 40,000 vehicle trips are made each day on Williston Road (US Route 2) nearest the Exit 14 interchange, with 30,000 trips per day on Shelburne Road (US Route 7). Hinesburg Road carries around 11,000 vehicle trips daily. Other main travel routes include Dorset Street, Kennedy Drive, Kimball Avenue, Old Farm Road and Shunpike Road. Some of the roads that have experienced the greatest increase in traffic volume in recent years include: Kimball Avenue, Old Farm Road, Shunpike Road, Dorset Street and Spear Street. Up-to-date traffic data is maintained by the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission. Road Standards and Regulations. South Burlington has adopted road standards and uses its land use regulations and Official Map to maintain and improve traffic safety and efficiency. The regulations require new development to maintain a certain level of service and the City seeks to avoid exceeding D levels of service or less at peak roadway hours at signalized intersections. As certain parts of the City bvegin to urbanize more (including City Center), however, levels of service lower than D may prove both acceptable and desirable in fostering a pesdetrian-rich environment. The City’s regulations can also be used to address and mitigate for high traffic generating uses in certain locations. Recreation Path and Sidewalk System. The City’s sidewalk and recreation path network is important component of the transportation network envisioned to provide safe non-motorized interconnections both within South Burlington and between the City and adjoining municipalities. South Burlington ordinances allow bicycle riding on sidewalks and recreation paths alike. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-58 2-59city of south burlington comprehensive plan The network includes a combination of segments existing alongside roadways and segments that are more circuitous, following natural features or parks. Currently there are more than 70 miles of sidewalk and more than 26 miles of paved recreation path in the City. Most new residential and commercial streets have sidewalks on at least one side and all new developments are required to provide sidewalks or their equivalent. However, sections of major roads, such as Spear Street, Williston Road, Allen Road, Airport Parkway, Kimball Avenue, and Swift Street lack sidewalks, and frequently where there is sidewalk, it ends abruptly. The existing recreation path system has its origins in a grass-roots citizen effort to provide for safe travel routes away from automobiles. After extensive public involvement, the group prepared and presented a recreation path proposal to the City Council in 1989. The council enthusiastically endorsed the project and designated an official City committee to oversee the path system. Initial construction of the path system was completed in 1992 and additional segments have been added since, funded through a combination of City funds and grants. Pedestrian Trails. Currently there are 10.3 miles of formally recognized pedestrian trails in the City. There are numerous other short sections of trail created informally in various neighborhoods. Pedestrian trails are intended to remain in an unpaved, natural state, while recreation paths are intended to be paved for more intensive uses such as bicycling and in-line skating. The two networks should be complementary and interconnected. Planning for a public pedestrian trail network began in 1969 and culminated in specific proposals in the 1974 Comprehensive Plan. Those proposals have been largely implemented through site plan and subdivision review. Also, requests for critical trail links have been made directly to landowners irrespective of any development plans. Bicycle and Pedestrian Committee. The Bicycle and Pedestrian Committee (formerly the Recreation Path Committee) seeks and provides guidance on path development from City Council, the Planning Commission, the Development Review Board, other City committees, and the general public. The committee holds regular monthly meetings, which are open to the public. The committee also coordinates its planning efforts both with surrounding communities and with regional, state, and national path-related programs. The committee promotes use of the recreation path system and reminds the public about safety rules via occasional articles in The Other Paper. The committee also recommends pavement marking and signage both on the path and on the roads to improve safety for pedestrians and cyclists. Path or Trail Easements. Easements obtained over private land are the primary means of locating paths and trails in the City. Easements are usually obtained during the process of development review. Typically the Bicycle and Pedestrian Committee makes recommendations on desirable easements and path/trail alignments to the Development Review Board. The DRB and planning staff then negotiate with the landowner. Transit Services. The Chittenden County Transportation Authority (CCTA) was formed in 1973 to serve the mass transit needs of it member municipalities. CCTA has grown to provide transit service throughout much of the region through a network of approximately 20 bus routes, as well as commuter links to Montpelier, Middlebury and St. Albans. Ridership has grown steadily since the system’s inception and has ranged from three to eight % annual increases in recent years. CCTA is funded through annual dues from its member municipalities, state and federal programs, and fares. CCTA passengers may pay per trip or purchase passes at a reduced rate. Discounts are available for senior citizens and students, and some employers and colleges offer free or reduced rate passes to their employees or students. Three fixed routes serve the City of South Burlington: Shelburne Road, Williston Road, and the South Burlington Collector. The Williston Road route has among the highest weekday ridership of any route in the CCTA system and was recently redesigned to provide direct access between Williston and Burlington along Route 2, with only the University Mall as a detour. This was coupled with providing service every 15 minutes at rush hour. Both of these changes were implemented following an extensive planning process for the Route 2 Corridor that includes recommendations for improved transit service. This service is complemented by commuter link services in the direction of Montpelier, Hinesburg, Middlebury, and St. Albans. An on- demand service also operates from the University Mall to serve patients of the medical office buildings on Tilley Drive. CCTA has placed a significant focus on ridership connections: outfitting all buses with bicycle carriers, providing additional shelters for riders, and coordinating with local, regional, and state partners on park-and-ride facilities and transit-friendly site design for new development. Air Transportation. Burlington International Airport, a joint civil-military public airport, is managed by the City of Burlington and the Federal government. The airport, which sits on nearly 950 acres, dominates land use in the northeastern quadrant of South Burlington. The Airport Master Plan, documents the facility’s existing status as well as future proposals through the next 20 years. During the 2000s, the airport experienced an increase in growth and service. Between 2000 and 2008, $24 million in renovations and expansion were invested at Burlington International. The airport authority recently completed a $15 million expansion project that added five gates, customer service areas, a 948-space parking garage and an elevated connected walkway. A new garage expansion to add two additional floors was opened in 2011. In recent years, the airport has averaged approximately 250 aircraft operations per day (50% general aviation, 30% air taxi, 5% military and 15% commercial). There are around 100 aircraft based at the airport including nearly 30 military aircraft. In recent years, the airport has enplaned approximately 750,000 passengers annually. Passenger flights to New York City, Washington D.C., Chicago and other regional hubs are available from the various airlines that fly out of Burlington International city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-60 2-61city of south burlington comprehensive plan Airport. Both major commercial parcel carriers (UPS Airlines and FedEx Express) fly into Burlington International Airport, providing service for much of northern Vermont. Two military installations are based at the airport: Burlington Air National Guard Base 158th Fighter Wing and the Army Aviation Support Facility (AASF) of the Vermont Army National Guard. Rail Transportation. The Vermont Railway and the Central Vermont Railway both maintain tracks through South Burlington. These routes are presently used on a limited basis for freight service and summer tourist trains. Commuter rail service between Burlington and Charlotte was offered on the Vermont Railway along Route 7 from late-2000 to early-2003. Long-range plans at the state level call for passenger service to be re-established southward towards Middlebury, Rutland, Albany and New York City. analysis and challenges Interconnected Road Network. South Burlington’s road network has a significant lack of east-west connections, as well as neighborhood and commercial district connections in general. This lack of connections overburdens the few intersections able to provide connectivity and results in unnecessary congestion. Alternate travel routes have been planned to relieve some of the pressure on the existing arterial network. The City has adopted an Official Map that includes several additional east- west connections and other improvements. These improvements are also shown on the enclosed map, Planned Infrastructure Improvements. The planned roads will provide alternate routes of travel and result in a more grid-like network of streets. A grid network provides more alternate routes of travel without unduly impacting any single street with traffic cutting through the neighborhood as a shortcut. From the 1970s through the 1990s, many of the residential developments in the City constructed cul-de-sac and dead-end streets, which exacerbate traffic issues on the few streets that do provide access to neighborhoods, create costly and time-consuming inefficiencies in road maintenance, and can potentially jeopardize emergency response. Motor vehicle accidents, construction, or even watermain breaks can and have closed off all access to neighborhoods with only one point of access. The focus of new streets is for connections, not high speed or high volume cut-throughs. New developments must connect to adjoining developments and their roadway systems. The wider distribution of traffic into a more efficient network will result in increased traffic for some of the roadways in the vicinity of the planned roads. The CCRPC, through use of their regional traffic moedelling software, is able to project impacts of changes to road network. Past studies have indicated that growth in adjacent municipalites can have an impact on the City’s system. The need for efficient transportation facilities to serve the demand will continue. The City supports roadway designs that are sensitive to neighborhoods and that can discourage cut-through traffic while still providing access and mobility for neighborhood residents and well as through-travellers. Multiple Users. Like most of the county’s early road systems, much of the South Burlington road network was long designed for a single purpose: to serve automobile traffic. The network has been undergoing a long-term retrofit to include and emphasize other primary users, including bicyclists, pedestrians, transit service, and truck traffic. In many cases, this has taken place within existing rights-of-way, but in some cases road widening has been necessary. Several key roadways – notably portions of Williston Road and some of the collectors that serve it – continue to provide only marginal transportation alternatives, which over time has led to increased vehicular traffic. With increased demand for bicycle, transit and pedestrian amenities to be a part of the standard roadway network, the City will need to evaluate alternatives for the use of existing rights-of-way. Recreation Paths. With increased use of the path system (including sidewalks, recreation paths, trails, etc.), the need for the City to examine all users and all forms of infrastructure has grown over the past two decades. This need will continue into the future. Access Management. Access management describes a set of strategies that can be applied to prevent congestion and improve safety as development occurs along road corridors. Access management can greatly improve the safety and efficiency of arterial streets by reducing the conflict between through, local and turning traffic. South Burlington has incorporated access management strategies into its land use regulations and is actively working with landowners to implement access management strategies along heavily traveled roads. Accommodation of “through” traffic serving the greater needs of South Burlington residents, employers, and businesses on arterial streets carries a higher priority than access to frontage properties. The general pattern of existing and approved developments on Kennedy Drive and Kimball Avenue epitomizes a reasonable configuration of an arterial highway (i.e., few curb cuts and provision of service roads). Along Route 2 and most of Route 7, where highly fragmented ownership patterns have evolved over many decades there are extreme conflicts between “to” and “through” traffic. Consequently, even greater congestion in these areas can be reasonably anticipated for the foreseeable future. There are several techniques and improvements that could be implemented, and at least should be explored, in order to improve upon existing problems, provide for anticipated future growth, and maintain the safety and an adequate level of service on arterial streets. Certain geometric improvements can be made to improve safety and maximize capacity. Examples include installation of proper signing, striping, and control equipment; or provision of stacking lanes at mid-block and intersection locations to segregate “to” and “through” lanes. (This may require purchase or exaction of land for road widening of substandard rights-of-way). Parallel access roads, such as San Remo Drive, provide helpful means of access to development off of a main transportation corridor. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-62 2-63city of south burlington comprehensive plan Transit. The recent enhancements to the Williston Road route were reflective of a demand that had exceeded supply in terms of service in the area. As development density increases in this area – particularly with the establishment of City Center – these needs will again increase. A significant challenge to transit providers in recent years has been the location of new development in areas not presently served. The medical facilities in the vicinity of Tilley Drive and Hinesburg Road are examples, as are some senior living facilities throughout the City. CCTA and the City will need to both plan for meeting these needs, as well as provide specific strategies to ensure effective and efficient land use along existing transit corridors. Airport. The airport is a vital element in economic development and transportation for the county and surrounding region. The continued success of the airport will be characterized by increased aircraft operations, runway and terminal improvements, and increased ancillary activity at the southern end of the airport. In the areas of economic development and transportation, the interests of the City and the airport are very closely aligned. Improved roads and transit service in the City generally enhance use of the airport, and the attraction of further light industry to the City will be influenced by proximity to an airfield with the broadest possible range of air service. There are some areas of conflict that the City and the airport have been striving to improve. Principally, these are the pre-existing residential neighborhoods in the immediate environs of the airport, including the impact of air noise and consumer travel to and from the airport. The airport completed a 2030 Master Plan. The most recent information available projects that airport enplanements will double in the coming 20 years, as they did in the past 20 years. The plan includes multiple proposals for traffic mitigation, including a new access to the interstate. The City has not yet taken a position on the plan or its individual elements. Future needs and trends Pedestrian and Bicycle Circulation. Walking and bicycling are transportation modes that until the 1990s were largely overlooked in the region’s spending and planning priorities. Bicycling, walking and jogging are increasingly popular for both recreation and transportation. Greater incentives to promote non-vehicular travel can and should be implemented to minimize dependence on the automobile for local circulation. In addition, pedestrians and cyclists in an automobile-oriented environment must receive appropriate consideration. Pedestrian links are needed between neighborhoods, schools, parks, shopping and employment centers, other transportation modes and other community focal points. In order to promote such links as transportation facilities, pedestrian ways generally should follow direct travel routes whenever possible, rather than paralleling roadways. In addition, pedestrian/bicycle ways should be designed to reduce conflicts with motorized vehicles. Sidewalks and pedestrian ways that parallel roadways should be constructed on both sides of arterial streets, on one or both sides of collector streets, and on at least one side of local streets. In addition, it is important that all signalized intersections include a pedestrian phase in order to allow for pedestrian movements. It is imperative to carefully plan for and implement safe provisions for pedestrians and cyclists when constructing, modifying and/or upgrading roadways: this represents a complete streets approach. Along arterial streets, separate or shared facilities for bicycle/pedestrian use should be provided. This need is particularly strong along the Williston Road corridor. On collector streets, bike/pedestrian routes should be designated by signs in conjunction with pavement widening and painted lines. On local streets where traffic volumes and speeds are low enough to pose few hazards to pedestrians and cyclists, bike/pedestrian route designations by signing alone should suffice. In addition, the University of Vermont, as a major focal point, must be closely involved with pedestrian and bicycle planning, particularly along Spear Street where its major holdings are located. Pedestrian travel can also be promoted through land use policies. Mixed-use developments consisting of residential and non-residential uses, or office, restaurant and retail, enhance pedestrian movement by congregating services and facilities within walking distance. In addition, compact, mixed-use city or village centers create a more pedestrian friendly environment as opposed to linear strip development patterns along arterial roadways. Traffic Data. The traffic data essential to equitable review of new development, such as volume counts, turning movements and volume-to-capacity ratios, should be collected and maintained. These factors affect the cost efficiency and proper timing of new roads or improvements, as well as the maintenance of reasonable levels of service. Meeting Demands of Change and Development. As the City continues to evolve, the transportation network will need to evolve with it. Areas of additional development, such as in the vicinity of Kimball Avenue, Tilley Drive, Technology Park and Meadowland Drive, will face transportation challenges. Alternatives to meet those needs, including improvements to Interstate access (such as an Exit 12B), additional connectivity between existing and new roadways, increased transit services, imporvoed bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and/or enhancements to existing street profiles will need to be examined and implemented. Such improvements must be planned and made in close coordination with nearby and affected land use areas and be in keeping with the overall multi-modal transportation goal and objectives of this Plan. Road Design and Construction Standards. The design and construction of local streets should be reviewed in general accord with their classification and the following principles: ✦Privately owned and maintained residential roadways are strongly discouraged; ✦The speed and volume of “through” traffic is minimized; ✦More than one access point onto collector or arterial streets is needed for larger or higher density projects (may include limited, emergency access points); city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-64 2-65city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦The subdivision of lots without public road frontage is strongly discouraged; ✦Adequate access for emergency vehicles is essential, and turnarounds for maintenance vehicles and school buses should be provided; ✦Design and construction standards must be commensurate with density; and, ✦Effective access management along collector and artierial roadways is essential. As properties adjacent to streets with inadequate rights-of-way are developed or redeveloped, the land or easements necessary for widening or otherwise improving the right-of-way should be secured as a condition of site plan or subdivision approval. Transit. Transit is best rendered to well-planned, intensively used compact areas. Higher intensity development should be directed towards existing bus routes or to areas where bus service can conveniently expand. In addition, specific development proposals should be carefully evaluated at site plan or subdivision review with regard to the need for patron shelters and other factors affecting bus stop location. Highway planning should specifically incorporate provisions for existing and potential transit service. Rail. The Vermont Railway, which parallels Route 7, holds the potential not only for north-south intercity freight and passenger service, but also for direct service to the commercially zoned properties fronting on its east side. Rail siding potential for these properties should be maintained wherever feasible in the layout of proposed development. As the intensity of development increases on the lands west of the tracks, improvements to at-grade crossings (Bartlett Bay Road, Holmes Road, Inn Road) may be necessary. additional resources ✦Market Street Reconstruction Project (current) ✦Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) ✦Williston Road Transportation Network Study (2015) ✦Williston Road Complete Streets Study (2012) ✦US Route 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2008) ✦I-89 Exit 12B Circulation Study & Analysis Reports (2010, 2011) ✦Shelburne Road Corridor Study (2012) ✦Dorset Street Corridor Study (2007) ✦Spear Street Corridor Study (2004) transPortation oBjectiVes Objective 16. Provide a transportation network that complies with Complete Street mandates and maximizes efficiency and safety for all types of users (pedestrians, cyclists, transit, automobiles, trucks, rail, and air). Objective 17. Connect neighborhoods with one another via road segments and with commercial areas for local, slow speed circulation. Objective 18. Provide a transportation network that is supportive of and integrated into the adjacent land uses and that is designed to minimize fragmentation of and adverse impacts to identified natural, cultural, scenic and other open space resources. Objective 19. Reduce the percentage of trips taken by single-occupancy vehicles in the City. Objective 20. Seek alternative traffic congestion relief measures before existing roadway segments are expanded. Objective 21. Foster community discussion about transportation and land- use planning for the northeast quadrant of the City, including Interstate connectivity. transPortation strategies Strategy 35. Plan for safe pedestrian and bike access to all schools and support efforts to encourage more children to walk or bike to school. Strategy 36. Work with the private sector to implement transportation demand management techniques such as ride sharing programs, bus vouchers, and flexible work hours; such techniques should be explored as possible mitigation to potential negative traffic impacts resulting from new development. Strategy 37. Implement the proposed street and intersection improvements included on the City’s Official Map and/or Capital Budget and Program either as a public project or by private developers as warranted by the scope of new development, and continue to require developers to make any necessary improvements to intersection geometry, signalization, and streetscapes as a condition of approval. Strategy 38. Implement access management techniques when planning new roads or improving existing roads. Require the provision of access management techniques (e.g. limit curb cuts, service roads, etc.) along high volume arterial and collector roadways as a condition of approval for new development and redevelopment. Strategy 39. Work with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission and Vermont Agency of Transportation to establish Transportation Improvement Districts (TIDs) in areas anticipated for development and transportation need. Strategy 40. Work with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission to complete transportation network analyses and network studies for areas anticipated for development and transportation need, including examination of an I-89 Interstate interchange at Hinesburg Road or other location. Strategy 41. Work with neighboring communities and transportation partners on cooperative strategies for managing the impacts of travel to and from South Burlington, including park and rides and capture/intercept lots, along with appropriate and direct public transit serving them, and pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure connecting to adjacent municipalities. Strategy 42. Develop and build a City-wide sidewalk and recreation path plan that identifies and prioritizes gaps to link various neighborhood and community focal points. Strategy 43. Support enhanced commuter rail service on the Vermont Railway and Central Vermont Railway tracks and amend the City’s Land Development Regulations to provide opportunities and mitigate against impacts of rail connections in the community. Strategy 44. Prioritize transportation planning efforts to provide safe and efficient access to the Burlington International Airport in a manner that does not adversely affect adjacent neighborhoods. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-66 2-67city of south burlington comprehensive plan Strategy 45. Improve traffic flow through the City by exploring new technologies, synchronizing traffic lights and adjusting traffic light timing based on time of day and traffic volume while retaining balance with pedestrian needs. Strategy 46. Seek opportunities to install a park and ride lot along the Shelburne Road corridor. suMMary oF ProPosed transPortation iMProVeMents (MaP 10) 1. Williston Road / Hinesburg Road Intersection Improvements Summary This intersection would be improved to provide greater traffic movement in various directions related to future City Center traffic flows. Purpose This is proposed in order to ensure safe and efficient traffic movement on Market Street and throughout City Center. Potential Impacts The Hinesburg Road intersection presently functions as one of few signaled pedestrian crossings of Williston Road. Any improvements to this intersection will need to be balanced with pedestrian needs and scale. Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010), Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) 2. City Center Road Network Summary This project includes a reconstruction of Market Street, Garden Street, and additional connected streets within the City Center area with on-street parking, sidewalks, landscaping, and utilities. Bicycles are envisioned to share the street as it approaches the core of City Center. Market Street would be crossed by new roads: one connecting Midas Drive to Healthy Living, a second (later phase) to connect San Remo Drive to a realigned Mary Street, and one or more others linking the street to the Marcotte Central School Property to the north and properties to the south. Purpose To provide safe and efficient access from Hinesburg Road to Dorset Street, and to create a downtown-style network of roadways in conjunction with City Center Potential Impacts Market Street is already in existence. The impacts of the road network are fully assessed in the Market Street Environmental Assessment. Completed Efforts Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010); Market Street Reconstruction (2015 and nearing completion); Garden Street Project Deifnition (2015) 3. City Center Parking Garage Summary One or more parking garages to serve the City Center area, as envisioned in the Conceptual Master Plan. Purpose In order to foster a downtown-style of development, it will be necessary for parking to be provided in a format other than traditional surface parking. The City has 450 spaces approved as eligible for TIF District Financing. Potential Impacts Cost and use of land for parking are two important considerations. Public parking that is highly accessible may be constructed in private buildings. Some options and alternatives exist to mitigate some of the need for on-site structured parking, including potential participation in a Transportation Management Association and/or nearby off-site option. Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010) 4. I-89 Bicycle-Pedestrian Bridge Summary Analysis and potential construction of a bicycle and pedes- trian bridge over I-89 in the vicinity of Exit 14. Purpose To provide safe and efficient connectivity for walkers and cy- clists between the City Center area and housing, University of Vermont, and City of Burlington on the west side of the Interstate. Potential Impacts Present bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure over the Inter-state has limited functionality. While sidewalks and bicycle lanes do exist, they are crossed by multiple on- and off-ramps on both sides. Completed Studies Not yet studied in depth. 5. Airport Drive Extension Summary A new connector road to link Airport Drive directly to Airport Parkway. This proposal has been included in several Compre- hensive Plans of the City. Purpose To provide a more direct connection for travelers between Route 15 and Williston Road / the Burlington International Airport. At present, all traffic must use White Street, a pre-dominantly residential street. Potential Impacts This new road would relieve traffic from White Street and other local streets. Care will need to be taken to ensure traffic does not increase on Kirby Road. Additional Info The design of this new roadway is under review as the Bur-lington International Airport undertakes its noise mitigation and reuse plan. Final designs of the roadway will need to con-sider both impacts on the adjacent neighborhood as well as efficient use of limited land adjacent to the Airport. Completed Studies Airport Drive / Airport Parkway Improvements Scoping Study (2005) 6. Exit 12B Interchange Summary Analysis and possible construction of a new interchange in the vicinity of Hinesburg Road / I-89. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-68 2-69city of south burlington comprehensive plan Purpose To provide relief from the existing local road network east of Exit 14, to serve anticipated growth in enplanements at the Burlington International Airport, to serve business develop-ment in the eastern portion of the City, to relieve congestion from Exists 14 and 12, and to serve the future City Center. Potential Impacts This interchange would have a substantial impact on general traffic flows and pedestrian and bicycle traffic in the area (in-creasing in some areas, decreasing in others). It will also likely support business development in the area on areas that are presently partially developed. A full Environmental Impact Statement and identification of potential funding sources will be required before a interchange is constructed. Completed Studies Interstate Access Analysis (2010)I-89 Exit 12B Financing Options Study (2009)I-89 Exit 12B Alignment Study (2009)I-89 Urban Transportation Improvements (2003)Ground Access Study of the Burlington International Airport (2002)I-89 Exit 13 Access Improvements (1999)Chittenden County 1-89 Corridor Study (1997)I-89 / Hinesburg Road Northbound Off-Ramp (1996)Interchange Feasibility Studies at Four Locations in the CC-MPO Area (1987) 7. Swift Street Extension to Hinesburg Road Summary A new connector road to link Swift Street Extension to Hines- burg Road. This connector has long been identified as an important east-west connector, and has been listed in sev- eral Comprehensive Plans of the City and on the Official Map since its first adoption. Purpose To provide a safe second access and egress for residents of the Village at Dorset Park; to provide greater east-west con-nectivity for City residents; to provide better emergency ve-hicle access for the City, and to reduce congestion on existing and overburdened intersections. Potential Impacts This new connector road could increase traffic on Swift Street and create an additional crossing challenge for wildlife. Care will need to be taken to develop a road connection that meets the stated purposes while protecting neighborhood character and limiting impact on wildlife. Completed Studies Dorset Street Corridor Plan (2007)South Burlington Planned East-West Roads Analysis (2001) 8. White Street / Midas Drive Intersection Improvements Summary Create a proper four-way intersection at this important link between Williston Road, City Center and the Chamberlin neighborhood. The project would involve acquisition of the property presently occupied by Accent Travel. Purpose To improve pedestrian and vehicular safety and flow at this important intersection, and to provide a safe entrance to the future City Center road network. Potential Impacts The project will involve acquisition of a privately-held prop- erty. In addition, care will need to be taken to ensure that pedestrian and bicycle needs are met at this site. Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010). US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007) . Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) 9. Spear Street / Swift Street Intersection Improvements Summary Complete improvements to the Swift-Spear intersection. Purpose To improve pedestrian, cyclist, and vehicular safety at this in-tersection. Potential Impacts Some realignment of this offset intersection would be need- ed. Possible acquisition of private land may be needed for some alternatives. Completed Studies Spear Street Corridor Study (2004) 10. Airport Parkway / Lime Kiln Road Intersection Improvements Summary Complete improvements to the Airport Parkway / Lime Kiln Road / Shamrock Road / Ethan Allen Drive intersection. Purpose To improve pedestrian and vehicular safety at this intersec-tion. Potential Impacts Some realignment of this offset intersection would be need- ed. Possible acquisition of private land may be needed for some alternatives. Completed Studies Road Safety Audit Review- Airport Parkway/Lime Kiln Inter-section (2006) 11. Vale Drive Extension Summary Extend Vale Drive to Swift Street commensurate with future development. Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve existing and future development and to allow for proper transportation land use planning by offering route choices to drivers while reducing congestion at existing intersections. Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road does not become a short cut for automobiles travelling on Spear Street and/or Nowland Farm Road. 12. Fayette Drive Extension Summary Extend Fayette Drive from Queen City Park Road to Bartlett Bay Road. Purpose To provide a secondary route parallel to US Route 7, service local businesses and homes, and providing a more pedes- trian and bicycle-friendly environment for travel. Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken in the design of the road system to limit speed through this wide roadway, until such time as more development and on-road parking become present. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-70 2-71city of south burlington comprehensive plan 13. Tilley Drive Extension Summary Extend Tilley Drive to Community Drive. Purpose To provide a connection between Hinesburg Road and Com- munity Drive / Kimball Ave. This road would allow drivers to avoid residential areas and provide much more direct access for travelers between those two locations. A recreation path connection was completed along the same connection in 2009. Potential Impacts The proposed crossing area contains wetlands and potential archeological resources. In addition, additional traffic control may be needed at the intersections of Tilley Drive / Hines-burg Road and Community Drive / Kimball Avenue. 14. Generation Drive Summary A new road that would connect Tilley Drive to Kimball Av- enue. Purpose To provide a connection between Hinesburg Road and Kim-ball Avenue. This road would avoid residential areas and pro-vide much more direct access for travelers between those two locations. It would serve a future Exit 12B. It would also provide opportunities for development along this new road. Potential Impacts Traffic control may be needed at the intersections of Tilley Drive / Hinesburg Road and Community Drive / Kimball Av- enue. 15. North Jefferson Road Extension Summary Extend North Jefferson Road to Nowland Farm Road along-side future development. Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve ex- isting and future development. Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road does not become a short cut for automobiles travelling on Spear Street and/or Nowland Farm Road. 16. Executive Drive Extension Summary Create a new roadway parallel to Williston Road between White Street and the Windjammer property. Purpose To provide a secondary access to the mixed use develop-ment along the north side of Williston Road, provide greater pedestrian and vehicular access for local residents, reducing congestion while improving safety along Williston Road, and potentially providing additional development opportunity. Potential Impacts The development of this road should be done in conjunction with improvements to Williston Road (such as eliminating curb cuts and improving pedestrian crossings) and any pri- vate development projcts. 17. Sadie Lane Extension Summary Create a new road parallel to Dorset Street south of Cider Mill Road. Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve ex-isting and future development. Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road is compatible with existing development in the area. 18. US 2 / Williston Road Corridor Improvements Summary Implement a series of recommended improvements to US 2 (Williston Road) throughout the City of South Burlington, including capacity, access management, safety, transit ser-vice, intersection improvements, turning lanes, streetscape, pedestrian, and bicycle infrastructure, signalization adjust-ments. Purpose To enhance the carrying capacity for all users along Williston Road and improve the apperance and functionality of the gaetway to City Center and the regional for all users. Potential Impacts The scale of the potential improvements vary and will need to be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Williston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing), Garden Street Project Definition (2015) 19. New City Park/Eldridge Street Connector Summary Acquire land for a new City park and create a road connec-tion between Eldridge Street and Old Farm Road. Purpose The new road would serve to create a link between the his- toric Old Farm Road and new neighborhoods to the south- west. Potential Impacts Steep slopes will need to be mitigated for in the construction of this road. No road is likely needed until and unless addi-tional development takes place along Old Farm Road. 20. Old Cross Road / Cider Mill Drive Extension to Hinesburg Road Summary Reserve land for a possible future street connection, with no plan for immediate construction from Old Cross Road; con-sider new roadway from Cider Mill Drive to intersection of Van Sicklen Road. Purpose To reserve land for the possible connection from the end of Old Cross Road to Hinesburg Road and to connect Cider Mill Drive to Van Sicklen Road. Potential Impacts Wildlife crossings and not having this connection serving as a cut-through shouldshould be carefully examined. 21. Community Drive / Kimball Avenue Intersections Summary Enhancements to the two intersections of Community Drive / Kimball Avenue through signals and/or roundabouts. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-72 2-73city of south burlington comprehensive plan Purpose To accommodate the anticipated future multimodal trans- portation needs associated with planned development in the area and road network connectivity in the area. Potential Impacts These intersections should be considered in the context of development and transportation needs in the surrounding area. 22. New Roadway North of Williston Road, and connections to US 2 Summary Plan for future roadway to parallel Williston Road from Patchen Road to the vicinity of the Dorset Street intersec- tion and roadway connections at regular intervals to Willston Road. Purpose To provide secondary access and infill development opportunities along the nborth side of Williston Road and relieve congestion on Williston Road. Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions at Dorset Street and Patchen Road should be carefully examined. Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Wil-liston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing) 23. Kimball Ave to Williston Road Connection Summary Plan for future roadway between Kimball Avenue and Williston Road, west of Shunpike Road Purpose To provide additional non-residential connectivity between the two paralell streets of Kimball Avenue and Williston Road Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions should be carefully examined. Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007) 24. Quarry Hill Road to Williston Road Connection Summary Plan for future connection between Quarry Hill Road and Williston Road. Purpose To provide secondary access between Quarry Hill Road and the housing and other facilities located there and Williston Road. Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions at Quarry Hill Road and Spear Street should be carefully examined. Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Williston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing) B. Public Utilities The quality and location of public utilities quite often determines the intensity and location of future development. The high costs of installing and maintaining public utilities warrant careful advance planning. The benefits and cost of public utilities are, in many cases, not reasonably or logically related to municipal boundary lines. Numerous areas of overlapping and/or conflicting jurisdictional authority exist. Regionalization may be the most cost effective method of providing such services. oVerView Key issues and needs related to public utilities in the City include: ✦Solid waste management and recycling remain an ongoing challenge – and opportunity – for the community. ✦Telecommunications infrastructure will continue to evolve and provide new economic development opportunities in the community. inVentory Solid Waste. South Burlington is a member of the Chittenden County Solid Waste District (CSWD). CSWD is comprised of 18 member municipalities and was formed in 1987 to collectively provide for the efficient, economical, and environmentally sound management of solid waste generated within its member municipalities. In addition to its charter, CSWD has adopted a Waste Management Ordinance, Solid Waste Management Fee Ordinance, and Regulations for the Collection and Recycling of Solid Waste in the Chittenden Solid Waste District. These four articles comprise the district’s governing documents. Recycling is mandatory within the district. The passage of Vermont’s Act 78 in 1987, as well as federal regulations developed by the Environmental Protection Agency, required the closing of unlined landfills. CSWD opened the first publicly-owned, regional, double-lined landfill in the state in 1992 in Williston. This landfill was an interim, short-term landfill intended to bridge the gap between the existing unlined landfills used by many members and the planned long- term regional lined landfill. South Burlington closed its municipally-owned, unlined landfill within two months of the opening of CSWD’s interim regional landfill. The interim landfill reached capacity and closed in August 1995. Since the closing of the interim landfill, solid waste destined for disposal has either been delivered to one of two transfer stations operating within the district or directly hauled to lined landfills located outside of the district. The siting of a long-term regional landfill has been a priority of CSWD since 1989. It is widely recognized that a local, publicly-owned, long-term disposal option is an essential component of the district’s comprehensive solid waste management system. CSWD identified a site located on Redmond Road in Williston for its proposed regional landfill as a result of a siting process that utilized extensive public participation. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-74 2-75city of south burlington comprehensive plan In 1992, after numerous unsuccessful attempts to negotiate a purchase of the selected site, CSWD formally initiated eminent domain procedures to acquire the site and became the property owner in 2009. A 2012 Post-Closure Landfill permit has been issued and the City is operating under its terms. CSWD currently operates a drop-off center at the City’s former landfill site on Patchen Road. The drop-off center accepts solid waste, recyclables and special wastes such as tires, scrap metal, leaves and brush. Curbside pick-up of trash and recyclables is available from private haulers. New statewide requirements for mandatory composting are being progressively deployed through 2020. The City should continue to update its operations as well as its regulations related to solid waste disposal facilities. Telecommunications. South Burlington residents and businesses have access to the telecommunications services (land line telephone, cell phone, cable television, and broadband internet) from various providers. Affordable and convenient access to state-of-the-art telecommunications services is an important component of the City’s quality of life, economic development strategy and educational opportunities. Natural Gas. Vermont Gas Systems, Inc. (VGS) supplies natural gas to the City. The natural gas is imported from Canada via the TransCanada Pipeline, entering Vermont Gas Systems’ main pipeline at the border in Highgate. The company has a network of more than 650 miles of underground transmission and distribution lines in its Vermont service area. Natural gas has been the primary home heating fuel for new development since natural gas became available in South Burlington in the 1960s. Electricity. Green Mountain Power Company supplies electrical power to South Burlington through a network of transmission lines, substations and distribution lines. It has two 34.5 kV sub-transmission corridors in the City. Vermont Electric Power (VELCO) has a 115 kV transmission line that extends south along the railroad tracks from Burlington to Shelburne, then turns east to head toward Williston. VELCO’s Queen City substation is also located in South Burlington off Central Avenue. analysis and challenges Telecommunications. Private utilities that provide telecommunications services should offer state-of-the-art technologies. Given the rate of change in the telecommunications sector, this will require continuous upgrades to telecommunications infrastructure. As with infrastructure for other basic services, telecommunications lines, antennas and towers have become part of the City’s built environment. The siting of telecommunications infrastructure should consider issues of aesthetics, safety and efficiency. The use of existing structures, sites and utility corridors is preferred over new development. Natural Gas. Better coordination between the City and VGS has been achieved by exchanging future construction plans. Through improved communications, construction projects may be implemented at lower costs, with less earth disturbance, and fewer disruptions. In addition, the review of new private development projects should include the effects of any necessary gas main extensions. Electricity. It has been recognized for a number of years that demand is growing and increased electric system reliability is required in the greater Burlington metropolitan area. The utilities have been taking action to address the reliability and supply issues. Two recent transmission line projects upgraded the infrastructure serving Chittenden County located South Burlington. ✦The Northwest Reliability Project included the replacement of approximately 27 miles of 34.5 kV electric lines between New Haven and South Burlington with a new 115 kV line. In addition, a number of substations were upgraded, including the Queen City substation. ✦The East Avenue Loop and supporting projects included various upgrades in South Burlington. A 34.5 kilovolt (kV) sub-transmission line was installed from the McNeil generating plant to the VELCO substation at East Avenue, near Centennial Field. Between the Essex substation in northern Williston and the East Avenue substation in Burlington, two 115 kV transmission lines on single poles replaced a single line located on double poles. Future needs and trends Solid waste management is and will remain a challenging issue for all communities. As technologies improve, opportunities for increased diversion of materials from the waste stream will become economically viable. CSWD presently offers free recycling of most plastics, paper, glass, and metals. Drop-off composting is also provided free of charge; a State of Vermont requirement for composting begins to phase in in 2015. Future trends related to gas and electricity are closely tied to energy needs and supply in the City and elsewhere. See the Energy component of the Plan under Grey Infrastructure for details. PuBlic utilities strategies Strategy 47. Engage in discussions with major communications services providers to ensure that South Burlington is on the leading edge of broadband connectivity throughout the City and particularly in our business and commercial centers. Look for opportunities to increase redundancy and choice among service providers. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-76 2-77city of south burlington comprehensive plan C. Energy Energy is a major factor in the cost of living and the cost of doing business in the City of South Burlington. Our energy use practices require substantial imports of energy, which expose us to significant economic and geopolitical risks. Further, the cost of imported energy could more appropriately be invested in the local and US economy. Our heavy reliance on fossil based fuels and the CO2 it creates are contributing to global climate change. All of these reasons make it important to look for ways to conserve energy and to support local sources of renewable energy. At the municipal level there are many actions that can be taken: effective land use planning and regulation, building codes, programs to promote conservation and efficiency and improved transportation systems can further efforts to create clean, reliable, economical and energy efficient systems. In addition, by working with larger government bodies additional progress can be made on transportation issues. oVerView Key issues and needs related to energy identified in this plan include: ✦Transportation is the leading source of energy consumption in South Burlington, followed by commercial and residential sector fuels and electricity. ✦In 2008, the City Council signed on a challenge with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to reduce municipal energy consumption by 10 %. inVentory Energy Use. In 2008, South Burlington residents formed a new volunteer energy committee to address energy consumption and production in the community. The formation of this committee came shortly after the City Council signed on to the Environmental Protection Agency’s 10% Municipal Energy Challenge. In 2009, South Burlington completed a greenhouse gas emissions inventory for the entire City. This study identified the largest uses of energy and sources of CO2 in the City. The major categories of use are here ordered from highest to lowest: ✦Transportation ✦Commercial Electrical Usage and Heating ✦Residential Heating & Electrical Usage ✦Municipal Transportation includes two components: the amount of miles travelled and the efficiency of the vehicles. Both of these are difficult for a single city alone to change. However by working together with larger government bodies progress can be made. Collectively, the heating and electrical use of residences and commercial buildings is very significant. The design and construction of buildings strongly influences the amount of energy needed for heating and cooling, as well as the amount of electricity needed for lighting. Site planning such as locating buildings to maximize southern exposures and providing windbreaks can reduce the amount energy required to light, heat and cool structures. The design and location of commercial development and housing subdivisions, orientation of buildings, construction methods, placement and type of windows, and type and location of landscaping can have a significant impact on energy use. Energy Use by City Government. The City’s primary energy use consists of electricity, natural gas and motor fuel. The City’s largest energy expenditure is for operation of the sewage treatment facilities. In the spring of 2010, the City completed energy audits of each of its municipal buildings. This information is being used to target investments in renovations to provide energy and dollar savings. Transportation Energy Conservation and Efficiency. Recognizing that transportation is the largest use of energy in South Burlington, transportation energy efficiency and conservation is important. While South Burlington will continue to be a transportation hub due to its role as part of Vermont’s largest metropolitan area and the presence of major highway and interstate corridors, work should continue to provide alternatives to single-occupancy commuter traffic. In addition, much can be done to reduce locally generated traffic volumes and residents’ reliance on personal automobiles. Energy Supply. Transportation in the City is primarily fueled by gasoline and diesel from hundreds of independent dealers and suppliers. Natural gas provides the majority of heating energy and it is provided by Vermont Gas Systems (VGS). Heating oil is the next largest, although a much smaller, source of heating energy and is supplied by many independent suppliers. Electricity throughout the City is supplied by Green Mountain Power (GMP). Both GMP and VGS indicate that they have sufficient capacity to adequately serve growth in the City over the life of this plan, although some areas of the City are being geographically targeted for electrical load reductions due to limited distribution capacity. Both companies offer energy conservation programs and incentives to both businesses and residences. There are no conventional power plants located in South Burlington. In 2010, however, several applications for small- and mid-sized solar power generation were submitted to the Vermont Public Service Board for review and approval. Following this, in 2011 the largest solar array in Vermont (at the time) opened in the City, with an estimated output nearing two megawatts annually. Other similarly sized arrays would follow: Claire Solar, located on Hinesburg Road, and a facility on the Air National Guard property at the Burlington International Airport. Medium sized arrays can be found on Spear Street (next to the National Forest Service Building), behind Cairns arena at Veterans Memorial Park, on top of the Airport parking garage, and integrated within city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-78 2-79city of south burlington comprehensive plan the South Village development on Spear Street. There are additional, smaller rooftop or ground-mounted solar panels scattered throughout the City. Small-scale wind energy in South Burlington is limited by the high density of development and unfavorable climatic conditions. Solar energy generation provides greater opportunities for a renewable, alternative power source for City residents and businesses. analysis and challenges Energy Use. It is now widely recognized that human-caused emissions of greenhouse gases, largely a direct result of energy consumption, are having a measurable impact on the earth’s climate. Increases in global temperatures are believed to already be causing measurable changes in the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events, rising sea levels, and a northward expansion in the range of tropical diseases and pests. These and other results of climate change have the potential to pose local and worldwide economic and environmental threats. Vermont has a Residential Building Energy Code that sets a minimum standard of efficiency for new homes and residential additions over 500 square feet and Commercial Building Energy Standards for all commercial buildings and residential buildings of four or more stories. The City could require all new construction to be more energy efficient through adoption of local building codes. South Burlington’s land use regulations could mandate or offer incentives for increased energy efficiency. While efforts to improve new construction are very important, it is even more important to address the existing built environment. While the community may add two percent of new space through growth each year, 98 % of the building stock the following year will be preexisting structures. Programs that specifically target efficiency improvements in existing commercial and residential structures must be put in place. Energy savings can be realized by retrofitting existing buildings with insulation and air sealing, more efficient doors and windows, more efficient lights, more efficient mechanical systems and more efficient appliances. Efficiency Vermont has programs and resources to help customers reduce their monthly electric bills, including information about rebates and tax incentives available for energy-saving purchases. Income-eligible households can participate in the Weatherization Assistance Program, as well as the Fuel Assistance Program, offered by the Champlain Valley Office of Economic Opportunity. Vermont Gas Systems also sponsors efficiency programs to assist their customers with energy conservation. South Burlington can also promote reduced transportation energy use through the development of alternative transportation modes and through appropriate land use planning. For example, the City is attempting to become a more pedestrian-oriented city. The development of pedestrian and bicycle paths, greenways and other trails provide alternative ways of accessing the City’s commercial, residential and recreation areas. With the development of City Center, the City is taking steps to make transit use easier. The City Center, with its mix of commercial and residential uses, will also promote walking and therefore reduce reliance on personal automobiles. Future needs and trends South Burlington is a very desirable place to live and to grow a business and it is expected that growth will continue at its historical pace as discussed in the Social Infrastructure chapter of this plan. The City needs policies to accommodate this growth while maintaining and improving the quality of life for its residents and improving the business climate while working hard to reduce energy related costs and impacts to the environment. Many of the topics discussed above and the detailed strategies in the next section directly address the cost of living and of doing business. More efficient buildings translate to lower annual operating costs. Our efforts to improve transportation options can reduce the cost of transportation as well as offering healthy alternatives to automobiles. Local renewable energy provides clean energy at predictable costs for decades to come. energy oBjectiVes Objective 22. Achieve a reduction of 20% in carbon dioxide-equivalent emissions from 2009 levels by 2020 through an increase in renewable energy production and reductions in energy use in the following sectors: transportation, commercial/industrial, residential, municipal/school. Objective 23. Facilitate and encourage community-based renewable energy production in locations that do not contradict or interfere with the City’s open space and resource conservation objectives, specifically as identified in Section 3.2D of this plan. energy strategies Strategy 48. Develop incentives for existing and new buildings to meet or exceed state energy building code, Energy Star, or Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standards. Strategy 49. Work with electric utilities and other partners to establish the electric transmission, distribution, and charging infrastructure to support increased use of electric vehicles at home, work, park-and-ride locations, and in downtown parking locations. Strategy 50. Explore the creation of a clean energy assessment district to facilitate residential and commercial financing of clean energy improvements. Strategy 51. Promote energy efficiency through well-designed buildings, siting and landscaping, and encourage increased demand side management programs and the use of site-specific renewable energy resources. Strategy 52. Consider energy efficiency when making upgrades to City utilities and infrastructure such as water and sewage treatment, street and parking area lighting, and traffic signals so that the more efficient solution is chosen if it is projected to pay back or break even over the lifetime of said investment. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-80 2-81city of south burlington comprehensive plan Strategy 53. Continually evaluate the minimum levels of street lighting needed for pedestrian and vehicular safety and security, in the context of energy savings and reduction of light pollution. Strategy 54. Consider fuel efficiency when upgrading fleet vehicles for the City and school system and maintain vehicles at peak fuel efficiency. Strategy 55. Encourage owners and developers to explore the possibility, and feasibility, of cogeneration and/or district energy in higher-density areas, notably City Center. Strategy 56. Encourage installations of photovoltaic electric and solar hot water heating for residential and commercial buildings, and the development of medium-scale photovoltaic electric generating facilities within the City. Strategy 57. Seek opportunities to develop photovoltaic electric production on City and school grounds and building rooftops, where not in conflict with other goals of this plan. D. Resource Extraction The extraction of resources has historical significance in South Burlington, with several quarries having operated in the community through the 20th Century. Agricultural activities long dominated the landscape, with forestry playing a more minor role. At least one of the City’s quarries, located near I-89 towards the Williston town line, owes its origins to the construction of the Interstate. oVerView Key issues and needs related to resource extraction include: ✦Sustainable resource extraction in the context of the development and natural resource and conservation goals of the City. inVentory Mineral Extraction. South Burlington is currently home to two quarries: ✦An operating quarry immediately south of I-89, near the Meadowlands Business Park. Its only access is through the Town of Williston and so both communities are working cooperatively on its continued use. This quarry submitted an application for continued and expanded use in 2015. ✦A quarry at the south end of the airport. This quarry is not presently active. ✦Other former quarries in the City are no longer active and have been closed. Forestry. South Burlington has limited blocks of contiguous forests. Due to this, combined with the land value and development patterns in the City, active commercial forestry is generally not economically viable and has been extremely limited. The City has, however, for the past several years, collaborated with the University of Vermont to tap several sugar maple trees in the City-owned Wheeler Nature Park. Pursuant to VSA 24 Chapter 117, accepted silviculture practices are exempt from local zoning. analysis and challenges Mineral Extraction. Given the City’s development and conservation patterns, quarrying operations require careful management as existing quarries are relatively close to the interstate, developed areas and natural resource conservation areas. Access to the quarry nearest I-89 in the Town of Williston is appropriate as the City’s road network is not designed for such operations. Future needs and trends While limited amounts of resource extraction are expected to continue, it is not expected that new quarries or large scale forestry operations will be established in the City. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-82 2-83city of south burlington comprehensive plan 2.4. Blue Infrastructure Water flows throughout the City of South Burlington, creating a “blue” network throughout the community. Similar to the network of roads and utility lines that make up the City’s “grey” infrastructure, the natural and constructed “blue” elements provide a network that sustains human and wildlife populations. The City’s blue infrastructure includes brooks and ponds, drainage ways, stormwater facilities, groundwater resources, potable water pipes and facilities, and wastewater treatment pipes and facilities. The natural and constructed elements of this system are interdependent and linked to the City’s two major water resources - Lake Champlain and the Winooski River. Effective management and planning for this blue infrastructure can maintain and augment the health of the City’s watersheds while accommodating development and change in the built environment. Our rivers and lakes can also pose a flood risk to our community that needs to be understood and planned for. This chapter also includes a section on flood hazards and flood emergency preparedness and resiliency. A. Surface and Ground Water Resources oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s surface and groundwater resources identified in this plan include: ✦Protection of water source protection areas. ✦Conservation of highly functional wetland areas. ✦Rehabilitation of impaired waterways in South Burlington. ✦Understand flood hazards and make plans for flood emergency preparedness and resiliency. inVentory Watersheds. A watershed is the region from which a river or water body receives its supply of water. This generally includes the system of streams, tributaries and wetlands that feed into the body of water. Seven main watersheds exist within the City of South Burlington. The flows from all of the surface and groundwater systems in the City eventually reach Lake Champlain. 1. Potash Brook Watershed. The largest of the City’s watersheds, Potash Brook, covers 43 % (7.1 square miles) of South Burlington and is the largest drainage area in the City. The Potash Brook has its source within the City limits and flows southwesterly into Lake Champlain. Much of the developed area in South Burlington drains to Potash Brook and eventually Lake Champlain. Along its primary reach, which follows Kennedy Drive and I-189, significant natural buffer areas have been established. Many of the brook’s tributaries, however, are located immediately adjacent to developed areas, leading the brook’s classification as “stormwater-impaired” by the State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation. The main reach of the brook is paralleled by a pedestrian trail system for much of its length. 2. Muddy Brook Watershed. The Muddy Brook flows northward to the Winooski River for approximately 5.7 miles from its headwaters at Shelburne Pond and forms the City’s eastern boundary with Williston. The larger watershed also incorporates a series of smaller tributaries that drain into the Pond, some of which have their headwaters in South Burlington. Muddy Brook is listed as an impaired watershed due to elevated levels of toxins, nutrients, and temperature. This is generally attributed to historic development and agricultural practices along the banks of the brook. The Winooski Valley Park District manages pedestrian trails and recreation paths along the Muddy Brook and at Muddy Brook Park at the northern delta to the brook. Further south, Burlington International Airport maintains a natural area that is open to the public and accessible from Van Sicklen Road. 3. Bartlett Brook Watershed. The Bartlett Brook watershed, which includes the North Brook, drains the southeastern portion of the City, including commercial, light industrial, and residential areas. It is listed as impaired due to stormwater loads. It has also been an area prone to flooding, especially in the residential neighborhood that bears its name. The City enacted a special overlay zoning district in the 1980s to begin to address the flooding issues. More recently, in 2009, the City established this area as a stormwater management overlay district, requiring all larger-scale development to model rainwater runoff and make use of low impact development techniques. 4. Centennial Brook Watershed. Centennial Brook is located primarily within the City of Burlington’s limits, but has its headwaters in South Burlington’s Chamberlin neighborhood. Large portions of Centennial Brook are located within conserved lands: the City-owned DeGraffe natural area and the UVM-owned Centennial Woods. In addition, a substantial portion of the South Burlington portion of the watershed is located on a large undeveloped parcel adjacent to I-89. Centennial Brook also drains the developed areas along Williston Road. The brook is classified as impaired due to stormwater runoff from development and impervious surfaces located beyond the buffer areas. 5. Englesby Brook Watershed. The Englesby Brook watershed covers a small portion of South Burlington located north of I-189 and east of Shelburne Street. Predominantly located in the City of Burlington, it is impaired due to excessive stormwater originating from both communities. The South Burlington portion includes residential and commercial properties. 6. Winooski River Watershed. Forming the northern border of South Burlington, the Winooski River and its watershed brings South Burlington into partnership with many other communities. The area of the City north city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-84 2-85city of south burlington comprehensive plan of the Burlington International Airport drains directly into this river, and includes the Country Club Estates neighborhood, an active farm, light industry, and a mix of residential and commercial uses along Lime Kiln Road. A portion of the Ethan Allan industrial park is located immediately adjacent to the 100-year floodplain. 7. Lake Champlain Watershed. A small portion of the City drains its water directly into Lake Champlain. This includes Red Rocks Park, the Queen City Park neighborhood, and properties west of the railroad tracks that travel parallel to Shelburne Road. Impervious surfaces are a potential impairment problem in the Queen City Park neighborhood; otherwise, the land is relatively undeveloped and natural in this area. Rivers and Streams. The City’s primary rivers and streams include the Winooski River, Muddy Brook, Potash Brook, Bartlett Brook, and Centennial Brook. South Burlington also has a network of smaller streams that includes tributaries to Lake Champlain, as well as streams that drain to Shelburne Pond. The Winooski River forms the northern boundary of the City. Throughout its lower reaches, it is tapped for its ability to produce electric power. Communities along the river use it to receive treated sewage. The agricultural soils of its floodplain are still important in our regional economy. The lower Winooski retains much of the feeling of a natural river. Scenic vistas abound from its banks and spectacular gorges offer access to the drama of nature and to the geologic past. Two parks line the river in South Burlington: a river access point at the confluence of the Muddy Brook along National Guard Road, and Lime Kiln Park, an overlook and natural area adjacent to the Lime Kiln Bridge. Floodplains. Floodplains are those areas that are under water during periods of high flow or high lake level. For regulatory purposes the floodplain is defined consistently with the federal definition of “area of special flood hazard” and the Floodway – as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) and the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). The Special Flood Hazard Area is the area subject to a 1% or greater chance of flooding in any year. While these lands are expected to flood on average once every 100 years, floods can and do occur more frequently. The Floodway means the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than one foot at any point. The floodway is the area where the fastest moving and most destructive floodwaters will flow during the 100-year flood. Thus, while all land within the floodplain will be wet during a 100-year flood, the most damage to property and loss of life will occur in the floodway. River Corridors. River corridors include the area around and adjacent to the present day river channel where fluvial erosion, channel shape change, and channel meandering are most likely to occur. River corridor widths are calculated to represent the narrowest section of riparian land required to contain the equilibrium condition width of the channel. Data collected as part of a geomorphic assessment are used in calculating river corridor widths where available. River corridors are specifically defined by the State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation. Fluvial Erosion Hazard Zones. While some flood losses are caused by inundation (i.e. waters rise, fill, and damage low-lying structures), most flood losses in Vermont are caused by “fluvial erosion”. Fluvial erosion is caused by rivers and streams, and can range from gradual stream bank erosion to catastrophic channel enlargement, bank failure, and change in course, due to naturally occurring stream channel adjustments. The areas most subject to this type of erosion are called “Fluvial Erosion Hazard Areas (FEH)” and these areas have been identified and mapped in accordance with accepted state fluvial geomorphic assessment and mapping protocols. A FEH area includes the stream and the land adjacent to the stream. It identifies the area where stream processes can occur to enable the river to re-establish and maintain stable conditions over time. The area boundaries also attempt to capture the lands most vulnerable to fluvial erosion in the near term, as well as the area needed by a river to maintain equilibrium. How Fluvial Erosion Occurs: Every river has a probable form, reflecting its complex interaction of many factors, including inputs from its watershed (water, sediment, ice, woody debris) as well as the physiographic setting (geology, soils, vegetation, valley type). When all the elements are in balance, a river is said to be in “dynamic equilibrium.” A river in equilibrium can carry its load of water, sediment, and debris, even during high flows, without dramatic changes in the width, depth, or length (slope). A dramatic change in any of these elements will tilt the balance and lead to changes (or adjustment) as a river attempts to move back toward an equilibrium condition. This adjustment is often expressed as fluvial erosion, or major changes in channel dimension and location, as a river attempts to regain equilibrium. One common mode of channel adjustment seen throughout Vermont is the response of a river to straightening. When a river is straightened, the slope of the channel is increased. As a result, the river has more power, and a greater ability to carry sediment, and begins to incise, eroding the stream bed. The incision leads to a situation where the river becomes disconnected from its floodplain. Without floodplain access, which serves the essential purposes of slowing floodwaters and storing sediment, stream banks are subjected to the full power of flood flows, leading to extensive fluvial erosion. If left alone, the river will eventually erode its banks enough that it can lengthen its channel, regain a more stable slope, and develop a new floodplain at a lower elevation. Lake Champlain. South Burlington has 2.3 miles of frontage along Lake Champlain, a unique scenic and recreational resource that is widely used by both residents and visitors nearly year-round. The lake is the City’s potable water supply through the Champlain Water District and some private water intakes. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-86 2-87city of south burlington comprehensive plan The lakeshore is comprised of a mix of natural parkland (Red Rocks Park), residential neighborhoods (Queen City Park and Bartlett Bay), stream outflows, and one large landholding known as Allenwood. While there are great pressures for private and public access to the lake, a combination of topography and physical constraints, historic land ownership and development patterns, and transportation corridors (particularly the presence of the rail line) have limited the accessibility and suitability of some of the shoreline for development. As a result, a significant portion of South Burlington’s lake frontage remains largely undeveloped. Red Rocks Park remains the only public access point to the lake, however, and there are no public boat ramps in the community. Wetlands. Wetlands play an important role in maintaining the quality of surface and groundwater in South Burlington. Class II and Class III wetlands are found throughout the community. Wetlands serve as stormwater storage and control the flow of streams, are natural filters for sediments and surface runoff contaminants, and provide habitat that supports many species of plants and animals including game fish in Lake Champlain and various waterfowl. They are typically classified by their functions and values. Wetlands are a critical part of open space preservation and cannot be replaced once they have been disturbed. Disturbance of wetlands can include seemingly harmless practices such as mowing, the use of fertilizers, and the use of pesticides. Swamps, bogs, and marshes are important ecological systems and resources. At every level of government, wetlands are being recognized for the values they contribute. Even small, incremental reduction of minor wetlands can cause cumulative damage to the wetland’s ability to both filter pollution and mitigate storm and flooding events. There are several large wetland systems within the City including those associated with Potash Brook, Muddy Brook and the Winooski River. There are also extensive wetland systems between Spear Street and Dorset Street and in the southeast corner of the City near Hinesburg Road. It should be noted that there may be additional wetlands that are not currently mapped. Aquifers. Groundwater, the water that filters into the ground and travels slowly through the pores of soil and cracks of rock, is a precious natural resource. Groundwater is a source of potable water for some City residents. Several homes in the Southeast Quadrant get their water from private wells. In the Queen City Park neighborhood, approximately 80 homes are connected to the Fire District #1 water supply, which is fed by a well at the end of Pavilion Avenue. Contamination of groundwater can pose health issues or other water quality problems. Materials such as road salt, hydrocarbons, pesticides, and fertilizer are typical of the water-soluble toxins that can pollute aquifers. Rocks that make for good aquifers are those that allow the free flow of water and therefore any other soluble contaminants including infiltration of contaminated surface water. analysis and challenges Stream Channels and Riparian Buffers. Flowing water is a critical aspect of the City’s character and environmental quality. These rivers serve as habitat for fish and wildlife, as natural flood control features, and as an attractive environment in which to live. Erosion control and stormwater management are important measures to restore and protect these resources. Stream channels are naturally dynamic systems that erode and deposit sediments in predictable patterns based on the velocity and volume carried by the stream. Alterations to rivers, streams and tributaries can often have unexpected downstream effects. Upstream activities that change the erosion/ deposition balance will change downstream dynamics. This includes physical changes like straightening, rip-rapping banks, and dredging sediment, as well as changes in land use and the creation of additional impervious area. Uncontrolled stormwater runoff from impervious areas can increase stream flows during storm events and cause stream bank erosion. The City presently has natural buffer requirements around perennial streams and brooks. This strategy has proven somewhat effective, but does not take into account changes in stream course over time. The City and Vermont Agency of Natural Resources have completed geomorphologic assessments of the City’s various stream segments, and now that the data collection is completed, there is an opportunity to develop more advanced stream channel protection standards or other strategies in response to the identified risk. The City has also established Vermont’s first stormwater utility. The utility manages stormwater in a cost effective way for all property owners in South Burlington and undertakes large-scale stormwater treatment and flow control projects to reduce the impact that existing impervious area is having on streams. Stormwater management is discussed in more detail in the following section. Flood Resiliency. The Vermont State Hazard Mitigation Plan (2013) identifies flooding as the most common natural hazard event in Vermont and the damages from flooding are due to inundation and fluvial erosion. As of July 1, 2014 municipal plans are required to include a flood resiliency goal and element. The requirements include identification of flood hazard and fluvial erosion hazard areas; designates those areas to be protected, including floodplains, river corridors, land adjacent to streams, wetlands, and upland forests, to reduce the risk of flood damage to infrastructure and improved property; and recommends policies and strategies to protect these areas and mitigate risks. This Plan calls for avoiding new development in these areas and eliminates exacerbation of flooding and fluvial erosion, encourages protection and restoration of these areas, and plans for flood emergency preparedness and response. Identification of the flood and fluvial erosion hazard areas, and the areas to be protected were described in this chapter above, and are mapped in this plan. The City of South Burlington All Hazards Mitigation Plan (AHMP) developed in conjunction with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission (adopted in 2011, planned for update in 2016) also identifies the most significant hazards. This plan should be reviewed often to ensure accuracy and that all hazards are being adequately addressed. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-88 2-89city of south burlington comprehensive plan The mitigation strategies identified in the most recent All Hazards Mitigation Plan should all be adopted by reference as strategies in this Plan. South Burlington protects its floodplain through flood hazard zoning regulations which limits the amount of damage by limiting the amount of development and fill in floodplains. These development regulations also present opportunities to maintain natural open spaces and develop needed recreation facilities. The largest designated floodplain lies adjacent to the Winooski River. Fluvial Erosion Hazard areas and River Corridors are partially protected where they overlap with the regulated floodplains, but in many locations in the City these areas are not regulated. By not identifying these areas in our LDRs, landowners and residents are likely unaware of the risk associated with flooding in these areas. Water Quality. Historically, water pollution has been attributed to two primary sources: point and non-point. Point sources, such as wastewater treatment facilities, have been upgraded in Vermont over the past three decades to where they are today much less of an issue than non-point sources, which cannot be identified with any particular location or outfall. Non-point source pollution is difficult to control because the source of the pollution is activity that occurs throughout a watershed at homes, parking areas, roads, farms, and businesses rather than at a single point. Non-point pollution, including stormwater runoff, plays a critical role in the quality of waterways. Agricultural runoff and pesticide use also falls into this category. The community in the past has explored the possibility of restricting pesticide use. While overall use of pesticide use is governed solely by the state, the City has enacted a restrictive policy on the use of both fertilizers and pesticides on City property. Future needs and trends Water quality issues will continue to be a challenge within South Burlington as the population grows, wildlife is encouraged to be maintained, and stricter standards for water quality are adopted at the federal, state, and local levels. Water quality in South Burlington is closely connected to stormwater management, which is further discussed in the next chapter of this plan. B. Stormwater oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s management of stormwater identified in this plan include: ✦Maintain the stormwater treatment and conveyance systems currently in place. ✦Repair and replace aging infrastructure. ✦Construct large-scale stormwater improvement projects to remove streams from the State of Vermont 303(d) list of impaired waters and to reduce the amount of phosphorus flowing to Lake Champlain. ✦Maintain compliance with state and federal stormwater permits and assist residents with stormwater permit compliance. inVentory Stormwater Runoff. All of South Burlington drains into Lake Champlain. The City of South Burlington contains all or a portion of five streams (Bartlett Brook, Centennial Brook, Englesby Brook, Munroe Brook and Potash Brook) impaired by stormwater runoff. Stormwater impaired watersheds cover approximately 61 % of the City. By the late-1990s, it was widely recognized that unmanaged stormwater was causing water pollution, erosion, flooding and unstable stream banks in areas of South Burlington and throughout Chittenden County. Stormwater runoff is generated by rainfall that does not soak into the ground. Construction of impervious surfaces (roads, rooftops, parking lots, sidewalks, etc.) increases the amount of stormwater runoff. These increased volumes of runoff will in turn increase stream flows, which results in stream bank erosion and flooding. In addition, undersized or poorly maintained stormwater management systems are susceptible to failure and can exacerbate problems related to flooding and water quality. Stormwater management is, for the most part, managed on a property-by-property basis, with the exception of systems within the roadway and certain larger development areas such as the Airport or newer residential developments. The US Environmental Protection Agency is in the process of establishing a phosphorus TMDL for Lake Champlain. Stormwater Utility. In 2005, the City established the first stormwater utility in Vermont with the aim of addressing these issues. The utility is an efficient way to identify and manage stormwater problems, projects, and infrastructure upgrades. The utility provides a stable and adequate source of revenue to complete required maintenance and manage stormwater related activities. The utility employs full-time staff dedicated to stormwater management and working to develop a comprehensive stormwater program and plan for needed capital improvements. Presently, the City of South Burlington owns and maintains a stormwater system, separate from the sanitary sewer system. The stormwater system includes conveyance piping, storm drains, culverts, stormwater outfalls and stormwater treatment practices (e.g. detention ponds, constructed wetlands, hydrodynamic swirl separators, etc.). There are approximately 196 miles of pipes, ditches, culverts or other means of city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-90 2-91city of south burlington comprehensive plan stormwater conveyance in South Burlington. In addition, there are over 6,300 storm drains within the City, approximately 3,200 of which are publicly owned. City residents and businesses share the costs of, and receive services from, the stormwater utility. Some of the services provided by the stormwater utility include: evaluation, maintenance and improvement of drainage infrastructure, culvert evaluation and replacement, assists residents with state permitting, watershed planning and water quality sampling. The stormwater utility also maintains the City’s compliance with the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit. The MS4 permit is a federally mandated permit administered by the Agency of Natural Resources in Vermont. The MS4 permit requires that the City implement six minimum measures related to stormwater management ranging from public education and outreach to illicit discharge detection and elimination. In order to pay for these services, all developed properties in South Burlington are assessed a stormwater utility user fee. This fee appears on City sewer and water bills. Fees for commercial properties are calculated using a careful analysis of impervious surface area on properties throughout South Burlington. There is a set fee for single-family homes, duplexes and triplexes. All other property owners (includes condominium ownership properties, businesses, institutions, and government) are assessed a fee based on the actual amount of impervious surface on the property. analysis and challenges Stormwater is slated to be among the key challenges for South Burlington for the foreseeable future. Federal and state requirements for individual properties - aimed at system-wide improvements - have begun to be applied. In 2014, the updated federal MS4 permit was issued, giving the City 20 years to make necessary improvements to its impaired watersheds. Homeowners throughout South Burlington have worked effectively with the City to leverage federal and state grant funding to aid with these efforts and construct treatment systems that will meet present and future needs for stormwater management. The City has been actively engaged in establishing and maintaining stormwater systems to better manage public water flows. A key strategy employed by the City in recent years has been to encourage - and in some areas require - on-site stormwater infiltration through low impact development (LID) techniques. A challenge of this, however, is that while some LID techniques support compact development (such as reduced pavement widths) others may be contradictory (such as leaving large open areas on properties). All improvements to stormwater infrastructure have a dual benefit of reducing flood risk and increasing flood resilience. A key Best Management Practice towards managing floodplains and river corridors is to slow, spread, and infiltrate runoff. By reducing the peak volume reaching our rivers, we are reducing potential flooding. Future needs and trends It is expected that Federal and State regulations will continue to apply to an increased number of smaller properties in South Burlington and throughout the country. In the short term, these standards will require substantial retrofits at significant expense. In the long term, significant effort in the area of $50 million will be required to maintain infrastructure and stay in compliance with increased federal and State water quality regulations. A number of studies have shown that several streams in South Burlington have shown elevated levels of chloride. The State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation is- in 2015- in the process of determining the extent of statewide chloride issues and working towards draft regulations to address them. South Burlington will monitor these updates and work towards planning to address requirements as necessary. surFace water, groundwater, and storMwater oBjectiVes Objective 24. Reduce the number and forms of impairments of waterways in South Burlington by 2033. Objective 25. Protect and improve watershed, stream, and wetland system natural processes, specifically for stormwater treatment, riparian and aquatic habitat, and floodplain and river corridor protection. Objective 26. Include mapped river corridors (fluvial erosion hazard areas, floodplains, and riparian areas) within designated open space areas intended for hazard mitigation, resource conservation and compatible forms of passive outdoor recreation. Objective 27. Plan for flood emergency preparedness and response. surFace water, groundwater, and storMwater strategies Strategy 58. Pursue opportunities for acquisition and restoration of open space along year-round streams in South Burlington and actively enforce against encroachments to protect these resources. Strategy 59. Review geomorphic assessment results for action items identified and pursue implementation. Strategy 60. Review fluvial erosion hazard areas and river corridors and adopt river corridor protection bylaws and maps. Strategy 61. Plan culvert replacements that consider both aquatic organism passage and geomorphic compatibility for any undersized culverts in conjunction with roadway improvements. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-92 2-93city of south burlington comprehensive plan C. Potable Water oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s potable water resources identified in this plan include: ✦Provision of safe water supply at reasonable costs. ✦Maintenance of aging water supply system. inVentory Water Distribution System. The South Burlington water distribution system serves most developed land within the City boundaries. The City water department maintains almost 100 miles of distribution pipeline within South Burlington. The water distribution system is depicted on *Map 6. The South Burlington municipal distribution system consists of two service areas: ✦The Main Service area includes the west and northern parts of the City. ✦The High Service area includes the southeast part of the City. Most of the City’s residents are supplied water through the distribution system, with notable exceptions being those in Queen City Park (Fire District #1), some residents along the lake front (Bartlett Bay area), and some residents in the Southeast Quadrant whose homes pre-date recent infrastructure extensions. Water distribution lines have been extended into much of the Southeast Quadrant during the past two decades as development has occurred. Maintenance and expansion of the City’s water system occurs in accordance with the South Burlington Water Department Master Plan, which specifies the location and size of future water mains. The cost of expansion is borne by those requesting it, while maintenance costs are paid for by user fees. Water supply plans for new developments are reviewed to ensure adequate flows for fire protection, and, as a result, residential and standard commercial use. Three transmission mains (one for the Main Service area and two for the High Service area) extend from the Champlain Water District water treatment plants. The distribution piping in the City of South Burlington varies and the department continues its efforts to replace old, undersized pipes. This is important for provision of reliable and safe drinking water, as well as for improving the quantity and pressure of water available for fire suppression. The water department also seeks to regularly upgrade related infrastructure such fire hydrants, water meters, valves, etc. as needed. Most recently, remote water meter readers have been installed. Storage in the Main Service area is provided by the South Burlington West Tanks, a twin set of 0.5 million gallon welded steel storage tanks located to the north of Allen Road. Water storage for the High Service area occurs in a 2.1 million gallon tank located on Dorset Street, known as the South Burlington East tank. A 2003 planning study evaluated tank sites and recommended improvements for future water storage and distribution system expansion, a number of which have since been implemented. This study is regularly assessed in relation to new development and demands on the infrastructure. South Burlington Water Department and Champlain Water District. The City’s Water Department was established in 1935 when South Burlington entered into an agreement with the City of Burlington to extend public water along Shelburne and Williston Roads. As South Burlington grew, fire districts were organized to supply water to the developing neighborhoods. The districts have ceased operations and been consolidated into the South Burlington Water Department except for Fire District #1 (Queen City Park). Since 1978, the City has contracted with the Champlain Water District (CWD) to provide management, administration and operational services for the City’s water distribution system. The City Council sets the water rate for South Burlington water consumers and the Water Department bills customers for water usage, based on meter readings. Connections to the City water system are covered by municipal ordinance. CWD, a regional water supplier serving 12 municipal water systems, provides potable water to the City of South Burlington water distribution system. CWD obtains water from a deep-water source in Lake Champlain’s Shelburne Bay. A second line was recently placed into service to provide redundancy and avoid disruptions in supply. Total water usage for CWD members has declined during the past decade, due largely to reduced use by large facilities like the Global Foundries (formerly IBM) plant, ensuring an adequate supply of water for the foreseeable future. The water is treated at the Peter L. Jacob Water Treatment Plant with state of the art filtration, disinfection and corrosion control to provide for safe and high quality drinking water. The treatment facility, located on Queen City Park Road, has a nominal capacity of 20 million gallons per day. CWD assures the safety of the water by monitoring its sanitary quality, source quality, disinfectant-by-product quality and aesthetic quality. CWD also works hard to protect water quality in the Shelburne Bay watershed through its Watershed Management Plan for Source Protection. Fire District #1. South Burlington Fire District #1 supplies potable water to approximately 80 households in Queen City Park. The water source is a deep rock well and the district has an independent storage tank. Fire service to the Queen City Park area is from a dedicated fire line served from the South Burlington Main Service transmission main. analysis and challenges The key challenge for services such as water supply is to ensure high quality services are maintained at reasonable costs to the users. In South Burlington, substantial city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-94 2-95city of south burlington comprehensive plan portions of the infrastructure are beginning to reach replacement age, notably in the neighborhoods built from the 1940s through 1960s. In older neighborhoods, relatively compact housing has allowed for greater efficiencies of costs than in some other portions of the City that have been developed in a less compact manner. Expansion of the present system must be completed in a manner that does not decrease water pressure levels below minimum fire and residential standards. Future needs and trends The availability of municipal water has been a significant factor enabling housing development, particularly in the SEQ. Facilities planning for both systems has incorporated and considered both the demand for new housing and the City’s conservation goals in determining how much capacity is required to serve the long- term needs in this district, as well as in helping to determine where extensions of service lines are and are not appropriate. The water system serving the SEQ underwent a major upgrade in 2004-2005, following a successful bond vote in May 2004. The water main on Dorset Street was upgraded and “looped” through the City right-of-way along Old Cross Road to improve storage, pressure, and fire fighting capacity. The Dorset Street water storage tank was raised by 35 feet to provide greater water pressure and fire protection capacity for the SEQ. Finally, a “twin” water tank was built by the existing Allen Road tank, providing improved storage, fire protection and pressure to the service area along Spear Street. This complex project received the 2004 Grand Award for Engineering Excellence from the Vermont Chapter of the American Council of Consulting Engineers, recognizing the creative work of the South Burlington Water Department and Forcier Aldrich & Associates, the project’s engineers. The one remaining water infrastructure item for the SEQ is to secure a water tank site on a high point in the Southeast Quadrant, intended to serve the City’s 20- to 25-year pressure and storage needs. This should be studied further and added to the Official Map. The City’s infrastructure management plan predicts when water supply systems will need to be upgraded or replaced. It will remain important to review these plans against future development trends to ensure the system’s capacity is not overburdened. The City’s water supply ordinance has set aside 50,000 gallons per day for the future City Center area. It is estimated that upon final building, this will represent only one- quarter of the overall need. The City should continue to work with the Champlain Water District to assure that sufficient water aupply infrastructure is installed to meet future needs. The principal challenge for the future will be the maintenance and replacement of the water supply system. D. Wastewater Treatment oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s management of wastewater identified in this plan include: ✦Provision of safe wastewater treatment supply at reasonable costs. ✦Maintenance of aging collection and pumping system. inVentory South Burlington is served by two wastewater treatment facilities: Airport Parkway and Bartlett Bay. The service areas for each of the City’s wastewater treatment facilities are presented on the enclosed map, Sanitary and Water Systems. Airport Parkway, the City’s largest treatment facility, serves approximately 75 % of South Burlington households and businesses. The Airport Parkway plant discharges to the Winooski River. The Airport Parkway plant was upgraded in 2012, increasing capacity from 2.3 to 3.3 million gallons per day. As part of this project, the treatment process was upgraded to maintain or reduce the amount of pollutants discharged while accommodating increased flows. Approval for this upgrade at the state level included a determination that the City’s City Center, SEQ, and other land use plans were consistent with state wastewater and growth policies. While owned by South Burlington, the City has an intermunicipal agreement that allocates 1.0 million gallons per day of treatment capacity (of the 3.3 million gallons per day total) to Colchester Fire District #1. Currently, the facility has actual flows of approximately 2.0 million gallons per day. It is anticipated that these upgrades will meet with needs for City Center and other development in the community for the foreseeable future. The wastewater facility at Bartlett Bay presently serves about 25 % of South Burlington households businesses as well as the Magic Hat Brewing Company. This facility was last upgraded in 1999 and has a permitted capacity of 1.25 million gallons per day. Flows at Bartlett Bay are approximately 0.7 million gallons per day. The City is presently evaluating the diversion of the Eastwoods Area sewer system connected to the City of Burlington treatment plant, to the Bartlett Bay facility. The wastewater collection system in South Burlington is comprised of a mix of public and private pump stations that feed a network of public pipes. Future sewer main construction will be primarily by private developers. Future main extensions can be allowed beyond the basic service areas only if appropriate improvements to the existing network are made. A small number of City homeowners rely on soil-based septic systems to treat wastewater. Less than five percent of City residents have on-site septic disposal city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-96 2-97city of south burlington comprehensive plan systems, a majority of which are located in the Southeast Quadrant and predate recent extensions of infrastructure to this part of the City. analysis and challenges At various times, the City has been in a position of significant scarcity of treatment capacity at one of its wastewater treatments plants. In the late-1990s, new allocations to the Bartlett Bay facility were only able to be granted upon close scrutiny of flows. The City’s water supply and wastewater ordinance has set aside 150,000 gallons per day for the City Center area. This is anticipated to meet a substantial portion of the need for the foreseeable future growth without unreasonably over-committing to one geographic area within the City’s core areas. The recent upgrade to the facility was critical in the City’s receipt of a New Town Center designation from the Vermont Downtown Board in 2010 and played an equally important role in the designation of Severance Corners in Colchester as a Growth Center in 2009. External factors play an increasingly significant role in planning for future sewage disposal. Discharge of treated effluent from the Bartlett Bay plant into Lake Champlain and into the Winooski River from the Airport Parkway plant is governed by state discharge permits and the federally mandated Lake Champlain TMDL (total maximum daily load) for phosphorus. Assignment of a water quality designation by the state limits the quantity and quality of the effluent the City may discharge. Shelburne Bay, which assimilates waste from the Bartlett Bay treatment plant (and Town of Shelburne), is the raw water source for the Champlain Water District. The Winooski River is relied upon by abutting communities for sewage plant outfall. Because of state-imposed water quality standards for the Winooski River, it has become apparent the assimilative capacity of the river is limited. However, this limit may be exceeded by the demands of the communities bordering it. The City must continue to actively and diligently participate in the waste-load allocation plan for the lower Winooski River. The system of private and public pump stations and feeder lines presents challenges for system maintenance at times. The City has encouraged development to use public standards for construction. Future needs and trends As with all public infrastructure, the need to maintain facilities at a reasonable cost is paramount. With the completion of the Airport Parkway Treatment Plant upgrade, capacity needs in the City should be met for the next decade and beyond. The Bartlett Bay facility will have need for equipment upgrades in the near future however, and presents an opportunity for the City to gain substantial energy savings with the use of the newer technologies being employed at Airport Parkway and elsewhere. The City’s capital budget and plan can estimate time frames for renovations and needed line and pump station upgrades. A capital plan that is reviewed regularly can also project time frames for future capacity needs and establish a financial mechanism in advance. The City has recognized that there are certain planned conservation areas where the installation of sewer lines is not an appropriate investment. Sewer lines are not recommended for extension in or through any of the Primary Natural Communities identified in the Arrowwood Assessment, in “The Bowl” area identified for future conservation. The limited number of housing units and low densities planned for this area can be served by on-site septic systems if development occurs. The Sanitary and Water Systems Map shows specific pump stations and force mains that should be upgraded in order to provide better service to existing and planned development areas in the SEQ. These improvements and upgrades, which have been incorporated into the facilities plan for upgrading the Airport Parkway Wastewater Treatment Facility, are consistent with the planning principles and goals for the SEQ and should be completed. PotaBle water & wastewater oBjectiVes Objective 28. Maintain a wastewater allocation system that reflects the land use goals of the Comprehensive Plan. PotaBle water & wastewater strategies Strategy 62. Plan for infrastructure such that its location will limit disturbance within identified primary and secondary natural areas throughout the City to the greatest extent possible. Strategy 63. Secure a water tank site on a high point in the Southeast Quadrant to serve the City’s 20- to 25-year pressure and storage needs. This should be added to the Official Map, and incorporated into any development plans for the area. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-98 2-99city of south burlington comprehensive plan 2.5. Green Infrastructure The City of South Burlington’s open spaces, parks, natural systems and cultural resources combine to create a “green” network throughout the community. Similar to the network of roads, paths, sidewalks, and utilities that make up the City’s “grey” infrastructure, and the rivers, wetlands, and water systems that make up the City’s “blue” infrastructure, these “green” elements provide a network that identifies and preserves the significant ecological, wildlife and cultural resources that contribute to the character of the City. From public parks and wildlife habitats to farmland and historic buildings, the natural and cultural resources that make up the City’s green infrastructure play an important role in the future development of the community. Through green infrastructure planning, priority resource areas can be identified and linked to create recreational and open space systems as well as valuable corridors for wildlife. A. Ecological Resources The ecological resources of South Burlington are widely varied for a community of its size located in the heart of the Champlain Valley. Prominent water features, including Lake Champlain, the Winooski River, Potash Brook, Centennial Brook, and Muddy Brook serve as important wildlife travel corridors and political boundaries (these aquatic resources are discussed in greater detail in the Blue Infrastructure section of this plan). Geological features ranging from lakeside cliffs to sandy soils play an important role in shaping the vegetation as well as development patterns in the area. This chapter includes an inventory, analysis, and overall policy strategy of the natural resources and publicly-owned natural areas of the City. This chapter is supplemented by the discussions and analyses within the land use section of this plan. It is further supplemented by the myriad of existing and planned open space, natural area, water quality, and wildlife conservation plans and studies prepared by or for the City. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s ecological resources identified in this plan include: ✦The City has retained a number of important natural areas that provide multiple benefits to City residents including recreational opportunities, wildlife habitat, groundwater recharge, storm and flood water storage, etc. However, the City lacks a well-defined, coordinated, City-wide open space plan to ensure protection of ecological resources and improved environmental quality as the City continues to grow and develop. ✦The Champlain Valley is among the most fertile regions in Vermont, creating opportunities for both agriculture and development. ✦Chittenden County presently meets federal air quality standards, but has in the past been a non-attainment area and could be so again. inVentory The South Burlington Open Space Strategy (2002) includes a overview of land throughout the City with higher ecological value based on compilations and analyses of the various resources described below and in the Blue Infrastructure section of this plan. The Southeast Quadrant (SEQ) Open Space Master Plan Map (2005) includes specific recommendations for properties that should be conserved. The South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) includes a significant number of recommendations ranging from potential scenic view protection areas, a park gap analysis, and mapped primary and secondary resource conservation areas. Land cover, bio-diversity, and working lands are also mapped in this report. Climate. South Burlington’s northerly latitude assures a variety of weather and a vigorous, cool climate. The average annual temperature is 46 degrees, the average summer temperature is 65 degrees. The average annual frost-free growing season of 145 days is largely due to the moderating influence of Lake Champlain. South Burlington is one of the cloudiest areas in the U.S. with an average of 199 cloudy days a year. Precipitation is well distributed throughout the year and averages 37 inches annually in the form of rain and 81 inches annually in the form of snow. Winds are predominantly north-south in direction paralleling the Champlain Valley. Winds of damaging force are rare and occur mostly as thunderstorms. The climate of the area is documented in the UVM Agricultural Experiment Station publication, Climate of Burlington, Vermont. The severity and duration of the winter shortens the construction season. The growing season varies somewhat depending upon the crop, but is generally considered to range from mid-April through late- October. Careful design and construction of foundations, utility lines, and roadways become necessary to minimize damage from frost heaving and icing. As learned from the ice storm of January 1998, undergrounding of utilities is important. Air Quality. Air quality in Chittenden County currently meets all basic federal health (attainment) criteria. For some measurements however - notably ozone and particulate dust from local and national sources - ongoing monitoring is necessary. The primary sources of airborne pollutants include automobiles and trucks, industry, and residential/commercial heating. Air quality is not a new concern in Chittenden County. During the 1970s and much of the 1980s, air quality in the county did not meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Since 1987, air quality in Chittenden County – and all of Vermont – has met these standards. Air quality monitoring confirms that Chittenden County’s air quality still meets the national standards, but ozone levels are close to the current city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-100 2-101city of south burlington comprehensive plan Bedrock Geology. Much of the Winooski and Champlain valleys’ geologic formations were the result of glaciation. When the ice receded, Lake Vermont was formed which extended from the Lake Champlain basin to the foothills of the Green Mountains. The resulting valleys are covered with glacial drift and lake sediments. The significant bedrock geology lying near to the surface in South Burlington is located in the western portion of the City extending along the Lake Champlain shoreline. These are primarily limestone/dolomite, calcareous clastic, and meta-sandstone and quartzite. The bedrock geology of the City relates to planning in many ways. First, shallow depth to bedrock and the presence of bedrock outcrops dictate the location of roads, leach fields, underground utility lines, and building foundations. Second, bedrock aquifers supply many wells in South Burlington. The quantity and quality of this groundwater must be maintained at least as long as citizens rely on private wells for their domestic water supplies. The effects of development on recharge areas as far as natural systems are concerned should also be borne in mind. Land development reduces recharge capability at the surface by increasing impermeable surfaces, such as rooftops and paved areas. Soils. The Champlain Valley has long been identified as one of the most fertile regions in Vermont. Within this region, most of the soils in South Burlington are classified as prime soils or soils of statewide important for agriculture by the federal Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS). They meet the criteria for primary agricultural soils as regulated by the state via Act 250’s Criteria 9B and have historically been active farmland. Although much of South Burlington has been developed, there is farmland, especially in the Southeast Quadrant, that remains viable for agricultural production. The City’s soils are mapped in the Chittenden County Soil Survey by the Natural Resource Conservation Service of the United State Department of Agriculture. Vegetation. Trees, shrubs, and other soil cover are more than aesthetic amenities. They prevent erosion, provide stormwater benefits, improve air quality, provide visual and aural buffers, and furnish shade and protection from wind. Several remaining large wooded tracts are owned by the City or the University of Vermont and are maintained essentially in their natural state (see discussion on forest lands). Remnants of apple orchards and hedgerows along property lines and abandoned town roads are historic reminders of the City’s agricultural heritage and past land use patterns. Forest Lands. Forest lands are an important natural resource. Due to the urban character of the City, forest lands are more important for their recreational, educational, wildlife habitat and aesthetic amenities as opposed to their use for timber production. Trees serve as temperature control, wind breaks and noise baffles, and provide important habitat for various types of birds and wildlife. Therefore, programs and methods to protect these lands should focus on public access and enjoyment, and wildlife preservation. Several important, publicly accessible, forest land areas are identified in this plan including Red Rocks Park, Centennial Woods, East Woods Natural Area and the Kennedy Drive Natural Area. Additional important forest lands include the forested national standard and fine particle pollution (PM) has approached the standard in recent years. Keeping our Air Clean, a report released by the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission in 2009, highlights the primary sources of air pollution in the region and presents a series of individual, local, and regional recommendations to maintain and improve our local air quality. In May 2009, the City of South Burlington’s Energy Committee completed an assessment of energy use throughout the community. The assessment revealed transportation to be the greatest single source of energy use in the City. With nearly all vehicles fueled by gasoline and diesel in the City, it is also a significant contributor to airborne pollutants. Topography. South Burlington’s landscape is lined by a series of ridgelines and river valleys and punctuated by cliffs along parts of Lake Champlain and the Winooski River. Elevations range from a low of 95 feet above sea level along the shorelines of Lake Champlain to a peak of 473 feet along a ridgeline in the City’s Southeast Quadrant. Five prominent north-south ridgelines shape the City’s landscape and play an important role in the historic transportation, settlement, and wildlife transit patterns of the community: ✦Along the west side of Spear Street, from Swift Street into the town of Shelburne; ✦Along the east side of Dorset Street, from Swift Street into the town of Shelburne with a gap in the vicinity of Cider Mill Drive; ✦Along Hinesburg Road south of Interstate 89 into the Town of Shelburne; ✦Between Spear Street and Dorset Street, extending southward from Swift Street a short distance; and ✦Along Old Farm Road from Kimball Ave to Hinesburg Road. The high points of these ridgelines reveal in many cases spectacular views of the Green and/or Adirondack Mountains in the distance. Some have been incorporated into the City’s Land Development Regulations as scenic view overlay districts. North of these ridge systems is a flat, well-drained deltaic deposit. This flat area is drained by a network of drainage ways towards Potash Brook to the south and tributaries of the Winooski River to the north. Burlington International Airport is located in this area. Two other distinctive flat areas are found in the Southeast Quadrant. The smaller area is located to the east of Butler Farms. It contains a large wetland which is the source of Potash Brook. The larger area is located to the east of Spear Street. This area has a large wetland in its geographic center that drains into Shelburne Pond, a designated natural area. Floodplains and wetlands are found in the lowlands near rivers, streams and drainage ways in association with the Winooski River, Potash Brook, Muddy Brook and their tributaries. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-102 2-103city of south burlington comprehensive plan analysis and challenges The conservation of connected wildlife corridors and individual pieces of land containing unique physical features, together with careful attention to conservation of natural resources on developed properties have become increasingly important as development has continued to take place throughout the City. Whereas in the past, undeveloped areas that were used for active farm and forestry operations provided habitat for wildlife and scenic views for the public, ongoing development pressure throughout Chittenden County has generated the need to actively conserve important open spaces, forested blocks, and connected wildlife habitat areas. In order to maintain a balance of conserving important ecological resources and allowing for development, City policies will need to consider: Climate and Climate Change. The region’s variable climate places significant burden on natural communities in the area. From a land use perspective, winter climate conditions require adequate snow storage on all properties, and place demands for regular plowing services by the City and other public and private entities. In addition, rainfall must be properly accounted for in order to ensure that stormwater runoff does not lead to declines in water quality or stream bank erosion. The more global issue of climate change poses significant challenges for all communities, both in how they contribute to the change, and how they respond to it. The City of South Burlington has substantial opportunities to address both by fostering land use patterns, transportation modes and energy strategies that can temper the City’s carbon footprint. Goals and strategies related to this issue are found through the plan under relevant chapters. Geology. The bedrock geology of the City should be closely considered as a part of all development activity. The effects of development on groundwater recharge areas as far as natural systems are concerned should also be borne in mind. Development reduces recharge capability at the surface by increasing impermeable surfaces, such as rooftops, paved areas and lawns. Soils. Soils information is particularly germane to the future plans for land use. Much of the area contains soils of statewide importance (with limited areas having prime agricultural soils). Historically these soils have been beneficial to both agricultural operations and development. Today, the presence of these soils provide opportunities for development to be commingled with small-scale agricultural operations, community gardens, and the continued presence of larger scale operations associated with the University of Vermont and historic farms. The geographic nature of the area requires the City to balance small- and mid-sized agricultural opportunities with demands for affordable housing and economic development in the core of Chittenden County. Sandy soils along Shelburne Road and near the airport are well drained but of lesser agricultural quality, while soils in the southeast quadrant tend to include less well drained clay and loam soils. ravine area bounded by I-89, Patchen Road and Williston Road, and the 20-acre forested wetland/bog located in the southern end of the City between Spear and Dorset Streets. These forest areas are in private ownership. Wildlife. South Burlington is home to a wide range of wildlife, from insects and worms, to larger mammals like beaver, fox, coyotes, bobcats, deer, and occasionally moose and bear. Many bird species are also present, including some ground nesting species whose populations have declined in Vermont in recent years due to changing agricultural practices. Residents share the densely populated urban and suburban areas and open spaces with this diverse population of wildlife. People and wildlife share the natural areas throughout the City. Past studies have identified travel routes - or corridors - most often frequented by larger wildlife. These corridors tend to focus on and include resources such as streams, wetlands, bogs, and undeveloped forest blocks. Natural Areas. Natural areas in South Burlington have been identified by the City and its partners, the University of Vermont, the Vermont Natural Resource Council, the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission, the Vermont Resources Research Center, and the South Burlington Land Trust. These natural areas have generally been historically undeveloped, though most of the land in the region was logged and farmed for some portion of its history. Many contain unusual communities of plants and animals, rare species, and exceptional geological features. Two studies, the South Burlington Open Space Strategy (2002) and the Wildlife and Natural Community Assessment of the Southeast Quadrant (2004) document many of the most critical natural areas within the City. Of these, some are publicly owned, others are under private conservation easements, and others are not protected. A comprehensive listing of natural areas, public and private, can be found in the Community Facilities chapter of this Plan. Primary and Secondary Conservation Areas. The 2014 Open Space Report classifies natural and scenic open spaces resources identified and considered for protection as “primary” and “secondary” resource conservation areas. This classification forms the basis for many resource protection strategies. They are not assigned based on a national standard, but rather reflect South Burlington’s local protection priorities. Primary conservation areas (Map 7) include environmentally sensitive and hazardous areas that are off limits to development, regardless of their setting or context; and sites that host or support rare, threatened and endangered species. Secondary Conservation Areas (Map 8) are those other resource areas also identified for conservation or protection, in which limited encroachment may be allowed in accordance with siting and management practices that are intended to avoid, minimize or mitigate the adverse impacts of development. With these distinctions identified by the community, the City will begin to incorporate them in land use planning. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-104 2-105city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Development Growth. Housing growth is expected to continue at an average rate of 1.5 to 2.0 % annually. Commercial development is also anticipated to continue at a similar pace. This development will continue to place pressure on existing wildlife habitat areas as well as wildlife travel corridors. This is especially the case in the Southeast Quadrant. ✦Public Demand for Accessible Natural Areas. Public interest in the acquisition, maintenance and accessibility of natural areas has grown steadily in South Burlington over the past decade. It is anticipated that this interest will continue to grow as development continues to take place in previously unbuilt areas and as public recreational interests grow. ✦At a regional scale, as development continues to take place throughout Chittenden County, attention to the need to acquire and maintain habitat corridors for public and wildlife benefit will likely grow. additional resources ✦Underwood Property Vision Framework (2015) ✦Wheeler Nature Park Management Plan (2015) ✦South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) ✦A Report on Existing and Potential Tree Canopy in the City of South Burlington (2014) ✦Red Rocks Management Plan (2013) ✦Leduc Farm Landscape: A Natural and Cultural History (May 2009) ✦Dorset Park Natural Area [now formally the Wheeler Nature Park] Natural Resource Inventory and Management Recommendations (July 2009) ✦Wildlife and Natural Community Assessment of the Southeast Quadrant (July 2004) & Southeast Quadrant Environmental Resources Map (March 2005) ✦Southeast Quadrant Open Space Master Plan Map (March 2005) ✦A Study of Breeding Birds in the Southeast Quadrant (July 2004) ✦South Burlington Open Space Strategy (April 2002) ecological oBjectiVes Objective 29. Proactively plan for a network of interconnected and contiguous open spaces to conserve and accommodate ecological resources, active and passive recreation land, civic spaces, scenic views and vistas, forests and productive farmland and primary agricultural soils. Objective 30. Conserve, restore and enhance biological diversity within the City, through careful site planning and development that is designed to avoid adverse impacts to critical wildlife resources, and that incorporates significant natural areas, communities and wildlife habitats as conserved open space. Air Quality. As the City continues to grow, and especially as the county around us becomes more urbanized, the community must remain an active participant in efforts to maintain or improve air quality conditions. Growth can lead to reductions in air quality, but actions to counterbalance this, as described in the recent Chittenden County Air Quality Plan (2009), can mitigate potential problems and ensure that the region does not become a “non-attainment” area. Land uses and activities with the greatest potential for air quality problems include certain manufacturing uses, quarry operations, congested intersections where vehicle stacking and queuing is substantial, and auto-dependant land uses in general. Habitat and Vegetation. ✦The presence of important ecological resources, as well as steep slopes, shallow soils, and extensive bedrock outcroppings should be incorporated into all types of planning for development and conservation. ✦Many of the wildlife corridors within the City begin or extend beyond the City’s boundaries, including the Muddy Brook, Shelburne Pond, Winooski River, Centennial Woods, and others. Coordination with neighboring jurisdictions and regional and state entities is critical. ✦Effective wildlife habitat areas include travel corridors for foraging, hunting, nesting and drinking. ✦Unique and historic natural areas can be open to the public and celebrated if carefully managed. Continued evaluation of these resources will be necessary to determine whether any might need to be “off limits” to the public. ✦Conservation of mature and specimen trees is important due to the difficulty of successfully transplanting these trees; this must be balanced with ensuring that conserved natural areas retain a vibrant forest succession to ensure the future health of these areas. ✦Maintaining a balanced variety of native plant species and actively removing non-native invasive species will help to support a vibrant system of flora and fauna. ✦The planting of street trees can serve to provide a safer and more pleasant pedestrian experience, calm traffic flow, and contribute to urban beauty, air and water quality, and noise reduction. The City must continue to ensure a balance of different tree types to protect from wide-scale disease (such as the dutch elm disease). ✦Maintaining and growing a healthy tree canopy has extensive public health, social and even economic benefits, including energy conservation and climate cooling, water filtration, absorption of air pollutants, improved wildlife habitat, recreational enjoyment, aesthetic relief, noise reduction; studies even demonstrate improved mental health of people with exposure to more trees. Future needs and trends Several population and development trends in South Burlington will shape the City’s ecological resources in the coming years. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-106 2-107city of south burlington comprehensive plan offered through various community groups, the City’s recreation and parks department, and others. oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s historic and cultural resources identified in this plan include: ✦Scenic views are among the City’s most prominent cultural and historic resources. ✦Though somewhat limited in number, historic homes and buildings dating from the 1930s and earlier dot the South Burlington landscape. ✦Some of South Burlington’s historic resources have not been identified or documented as they were not considered “historic” during the period when statewide inventories of historic resources were compiled (primarily in the 1980s). Key architectural resources that exemplify the City’s heritage should be recognized and protected in order to provide future generations of residents a physical connection to the period when South Burlington became a City. inVentory Views and Scenic Quality. There are a number of outstanding scenic views offered in South Burlington. From numerous locations in the City, one can see spectacular views of the Green Mountains to the east, and the Adirondacks and Lake Champlain to the west. The preservation of the scenic qualities of the City are critical to understanding its cultural landscape and heritage. Through careful planning, appropriate development design, and through acquisitions and easements, these vistas and viewshed protection zones can be protected for future generations to enjoy. In the 1990s, vista viewpoints were identified for 17 key locations in South Burlington. Of these, Viewshed Protection Zones are now in existence for six views including from the Nowland Farm Road area, Hinesburg Road- North, Hinesburg Road- South, Spear Street and Allen Road, and Spear Street at Overlook Park. Additional views, along with an evaluation matrix, were examined and are available in the 2014 Open Space Report. Historic Sites and Structures. The City of South Burlington has diverse historic resources, including archaeological resources that are not readily visible. Paleoindian archeological sites, landscape features such as stonewalls, historic farmsteads, Craftsman Style bungalows, International Style buildings, post-World War II neighborhoods, and a variety of roadside architecture make up the cultural landscape and history of South Burlington. These cultural resources are visual representations of the City’s heritage. Archaeological sites offer insight into the more distant past when people did not write and provide information about events and activities. South Burlington’s pre-contact and historic period archeological sites and historic buildings, structures and landscapes, help constitute its unique and diverse cultural heritage. Once these resources are gone, ecological strategies Strategy 64. Substantially restrict new subdivision and development from primary resource conservation areas to include hazardous and environmentally sensitive areas identified, mapped and regulated by the City. Minimize the adverse impacts of new subdivision and development, including resource fragmentation and encroachment, within secondary resource conservation areas, to include those resources of state or local significance as indicated on available resource maps, identified in available inventories and studies, and confirmed through site investigation. Strategy 65. Redefine open space in new developments such that usable, quality open space shall be required. Qualifying open space should include civic spaces, recreation, wildlife habitat, and usable agricultural lands. Strategy 66. Retain healthy and high-quality existing trees, vegetation, and publicly owned natural areas and woodlands. Develop long-range management plans for each area to foster their continued health and use. Strategy 67. Encourage public education about tree functions and tree disease inspection in urban areas through cooperation with the UVM Horticultural Farm and Vermont Department of Forest Parks, and Recreation, Urban and Community Forestry Program. Strategy 68. Maintain the City’s wildlife diversity, including making use of available planning and legal tools such as buffers, transfers of development rights, overlay zoning districts, conservation easements and other tools as appropriate. Strategy 69. Work with adjoining municipalities and regional entities to enact complementary land use policies where wildlife habitat areas cross City boundaries. Strategy 70. Maintain existing overall tree canopy. Set targets to increase overall tree canopy, with a focus on increasing tree canopy in urban areas and residential property parcels as identified in the Report on Existing and Potential Tree Canopy in the City of South Burlington (2014). Strategy 71. Foster passive recreational use of natural areas and identify areas that may be appropriate for an “off-limits” designation due to their fragile nature. B. Historic and Cultural Resources Historic and cultural resources in South Burlington include scenic views, natural areas, historic properties and structures, and growing community amenities provided by local organizations, individuals, and the City. The City’s history has been well documented through annual reports, oral histories, and publications, such as Look Around So. Burlington Vermont, South Burlington Vermont 1865-1965, and Know Your Community: South Burlington, Vermont 1865-1977. These publications provide a strong background of the City’s formation from the original City of Burlington and describe the majority of buildings that today would be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. As the community’s first subdivisions and commercial development enter their seventh decade, however, the built environment that is considered historic is growing. Cultural resources in the community have long been linked to those in neighboring communities, notably Burlington. The resources based in South Burlington have traditionally been scenic views, natural areas, parks, schools, the community library, and places of worship. These have been supplemented for many years by programming city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-108 2-109city of south burlington comprehensive plan begun to sew the City’s diverse and well-established neighborhoods together with its commercial areas and parks. Scenic Viewsheds. The City has identified a series of scenic viewpoints and established scenic view overlay districts in the Southeast Quadrant. Opportunities exist for additional overlay districts to be established elsewhere in the community and should be explored. Future needs and trends Ongoing development will place pressure on historic structures and properties to be renovated or replaced. Until recently, very few building in South Burlington would be considered “historic,” as much of initial development in the community took place beginning in the 1940s. As greater numbers of structures reach 50 years of age, some buildings or neighborhoods may become eligible for designation on the State or National Register of Historic Places. historic & cultural resource oBjectiVes Objective 31. Protect important vistas and viewsheds, as viewed from public vantage points (public roads, paths, land); and designated landscapes, sites and structures of historic and cultural significance. historic & cultural resource strategies Strategy 72. Using the data and process identified in the 2014 South Burlington Open Space study, establish view protection overlay districts in additional areas of the City and encourage designs that are visually harmonious with the natural landscape in view protection districts. Strategy 73. Use the state Register of Historic Places listing for the City to help assess the significance of historic buildings, structures and landscapes, and consider listing roadside architecture and post-World War II construction as historic properties. Strategy 74. Pursue an inventory of the City’s historic resources and consider regulatory tools that would require documentation of significant and identified historic or archeological resources before permitting their destruction. Strategy 75. Participate in appropriate reviews such as Act 250 or highway corridor hearings to protect important historical and cultural resources which may be threatened. C. Recreation Resources The City of South Burlington is home to an array of recreational facilities and programming. It is in part due to this that the City was named “Best Sports Town in Vermont” by Sports Illustrated in 2007. The challenge for the City - and community - is to balance the need for recreational facilities (developed and natural) with other uses of land, and to provide cost- effective services to residents of all ages, interests, and abilities. they can never be replaced. For certain time periods of history, these historic resources may be the only clues to our past. South Burlington is unique among Vermont communities as a large portion of South Burlington’s built environment was created during the years following World War II. While most would not consider the mid-20th century architecture of South Burlington to be historic, many of these sites and structures are historically significant. Those that are at least 50 years old may be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. A number of structures in South Burlington date from the 19th century. These include, among others, the Stone House at Van Sicklen Road and the Wheeler House at Swift and Dorset Streets. Cultural Facilities and Organizations. Cultural facilities in South Burlington include a combination of public and private sector venues, including the City-owned O’Brien Center at Jaycee Park. The Recreation and Parks Department manages this facility and offers a range of community recreational activities and programming year-round. Cultural organizations in the City include places of worship, service organizations and community groups. In many cases, organizations offering cultural programming in the area are regionally, rather than locally, based. The development of a community center would provide a much needed space for cultural organizations to gather. analysis and challenges Historic Sites and Structures. Care must be taken to appreciate South Burlington’s cultural landscape as a record of the City’s evolution from an agricultural to a booming post-war suburban community. A variety of components that make up South Burlington’s cultural landscape must be preserved in order to preserve elements of the City’s history. As the City develops, care should be taken to make development sensitive to the City’s historic and archaeological sites and structures. Destroying historic resources can sometimes permanently destroy opportunities to interpret and understand our history. As South Burlington continues to develop, the historic resources that represent the City’s past should be recognized and preserved as we plan for its future. Heritage Landscapes. Nestled within the Champlain Valley, South Burlington’s agricultural landscape is a critical part of the City’s cultural heritage. The remaining farmsteads and farmland, particularly in the Southeast Quadrant, represent the historical development patterns of the community and reflect its strong agrarian past. Whether remaining in active production or becoming conserved areas, these landscapes can become important cultural links in an open space network. Cultural Facilities and Organizations. The diverse geography of South Burlington and proximity to Burlington and other historic communities have historically made the presence and operation of cultural facilities and community-wide cultural organizations a challenge. The construction of the recreation path network has city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-110 2-111city of south burlington comprehensive plan activities, recognizing that each person is an individual with their own needs, abilities, and goals to be met during their leisure time.” The City’s comprehensive list of recreation programs range in age from pre-school to senior citizens’ activities. There are currently 377 various programs offered in a number of major groups including: youth programs, family activities, special events, adult programs, camp programs, junior programs, and senior programs. In addition, the City works with area community groups, nonprofits, neighboring municipalities, and the school district to coordinate and enhance programming available to the City’s residents. To a large extent, public school facilities house the vast majority of indoor programs, while the City’s recreation fields and parks provide the majority of the outdoor programming space. analysis and challenges Recreation Facility Planning. The rate, location, and type of new residential construction present a variety of considerations for recreation planning. The national goal of 7.5 acres of developed recreation land per 1,000 population has been endorsed by the Recreation and Leisure Arts Committee and Recreation Department. In South Burlington, residential development over the past decade has brought the City from being well above this target to close or slightly below. In addition, the distribution of community and neighborhood parks, while generally widespread, does not provide for easy pedestrian access for all residents. Maintenance and Safety. As the public path and park systems continue to grow, maintenance and safety are becoming increasingly important issues for the City to address. Maintenance is primarily the responsibility of the DPW’s Parks Division, supplemented by occasional volunteer efforts. Staff repairs, paves, paints, landscapes, sweeps, mows, and plows the City’s paths and parks as necessary and those costs are part of the City’s Public Works’ budget. It will be important for the City to retain a regular upkeep and revitalization plan for its recreational facilities. Recreation Programming. The Recreation and Parks Department offers a wide array of programs, including sports, art, hobby, and educational programs, play groups and fitness, and serves community members from pre-school to seniors. In 2012 more than 420 programs were offered, in various City, school, or privately owned facilities. A major obstacle that the department faces is that there is very limited space assigned only to these programs. The recreation and parks department is largely dependent on availability of spaces within the schools to offer the majority of its programs. It receives the second highest priority for the use of school spaces, next to school activities themselves. While this partnership is successful on many levels, there are still direct costs involved, lack of control in scheduling the spaces themselves, and with the length of a regular school day, the schools are prohibitive in providing recreational activities for preschoolers and oVerView Key issues and needs related to the City’s cultural resources identified in this plan include: ✦The City has a number of developed parks, but they are heavily used and not equally geographically distributed. ✦Growing interest in undeveloped, natural recreation areas has provided new opportunities and additional acquisition and maintenance demands on the City and other local and regional partners. ✦Recreational programming remains extremely popular and must regularly adapt to changing demographics within the community. ✦Recreation & Parks operates under three main pillars: Conservation, Health & Wellness, and Social Equity. inVentory Recreational Facilities. The City of South Burlington is home to a diverse range of recreational facilities. A comprehensive listing of parks, public and private, can be found in the Community Facilities chapter of this Plan. Funding. The City has used a number of strategies to acquire and upgrade both developed parks and City natural areas. In past years, South Burlington has taken great advantage of the federal Land and Water Conservation Fund. More recently, in 2000, City voters approved a special dedicated property tax of 1 cent to purchase open space or development rights to open space. The tax yielded approximately $270,000 in FY216 and is anticipated to grow commensurate with the grand list each year. In 2010, the use of these funds was expanded to allow for up to five percent of the annual funds to be used for maintenance of open space. Another implementation measure used to acquire parkland is through the assessment of recreation impact fees on new development. The City adopted its Impact Fee Ordinance, which includes recreation fees, in 1995. The payment of an impact fee is preferred where it is not practical to dedicate a park site due to the size, density or location of a proposed subdivision. There is a strict requirement as to how this money can be spent and there is also a time limit as to how it can be spent. A third strategy has been the requirement of dedication of public park space alongside larger development projects via the Land Development Regulations. Recreation Programming. Recreation programs are fundamental to the quality of life of people, our community, and society as a whole. Quality of life for people and the community can encompass a number of factors. Among those factors are individual, community, environmental, and economic benefits. The mission statement for the City’s recreation and parks department is reflected in the wide-range of programming opportunities offered: “To enhance the quality of life for all citizens of our community by providing meaningful and fulfilling leisure time city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-112 2-113city of south burlington comprehensive plan Strategy 80. Seek opportunities to establish additional public access and parkland along Lake Champlain. Strategy 81. Establish a public recreation path along Lake Champlain. D. Agricultural Resources Agricultural activity in the City has a long and evolving history. Evidence of spear tips and other archeological artifacts indicate settlement and probable small-scale agricultural activity for centuries prior to the establishment of permanent settlements in the late 18th century. From that point forward, many farms were established in the community, focused on the products that were typical of the Champlain Valley: sheep, dairy cows, grains, etc. As substantial development began to occur in the community in the 1940s, the number and scale of farms began to decline. South Burlington today continues to have an agricultural presence, but it is one that is physically and economically very different from the past. This chapter includes an inventory, analysis, and overall policy strategy of the agricultural resources within the City. This chapter is supplemented by the discussions and analyses within the land use chapters of the plan. oVerView and inVentory The City of South Burlington is a largely urbanized community with only a small number of traditional farm parcels remaining. In recent years, however, new forms of agriculture, from small vegetable farms to backyard gardens and farmers markets, have emerged and started to become a significant part of the City’s landscape and economic and cultural base. Existing agricultural resources in the City include: ✦Large-Scale Farms and Support Fields. The City is home to a small number of large agricultural or hay field parcels dispersed throughout the City. Those include the dairy, hay, and corn fields owned and operated by the University of Vermont adjacent to Spear Street, a dairy farm operation at the extreme northern end of the City, the University of Vermont’s Horticultural Farm off Shelburne Road, and farm and hay fields along Old Farm Road, Hinesburg Road, and Cheesefactory Road. Most of these, with the exception of the UVM lands and Belter Farm off Ethan Allen Drive, have reverted from active farm operation to minimal use as hay fields over the past generation. The City did, however, became host to a new operation in 2009, with the conservation of the former Leduc parcel and the establishment of the Bread and Butter Farm on approximately 140-acres split between Shelburne and South Burlington along Cheese Factory Road. This new farm includes beef, vegetable production, and an on-farm bakery. ✦Small-Scale Farms and Orchards. A handful of smaller-scale agricultural operations are spread throughout the City. These operations are typically the elderly, both significant needs that currently exist in our community. Alternative building space to provide for these types of activities is essential. There remains an additional need for outdoor playing fields as well. Over the years, many traditional sports programs have transitioned into three-season sports placing a huge demand on facility spaces. In addition, many spaces are used for multi-sports events. Since there are limited designated field areas, additional playing spaces have developed out of necessity, and do not provide adequate space for the demand. Additional City parkland is needed to adequately provide facility space for various youth and adult sports programs Future trends and needs As our population demographics continue to shift, so do our facility and programming needs. Trends show an aging population that has strong interests in lower-impact recreation. Trends from the past two decades also indicate continued strong and growing interest in youth developed recreation facilities; there is an identified lack of lacrosse and soccer fields. The City will need to balance needs for open space and developed and passive recreation space and balance new facilities and expected level of service with an ability to provide such services. recreation oBjectiVes Objective 32. Provide for the varied recreational needs and interests of its citizens by providing areas and facilities for passive recreation, active sports, cultural and educational programs, and civic gatherings. Objective 33. Provide public access to natural areas within the City’s more urban and suburban neighborhoods, for passive outdoor recreation and education. Objective 34. Use the strategies in this plan to maintain the targeted ratio of open space to population/ level of service standards as outlined in the South Burlington Open Space Report (2014). recreation strategies Strategy 76. Refine and implement acquisition criteria and evaluation of land for the highest community need. Strategy 77. Work with private developers to integrate additional public parks into the recreation system; create sufficient active recreation fields to enable restoration and maintenance. Strategy 78. Increase accessibility in parks, such that they may be enjoyed by all residents regardless of age, interest, and physical ability consistent with the proposed use of a recreation parcel and activity. Regularly evaluate and modify programming based on changing demographics. Strategy 79. Work towards providing access to a park or qualifying open space area within a one-mile safe walk from each neighborhood in the City, and provide each neighborhood with a small park, mini-park, neighborhood park, community green or meeting area. Utilize Gap Analysis map from 2014 Open Space Report to identify needs for neighborhood parks. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-114 2-115city of south burlington comprehensive plan analysis and challenges The role of agriculture in Vermont, and particularly in larger communities such as South Burlington, is evolving extremely quickly. Not long ago farming and agriculture were considered to have a limited role in the City’s future, with the continued operation of a handful of historic farms but little else. Growing public interest in local goods has shifted this trend and resulted in the establishment of several new farms, CSA drop-offs, and a farmers market in recent years. The State of Vermont in its Farm to Plate Strategic Plan has stated: “Ongoing conservation efforts, especially for prime agricultural farmland, are essential to the future viability of farming in the State.... zoning ordinances, town and regional plans, and statewide planning legislation must be reviewed and adapted to encourage local agriculture and food distribution.” Several opportunities and challenges present themselves with this increased interest in local food production. Among them: ✦High Cost of Land. The high value of land in South Burlington is among the principal reasons for the decline in large-scale farming operations in the community over time. These same financial circumstances place pressure on smaller operations as well, but could be somewhat be mitigated against through site planning, as in the instance of the South Village community. Land use planning tools including the use of Transferable Development Rights in the Southeast Quadrant may help conserve existing farmland by clustering development and designating agricultural land as non-developable. ✦Agricultural-Residential Interface. Vermont law provides for significant protection for farming activities in the state. In some cases, conflicts can arise between agricultural operations and residential activities, including odor, hours of operations, and deliveries. In South Burlington, the limited scale of agriculture over the past generation has led to relatively few conflicts. These issues are beginning to reappear, however, as some residents express interest in the small-scale keeping of animals and/or sale of products from farm stands. The City will need to continue to monitor this relationship, striving for harmony. ✦Shortage of Community Gardens. Existing community garden space in South Burlington is limited and has significant waiting lists. The existing gardens are located in the Southeast Quadrant. At present, there is no municipal mechanism for the creation or management of new gardens in the community. ✦Permanence of the Farmers Market. The majority of farmers markets in Vermont are hosted on municipal land by municipal entities or non-profit organizations under license from the municipality. The recently initiated South Burlington Market is managed entirely by the private sector (Common Roots) upon receipt of a permit from the City. The future existence of this market is dependent upon interest from the private sector to continue this operation and the availability of private open land for its operation. The City may want to explore the possibility of a stronger role and/or partnership in the operations in the future. part-time work for those who operate them and vary in the products they offer. They are a relatively new addition to the South Burlington agricultural landscape. Of note are a small handful of “backyard” farms operated by homeowners and a small farm that has been integrated into the South Village development as a part of its overall mission of sustainability. ✦Community Gardens. At present, there are two sets of public community gardens in the City; one on land owned by the University of Vermont at the corner of Swift and Spear Streets, the other which is owned and operated at the Wheeler Nature Park Homestead on Dorset Street. Both of these have waiting lists. ✦Farmers Markets. In 2010, the City Council passed an ordinance formally allowing for privately operated farmers markets to exist. In response, after a trial run, a private retailer in the City operated a biweekly market throughout the 2010 growing season. It remains successful and is currently operated weekly from spring through fall, and managed by the nonprofit group, Common Roots. The market has included more than 40 vendors, including a handful of operations based here in South Burlington. ✦CSA Drop-Off / Pick-Ups. CSA’s are a response to growing demands for community-supported agriculture programs in the region, wherein households pre-pay for farm products from local growers and receive regular deliveries. These programs are so popular that in addition to nearby farms, several farmers in northern Vermont have established local drop-off points in the community. These sites allow for the producers to have centralized distribution and for households to have convenient pick up locations. ✦Private Gardens. There appears to be a growing trend within the City for households to use garden space for growing fruits and vegetables. Much of the soil in South Burlington is well suited to growing vegetables. In 2010, with an update in 2015, the South Burlington City Council also passed an ordinance allowing for the keeping of chickens in residential back yards. ✦Nonprofit Organizations, Vermont Fresh Network and Local Retailers. In recent years, the interest in local agricultural systems has grown substantially. This has been reflected in South Burlington by the establishment of nonprofit community groups such as Common Roots, which is dedicated to teaching school children how to grow food and prepare food and make healthy food choices, as well as in the in for-profit community. An increasing number of local retailers are carrying Vermont-made products to meet consumer demand, including some products that are produced or headquartered in South Burlington. In addition, a handful of area restaurants are members of the Vermont Fresh Network of business committed to buying locally- produced fresh foods whenever possible. ✦Changing forms of agriculture for the future include: agroforestry, edible forest gardens, permaculture design, and rotational grazing. city of south burlington comprehensive plan 2-1172-116 city of south burlington comprehensive plan Future trends and needs Regional and national trends suggest that small-scale, locally produced agriculture will continue to increase in popularity in the coming years. With this will likely be continued interest in identifying ways in which South Burlington residents and businesses will have access to local foods. The City will need to continue to evolve and adapt to these community interests, balancing the positive and negative impacts for its residents. additional resources ✦South Burlington Sustainable Agriculture / Food Security Final Re- port (2013) agriculture oBjectiVes Objective 35. Conserve productive farmland and primary agricultural soils within the City. Objective 36. Support new farmers and entrepreneurs within the City who produce food for local consumption. Objective 37. Enable, encourage, and incentivize agriculture and local food production dispersed throughout the City. agriculture strategies Strategy 82. Facilitate local farmers’ ability to sell and process their products within the City and use the Land Development Regulations to incentivize urban agriculture and local food production in the City. Strategy 83. Where appropriate, actively use City-owned land for agricultural education, and for urban agriculture and local food production including community gardens and leasing of land to commercial farmers. Strategy 84. Encourage new development, particularly residential or mixed-use projects that include homes without private yards, to create community garden space. Strategy 85. Distribute community gardens throughout the City so that gardens are within walking or biking distance for all City residents. Strategy 86. Explore state law related to the regulation of small livestock and bees, with the goal of increasing participation. Strategy 87. Encourage more value-added food processors who can strengthen and benefit from the quality of the Vermont brand to locate in South Burlington and bring more quality jobs to the city. 2.6. Achievements & Ongoing Actions The City has a proud history of not only crafting thoughtful Comprehensive Plans, but implementing them throughout the planning period and beyond. What was a vision yesterday is a reality today. These important elements are in progress, and many are even self-sustaining. However, the importance of these goals should not be lost, nor should the ongoing actions associated with them be halted. As such, this section is included to retain them, keep sight of them, and honor their achievements. general ✦Continue to refine the City’s Land Development Regulations to promote the Plan’s goals and objectives. ✦Continue to collaborate with the South Burlington School District in master planning efforts and work together to regularly assess community facility needs. ✦Continue to provide a K-12 educational system allows students to meet or exceed state and national targets for attainment. ✦Continue to work collaboratively with the University of Vermont in master planning efforts. ✦Continue to cooperate with the towns of Williston and Shelburne to plan compatible uses and densities along town boundary lines. ✦Continue to monitor municipal functions, including water and wastewater facilities, government operations, andschool activities, to be cost and energy efficient. ✦Continue to make efficent use of boards and committees while continuing to proactively and robustly solicit feedback from all community stakeholders. social inFrastructure ✦Continue to regularly update the City’s All Hazards Mitigation Plan and Emergency Response Plan. ✦Continue a policy of community policing, a partnership program that relies on ongoing commitment from all involved to establish and maintain partnerships with the community and limit the underlying causes of crime. ✦Maintain adequate staffing and training levels for first response departments within the City of South Burlington and continue to develop mutual aid relationships. ✦Continue to build and reinforce diverse, walkable neighborhoods that offer a good quality of life by designing and locating new and renovated housing in a context-sensitive manner. ✦Continue to support affordable, elderly and/or higher-density housing to be located near schools, parks, shopping centers, employment centers, day care facilities, transportation corridors, emergency services, and public transportation. city of south burlington comprehensive plan2-118 2-119city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Continue to provide a range of residential zoning densities throughout the City in accordance with the Land Use chapter of this plan to allow for continued construction of new housing to meet the needs of the region’s changing demographics, including at least some districts that foster high- density housing and some that foster affordable moderately-priced single- family housing. ✦Continue to partner with regional housing providers to develop new affordable housing and continue to expand the range of housing options available at all price and rent levels in South Burlington. ✦Continue to encourage and consider incentivizing neighborhoods that use a mix of housing types and integrate different types next to each other, rather than creating monoculture of one type of housing. gray inFrastructure ✦Continue the City’s membership in CCTA to provide continued bus service in and through South Burlington, and ensure that timely routes and related infrastructure are available to meet the needs of changing populations. Service should be concentrated in and link areas of densest development, while still serving populations with highest needs. ✦Continue to upgrade city-owned lighting to energy efficient and low maintenance LED lighting. ✦Continue to implement a complete streets policy that contemplates sidewalks, crosswalks, crossing signals, bicycle paths, and bicycle lanes as appropriate in funding applications for new roads and roadway improvements. ✦Continue to partner with private property owners to construct and maintain stormwater treatment facilities for existing impervious area. ✦Continue to maintain the City’s existing transportation system through ongoing, strategic investment. ✦Continue to develop infrastructure (largely communications) to allow more people to work from home. Blue inFrastructure ✦Continue managing stormwater runoff to reduce the effects of both erosion and pollution in reference to the Environmental Protection Agency’s total maximum daily loads (TMDLs). ✦Continue water system design and improvement planning that would result in improved fire protection flows and water supply. ✦Continue to require construction and inspect new water lines at standards that will ensure low long-term maintenance costs and the reduction of non- revenue water loss. ✦Continue to work with landowners through the development review process to implement the infrastructure plan for the City’s water supply and wastewater system. ✦Continue to enforce the floodplain regulations to protect floodprone areas and minimize fluvial erosion. ✦Continue to annually certify the Emergency Operations Plan. ✦Continue to review the Hazard Mitigation Plan on a regular basis and follow- up on action steps. ✦Continue to comply with Federal Stormwater permits mandating water quality improvements. Ensure such improvements are sufficiently funded through the Stormwater Utility. green inFrastructure ✦Continue to coordinate state and federal wetlands programs to conserve and restore Class II and Class III wetlands within the City. ✦Continue to undertake education initiatives, use best management practices, and comply with requirements for erosion control measures and illicit discharge monitoring to minimize polluted stormwater runoff, in accordance with the City’s municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) permit. ✦Continue to make use of the City’s Open Space Fund to purchase lands or related rights, and to maintain these lands, for purposes of conservation of ecological and wildlife habitat and productive farmland and for purchase of recreational lands in line with the goals of this Plan. ✦Continue to work towards the elimination of pesticide use in the community. ✦Continue to maintain Veterans Memorial Park as the hub of community activity and pursue development of the community center and aquatics facilities proposed in the 1989 Dorset Street Park Master Plan and updated in the management plan for a community aquatic center approved by the City Council in 1999. ✦Continue to use techniques available to the City to conserve important and connected natural areas identified in the City’s Open Space Strategy, Southeast Quadrant Open Space Plan, and other research. ✦Continue ongoing partnerships in education related to natural areas within the City. ✦Continue to retain the City’s existing inventory of street trees and increase both the variety and number of street trees through regular maintenance. land use Planning areas ✦Continue to facilitate the use of transfer of development rights within the SEQ zoning district to achieve the smart growth objectives for the SEQ. ✦Continue to allow a neighborhood commercial center along Dorset Street in the area of the Chittenden Cider Mill. ✦Maintain Spear Street as a north-south collector using access and traffic management techniques and pedestrian pathways and crossings. ✦Continue to allow neighborhood areas with a buildable density of between four and eight units per acre, using development rights transferred from areas in the SEQ designated for conservation or protection. ✦Continue to allow a small mixed-use commercial node similar to the R7-NC district in the vicinity of the IO district, near Hinesburg Road. city of south burlington comprehensive plan 3-12-120 city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Continue to limit uses in the Industrial-Open Space District to light manufacturing, research and testing, and office uses, and take steps through zoning and development review to limit potential adverse impacts on adjacent natural areas and residential neighborhoods. ✦Continue to ensure that the open space and buffer area provisions are consistent with the SEQ Concept Plan and lead to the creation of usable, attractive conserved spaces. ✦Continue to permit and require an integrated mix of housing in the SEQ zoning district. ✦Continue the designation of a three hundred foot buffer around the perimeter of the Great Swamp and Cheese Factory Swamp as an additional primary natural area subject to the same limits on disturbance, development or subdivision. ✦Continue the designation of lands within a three hundred foot buffer area around the perimeter of the other Primary Natural Areas, and the lands within Secondary Natural Areas, as a supplemental restricted area with limitations on development, subdivision, and disturbance. 3: Land Use PLan The quality of life, character, livability and viability of a community depends, to a very large extent, on its land use pattern. Decisions made over time on how to use the land greatly influence the quality and livability of our residential neighborhoods, economic viability of our businesses, transportation efficiency and safety, accessibility to work, shopping, and school, quality of air and water, and the overall character or image of a community. The land use plan is the fundamental element of the overall comprehensive plan. It provides strong guidance for all future development and redevelopment in the community and directly affects all other elements contained in the plan. 3.1. Current Land Use deVeloPMent Patterns From its rural agricultural beginnings and its establishment as a separate municipality in 1865, South Burlington has grown and changed to a growing City with an exceptionally large range and diversity of land uses. The City’s growth, and the diversity of its land use changes, is largely due to its location. South Burlington is “Vermont’s transportation crossroads.” It is the site of Burlington International Airport and the busiest exit on Interstate 89. It hosts many growing, high employment industries such as GE Healthcare, Ben & Jerry’s, and Keurig Green Mountain among others, and is very close to the state’s other major employment centers of Burlington, Williston and Essex Junction. The University of Vermont, which straddles the Burlington-South Burlington City line, and the University of Vermont Medical Center in Burlington further drive the City’s land use change environment and the mix of uses. South Burlington’s land use environment is completely unique in Vermont. The City has everything from the state’s major airport to working dairy farms within its borders, but none of the “…historic settlement pattern of compact village and urban centers separated by rural countryside” that is the historic “ideal” of Vermont. As a result, South Burlington’s land use cannot be understood or managed in terms of the “traditional Vermont landscape”; it is its own community, and it will continue to be shaped uniquely through the decisions made by its leaders, landowners and citizens. From 1865 to 1945, the community consisted of a number of large farms. Streets built as connections to the neighboring City of Burlington were the most influential factor in determining where growth would develop: to the present, the greatest concentration of housing and commercial development exist along the Route 2 and Route 7 corridors. However, there has never been an historic center to give the city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-2 3-3city of south burlington comprehensive plan 3.2. Future Land Use A. Overview of the City’s Land Use land use Planning Background Future Use of Land. The City’s 1985 Comprehensive Plan set in place a number of policies that attempted to redirect the City’s development pattern into a planned pattern that would, over time, support greater transit use, create a variety of residential options, and develop concentrated economic and social activity in local service centers. The plan called for directing development to the City’s existing urban core via higher densities and infrastructure investment, creating a mixed-use, high density City center, and encouraging more pedestrian and transit friendly development along the City’s major arterials. Since then, the City has set out to continue and strengthen the land use policies contained in the 1985 plan. The 1991 Plan reinforced these goals and added another: to increase efforts to protect important natural areas and open spaces, namely in the Southeast Quadrant. This became the main land use theme of the 2001 Comprehensive Plan, which also recommended preparation of an open space plan, and recommended a complete re- evaluation of the land use plan for the Southeast Quadrant. These goals were carried through the 1996 and 2001 plans. Studies and planning work completed by the Planning Commission from 2000 through 2006 directly carried out many of these recommendations. An Open Space Strategy was completed in 2001 and was followed by three Southeast Quadrant studies: The Ecological Assessment (2004) Bird Habitat Study (2004), and a new master land use plan for the SEQ (2005). The 2006 Plan included a revised and expanded chapter on the Southeast Quadrant, reflecting the results of the studies and input and complementing the zoning regulations amendments passed that same year encouraging preservation of the areas of greatest ecological significance, creating a new village center on Dorset Street around the Chittenden Cider Mill, and making public investments in a series of connected parks and paths woven around new, walkable and connected residential neighborhoods through use of a Transfer of Development Rights (TDR) program; continued implementation is strongly supported by this plan as well. The focus on infill has also seen great progress in the past decade. The Farrell Street/O’Dell Parkway development, with over 400 new housing units as well as redevelopment of the old Mall 189 complex, is a model new neighborhood that has received notice throughout New England. Many smaller infill projects were proposed and built after the Planning Commission completed zoning amendments that reduced or eliminated minimum lot sizes, frontage requirements and large setbacks, and that increased the base density in the City’s core and corridors from seven to 12 or 15 units per acre. community an economic or visual focal point. The post-war suburbanization trends common in the rest of the nation strongly affected South Burlington, long before Vermont’s statewide land use statutes were in place. Predominantly single-family home neighborhoods such as Mayfair Park, the Orchards and the Airport Parkway area sprouted along Williston Road and Shelburne Road at the advent of the Fannie Mae-driven post-war housing boom. Strip commercial development along the same roads came when greater prosperity and access to vehicles allowed Vermonters to change their shopping, employment and living patterns. Eventually, as the region’s economy grew and modernized, demand for single-family housing spilled over into the Southeast Quadrant and led to the subdivisions that began to appear there in the late 1980s and 1990s. Since the 1990s, the City has sought to redirect land development into planned districts and corridors. Balancing residential and commercial/employment growth at roughly a 50/50 mix has been a goal since the early 1990s; more recently, this goal has been expanded to incorporate additional goals such as infill and redevelopment in developed corridors, and creating a greenspace network throughout the City. Thus, the land use plan in this Comprehensive Plan builds on work done over many years to expand and refine these concepts. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-4 3-5city of south burlington comprehensive plan quadrant or district, this chapter provides an overview of existing land use, projected future land use, key planning issues, and transition areas. The quadrants/districts discussed in this plan include the: ✦Central District, including City Center and surrounding areas; ✦Northwest Quadrant, including areas west of the Airport and north of I-89, exclusive of the Central District; ✦Northeast Quadrant, including the Burlington International Airport and areas north of I-89; ✦Southwest Quadrant, including the Shelburne Road corridor; ✦Southeast Quadrant, including areas south of 1-89 and east of Spear Street. Context and Connections. These sections are intended to complement the more thorough inventories and analyses of the Green, Grey, Blue, and Social Infrastructure chapters by highlighting some of the notable opportunities and challenges within the quadrant or district. Plans and concepts for future use of land in each quadrant or district is tied closely to the analysis, objectives, and strategies enumerated within the other chapters of this Plan. Each of the chapters are intended to be read together, guided by the community-wide goals set forth in this plan. Future land use MaP The future land use plan is accompanied by a map of the same name (Map #11). This map depicts the five quadrants/district described above, and provides for a series of broad categories of planned land use and intensity. The features on this map are purposefully blended, so as not to focus on a specific parcel or delineation between land use features. That level of specificity is left to the Official Zoning Map. Future Land Use Categories Land use intensity can be difficult to define, is almost always relative, and can often be controversial. It is often erroneously interchanged with the concept of density, particularly as a measure of housing units per acre. Instead, intensity is a reflection of many measurables and immeasurables, including types of uses, number of residents, square footage, massing and heights of buildings, clustering and lot coverages, proximity to roadways, type and frequency of roadways. The purpose of the future land use map is not to define residential building density or enumerate the specific figures for other factors of land development intensity, but to provide guidance to the related Land Development Regulations, such that the distribution and relative effect of these developments is in keeping with the City’s overall goals. The Future Land Use Map is a reflection of these goals and has been arranged into the following relative categories: ✦Very low intensity, principally open space. These lands emphasize conservation, water quality, and wildlife protection. While development is In the past five years, the City has initiated studies and actions to further support quality mixed use environments along its primary corridors, including the US Route 2 Corridor Study, Williston Road network analysis, and Shelburne Road corridor studies. The City has also pushed forward with the development of City Center, gaining State New Town Center, Neighborhood Development Area, and Tax Increment Finance District designations, advancing the design / reconstruction of Market Street, Garden Street, and Dumont / City Center Park. At the same time, the Chamberlin neighborhood adjacent to the Burlington International Airport has seen some of its housing stock removed due to a noise mitigation/ home buying program funded by the FAA and administered by the airport. Establishing a new integrated transition between these two land uses will be a focus over the next several years. This 2016 Plan seeks to further build upon these core attributes, focusing on strengthening policies in support of the Goals of the Community listed in this Plan. General Land Use Objectives Objective 38. The majority of all new development will occur within the Shelburne Road, Williston Road, and Kennedy Drive Corridors, and other areas within the Transit service area. Objective 39. Prioritize development that occurs within the community into the higher intensity areas identified within this Plan. General Land Use Strategies Strategy 88. Allow phasing on individual projects as needed to ensure that development occurs only in conformance with the City’s ability to provide services. Strategy 89. Participate in Act 250 reviews on both local and regional projects which affect the City. Strategy 90. Assure that designated open space areas are consistent with the district (zone) in which they are located and physically and functionally suitable for their intended use. B. Future Land Use Plan Overview. It is the intent of this Plan to maintain an effective balance between green space, natural areas, residential, commercial and industrial development. The future land use plan strives to reflect the overall goals of the City and to balance the various objectives and strategies of this document. Planning Areas. This plan designates a series of four quadrants and one district that share common geography, land use, and transportation patterns, and where the goals, objectives, and strategies of this plan will require careful consideration. For each city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-6 3-7city of south burlington comprehensive plan of large scale non-shared parking should be discouraged. Open spaces are part of the public realm. Building heights, lot coverages, and other building dimensions are higher than other future land use areas. Together, these broad categories are intended to encompass key issues and areas addressed in this Comprehensive Plan and provide an overall framework for implementation of the plan. Land use policies for these areas are reflected under the objectives and strategies of the Plan and enacted through the various tools described in the implementation section of the Plan and elsewhere. Categories purposefully blend into one another and in some cases blend into a white background. These blended areas include transitional areas within the City, where the land development regulations and other policy documents of the City may specify tools for effectively managing changes in intensity, land use patterns, resources, or transportation patterns. Finally, a series of themes that cross through multiple neighborhoods, such as mixed use corridors, transition areas, and natural resource corridors discussed in the text are depicted on the map. C. Land Use Planning Areas central district Area Included. The Central District encompasses the planned civic, social, and economic core of the City and includes a diverse mix of commercial corridors, transportation systems, multi-family housing, schools, undeveloped land, and designated parks. It includes the Williston Road corridor from I-89 to Hinesburg Road, and portions of the Dorset Street and Hinesburg Road corridors north of Kennedy Drive. Current Land Use. The Central District includes an eclectic diversity of land uses, predominantly commercial, that partially interact with one another. Developed largely as commercial and employment centers to serve nearby residential neighborhoods and travelers beginning in the 1940s, this area slowly evolved into a loose “center” of South Burlington. Today, this includes three schools and related grounds, City Hall, Fire Station #1, retail, office, and medical establishments along Williston Road and Dorset Street, the University Mall and Blue Mall, and a limited number of multi- family residential homes. Immediately surrounding the District are several residential neighborhoods. These distinct uses are connected together via the three principal arterials in the area and a pair of natural areas, but virtually no secondary streets. These principal arterials serve both local and regional traffic. The result is a “core” to the community that is both closely linked via geography and transportation and also separated from itself in terms of pedestrian activity or shared sense of community. not inherently prohibited, these areas reflect the lowest building densities in the City. Uses other than open space and agriculture should have restrictive regulations and minimize their footprint. Primary and secondary natural resources are given priority and disturbance is to be carefully avoided or minimized. Land development regulations should provide ease of approval for open spaces, including agricultural land and related uses. Roadways and other breaks should be minimized and carefully planned to avoid negative impacts to wildlife corridors. ✦Lower intensity, principally residential. Fostering a strong sense of neighborhood, these areas are primarily residential in use, with number of units and size of buildings to be among the lowest in the City. Open spaces are accessible and thoughtfully arranged as community gathering places, and roadways should be largely limited to local traffic with low volumes. While residential dwellings need not be all detached, the general character and appearance is that of a single family neighborhood. Building heights reflect this character. Small lots and small buildings are encouraged. Commercial uses are limited to those serving a small or local population. More intense commercial or industrial uses should be avoided. ✦Medium intensity, residential to mixed use. These areas support an increased diversity of housing options, with increased building density and slightly increased building heights over lower density residential areas. Housing should be clustered, with residents offered shared amenities and shared open spaces. Otherwise, these lands are similar in characteristics to the Low Intensity Primarily Residential lands. This category may incorporate limited amounts of non-residential uses and activities where the context is appropriate. ✦Medium to higher intensity, principally non-residential. Intended to foster high quality jobs, these lands provide for medium to large scale industrial, educational, mechanical and office park environments, among other related uses. Their aesthetics should reflect quality design and promote South Burlington as a welcoming place to work and do business. Residential uses are largely discouraged. Land coverage provides for sufficient green infrastructure, and respect primary natural resources, with slightly relaxed controls for wider roadways, increased parking, and lot coverages. Multi- modal transport services these areas. Development here should be respectful of lower intensity uses where they abut. ✦Medium to higher intensity, mixed use. These lands are intended to be the most compact and most intensely developed in the City and support employment. Residential densities are higher than other designations, as a matter of allowance and as a goal. Housing options are varied, but focus primarily on multi-family dwellings. Uses should be mixed within the block, and mixed within buildings whenever possible. Infrastructure is efficient, and transportation is emphasized towards pedestrians and cyclists and provision city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-8 3-9city of south burlington comprehensive plan housing and employment in an area well served by public transit and existing public utilities, and create linkages to existing neighborhoods in the area. The Williston Road, Dorset Street and San Remo Drive sections of the Central District contain significant opportunities for redevelopment. Initially built as low-density, strip- and mall-type commercial development (and light industrial development along San Remo Drive), these areas are witnessing a transformation toward more compact development. Over the past 30 years, zoning in the area has been updated to encourage more mixed use, walkable development. In 2015, the City is in the final stages of adopting entirely new regulations in the area that focus on quality built form, a reduced emphasis on land uses, and a streamlined review process. This is being coupled with opportunities for Tax Increment Financing investments through public-private partnerships to support high quality, urban scale development. Eventually strip-development will be replaced or filled in with higher value, compact development, more efficiently using land in this core area and supporting walkability throughout. The City has also sought and received a New Town Center and Neighborhood Development Area designations. These are important tools to support compact, pedestrian and bicycle-friendly infill development. The boundaries of these districts should be regularly evaluated and modified as appropriate to best meet the future needs of the community. A limited amount of undeveloped land encompasses adjacent Market Street and the future Garden Street. This area represents an additional opportunity to link together parts of the Central District and provide further opportunities for compact, infill development. The intent for this entire area – developed and undeveloped – is to create an environment that has all of the elements, functions, programing and features to become South Burlington’s principal downtown area. Similarly, the intent of this Plan is to integrate this area seamlessly into the fabric of its adjacent areas – schools, neighborhoods, and transportation corridors. The existence of these surrounding areas represents a built-in market for and geographic delineation to the City Center area as a whole. The conceptual plans for City Center do envision the development of a portion of the Central School lot, or allow for a future closure and redevelopment of the site as a whole. This concept of closing the school was the subject of substantial public discourse in 2015. The community has invested heavily in the City Center area in recent years. The concept for a City Center dates back into the 1980s, as noted in the introduction to this Chapter, but has seen a significant uptick in the past five years. Projects underway include: ✦Design and construction of Market Street (including permitting related to Federal funding); Future Land Use. The vision for the Central District is to effectively blend existing neighborhoods, commercial areas, natural areas, underdeveloped properties, and undeveloped lands into the true downtown of South Burlington. This downtown will provide increased connectivity through new cross streets; support an integrated mix of housing, retail, and employment; and be a primary focus point for compact, walkable development within the City. This area, and specifically the areas along both sides of Dorset Street, Williston Road, San Remo Drive, and along the existing and planned Market Street and Garden Street, has been an area of intense community effort and energy. This area is intended to not only create a focal point for the City by unifying the entire district through infill development, but also to support a significant portion of the local demand for commercial development and multi-family housing in a compact, sustainable manner. South Burlington’s City Center initiative, which encompasses much of this District, will support this objective by establishing and enhancing public buildings and gathering spaces, and building or reconstructing a series of streets that would connect to the principal corridors in the area. Combined, these provide opportunities for Planned State Designation Areas - Central District city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-10 3-11city of south burlington comprehensive plan These challenges are being addressed incrementally by various partners and parties. In 2009, the Chittenden County Transportation Authority redesigned its bus service in the area, creating a new route centered on the Williston Road corridor that offers 15-minute headways at peak hours. Zoning in the area, meanwhile, is transitioning to encourage more pedestrian-friendly site design. Additional service is under discussion and will be an integral part of a successful downtown. New streets north and south of Williston Road are proposed and planned to create better connectivity for all users, improve safety at state identified high crash locations, make more people-friendly environments, and relieve pressure from key intersections. New street design standards and specific roadway improvements are under development that support the complete streets approach. Planning for City Center includes the adoption and approval from the State for a Tax Increment Finance District in the area to support needed transportation infrastructure improvements, such as the redevelopment of Market Street, Williston Road streetscape improvements, a bicycle and pedestrian bridge over I-89 connecting City Center to the residential areas and University of Vermont campus, and structured parking. It is also recognized that the City will have a greater tollerance level for slower- moving vehicle traffic in the vicinity of City Center. Compact, pedestrian- friendly, urban areas are not intended to prioritze high-speed, pass-through vehicluar movement. ✦Public Amenities and Open Space. The community vision for City Center calls for the establishment of one or more public amenities to serve as a focal point for the community. The lack of any such amenities – aside from informal walking trails through Dumont Park – is a missing link in the core of the City. Recreational facilities are available at the schools in the area, but there is no formal public gathering area save for the bandshell at Veterans Memorial Park, located nearly 1.5 miles south of the Dorset Street/Williston Road intersection, and Jaycee Park within the Chamberlin neighborhood. Planning for City Center includes a new public library, City hall, and/or recreation center, a central gathering place and public events locale, as well as open space in the vicinity of Potash Brook and walking trails that would lead across the Brook to Dumont Park. In addition to these, gateway artwork and gathering points are envisioned for the area. The gathering place is planned to be in the range of ½ to 2 acres in size, be located near public facilities, clearly accessible to the public, and bear a close relationship and interaction with adjacent development. The presence of these community facilities is an integral component of this area. They will transform a retail area into a true downtown. The use of Tax Increment Financing to support these facilities was approved by the Vermont Economic Progress Council in recognition of the critical role, economic and social, that community facilities play in a successful downtown. ✦Design of Garden Street, to connect the Healthy Living/Trader Joe’s area to Midas Drive, Al’s French Frys and White Street and improve nearby intersections; ✦Design and construction of stormwater facilities to improve water quality in the area; ✦Design and construction of enhancements to Dumont Park (City Center Park); ✦Completion of a need analysis and location recommendation for public facilities (Library, City Hall, and Recreation Center); ✦Development of new, streamlined Land Development Regulations for the area; ✦Receipt of New Town Center and Neighborhood Development Area designations from the State of Vermont in support of the downtown; ✦Adoption of a Tax Increment Finance District to allow for public-private partnerships in fostering high quality, mixed-use, pedestrian-scale urban development; ✦Creation of standards to require affordable housing as a component of all larger-scale residential development in the area; ✦Development of tools to support an efficient, pedestrian, bicycle, and transit- focused transportation system to meet the needs of the downtown; and, ✦A transportation network analysis of the Williston Road corridor that aims to implement future transportation improvements to meet the demands of additional development. Key Planning Issues. Important planning considerations in the Central District relate to its auto-dependent, strip-development physical layout. ✦Transition from Suburban to Urban Downtown. Perhaps the most significant area of focus, time, and attention for all participants in the establishment of the City Center area is the transformation of the area from a largely retail, auto-dependent, suburban environment to one that functions as a full downtown. The planning challenges included in this transformation center of how to meet the needs of today’s businesses, residents, employees, and shoppers while at the same time supporting the changes in the physical environment that will be needed for the downtown to function effectively. This includes zoning standards, transportation systems, parking environments, and deployment of community resources that support this transition. ✦Traffic, Parking, Pedestrian Accessibility. Traffic along Williston Road and Dorset Street is generally heavy and can exceed the system’s capacity at peak hours during some seasonal periods. This is due to a number of factors, including the presence of I-89’s Exit 14 at the north end of Dorset Street, the arterial design of the roadway network that does not allow for any distribution of vehicles, and the heavy demands put forward by the University Mall property and other retailers in the area at peak seasons/ hours, all in a predominantly auto-dependent environment. These challenges are exacerbated by a built environment that has favored surface parking in front of buildings, improving convenience for drivers but discouraging all other modes of transport. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-12 3-13city of south burlington comprehensive plan also meets their needs as families. The compact nature of the area, combined with high land costs due to its location, indicates that multi-family housing is the most viable form of residential development for the area. Multi-family housing can be friendly to households of various types and incomes, but relies on the availability of public amenities such as safe and accessible parks and services nearby. The City will likely need to continue to make use of incentives and regulatory tools to foster affordability in this area. ✦Focus of Development. The vision for City Center includes a goal of encouraging development in this area in order to make use of existing built areas, already served by substantial public infrastructure, and to relieve some pressure on open spaces, natural areas, and farmlands elsewhere in the City and the region. The establishment of a mixed-use area will serve to meet this goal by creating conditions for development to take place in a compact, pedestrian-friendly environment. It is a greater challenge, however, to couple this with initiatives to conserve land elsewhere in the community. The pattern of development in the City over the past 25 years has been a mix of some compact, “infill-style” development – such as at Farrell Street – together with substantial continued development on the fringes of the City, such as along Allen Road, Lime Kiln Road, and in the Southeast Quadrant. The community will need to continue to explore tools to focus development in the core areas of the City, while continuing to meet objectives of affordability and family-friendliness. Central District Objectives Objective 40. Create a cohesive, diverse, dynamic and people-oriented City Center with a strong identity and “sense of place” that incorporates harmonious design, an appropriate mix of residential and non-residential uses and public amenities that complement adjoining neighborhoods. Objective 41. Establish vibrant streetscapes, civic spaces, public art and public facilities in the Central District and City Center. Objective 42. Reserve and establish open space areas for public enjoyment, natural resource conservation, and stormwater management, including a greenbelt along Potash Brook. Objective 43. Complete master planning for City Center to create opportunities for low impact stormwater management that incorporates sustainable design and green infrastructure. Objective 44. Conserve and protect existing nearby residential areas. Objective 45. Minimize overall demand for parking in the Central District through design, regulations, and investments that foster pedestrian, bicycle, and transit use and provide efficient, aesthetically pleasing shared parking options. Further to the south, a significant open space area exists to the east of the high school. Maintenance of this natural area and walking trail system should be continued. ✦Placemaking. The development of City Center is a unique opportunity to enable a place- to make a ‘there’ here. Placemaking will foster the creation of a destination built from community interests, of the community’s goals, and for a true community destination. City Center will become the front porch for South Burlington- a place to meet neighbors, greet visitors, and inspire pride in the community. This will include high quality of design on buildings facing public streets, new programmable public spaces and facilities, attractive streetscapes, connectivity to nearby neighborhoods, and community events that regularly attract people to the downtown. ✦Supplying Energy Sustainably and Reliably. The development of the City Center requires energy to heat and light area buildings and to power transportation systems. This new development also offers the opportunity to define land use and transportation patterns and design new structures and service them in a way that minimize energy supply costs. The enactment of Act 89 by the State legislature strengthens the statewide Energy Code that governs new construction and major renovations of existing buildings. The statute offers the City the opportunity to adopt a “stretch code” that would require construction quality that will reduce energy costs for building owners for many years in the future. Redevelopment allows for new buildings with reduced energy costs and strengthens the ability of the area to continue operations during power outages that result from severe storms and other emergency events. Building design and site planning under consideration offers the opportunity to provide for on-site solar energy supply that fits with the development of a City Center integrated energy supply system. ✦Stormwater Treatment. Among the most significant challenges faced by the Central District is the logistics of sufficient stormwater treatment. Much of the area was developed prior to the advent of sufficient treatment systems, and includes significant paved areas. Two watersheds – Centennial Brook and Potash Brook – cross the area. Both are listed on the State’s Impaired Waters list for stormwater. The state, City, and individual property owners have begun to work on these issues collectively. The City received a $1.1 million grant from the Army Corps of Engineers to work with private property owners in the development of a stormwater system to treat run-off from the Williston Road area east of Hinesburg Road. In addition, individual property owners have begun re- designs of existing facilities to comply with rules established by the Vermont Agency of Natural Resources. ✦Housing Affordability. The Central District provides the community with the opportunity to meet a significant portion of the anticipated demand for housing in the coming years. The challenge with this will be in fostering the development of housing that is both affordable to a mix of households and city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-14 3-15city of south burlington comprehensive plan Strategy 106. Support the establishment of a Main Street-style, community-based organization to nurture, promote and otherwise support City Center as a South Burlington community and downtown center. ********************************************* northwest quadrant Area Included. The Northwest Quadrant is a geographically mixed area of the City that consists of multiple separate and distinct residential neighborhoods linked together – and separated by – arterial roadways and natural features. It is bounded by Burlington to the west, I-89 to the south, the Burlington International Airport to the northeast, and industrial/open space areas to the east. The Central District is contained within this larger Northwest Quadrant. Current Land Use. The Northwest Quadrant consists predominantly of residential neighborhoods interspersed with a handful of large parcels of open land and dissected by several major transportation facilities. It is home to an array of distinct neighborhoods, including Mayfair Park, Pine Tree Terrace, Chamberlin, O’Brien Farm, Spear Street, East Terrace, Valley Ridge, Tree Tops, Twin Oaks, Winding Brook, and others. The majority of the neighborhoods north of the Potash Brook, which parallels Kennedy Drive, consist of single- and two-family homes. The majority of these homes were built between 1945 and 1970, with a small number of infill sites, and one full neighborhood, Quarry Ridge, built since that time. Neighborhoods along Kennedy Drive were built beginning in the 1970s and include primarily multi-family homes of varying types, with a small handful of exceptions. The Northwest Quadrant is home to a handful of largely undeveloped properties. These include, notably, land between Williston Road and Patchen Road, adjacent to I-89 that includes two ravines; land on both sides of Old Farm Road; a significant wetland complex that houses the main branch of the Potash Brook north of Kennedy Drive; and lands belonging to the University of Vermont along Spear Street that are used for both agricultural and conservation purposes. Finally, the Quadrant is somewhat characterized by the transportation network and associated commercial strips that divide it. Key among these are Williston Road (which links the Chamberlin and Mayfair Park neighborhoods), Kennedy Drive (which links several distinct neighborhoods), and I-89, which separates the East Terrace and Spear Street neighborhoods from the rest of the City. Future Land Use. Several of the oldest neighborhoods in South Burlington are located in the Northwest Quadrant. It is the intent of this Plan to maintain these neighborhoods and their housing stock and protect them from commercial encroachment, while at the same time supporting the evolving needs of its residents, improving pedestrian connectivity and access to services, and allowing for infill development that is in keeping with the existing built environment. Objective 46. Promote interconnectivity and integration of public facilities including schools and school facilities open to the public with surrounding neighborhoods, to include safe routes for children and neighborhood residents to walk and bicycle to school, a public library, recreation services, and other city services. Central District Strategies Strategy 91. Maintain Dorset Street and Williston Road as important transportation corridors for all users and reduce curb cuts. Strategy 92. Maintain Hinesburg Road from Market Street to Kennedy Drive as a residential corridor. Strategy 93. Develop a centrally located, well-designed public gathering space to serve as the focus of the new City Center. Strategy 94. Include local residents, businesses and property owners in the design of public facilities. Strategy 95. Enhance Dumont Park within the City Center as a forested nature park that enhances and ecologically supports City Center development, and provides public green space for passive recreational use, to include a linking, interconnected public path and trail network. Strategy 96. Designate a protected greenbelt along the length of Tributary 3 of Potash Brook throughout City Center of sufficient area and width to restore, protect and enhance water quality, stream channel and wetland functions, and adjoining riparian areas; to manage and treat additional urban runoff; and which accommodates compatible recreational use of the stream corridor, including planned public boardwalk crossings. Strategy 97. Work with property owners and developers to implement stream channel, stream flow and wetland restoration plans for Tributary 3 of Potash Brook, as required for stormwater management and mitigation to improve water quality and meet total maximum daily loads (TMDLs) for the brook. Strategy 98. Construct new City Hall, library, and/or Recreation Center, and support the location of new State and Federal Offices and post office (retail or office portion only) in centralized, walkable environments in the Central District. Strategy 99. Regularly update the City’s Official Map to include the most up-to-date plans for streets, parks, recreation paths, other civic spaces and utility infrastructure, including public paths, greenways and civic spaces planned for public acquisition and development within City Center. Pursue public acquisition of mapped facilities through public dedication, and as available funding allows. Strategy 100. In addition to the use of public funds and TIF District revenues, seek funding and explore public-private partnerships to provide necessary public amenities including green and civic spaces, sidewalks, trees, outdoor furniture and lighting, parking and public transit amenities. Strategy 101. Develop an efficient, convenient and attractive transportation and parking plan to serve the center area and fund and maintain public parking facilities and walking, biking, and transit amenities. Strategy 102. Use design review and/or form-based coding to promote the development of aesthetically pleasing, pedestrian-focused and highly functional environments. Strategy 103. Minimize off-street surface parking. Strategy 104. Evaluate zoning along Hinesburg Road north of Market Street and other areas adjacent to neighborhoods to foster a harmonious transition in land uses. Strategy 105. Complete construction for the Federally- funded Market Street Improvements and other projects listed within the City’s Tax Increment Finance District Plan and Capital Improvement Plan. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-16 3-17city of south burlington comprehensive plan ✦Maintenance of Existing Housing and Neighborhoods. As the first of the neighborhoods in this Quadrant approach 60 years of age, the demands placed upon both the housing stock and the neighborhoods as a whole are changing. Household composition has evolved, with greater demands for space within buildings and for pedestrian access to nearby services. New housing has been added in both new neighborhoods and as infill within existing neighborhoods. In many cases, this new housing has been well integrated into existing areas, but not universally. As demand remains strong for housing in the core of Chittenden County, these neighborhoods will likely continue to see interest in infill development. This can be a positive force, providing new families with the opportunity to make use of schools in the area and strengthening neighborhood connections, but should be done in a manner that effectively integrates new with old. ✦Affordability. Much of the more moderately-priced housing in South Burlington is located in the Northwest Quadrant, within the multi-family and single-family neighborhoods. This housing is generally relatively small in scale and compact with its neighbors. These attributes are among the chief reasons for their relative affordability. The challenges of affordability persist, however, with some households struggling to retain their homes while other homes are removed by the Burlington International Airport as part of an FAA-funded noise mitigation program. The community will need to continue to work towards creative solutions to these challenges, allowing for new, similarly affordable housing to take the place of what is being lost, and giving households opportunities to stay in their neighborhoods through multiple stages of life. ✦Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure. The principal streets that bisect the Northwest Quadrant carry some of heaviest traffic loads in the State. These include Williston Road and Kennedy Drive, and to a lesser extent Airport Parkway, Spear Street, and Patchen Road. Of these, only Kennedy Drive contains full amenities for pedestrian and cyclists needs. The remainder can be difficult to cross at times and do not always contain sidewalks. Local roads serving these neighborhoods contain relatively low volumes of traffic but are in some cases perceived as being unsafe because of a lack of sidewalks, roadway designs that encourage high speed vehicular traffic, a lack of additional alternatives, or all of the above. The neighborhoods within the Northwest Quadrant are undergoing an incremental transition in terms of amenities and safety. New sidewalks are being planned for areas serving schools. A handful of new streets are planned to provide both residents and visitors with alternatives for accessing commercial areas. Ongoing public education is needed to remind drivers of the need to be attentive and respectful within residential areas. ✦Neighborhood Connectivity. The historic development of each of the distinct neighborhoods within the Northwest Quadrant have been just that: distinct and separate. Connections – in terms of streets, walking paths, This Quadrant will always be both tied together and split by transportation arteries that serve local and regional purposes. It is the intent of this plan to allow for the continued regional use of these arteries, in a manner that is also conducive to safe access and use by residents and visitors on foot, on bicycle, and via public transportation. A key interface of the residential neighborhoods and transportation arteries exists along Williston Road. This corridor serves multiple purposes and is proposed to continue to do so. The section of Williston Road west of Hinesburg Road is located within the Central District. The section immediately east of Hinesburg Road is primarily residential and should continue to be used in this manner. East of Victory Drive, land uses are planned to include a mix of residential (on the north side) and non-residential (on the south side). East of Mills Avenue, non-residential uses are programmed for both sides of the road. In all of these areas, development should create inviting spaces for residents in nearby neighborhoods to walk to services along Williston Road. Neighborhoods along Kennedy Drive have traditionally kept a heavily landscaped face to the street. This should remain as future neighborhoods are established in the area. Remaining undeveloped areas provide an opportunity for multiple uses, including housing at a density and design that is transit-supportive, recreational lands, and natural areas. Limited neighborhood commercial areas are envisioned. Finally, it is the intent of this quadrant to integrate with surrounding planning areas, notably the Central District and Northeast Quadrant. In 2015, the City, in collaboration with the CCRPC, School District, and Airport, initiated a Chamberlin Neighborhood Airport Vision & Plan project. The objectives are to establish a process for productive communications between the airport and the neighborhood; facilitate development of a neighborhood land use/transportation plan that strengthens the neighborhood, seeks to retain affordability of housing, relates the neighborhood to development of City Center, continued reinvestment along Williston Road, implementation of SB School District plans, and any planned transportation improvements in the vicinity of the project area, and results in an improvement plan for parks, streetscape, and other public amenities. Other goals of the project include identifying multimodal transportation connections/improvements, both transitional and long-term, that enhance neighborhood mobility and livability, while maintaining efficient ground access to the airport, and developing, with collaborative input, a vision for the neighborhood that can help shape the reuse of Noise Land as described in the Part 150 Noise Land Inventory and Re-Use Plan the airport develops every five years in compliance with Airport Improvement Program Grant conditions. Key Planning Issues. While for the most part the Northwest Quadrant’s built environment is stable, its extremities have seen substantial changes and this area is likely to continue to evolve, as will the demographics of its residents and their associated needs. Among the key planning issues facing this area: city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-18 3-19city of south burlington comprehensive plan green space to buffer the neighborhood from the Airport, and additional space for future Airport facilities and access. The issue of how to best use this land in the future, and whether street connections should be preserved or curtailed in the future remains an ongoing discussion amongst all those involved. The repercussions of the growth in use at the airport extend beyond the immediate properties, however. Several City streets – Airport Parkway, Airport Drive, White Street, Patchen Road, and Kirby Road among them – serve to both provide access to the Airport and to connect adjacent municipalities with Williston Road. The result is increased traffic on these traditionally residential streets. As the City considers how to meet transportation and land use needs of the airport and City, care should be given to minimizing through-traffic on purely residential roads. ✦Campus Interface. The Northwest Quadrant includes the University of Vermont in two areas – along Spear Street and along Patchen Road. In both cases, residential neighborhoods abut University lands. The Spear Street, East Terrace, and Quarry Hill neighborhoods in particular are tied to the University, in that they are physically close to its athletic facilities and student housing, and include a fair amount of homes used by students and faculty within the neighborhood itself. In 2010, a building on Quarry Hill Road was leased by Champlain College for freshman housing on a temporary basis while new facilities are built adjacent to the campus. The interface in this area is direct and should be assessed to foster ongoing mutual benefit. South of these neighborhoods the University owns land on the east side of Spear street that has been used for agricultural research. The City and University should work together to develop long range plans for this area. Along Patchen Road, the University has held discussions with both Burlington and South Burlington regarding potential faculty housing being constructed in the area. Accessibility is among the most significant challenges in this area in both communities. The presence of the University and College in these areas presents both opportunities and challenges for the community. It is important that the neighborhoods adjacent to the properties continue to thrive and to meet the needs of both full-time residents and students. Northwest Quadrant Objectives Objective 47. Maintain existing affordable diverse residential neighborhoods and access to neighborhood parks and other amenities. recreation paths, etc. - are limited in both number and function. This has led, on a positive note, to a strong sense of community in these areas, but also to isolation from both other neighbors and from services and stores. While several of these neighborhoods are pedestrian-friendly within their own confines, they face significant obstacles in reaching nearby amenities. A policy of establishing street and recreation path connections in conjunction with new development has been followed for several years throughout the City. In this area, the handful of newer roads have been connected, but the overall problem remains in place. The plan’s future transportation map does include a series of future potential connections in the community, notably an east-west street parallel to Williston Road on its north side from Patchen Road towards Dorset Street, and a street connecting Eldridge Street to Old Farm Road. The map also illustrates additional recreation path connections in the northern part of the City, notably in the Airport Parkway area, connecting to the Country Club Estates neighborhood on the north side of the airport. ✦Public Amenities and Open Space. The presence of neighborhood parks and open space is spotty throughout the Northwest Quadrant. Only one formal developed park, Jaycee, exists, though three additional school sites are either within or adjacent to the Quadrant. The lack of public parks is especially apparent amongst multi-family neighborhoods, where private facilities were constructed in the 1970s and 1980s, serving their immediate needs but offering no opportunities for wider use or interaction. Larger tracts of open space exist in certain instances, notably along the Potash Brook. Other areas, such as the headwaters of the Centennial Brook, have not been conserved in the same manner. Future development – especially of new neighborhoods – should incorporate public amenities such as parks Transition Areas. Northwest Quadrant transition areas include: ✦Burlington International Airport. Among the most challenging issues facing the Northwest Quadrant – and the City as a whole – is the interface between the Burlington International Airport and the adjacent Chamberlin neighborhood. This issue is discussed in great detail in the transportation chapter of the Plan, but it a topic that crosses multiple subject areas. Over the course of several years - from the late 1990s projected through towards 2020 - the Airport is carrying out a plan to purchase noise-impacted homes from homeowners who approach them with a request to sell. These homes, approximately 180 in total, are located within a noise contour line of 65 decibels (average day-night). These homes, once sold to the Airport, are required to be removed or relocated. The result is a loss of a portion of one of the City’s historic neighborhoods, the loss of housing stock within the City, and a challenge of determining how best to make use of the land in the future. The airport has been developing an update to its master plan that includes a vision of the future use of its land. Several community meetings have been held in which the Airport and community have discussed a combination of city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-20 3-21city of south burlington comprehensive plan Airport, which includes commercial and private aviation facilities, Federal military facilities, and airport-related businesses. With the exception of the Airport, which serves as a transportation hub, much of the remainder of the quadrant is automobile dependent. Recent upgrades in bus service from the Chittenden County Transit Authority have enhanced alternatives along Williston Road and provided limited service to Community Drive, but in general the land use pattern and transportation infrastructure relies on vehicular transportation. Recreation paths have supplemented this network in the Community Drive and Tilley Drive areas. As noted above, the southern portion of the Quadrant includes a handful of relatively large properties that remain as open land but which are zoned as Industrial-Open Space and Mixed Industrial and Commercial in the vicinity of Hinesburg Road and Kimball Ave, respectively. The Industrial-Open Space zoning district was designed to provide land for high-quality, large-lot industries and offices whose buildings and operations are consistent with a location in an environmentally healthy and visually sensitive area adjacent to residential neighborhoods. The Lane Press, Dynapower, Verizon, CBA and several other businesses all operate within the IO district. The Quadrant also includes a handful of residential areas, notably the Country Club Estates neighborhood north of the airport, two small neighborhoods along Shunpike Road and Millham Court, and the historically rural stretch of homes along Old Farm Road. Agricultural and open space activities also continue to play a role in the Quadrant, notably at the northern end of the City, along the Winooski River floodplain, along the Muddy Brook, and on both sides of Old Farm Road. Future Land Use. The pattern of land use and development in the Northeast Quadrant has focused on businesses which require larger properties, can be compatible with the operations of an airport, and/or which may not be easily compatible with residential areas. Future use of land in developed areas should continue to focus on employers and ancillary services. It should also continue to emphasize uses that are less critical within the core of the City. In addition, future re-development should make use of improved transit services. Future development, especially in the Tilley Drive/Kimball Ave/Williston Road/ Community Drive area should maximize efficiency of land use and support multi-modal transportation. This area should have clear, efficient access to City Center as part of an integrated, urbanized high activity, pedestrian and transit friendly east-west corridor. In 2014, the University of Vermont Medical Center began exploration of installing a consolidated out-patient facility in this area. Areas within the 100- and 500-year floodplain should continue to be kept free from development. Agricultural and recreational activities in these areas should be encouraged. Residential areas within the Quadrant – such as Country Club Estates, Shunpike Road, and Millham Court, should be reinforced as residential and supported. Objective 48. Allow for infill development, including parks and civic spaces, that serves and supports the character of existing neighborhoods; with a focus on the replacement of small single-family affordable homes that have been bought and demolished under the Burlington International Airport’s “Property Acquisition Plan” in association with its adopted Noise Compatibility Program. Objective 49. Create transitions from the Burlington International Airport in areas identified for redevelopment that serve or buffer nearby neighborhoods; establish a community vision for the future of this area. Objective 50. Ensure continued compatibility of university and college campus land uses with existing development and conservation patterns. Northwest Quadrant Strategies Strategy 107. Refine the City’s Land Development Regulations to allow for appropriately-scaled renovation of existing homes and infill development. Strategy 108. Review the City’s Land Development Regulations to encourage or require development along Kennedy Drive to include significant landscaping and/or forested blocks along the roadway in keeping with existing patterns of development. Strategy 109. Seek opportunities to develop additional public parkland in the Northwest Quadrant using tools available to the City, including the Official Map, Impact Fees, and development requirements. Strategy 110. Strive to protect existing neighborhoods from incompatible commercial encroachment and traffic disruption through the Land Development Regulations. Strategy 111. Maintain the section of Williston Road between Cottage Grove Avenue and Victory Drive as a residential corridor. Strategy 112. Complete Chamberlin Neighborhood Airport Planning project and revise the Comprehensive Plan with goals and vision for the future. ********************************************* northeast quadrant Areas Included. The Northeast Quadrant includes a substantial portion of the City, stretching from the Ethan Allen Industrial Park east of Lime Kiln Road to I-89. It includes the Burlington International Airport, the eastern portion of Williston Road, Technology Park, Tilley Drive, and bears a close relationship to land uses on the south side of I-89 along Meadowland Drive and Hinesburg Road. Current Land Use. Present use of land in the Northeast Quadrant is predominately employment-based, with an emphasis on light industry north of the Airport, business- supply retail along Williston Road, offices along Kimball Avenue and Community Drive, medical facilities along Tilley Drive, and a range of uses along Meadowland Drive and Hinesburg Road. Southern sections of this Quadrant include a mix of open land and businesses. In the center of the Quadrant is the Burlington International city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-22 3-23city of south burlington comprehensive plan The area off Williston Road has experienced significant growth over the last 20 years in corporate headquarters, general office and industrial use. A sleeve under I-89 has allowed the extension of public sewer facilities to industrial lots south of the interstate including Verizon, Lane Press and Dynapower. Areas adjacent to the 535 acre Burlington International Airport in the northeast section of the City contain airport-related and other industrial uses and may continue to be developed for those purposes. Several industrial parks in this area include the Muddy Brook Industrial Park, Gregory and Daughters Park, Greentree Park, Technology Park and the Ethan Allen Farm Industrial Park. ✦Balance of Industry and Open Space. Current zoning at the south end of this Quadrant seeks to meet both open space and industrial objectives. The area is home to both the Muddy Brook and one of the principal tributaries to the Potash Brook, and has high visibility from I-89 and Old Farm Road. The regulations in force for this area should be evaluated in more detail to assess how best to meet the overall objectives of this Plan. Lack of Parks. This area is underserved by city parks. At this time, only temporary private ballfields and greens exist. As the area continues to build out as an employment area with housing anticipated nearby in the vicinity of Old Farm Road, this need will increase. ✦Support Services to Existing Business. Following the establishment of several employment centers within this Quadrant – particularly at its southern extremities – there has been increased demand for support services such as restaurants and child care facilities in the area. How best to allow for support services to area employment centers while retaining the focus of retail and restaurant services in the Central District and Southwest Quadrant should be evaluated. ✦Types of Development / Balance with Central District. The intent for the Northeast Quadrant is to provide opportunities for employers in need of larger amounts of space and which are compatible with the operation of the airport. Transition Areas. Northeast Quadrant transition areas include: ✦Southeast Quadrant. The interface of the Southeast and Northeast Quadrants forms an important bridge between areas of higher and lower intensity. These areas converge south of I-89 and along Hinesburg Road. The City’s land development regulations should be evaluated to assess the transition between these areas. ✦Adjacent Residential Areas. The Northeast Quadrant comes into contact with residential neighborhoods in a handful of key places, notably to the west and northeast of the Burlington International Airport, and with the handful of residential pockets within the Quadrant itself. Sufficient transition The area immediately adjacent to I-89 is presently partially developed. This area should continue to balance the conservation of natural resources and open space – including the Muddy Brook and tributaries to the Potash Brook and – with employment opportunities. An important consideration for the future land use within this area is the potential for a new Interstate interchange (“12B”) in the vicinity of Hinesburg Road. With an interchange, properties would gain substantially improved access; with no interchange, the overall capacity of the area could be limited. The City should consider the appropriate land development regulations in this area in consideration of its decisions related to any future interstate interchanges. More generally, transportation infrastructure is an important element to the future use of land in this area. Present infrastructure consists primarily of Hinesburg Road, Kimball Avenue, Airport Parkway, and Williston Road. Key Planning Issues. Key planning issues in the Northeast Quadrant include: ✦Integrated Development. There is an opportunity on the lands nearest Kimball Avenue/Old Farm Road/ Kennedy Drive to include compact residential housing, transitioning to mixed employment nearest Technology Park. For this integrated, mixed development to be successful, it should be walkable, with integrated services and open spaces that offer recreational and agricultural opportunities. ✦Transportation Network and Traffic. The transportation network serving the Northeast Quadrant is somewhat underdeveloped. Access to the area is available chiefly along Williston Road from Burlington and Williston, along Kennedy Drive, and for the northern portion of the Quadrant, along Lime Kiln Road. The result has been limited truck access to the area. In addition, internal connections are limited. The Airport master plan, revised in 2011, projects a doubling of passengers in the next twenty years. This will place additional pressure on the existing road network, much of which is abutted by single and two family homes. Potential improvements can relieve some of this pressure. A more detailed planning effort is underway in 2015. ✦Warehousing. Recently, there have been significant concerns about the suitability of this quadrant for warehousing, particularly in areas adjacent to existing residential neighborhoods. While this area is close to the Airport and the planned highway interchange at Route 116 and I-89, the noise and visual impacts associated with truck traffic are potentially very disruptive to residential neighborhoods. This issue has been discussed during the SEQ Concept Plan; among the ideas evaluated was the creation of a warehousing sub-district adjacent to the Interstate. In any case, there was strong consensus that the zoning regulations for the IO district regarding warehousing should be re-evaluated. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-24 3-25city of south burlington comprehensive plan several long standing single- and multi-family neighborhoods, natural areas fronting Lake Champlain, light industrial areas, and commercial areas. The area is served primarily by Shelburne Road, but is also served by an active railway that parallels Shelburne Road. The lakeward side of this quadrant includes several small residential neighborhoods - the Bartlett Bay area, Holmes Road area, Queen City Park and the Landings. Each of these include properties with lakefront access. Immediately adjacent to the Queen City Park neighborhood is Red Rocks Park, a 100-acre City-owned park with 4,700 feet of lake frontage. Only 700 feet of beach give access to the waters of the lake, since most of the park is on an elevated rocky promontory. The remainder of the lakefront property consists of private residential properties, including a handful of large lots. Bartlett Brook and Potash Brook join Lake Champlain in this area. The Shelburne Road corridor consists predominantly of commercial uses, however, residential and industrial uses are mixed throughout the area. The roadway itself serves as the main-north-south arterial through the State. A railway runs parallel to the road and serves as an approximate divider between the lakeward portion of the Quadrant and the Shelburne Road section. In recent years, the north end of the corridor has seen significant redevelopment, in the form of mixed use housing and offices in the Farrell Street area. This area, well served by transit, retail, employment, and emergency services, won a Smart Growth award and is undergoing the final phases of redevelopment today. To the east of Shelburne Road are several residential, mixed-use, natural, and park areas. The Orchards neighborhood was the first large-scale development to take place in the area, beginning in the 1950s. Subsequently, commercial enterprises blossomed along the length of Shelburne Road, with additional neighborhoods being added over time. South of the Orchards is the University of Vermont’s Horticultural Farm, a research facility and community focal point. North and east of the Orchards are two municipal parks, Szymanski and Farrell. Two community parks are located in this area: Farrell Park and Szymanski Park. Both provide amenities for local residents; Farrell Park additionally provides ballfields for wider use. These parks are further enhanced by East Woods, a permanently conserved parcel with walking trails open to the public, owned by the University of Vermont. Towards the north end of the Quadrant, Swift Street is home to a mix of homes and businesses and serves as the principal roadway connection to Spear Street. At the south end of the Quadrant, Allen Road serves as the other principal connector and serves a mix of residential, commercial, and industrial uses. Along Spear Street – the eastern boundary of the Quadrant – single family homes fronting the street itself are accompanied by several residential neighborhoods of single and multi-family homes accessed from Cedar Glen Road, Pheasant Way, and Deerfield Ave. The City-owned Overlook Park sits at the corner of Deerfield Ave and Spear Street. tools – in the form of lower intensity uses, buffering, or screening – should be provided to foster the continued compatibility of these areas. The same holds for undeveloped areas to the east of Old Farm Road. Northeast Quadrant Objectives Objective 51. Allow opportunities for employers in need of larger amounts of space, provided they are are compatible with the operation of the airport. Objective 52. Provide a balanced mix of recreation, resource conservation, and business park opportunities in the south end of the Quadrant, to include the conservation of open space resources, including riparian corridors along the tributaries of Muddy Brook and Potash Brook. Northeast Quadrant Strategies Strategy 113. Complete an analysis and determine whether to pursue a potential interstate interchange serving the area; revisit the City’s Land Development Regulations to ensure that the future transportation network and future development potential of the area are consistent with one another. Strategy 114. Review the City’s Land Development Regulations so that land uses within the Quadrant remain consistent with the continued operation of the airport. Strategy 115. Promote business use along Williston Road that makes use of available transit services. Strategy 116. Promote the effective transition from rural residential and agricultural land uses along old Farm Road to more dense housing and mixed uses in highly serviced areas along Kennedy Drive and Kimball Ave. Such transition should incorporate interconnected greenways and forested open space. Strategy 117. Encourage well planned, clustered, compact and infill business park development that integrates contiguous open space areas in business park design. Strategy 118. Focus City resources in support of the build out of high density business and technology and mixed use centers to include City Center and the greater Tilley Drive – Technology Park – O’Brien Brothers – Meadowlands and adjacent properties development. Recognize this central area of the community as critical to the economic and employment growth of the City and work to encourage full build out of available capacity. ********************************************* southwest quadrant Areas Included. The Southwest Quadrant includes the entire Shelburne Road corridor as well as several neighborhoods on either side. It stretches from Lake Champlain on the west side, including Red Rocks Park and Queen City Park, Bartlett Bay, and Holmes Road neighborhoods, to Spear Street on the east side, including Swift Street, Allen Road, the Orchards, and Stonehedge, among others. Current Land Use. The Southwest Quadrant is a diverse area of the City which includes several distinct – and, in some cases commingled – land uses. They include city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-26 3-27city of south burlington comprehensive plan means to support infill development and a land-use pattern that supports walkable environments and efficient transportation system. Key Planning Issues. Key planning issues in the Southwest Quadrant include: ✦Balance of Local and Regional Traffic. Shelburne Road (also known as US Route 7) is the primary north-south travel route along Vermont’s western corridor. As such, its traffic and use will remain both regional and local. These two purposes can be in conflict with one another, especially as it relates to pedestrian crossings and signal timing for cross-streets. The City supports the continued implementation of pedestrian crossings at intersections and has promoted the development of a parallel route, Fayette Drive, to serve local needs for access in support of Shelburne Road. ✦Conservation and Lakefront Access. Several large properties remain along the border of Lake Champlain. In consideration of the future potential of these properties, the City should explore opportunities for public access to the Lake and/or conservation of identified and connected natural resources in the area. ✦Railway. The presence of the rail line in this district provides a significant long-term opportunity for the City. At present, the rail line has limited commercial use, and carries no passengers. Opportunities for passenger use, however, are under exploration at the state and Federal levels, including the connections of Burlington to Middlebury, Rutland, Bennington and Albany. Future land use in this area should take care to both continue to reserve space for direct rail access by some commercial properties, and to ensure that adjacent development is designed in such as way as to minimize the visual, noise, and other effects of a nearby railway line. Transition Areas. Southwest Quadrant transition areas include: ✦Safe and Inviting Access to Shelburne Road from Adjacent Neighborhoods. Despite its proximity to residential neighborhoods to the east and west, some development along Shelburne Road is not designed to encourage pedestrian access from these areas. Future development and re-development along Shelburne Road should accommodate both local and regional users. Southwest Quadrant Objectives Objective 53. Promote higher-density, mixed use development and redevelopment along Shelburne Road and foster effective transitions to adjacent residential areas. Objective 54. Maintain Shelburne Road as a roadway for both regional and local circulation. Objective 55. Improve local neighborhood connections on the east and west sides of the Shelburne Road corridor. The Quadrant is generally well served by public transit, recreation paths, and services for residents, though areas along Spear Street are somewhat distanced in some cases and street connectivity is limited. Future Land Use. The Shelburne Road corridor portion of the Quadrant is generally already developed with commercial and mixed use establishments, with the exception of some land reserved by private developers between the Lowe’s/ Hannafords’ area and Shelburne Road. Therefore, growth will occur primarily as infill or conversion development. The City encourages mixed-use development in and along the corridor (e.g. mixed residential/commercial or mixed retail/office/restaurant) to encourage pedestrian movement, use of public transportation services, and shared parking opportunities. Retail uses in the corridor are intended to meet both local and regional shopping and employment needs. While the entire corridor is planned for some mixing of uses, there are several subsections within it. The north end of the corridor in South Burlington has seen the most significant redevelopment to date and now includes several newer multi-family buildings amongst commercial areas. Future redevelopment in this area should be consistent with the pattern established by this development and by the single and two- family home neighborhood behind parts of it. South of I-189, the east side of the road includes the well-established Orchard neighborhood as well as a series of relatively small commercial lots fronting on Shelburne Road. Continued reuse and redevelopment of these commercial areas should enhance pedestrian connectivity to residential areas while at the same time protecting them from encroachment. The west side of the road includes significantly larger lots and some existing multi-family housing. Mixed use development and redevelopment is encouraged in this area. South of IDX Drive, the Shelburne Road corridor becomes predominately commercial on both sides of Shelburne Road, with collector streets leading to residential neighborhoods. These areas should be encouraged for infill development and redevelopment, with a continued focus on business opportunities. In the lakefront portion of the Quadrant, residential and open spaces uses should continue to predominate, with opportunities for public access to the Lake. A recreation path should be established along the length of Lake Champlain in this area, and the addition of a second public park should be considered to complement Red Rocks Park. East of the Shelburne Road corridor, future land use should remain principally residential, with the exception of the western ends of Swift Street and Allen Road. Future development should be encouraged to establish a consistent scale and transition from commercial to residential areas. Additionally, care must be taken to maintain and improve stormwater runoff in these areas, particularly in areas of steeper slopes. The 2009 Cars to People project began to explore the possibility of developing a series of “nodes” of activity along Shelburne Road. This should be further examined as a city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-28 3-29city of south burlington comprehensive plan The SEQ, which has developed and changed substantially since the early 1990s, has a remarkable variety of land uses. It remains South Burlington’s least developed and most open land use district. It is home to several significant natural areas, such as the Great Swamp and Cheese Factory Swamp, which include areas with largely intact natural communities; a patchwork of hay fields, pastures and early successional “old fields” reflecting the area’s agricultural heritage; and several of the City’s largest stands of hardwoods. It is also home to the Vermont National Country Club and roughly 900 homes, with another 600 homes in various stages of permitting. Veterans Memorial Park, located at the district’s far northwest end, is now home to two ice rinks and the City’s largest concentration of recreation fields. This park has become an important community gathering place for the entire City, with its constant flow of activity and hub of recreation path connections. Commercial uses in the residential portions of the Southeast Quadrant have declined in recent years, particularly with the closing of the area’s last dairy farm in 2004. The Mill Market & Deli (formerly Chittenden Cider Mill), however, continues its retail operations and is a well-known landmark and neighborhood store. Larger-scale commercial and light industrial uses in the far northeast of the district, within the Industrial-Open Space district, include Verizon, CBA, Dynapower, the Lane Press, and more recent office construction. The Ireland Quarry continues operations along the interstate near the Muddy Brook. Natural Resources Setting. The SEQ’s natural resources are among the City’s finest environmental assets. Marked by a pair of distinct north-south ridges between Spear and Dorset Streets, and between Dorset Street and Hinesburg Road, the SEQ also contains the headwaters of Shelburne Pond, Monroe Brook, Bartlett Brook and Potash Brook, and a large swath of the Muddy Brook basin. These resources, particularly the natural communities, were documented in the 2004 report “Wildlife and Natural Communities Assessment of the Southeast Quadrant, South Burlington, Vermont” by Arrowwood Environmental (the “SEQ Assessment”). The six focus areas defined in the SEQ Assessment are summarized below, along with descriptions of other important natural resource characteristics of the SEQ: ✦Soils. The SEQ’s soils are characterized by a shallow depth to groundwater and moderate permeability, with many rock outcrops found throughout the area. The soil types are chiefly Vergennes and Covington clays with gentle slopes, which are classified as having moderately high agricultural potential. ✦Ridges and Watersheds. Two north-south ridges define the watersheds in the SEQ. The first begins at Veterans Memorial Park, south of the interstate between Dorset Street and Hinesburg Road, and heads south to the City line. Water falling to the west of this ridge goes into Lake Champlain via Bartlett Brook and North Brook. The second ridge roughly parallels Hinesburg Road, and continues south to the City line. Water falling east of this ridge feeds into Muddy Brook and flows north to the Winooski River. Objective 56. Promote and expand public access to Lake Champlain. Objective 57. Support the ongoing agricultural use of the University of Vermont’s Horticultural Farm and its other agricultural properties. Objective 58. Provide for the continued viability and use of the Vermont Railway line while supporting the viability of residential neighborhoods. Southwest Quadrant Strategies Strategy 119. Encourage future development on the west side of the Vermont Railway line to make use of public crossings. Strategy 120. Review the City’s Land Development Regulations in key transition areas: between the Southwest and Southeast Quadrants; between Swift Street and adjacent areas; between Allen Road and adjacent areas. Strategy 121. Explore opportunities to create one or more “nodes” of concentrated development and public activity along the Shelburne Road corridor; Strategy 122. Continue to foster principally residential and open space throughout the lakeward portion of the Quadrant; explore opportunities for compatible non-residential uses along the railway and the potential for a mixed-use waterfront. southeast quadrant The development and ultimate land use pattern in the Southeast Quadrant of South Burlington is of critical importance to South Burlington’s future. Creating a balance between housing, complimentary land uses, and conservation, especially conservation of key natural communities and habitat features, will happen through continuous planning, public involvement, and the thoughtful use of the City’s land acquisition funds and regulatory tools. From 2001 through 2005, the Planning Commission embarked on a series of studies and plans that underpin this section of the plan. The findings and goals of the Open Space Strategy (2002), Ecological Assessment (2004), Bird Habitat Study (2004), and SEQ Concept Plan (2005), are embodied in the goals and objectives of this plan. Implementing these goals and objectives will ensure that the SEQ becomes a vibrant, ecologically healthy district over the long term. These studies and plans are incorporated into this plan by reference. Land Use Setting. The Southeast Quadrant (SEQ) comprises 3,900 acres or 37% of South Burlington’s land area, and is the focus of much of the City’s future land use planning and land conservation effort. For purposes of this chapter, the SEQ is bounded by Spear Street to the west, Interstate 89 to the north, the Muddy Brook to the east, and the Shelburne town line to the south. It includes all of the Southeast Quadrant zoning district, and portions of the Industrial-Open Space, Parks and Recreation, and Residential-2 zoning districts. Much of the SEQ still has a rural- agricultural atmosphere and there are magnificent views of the Green Mountains, Lake Champlain and the Adirondacks. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-30 3-31city of south burlington comprehensive plan during the SEQ Assessment to be an important haven for wildlife. It is comprised of a series of open spaces and small woodlots on the golf course, and other nearby properties, along with some old field areas and wetlands. The diverse combination and proximity of different wetlands, streams, hardwood forest, and old field areas makes this an important “cluster” of features that act as wildlife habitat. ✦Views. The SEQ affords some of the City’s most scenic views of the Adirondacks, Camel’s Hump and the ridges and valleys stretching south to Shelburne Pond. The City has protected what are deemed to be the most important public views from existing and proposed public properties through the View Protection Overlay Zone (VPZ). Other significant views have been evaluated through the SEQ Concept Plan and most recently the 2014 South Burlington Open Space Report. Areas that should be protected through height and site plan standards in the City’s land use regulations and design guidelines have been identified. ✦Historic and Cultural Resources. The SEQ contains many remnants of the City’s agricultural heritage, including old barns, stone walls, hedgerows, and some of the City’s very few structures eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. The Old Stone House at the corner of Hinesburg and Van Sicklen Roads was renovated recently, greatly enhancing the visual quality of Van Sicklen Road. Conservation and adaptive re-use of these structures is important and should be encouraged where possible; staff assistance in seeking grant funding can be an important way of accomplishing this goal. Allowing an expanded use of the former Chittenden Cider Mill is intended, in part, to ensure longer-term preservation of the building as a historic and cultural resource. Residential Land Uses in the SEQ. The past 10 years have seen a great deal of housing development in the SEQ and adjacent areas, ranging from large single-family houses to more densely-developed triplex units. The past five years have seen a marked trend towards duplex and smaller single-family units in the SEQ, where previously larger single-family homes made up most of the new housing supply. Developments proposed during the SEQ planning process were showing a change back towards more single-family units. The lack of new single-family housing in Chittenden County was leading developers to propose more single-family housing and more new types of single-family, such as smaller “cottage” homes. Residential Development Patterns and Densities. With the exception of a few very small subdivisions, new housing built in the SEQ since 1992 has been built under the zoning provisions that allow for an overall density of 1.2 housing units per acre, with the units built in a clustered manner at 4 housing units per acre. This clustering option has created a pronounced change in site development patterns, away from the standard, larger-lot developments like Butler Farms, Oak Creek or Ledge Knoll to a more compact pattern exemplified in Stonehouse Village. ✦Natural Communities and Habitat Areas. Within the SEQ, the SEQ Assessment determined that there are six distinct groupings of natural features that form unique habitat areas, each with different resource, aesthetic, and habitat values. These sub-areas, and their key values, are summarized below: ✦Muddy Brook Corridor. The Muddy Brook corridor at the northeastern end of the SEQ includes the brook, its surrounding wetlands, and adjacent upland forest and early successional agricultural fields. The area has a high vegetative diversity, which along with the brook helps support habitat for a variety of wildlife including mink, muskrat, herons and fish. Noted natural community areas associated with the corridor include the Dubois Swamp, a flooded red maple-black ash swamp, and the Van Sicklen Woods, a 12-acre clay plain forest. 1. Muddy Brook Basin. The Muddy Brook Basin in the southeastern corner of the SEQ includes the brook, its associated wetlands, the adjacent farm fields and pastures, and nearby small woodlots. Field visits during the SEQ Assessment found evidence that this area is used by gray and red fox, mink, river otter, muskrat, and coyote, as well as by many hydrophilic birds. Ecologically, this area extends well beyond South Burlington into the adjacent areas of Williston, Shelburne and St. George. 2. The Great Swamp. The Great Swamp area is centered on a hardwood swamp on the ridge east of Spear Street. It includes upland forests, shrubby successional fields, and wetlands. The large Red Maple-Black Ash swamp, which is notable among other features for the lack of invasive species present within it, appears to be the “Higbee Swamp” that is referred to in a variety of historical scientific collections at the University of Vermont. Five rare plant species were found in this swamp near the turn of the last century. While these species are not likely to have persisted, the Great Swamp is perhaps the most intact and important natural community area within South Burlington. 3. Spear Street Frontage. The area east of Spear Street and west of the Great Swamp is a mix of small wooded areas, old agricultural fields, and shrubby and emergent wetlands. This area’s key significance is that it acts as an ecological buffer between the Great Swamp and the more developed areas to the west. 4. The Bowl. This area, in the south-central portion of the SEQ, contains some of the most substantial concentrations of wetland and wildlife resources in the SEQ and has been the focus of the City’s land conservation efforts since 2002. The large wetland complex called the “Cheese Factory Swamp” straddling Cheese Factory Road, and the mixed hardwood communities just north and west of the swamp, are key parts of this area. Field inventories during the SEQ Assessment found signs that the area is home to bobcat, gray and red fox, coyote, wild turkey, and numerous other animal and bird species. 5. Wheeler Nature Park and Associated Lands. The City-owned Wheeler Nature Park property just north of the SEQ zoning boundary was found city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-32 3-33city of south burlington comprehensive plan 18-hole golf course that draws players from throughout Vermont, and a clubhouse complex overlooking the swath of wetlands and golf course stretching southwest from the ridge near Veterans Memorial Park. Development of this large and very visible section of the SEQ as a golf course has helped to keep wetland areas and some very attractive views open, but has also raised concerns and legal conflicts relating to the location of some associated residential areas. Retail and Services in the SEQ. The sole remaining retail and service use in the SEQ is the Chittenden Cider Mill, which includes retail and a small-scale auto repair facility. It functions today as a local landmark and gathering spot for the SEQ. In light of the growth that has taken place and been proposed in the SEQ, the Planning Commission has carefully considered the need for retail services first articulated in the 2001 Comprehensive Plan. From both public input and the analysis performed in the SEQ Concept Plan, it is clear that there has been sufficient population growth to warrant creation of a small retail and service sub-district in the SEQ. Such a district must be limited in size and type, respect and contribute to the quality of the surrounding neighborhoods, and utilize design features that contribute to the traditional, Vermont vernacular that characterizes the visual quality of the SEQ. Agricultural Lands and Land Uses. Agricultural operations, from hay fields to dairy farming, have shaped the SEQ’s landscape over the past two centuries and contributed greatly to its natural beauty. It has become clear that the economic prospects for traditional, larger-scale farming, especially dairy farming, have faded in the SEQ. The last two herds of dairy cows in the SEQ were sold in 2003 and 2004, leaving only hay fields and other limited operations in business. The planning discussion has shifted to new and emerging forms of agriculture that can thrive even in a suburbanizing environment. A number of agricultural uses are continuing, however, in the SEQ and in adjacent areas of Shelburne. The Scott property conservation easement allows for continued haying and agricultural use. A farm developed as part of the South Village subdivision off of Spear Street serves as a drop-off location for the Intervale Food Hub membership program that aggregates food from dozens of Vermont farms. The farm at South Village grows about a dozen crops and has greenhouses. This type of farming use, as well as the community gardens found on Spear Street on the University of Vermont Wheelock Farm, can be an important part of the SEQ’s visual character, quality of life and environmental health into the future. Recreation Facilities in the Southeast Quadrant. It is clear that the population and housing growth in the SEQ will increase the need for recreation and open space opportunities, and the need for the City and developers to provide for these needs as development occurs. DevelopeD RecReation aReas. Veterans Memorial Park, with 220 acres of land, playing fields, playground equipment, and two hockey rinks, is one of South Burlington’s “crown jewels” and a major community gathering place. It functions as a With the completion of the SEQ planning process, there has been a strong interest in building neighborhoods at higher densities in order to conserve more of the SEQ’s priority open space lands. The City’s land use regulations do provide for the transfer of development rights between non-contiguous parcels. The SEQ Concept Plan was charged with evaluating whether and how to adjust the “sending” and “receiving” densities within the regulations to provide more incentive for this type of transfer to happen. Affordable Housing in the SEQ. South Burlington’s Comprehensive Plan recognizes that while the City has been a leader in the provision of affordable housing, very little has been built in the SEQ relative to other areas of the City. The very high cost of land in the SEQ, and the lack of access to public transit, and distance from available services, have limited the introduction of affordable housing into the SEQ. Nonetheless, affordable ownership units were included in Dorset Farms, and are included in the proposed South Village project as well. The SEQ Concept Plan has evaluated how increased “buildable” densities might increase the opportunity for affordable housing as well. Non-Residential Land Uses in the SEQ. While predominantly residential, the SEQ district also includes many non-residential land uses. These are found chiefly in the Industrial-Open Space (IO) Zoning District at the northeastern edge of the SEQ, but are also found at the Chittenden Cider Mill on Dorset Street, but throughout the district is a scattering of churches, schools, recreation areas, and home-based businesses. Industrial Open Space District. The Industrial-Open Space zoning district was intended originally to provide land for high-quality, large-lot industries and offices whose buildings and operations are consistent with a location in an environmentally healthy and visually sensitive area adjacent to residential neighborhoods. Recently, there have been significant concerns about the suitability of this district for uses such as warehousing that generate significant truck traffic. Institutional Land Uses. Institutional uses in the SEQ are varied and provide important visual focal points within this district. These uses include four churches, all located at the north end of the SEQ near the interstate. A private elementary school, The Schoolhouse, is located on one of the out-parcels near the Dorset Farms subdivision. The City’s land uses in the district center on recreation and open space. Veterans Memorial Park is the City’s main active recreation center and is located adjacent to the 100-acre Wheeler Nature Park. A network of unpaved walking paths has been developed through the Recreation Path Committee. Most recently, the City added the 40-acre Scott property in the center of the SEQ to its recreation lands. The Vermont National Country Club. One of the most prominent features of the SEQ is the Vermont National Country Club, which began construction in 1996 and continues developing today. This 450-acre complex straddles Dorset Street and extends from Swift Street south to Nowland Farm Road. It includes 264 residential units, an city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-34 3-35city of south burlington comprehensive plan public safety. As development increases in the SEQ, the City must monitor the need for substations in the SEQ. Any new public building in the SEQ should include space for public meetings, as this has been sorely lacking in the SEQ. Transportation Network. The provision of an integrated network of roadways, recreation paths, sidewalks and walking trails that balances the needs of SEQ residents, the City as a whole, and the City’s natural environment is an ongoing challenge that requires thoughtful discussion, planning, and technical assistance. While automobile transportation will be the chief mode of moving through and around the SEQ for the foreseeable future, the City must recognize and plan for all modes of travel in a balanced way. The main north-south routes through the SEQ have very different functions. Spear Street acts as a quasi-rural corridor carrying substantial amounts of commuter traffic northbound into Burlington each morning. This has created difficulties for the local traffic, particularly the houses with driveways on Spear Street, between Allen Road and Swift Street. The corridor’s open character is protected in some stretches by the University of Vermont’s farm and natural area lands that flank the road in parts of South Burlington, particularly north of Swift Street through to Williston Road. The Spear Street Corridor Study, completed in 2004, provided the City with a detailed series of recommended improvements intended to maintain Spear Street as a hybrid local and collector road that is able to carry the through traffic demand without creating a need for additional lanes. Citizens expressed a strong desire to keep Spear Street as a two-lane profile throughout South Burlington, while making improvements to the Spear and Swift intersection and providing better recreation path connections throughout. Dorset Street functions more as a local collector roadway and carries far less commuter or through traffic in the SEQ than do Spear Street and Hinesburg Road. Dorset Street is likely to be affected by increased volumes of local traffic as more development occurs, especially in the SEQ. The very visible presence of important local landmarks such as Veterans Memorial Park, the water tank, the Vermont National Country Club golf course and club house, and the Mill Market and Deli right on Dorset Street make Dorset Street very much the “main street” of South Burlington, both in the SEQ and farther north in the City Center. These visual features make it appropriate to bring new housing and other uses closer to Dorset Street, especially in the area south of Old Cross Road as identified in the SEQ Concept Plan, and to ensure that its profile enhances its use as a local “main street.” This will require careful design review to ensure that new development contributes to the attractive visual quality that has been developing along Dorset Street. Hinesburg Road (Vermont Route 116) is an important regional transportation corridor that carries an increasing amount of through traffic, including trucks, from City-wide facility, but also as the closest park for most SEQ residents and, along with the Wheeler Nature Park, the “green lungs” of the City Center. The very heavy scheduled use of Veterans Memorial Park’s playing fields indicates that the park’s capacity for providing active recreation space has been reached. Thus it is recognized in this plan, and detailed in the Recreation chapter, that the anticipated housing growth in the SEQ (including projects built since 2001 and those undergoing review) will necessitate acquisition of additional lands for active and passive recreation, as well as continued expansion of the recreation path system, to ensure that there are sufficient recreation areas within walking or biking distance of all SEQ neighborhoods. A near-term focus should be on providing new opportunities for active recreation, including soccer/playing fields and playground equipment. RecReation paths. The SEQ is increasingly well-served by recreation paths, and all new developments have incorporated extensive public recreation paths in their designs. In the summer of 2004, a section of the path was built on the east side of Dorset Street stretching north from Midland Avenue. This will eventually connect to the new Chittenden Cider Mill development, forming a link all the way from the City Center to Midland Avenue. Construction of the South Village project eventually will provide a loop from Dorset to Spear Street. The Recreation Path Committee has identified five priority improvements within or directly related to the SEQ district as its priorities for the area: (1) completing the path from Dorset Farms to Nowland Farm Road; (2) completing the connector from Midland Avenue to Allen Road and Spear Street through the South Village project; (3) extension of the path from Spear Street and Allen Road to Shelburne Road; (4) completing a path on the west side of Dorset Street from Swift Street north to the Faith Methodist Church; and (5) constructing a path along Van Sicklen Road from the Muddy Brook to the existing path terminus on Old Cross Road. natuRal aReas. The 100-acre Wheeler Nature Park is the City’s largest natural area. This property includes areas of hardwood forest, ledge, and wetlands, and has been documented as one of the most important areas of wildlife habitat in the City. The City intends to maintain this as a natural area, with unpaved walking trails the only type of improvement to be constructed within the property. The 2007 conservation of the Scott property provided a much-needed addition to the City’s inventory of natural lands. It will be available for low-impact, non-motorized recreation activities such as hiking, biking and skiing. The Open Space Strategy focused on this area, “The Bowl,” as a critical area of the SEQ for further natural area conservation. Ideally, a conserved network of natural areas and farmland with public walking paths will be created extending south to Shelburne Pond. Acquired by the City in 2013, the 60-acre Underwood property includes open fields, woodlands, wetlands, and spectacular views. The City appointed a committee to develop a preferred vision for the plan, for which a report and related graphics were released in the spring of 2015. A management plan was identified as the next step, but has not yet been developed. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-36 3-37city of south burlington comprehensive plan environmental design features, such as box or open-bottom culverts instead of pipes for wetland and stream crossings, narrower road profiles (especially at crossing points), wildlife-friendly landscaping, and other traffic-calming features. These approaches, which can be incorporated with the City’s public service and roadway maintenance practices, should become “standard operating procedure” for new development in the SEQ. With these issues in mind, the Planning Commission evaluated the planned cross- town roads on the Official Map in 2003 and proposed a series of amendments that were adopted by City Council in December, 2003. Based on projected population and traffic growth, the Open Space Strategy, and public input, the new Official Map reaffirms the planned extensions of Swift Street through to Hinesburg Road; Midland Avenue through to Spear Street; Old Cross Road between Dorset Street and Hinesburg Road; and a connection between the proposed Marceau Meadows and Cider Mill subdivisions. The new Official Map does NOT include the north-south and east-west proposed roads throughout “The Bowl” that had been proposed for decades, including a connector road at Autumn Hill Road through the Scott Property. This Comprehensive Plan reaffirms that the remaining proposed roadways through the SEQ that are shown on the Official Map should be constructed. Southeast Quadrant Objectives Objective 59. Give priority to the conservation of contiguous and interconnected open space areas within this quadrant outside of those areas [districts, zones] specifically designated for development. Objective 60. Maintain opportunities for traditional and emerging forms of agriculture that complement and help sustain a growing city, and maintain the productivity of South Burlington’s remaining agricultural lands. Objective 61. Enhance Dorset Street as the SEQ’s “main street” with traffic calming techniques, streetscape improvements, safe interconnected pedestrian pathways and crossings, and a roadway profile suited to its intended local traffic function. Southeast Quadrant Strategies Strategy 123. Take an active role, through cooperative planning and projects, policy discussions, zoning, and land conservation, in promoting new or revitalized agricultural and other open space uses in the SEQ that can be compatible with residential neighborhood and village center uses. Strategy 124. Create a village center and green for the SEQ along Dorset Street south of Old Cross Road. Strategy 125. Participate in State proceedings to advance the City’s position on open space, housing and agricultural use issues as they relate to soil classes. Strategy 126. Maintain the present residential density of 1.2 dwelling units per gross acre of land as the basic limitation on the ultimate build out of the SEQ zoning district. Addison and southern Chittenden County north to Williston, South Burlington and Burlington. The State has begun the formal scoping process, with the full support of Williston, for a full interchange at Hinesburg Road and Interstate 89. This is expected to reduce the use of Van Sicklen Road as a cut-over to Exit 12 in Williston, provide more direct airport access, and service the truck demand from the industrial parks north and south of the Interstate in both communities. And, while essential to the regional economy, the interchange will lead to increased through traffic on Route 116. Therefore, careful provisions for recreation path and pedestrian crossings and strict limits on new curb cuts through this corridor are essential. East-West and Neighborhood Connector Roads: One of the most difficult issues for South Burlington has been the provision of east-west connector roads between Spear Street, Dorset Street, and Hinesburg Road, and provision of connections between adjacent subdivisions. Despite the fact that a network of east-west roads has been shown on the City’s Official Map and included in the Comprehensive Plan for over 40 years, at the present time, the only full connection between the north-south roads in the SEQ is Cheese Factory Road. Nowland Farm Road terminates at Dorset Heights; Swift Street terminates at the Village at Dorset Park; and Midland Avenue terminates within Dorset Farms. The lack of east-west roadways means, effectively, that the SEQ presently has over 1,000 housing units and regional traffic moving through a farming community’s roadway network. The lack of east-west connections increases travel times and miles traveled between, for example, Butler Farms and Village at Dorset Park, or Dorset Farms and Shelburne Road. When east-west and neighborhood connector roads are lacking, school bus routes and emergency service responses also are lengthened, and there is less physical connectivity between neighborhoods, creating an isolating development, transportation, infrastructure and social network in the SEQ. The flip side of this discussion relates to the potential environmental impacts of new roadways on wetlands and other environmental resources, and the desire of many residents to have as little “through traffic” as possible able to drive through their neighborhoods. Proposed roadway connections between new and existing neighborhoods are a frequent source of conflict in the development review process, and, against the policy of the City, the DRB has in some cases allowed one-way or “emergency only” roadways as a way to allow projects to proceed. Also, wetland regulations are often interpreted in a manner that considers connector roads an “unnecessary impact” or an easy way to reduce wetland impacts. This interpretation is often self-defeating from an environmental perspective, since it leads to greater vehicle miles traveled by new residents when neighborhoods do not connect to other neighborhoods and the street network. One key issue where there has been increasing agreement on all sides is the need to design east-west and neighborhood connector roads with narrower profiles and other city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-38 3-39city of south burlington comprehensive plan Future land use along each of these corridors should emphasize not only the need for traffic flow, but also for cross connections and pedestrian access. The specific challenges and opportunities for resolution are unique to each of these corridors, but the broad need to have these corridors serve both localized and wider City-wide and regional needs is consistent. In addition to providing transportation accessibility, these corridors provide opportunities for the City to advance multiple key goals related to efficient use of land, affordability, land conservation, and efficiency of municipal services. These goals can be advanced by supporting development and redevelopment patterns that focus on high quality, higher density land use than elsewhere in the City. Greater intensity of land uses along these corridors will foster greater use of transit along existing routes, relieve pressure for development in other areas of the City, and provide residents with support services within walking distance. All of these will help support the overall affordability of housing in the area. oPen sPaces and wildliFe corridors South Burlington is connected together by multiple types of networks – streets, recreation paths, water and sewer infrastructure, and natural areas. Land use includes planning for both conservation and development. For natural areas, connectivity is critically important. The City of South Burlington includes several natural corridors. In most cases, these relate closely to water features due to the increased wildlife activity that generally accompanies these features. In South Burlington, the following natural area corridors cross through the City. Some, such as those in the Southeast Quadrant and along parts of the Potash Brook’s main reach, have been closely studied, while others have only been broadly identified. ✦Southeast Quadrant Wildlife Corridors – see the Southeast Quadrant Detailed Chapter. ✦Muddy Brook Corridor ✦Bartlett Brook Corridor ✦Centennial Brook Corridor ✦Potash Brook and Red Rocks Park Corridor ✦Winooski River Corridor energy Facility siting South Burlington recognizes that there may at times be competing goals. While the City supports the harnessing of renewable energy, particularly in the case of solar arrays, it must consider the impacts of such structures on open spaces and wildlife corridors. As such, this plan shall serve to provide guidance as to where the siting of renewable energy facilities should be avoided in favor of certain conservation areas: Strategy 127. Continue to allow limited neighborhood areas with a buildable density of between four and eight units per acre, using development rights transferred from areas in the SEQ designated for conservation or protection. Strategy 128. Evaluate the allowable activities on the western portion of the Industrial-Open Space District and consider enabling the development of a residential neighborhood with density from transferred development rights from conserved properties in the SEQ. Strategy 129. Revise the LDRs to ensure that all truck-intensive uses in the IO district are located a sufficient distance away from residentially-zoned lands to prevent adverse noise, air quality, light, and visual impacts. Strategy 130. Review the general height limits and explore architectural design review to ensure that the proposed structures are consistent with the vernacular architectural styles and visual quality of the SEQ. Strategy 131. Continue to work with Shelburne on strategies to create a conserved agricultural and natural area, with appropriate public access and paths, from Shelburne Pond and Pond Road north to the Cider Mill development, consistent with the goals of the Open Space Strategy. Strategy 132. Work with the owners of major SEQ lands with agricultural use or potential to ensure the appropriate use of TDRs for land conservation, consistent with the objectives of this Plan, the SEQ Concept Plan and Open Space Strategy. Strategy 133. Through the development review process, land conservation initiatives, and development of Zoning Map amendments for the SEQ, work towards the addition of supplemental conserved areas adjacent and connected to existing open space lands. Strategy 134. Maintain measures in the LDRs and SEQ zoning map to ensure that open spaces in all developments affecting secondary natural areas be designed in a manner to ensure continued connectivity between other open spaces and the preservation of “stepping stone” or other pockets of important wildlife habitat. Strategy 135. Consult the Arrowwood Environmental SEQ Environmental Assessment regarding environmental resources, conditions, and possible strategies for protecting wildlife habitat values through conservation, restoration and development. D. Special Multi-District Issues Several issues of land use cross the artificial designations of local planning areas and municipal boundaries. Three key themes – transportation / mixed use corridors, open spaces / wildlife corridors, and transition areas – are highlighted in the Future Land Use Map. core area and key corridors through districts Promoting continued infill development in the greater City Center district, Williston Road and Shelburne Road areas in a manner that is consistent with current or future transit use adds visual vitality, increases the commercial and residential options available to landowners and businesses, incorporates access management features such as shared parking and reduced curb cuts, and uses land efficiently. Several key transportation corridors serve to both divide and stitch together neighborhoods and land use districts throughout the City. These include, notably, Shelburne Road, Williston Road, and to a lesser extent, Dorset Street and Kennedy Drive. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-40 3-41city of south burlington comprehensive plan 3.3. Compatibility Through reciprocal cooperation with neighboring towns, regional agencies and entities with regional influence, the city plans to promote economical and efficient administration of certain public services including water supply, fire and police protection, transportation, parks, water quality improvement, and waste disposal. In addition, the city recognizes its role within a larger regional context and shall plan in cooperation with neighboring municipalities and other towns in the region. The development of the South Burlington Comprehensive Plan involved significant consideration of potential compatibility with the plans of adjoining municipalities and the region. The proposed plans of adjoining municipalities and the CCRPC were consulted at great length and discussions were held with the municipal and regional staff planners. The South Burlington Comprehensive Plan is compatible with the plans of adjoining municipalities. As South Burlington implements its plan, adjoining municipalities shall be consulted and invited to comment on projects and studies which may affect an adjoining town or city. South Burlington’s plan is largely consistent with the regional plan. The city’s proposed land use and City Center/Mixed Use growth center concept is largely consistent with the region’s proposed growth center concept. In addition, proposed transportation improvements are consistent as are the recommendations for provision of affordable housing and protection of watercourses, natural resources, and Lake Champlain. ✦All Primary Conservation Areas identified per the map included in the 2014 South Burlington Open Spaces Report. ✦Uncommon Species, Habitat Blocks identified per the Secondary Conservation Maps included in the 2014 South Burlington Open Spaces Report. city of south burlington comprehensive plan3-42 4-1city of south burlington comprehensive plan 4.1 The MaPs Map 1: Current Land Use Map 2: Build Out Analysis Map 3: Water Resources Map 4: Sanitary and Water Systems Map 5: Road Class and Transit Routes Map 6: Recreation Paths and Trails Map 7: Primary Conservation Areas Map 8: Secondary Conservation Areas Map 9: Community Facilities Map 10: Planned Infrastructure Improvements Map 11: Future Land Use Map 12: Land Use Planning Areas 4: RefeRences and ResoURces Amendments to Draft Comprehensive Plan Completed by Staff For Planning Commission Consideration October 16, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A B C D E F Date Sec.Page Edit Source Of note? 7-Oct 1 2 Added "and trails" In 3rd paragraph staff 7-Oct 1 2 Add 27 miles of recreation paths in 3rd paragraph public 13-Oct 1 2 Add reference to hotels/visitors in summary Shaw 16-Oct 1 3 Rephrased statement of pace of growth after WWII Staff 29-Sep 1 6 Add "subcommittee" to list of committees consulted Staff 8-Oct 1 8 Edits to Planning History to make more readable Staff 16-Oct 1 11 Updated language about how city uses Capital Budget & Program & TIF Districts Staff 16-Oct 1 12 Added CCTA & GBIC to list of regional partners Staff 7-Oct 1 1 and iv.Changes from "Community Rich" to "Community Strong"Public; PC Yes 16-Oct 1 7 and v.reference public facilities, functions and space in City Center instead of Public spaces Staff 16-Oct 1 7 and v.Referenced community identity instead of branding Staff 16-Oct 1 7 and v.Added additional studies completed and TIF Plan Staff 16-Oct 2 1 Rephrased opening sentence to be more clear Staff 16-Oct 2 6 Added a statement about population forcasts and assumptions around major employer loss. Staff 16-Oct 2 7 Updated information about population aging Staff 29-Sep 2 8 Add "facility planning" to need for monitoring future changes Staff and RLA 16-Oct 2 11 Updates to Housing Inventory for clarity; multiple readers were confused by the numbers and trends Staff 16-Oct 2 14 Added context to statement about City employee wages vs ability to afford housing in the City Staff 16-Oct 2 14 Clarified statement about households seeking smaller accommodations Staff 16-Oct 2 15 Added reference to Neighborhood Development Area program offered by the State Staff 16-Oct 2 18 Added reference to I-89 in an important element of the area's economy Staff 16-Oct 2 19 Clarified statements about wages earned in South Burlington vs/ the region vs the State Staff 16-Oct 2 20 Changed statements that "it has been South Burlington's policy to balance residential and non-residential" to Objective. Staff 7-Oct 2 21 Added "resource sustainability" to quality of life and economic vitality discussion EC recommended energy efficiency and renewable energy 16-Oct 2 23 Add strategy to develop a strategic economic development plan for the City Staff Yes 29-Sep 2 25 Remove references to National Night Out Staff 13-Oct 2 25 Updated police section under Inventory Staff 6-Oct 2 28 Add paragraph in library section related to future facility planning Library, Staff 13-Oct 2 30 Change Red Rocks management plan to complete Staff 16-Oct 2 34 Updated description and next steps for Dumont Park in City Center Staff 29-Sep 2 36 Clarify references to Baycrest park; change Baycrest Park to Allen Road park Staff Yes 7-Oct 2 37 Add cross references to recreation resources in Community Facilities section RLA; staff 8-Oct 2 38 Remove reference to Airport location impeding emergency response to northern neighborhoods Staff 16-Oct 2 43 Updated description of Dumont / City Center Park and future plans Staff 5-Oct 2 44 Add "indoor and outdoor" to objective 10 Staff and RLA 7-Oct 2 44 Replace above #11 with objective for future master plan for city owned parks and natural areas RLA; NRC Yes 16-Oct 2 44 Added new project for a new park / gathering place in City Center Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 44 Added a new project of building a Library Staff 16-Oct 2 44 Added a new project of building a Recreational Facility Staff 16-Oct 2 44 Added a new project of building a City Hall Staff 7-Oct 2 44 Add "community center" to community needs in Strategy 32 RLA; staff Yes 1 Amendments to Draft Comprehensive Plan Completed by Staff For Planning Commission Consideration October 16, 2015 1 A B C D E F Date Sec.Page Edit Source Of note? 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 16-Oct 2 45 Revised strategy 27 to refer to each of the City Center public facilities Staff 13-Oct 2 46 Remove references to quality of construction per DPW Staff 16-Oct 2 51 Updated Williston Road description to discuss TIF and Streetscape Staff 7-Oct 2 53 Changed Spear Street Travel Infrastructure paragraph to include all communities to the south public 16-Oct 2 54 Note that traffic levels of servce lower than D may be desirable in City Center and elsewhere and that high traffic generators can be mitigated for Staff Yes 13-Oct 2 56 Strengthened language regarding roadway connections per DPW rec Staff 16-Oct 2 57 Updated section on Regional Transportation analysis Staff 16-Oct 2 60 Updated description of Meeting Demands of Change and Development with greater emphasis on Bikes & Peds and transit Staff 16-Oct 2 60 Added statement about Access Management to Road Design bullet list Staff 13-Oct 2 61 Add "commuter" to enhanced rail service Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 61 Added references to Garden & Market Street projects to Additional Resources Staff 16-Oct 2 62 Updated Strategy 41 to discuss interconnections of bike and ped facilities with neighboring towns Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 62 Removed Dorset Street / Market Street Improvements project. That project is not being pursued in present version of Market Street reconstruction Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 63 Updated numbers associated with City Center parking garage Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 63 Updated City Center Road Network language to reference all streets Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 67 Updated US 2 Corridor Improvements to reflect recent additions Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 68 Added Bike-Ped Bridge over I-89 as a project Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 69 Added road north of Williston Rd as a project Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 69 Added Quarry Hill to Williston Rd connector as a project Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 69 Added Kimball Ave to Williston Rd connector as a project Staff Yes 16-Oct 2 70 Add reference to composting laws staff 13-Oct 2 73 Remove paragraph related to global economy of climate change Staff Yes 7-Oct 2 74 Add explanatory sentence relating energy efficiency with transportation EC 7-Oct 2 76 Reword confusing sentence EC 24-Sep 2 86 Add references to phosphorus in stormwater overview Staff Yes 24-Sep 2 86 First paragraph of Stormwater inventory Staff 24-Sep 2 86 Reference EPA Phosphorus TMDL Staff Yes 24-Sep 2 88 Add chloride reference in future needs paragraph Staff 16-Oct 2 102 Added bullet point under Habitat and Vegetation to reflect value of tree canopy NRC 16-Oct 2 103 Added Tree Canopy Report (2014) to resource list in Green Infrastructure, Ecology NRC 6-Oct 2 104 Add need for community center in Cultural Facilities RLA 16-Oct 2 104 Remove strategy 70: Update and adopt the City’s Open Space Strategy as a supporting plan to this Comprehensive Plan. NRC 16-Oct 2 104 Replace strategy 70 with: Maintain existing overall tree canopy. Set targets to increase overall tree canopy, with a focus on increasing tree canopy in urban areas and residential property parcels as identified in the Report on Existing and Potential Tree Canopy in the City of South Burlington (2014). NRC 7-Oct 2 106 Add reference to 2014 OS study in relation to scenic view protection work Staff 5-Oct 2 107 Add abridged paragraph at RLA recommendation RLA 7-Oct 2 107 update funds raised from open space fund Staff 7-Oct 2 109 Add restoration and maintenance needs to recreation fields RLA 7-Oct 2 110 Add reference to gap analysis map to strategy 79 RLA; staff Yes 24-Sep 2 114 Change first bullet in blue infrastructure continue-tos Staff 6-Oct 2 44 and 113 Move Educational System objective (formerly #11) to Achievements and Ongoing Action List Staff 2 Amendments to Draft Comprehensive Plan Completed by Staff For Planning Commission Consideration October 16, 2015 1 A B C D E F Date Sec.Page Edit Source Of note? 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 16-Oct 3 4 Updated City Center project status Staff 16-Oct 3 9 Added more language on New Town Center and Neighborhood Development area designations Staff 16-Oct 3 24 Removed "without creating competition with City Center" from Objective 52 Staff Yes 13-Oct 3 35 Changed references to public facility in SEQ; formerly read as a given Staff 16-Oct Infrastructure Map Updating references in the infrastructure map (NOT COMPLETE)Staff 13-Oct maps updated maps to include street layer Staff 13-Oct maps updated maps to include full page for LU Planning Areas Staff 16-Oct Maps Tidied all maps for consistent appearance and use of date Staff 6-Oct multiple Revise all references to Dorset Park Staff, RLA 7-Oct Organization moved Executive Summary in front of TOC Staff 16-Oct Rec Path Map Updated planned rec path and bike lanes map Staff with input from Bike Ped Yes 7-Oct TOC Fixed to align with section heads Staff 7-Oct varies Assorted spelling and grammatical fixes EC 8-Oct Various Updates to Fire and Emergency Services Staff Yes 8-Oct Various Minor grammatical fixes aimed towards achieving consistency throughout document Staff 14-Oct various Update with various grammar changes from S. Dopp S. Dopp 15-Oct various updated minor grammatical and technical issues per comments from I. Blanchard Staff 20-Oct 3 6 Updated Medium Intensity, residential to mixed use to clarify intent for land use; was previously referenced as same as "lower intensity, principally residential". Staff Yes 20-Oct 2 42 Added the following to Future Needs and trends of Community Facilities: Any proposed development needs to consider the ability of city departments to serve that development. Elder housing may require additional Fire Department Staffing, while retail development may require additional police staffing. As development continues, the growth may trigger a need to expand one or more city departments.Staff Yes 20-Oct 2 42 Added the following to Future Needs and trends of Community Facilities: Consideration of regulated parking and parking enforcement will have to be factored in to project development. Staff Yes 20-Oct 2 42 Added the following to Future Needs and trends of Community Facilities: Significant development in City Center may trigger the need for a police substation.Staff Yes 20-Oct 2 108 Added to Recreation & Parks operates under three main pillars: Conservation, Health & Wellness, and Social Equity.Staff Yes 20-Oct Replaced strategy 34 with: Use the strategies in this plan to maintain the targeted ratio of open space to population/ level of service standards as outlined in the South Burlington Open Space Report (2014). Staff Yes 22-Oct 3 34 Added Underwood to list of natural areas in SEQ Staff 22-Oct 3 34 Removed references to decision making for new public facility (police station already built)Staff 22-Oct obj 50 Per 10/20 direction of PC: Remove objective 50 pending review by the CNAPC: Continue to support the voluntary sale and relocation of eligible noise-affected homes and households, and other context-sensitive noise mitigation measures in neighborhoods adjacent to the Burlington International Airport.PC Yes 22-Oct 2 120 Per 10/20 PC direction: Updated SEQ housing reference in "Continue to" list PC 3 Heading 1 … Heading 2 … Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 2 … Heading 3 … Box Com Plan Draft 10-22-2015 [Editing] community assessment Identity Through several related but separate studies over the past five years, tIn 2013 and 2015, through separate but related projects, the Citycity has worked with the community to worked with consultants to identifyfy key strengths, concerns, values, and opportunities. elements of the Citycity that the community noted for value or concern. A series of workshops and related website helped to put a geographic face on this work, identifying places in the community that residents identified as special. This process engaged residents and business owners in a broader conversation about South Burlington’s identity. In the spring of 2015, South Burlington began the Community Identity Project to better understand how the community, its workers, and neighbors viewed the Citycity. A major goal includes fashioning material that could be used to clearly, succinctly, and consistently articulate community identity, pride, strength and direction. The result of this outreach have influenced this Plan. Stakeholders had initially identified the need for this for City Center, however, upon bringing in the consultants and seeing what they had created for other communities, it was clear to community attendees at the presentation that this was needed throughout for South Burlington. The consultants put together an online survey which was advertised on Front Porch Forum, via e-mail and also quite extensively in the media. The consultants held several meetings that includedincluding with community leaders, with high school students, with the hospitality industry and with the community at large. They also traveled around and took pictures of the City. What are people proud of? How is the City perceived now? What about the City should be preserved? What about the City should change? The meetings and the surveys highlighted some interesting things. Generally in the online survey South Burlingtonians value South Burlington as much as they value Burlington, but they think other people value South Burlington less than they do. The largest group of survey takers felt that the identity of South Burlington is not very distinct from that of the region. The survey found that people generally love South Burlington, but that the lack of community pride in organizing or attending community based events make it difficult to form strong social ties outside of schools, sometimes even in neighborhoods. There are also many undersung assets, such as the airport, parks, scenic views, a sense of community and businesses and industry. Finally, it was underscored that most outsiders’’s familiarity with the geography of South Burlington is limited to roads named for other communities – Williston Road and Shelburne Road. This survey is only one element that has illuminated the perceived identity of the community. The results should be held in context of other past and future forms of outreach. The discussion of community identity is one that has only recently begun in earnest but has great momentum and is expected to have fruitful results. The identity of South Burlington lies within the vision, goals, and objectives laid out within this plan. Community interests and priorities are reflected in the plan components with every effort made to showcase the heart and spirit of the City of South Burlington. Social Infrastructure Population Population is a basic index of community growth and population projections are a key element in determining a community’s growth-management policies. Schools, roads, police, water and sewer, Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal recreational opportunities, preservation of natural resources, scenic views, congestion, tax rates, and many other determinants of the quality of life are directly affected by changes to a community’s population. To properly assess current and future needs and impacts on Citycity services, and other quality of life issues, the characteristics of the community’s population should be evaluated. Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s population identified in this plan include: Increase in the percentage of Citycity residents ranging from 55 to 74 years of age is a signal of future changes in the types of housing, amenities, facilities and services residents will be seeking. Continuation of the decline in average household size and increases in the number of single-person households will keep demand for housing units growing at a rate faster than overall population growth. Anticipated levelling off of the City’s total population by 2025, alongside continued new housing demand, will place a greater burden per resident on municipal services. Declining rates and absolute numbers of children will result in decreased local school enrollment. Overall population changes - increases in single- and two-person households, increased population aged 65+, and increased diversity in ethnicity and background - will warrant continued assessment of the type and method of delivery of Citycity services. As people continue to move into the Citycity, ongoing efforts will be needed to welcome and connect new residents with their community - both at the neighborhood and city level. Residential development needs to be monitored on an ongoing basis and measures taken as necessary to maintain a balanced, multi-generational population as measured over any 10-year period. Inventory Population Change. South Burlington’s population began to grow rapidly in the 1940s with the development of post-war residential suburbs. The rate of growth remained very high throughout the 1950s and 1960s, when the Citycity added more than 3,000 residents each decade. Except for the period during the 1970s, the Citycity has experienced a rate of growth greater than both Chittenden County and Vermont over the past 50 years. This higher rate of growth can most likely be attributed to a combination of the following factors: the Citycity’s location in the most populous county in the State, its abundance of open, developable land, and a high quality of life. The average annual growth rate from 2000 to 2010, based on data from the US Census Bureau was 1.9 %percent. The official population count as of 2010 was 17,904, up from 14,879 in 2000. In 2014, the City and School District commissioned a population forecast for the upcoming decade, through 2015. The forecast, developed by McKibbin Demographics based on rigorous data modelling and conservative assumptions, anticipates that the City’s overall population will continue to increase modestly through 2020 and then level off by 2025 at approximately 18,310 residents. Natural Increase. Natural increase, the number of births minus the number of deaths, is one component of population change. While there is considerable fluctuation in the Citycity’s annual amount of natural increase, a gradual downward trend has been evident since the early 1990s. The 2014 Population Forecast anticipates a gradually widening gap of deaths above births, from -70 in 2015 to -220 by 2025. This is due to a combination of factors, including a decrease in the population of women of child-bearing age, together with an increase in the proportion of the population that is elderly. Migration. Net -migration (people moving in minus those moving out) is the second major element driving population change. Over the past 50 years, more of the Citycity’s population growth has been due to net migration than to natural increase. The 2014 Population Forecast anticipates a continued, though slightly Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal declining net in-migration into the community. The Forecast includes in its assumptions, notably, that therre will not be an unexpected regional employer loss in the area. The City and region have fostered a diversity of businesses over the past half-century to help guard against such situations. Age Distribution. Over the past 50 years, the age profile of the Citycity’s population has shifted considerably. The percentage of the population composed of children under age 18 has declined, while the population segment made up of residents age 65 or older has grown. The US Census Bureau reported that the median age of Citycity residents in 2010 was 40.6. In 2010, 18.9 %percent of residents were under age 18, and 16.1 %percent were age 65 or older. Those percentages are forecasted to be declining, and increasing, respectively, in the coming years, with the median age expected to reach over 44 by 2025. Household Size. Household size has been declining across the country for many decades. The Citycity’s average household has declined from around 3.5 people in 1970 to 2.19 people in 2010. This has led the number of households to grow at a faster rate than the population. Household Composition. The characteristics of the Citycity’s households have also changed markedly in recent decades. Single people currently make up one-third of the Citycity’s households, while another quarter are married couples without children living at home. Only one-quarter of households include children under age 18. Evidence from the past decade suggests that the percentage of single-person households in the Citycity is relatively stable. Because of the presence of UVM, this segment of the population includes young adults in addition to elders. Population Diversity. The Census Bureau estimates that 11% of the City’s population was foreign-born in the years 2009-2013, and 13% spoke a language other than English at home. Of these, approximately one- third, or roughly 700 residents, report speaking English less than “very well.” In terms of race, 90% of the City’s population reported as Wwhite in 2010. The next largest population segment was Asian, at 5.4%. Household Income. In 2013, the median family and household incomes in the Burlington-South Burlington Metropolitan Statistical Area were $81,871 and $62,022, respectively, according to the US Census Bureau’s American Community Survey (ACS) 1-year estimates. The mean incomes were $101,757 and $81,011 respectively. Not surprisingly, housing costs for households with lower incomes are typically higher as a percentage of income. The majority of households in each income bracket up to $50,000 annually paid more than 30% of their incomes towards housing costs. Approximately 5.1% of the City’s population was below the poverty level in 2013, according to the ACS’s 2013 5-year estimates. This was spread relatively evenly among age groups except for the population 65 years of age and over, which was at just 3.6%. Analysis and Challenges Aging Population. The aging population trend is visible throughout Vermont and many places around the country as each generation born after the baby -boomers has been smaller in numbers. South Burlington and Chittenden County have generally had a younger population than the state as a whole, but that gap has been narrowing in recent years. Anecdotal evidence suggests that some housing built in recent years has been attracting retired couples. The 2015 Population Forecast04 City Center Market Study noted that there will be a increase in the number and proportion of persons aged 55 to 74 years the most striking change in the composition of South Burlington’s population during the next few years would be the increase in the numbers of persons aged 55 to 74 years. These changes in the demographics will likely affect the regional economy, as well as local demand for housing, education, health care, and other services. Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Smaller Households. The average household size is anticipated to continue to decline in the near term, thus ensuring that the rate of household formation will remain high in the Citycity even if population growth slows. It is the number of households, as opposed to residents, that primarily drive demand for housing and many Citycity services. The amount of decline will be linked to the age distribution and socioeconomic characteristics of the Citycity’s future residents. Over the next several decades, it is likely that household size will stabilize to a level between 2.0 to 2.5 people, although changes in the regional economy could cause unexpected shifts in either direction. The uncertainty around average household size is a challenge to estimating housing needs based on population projections. AnyThe decrease in household size will continue to place pressure on Citycity and school services such as emergency response, infrastructure maintenance, permitting, land records, and more as the numbers of homes and amount of infrastructure increases at a greater rate than the population of tax-payers.. Migration. The role of migration in South Burlington’s growth rate also makes it more difficult to project population change. Birth rates are linked to the demographic profile of current residents, but the economic factors that drive people to move into or out of an area are less predictable. Further, rapid turnover in the Citycity’s population poses a challenge for efforts to engage residents in the community and neighborhood-level planning. Loss of Young Families. Research initiated by the South Burlington School District examining early childhood education has indicated a consistent trend of young families moving out of South Burlington in the years following the birth of their children. An analysis of birth rates and subsequent school enrollment five years later has shown a drop in several successive years. Future Trends and Needs Population Forecast and Planning. The City and School District in 2014 engaged McKibbin Demographic Research to undertakeen a 10-year Population and Enrollment Forecast for the community. It anticipates modest increases in population through 2020 and a levelling off by 2025. This differs from the last projections completed by the City in 2006, which had anticipated continued growth. This projection suggested that by 2015, the Citycity’s population could exceed 21,000. Census data, combined with the economic downturn that began in 2008, indicate that this estimate was substantially too high. It is the Citycity’s responsibility to provide opportunities for a fair and reasonable amount of new population and housing units to help meet regional demands. While both “excessive growth” and “stagnation” have their disadvantages, most Citycity residents accept a moderate rate of growth as normal and healthy for the community. The Citycity, therefore, sees no compelling advantage to becoming a “magnet” for a large proportion of the county’s population growth, nor to adopting a “no growth” policy. Monitoring and anticipating future changes in population and demographics are critical to future planning for Citycity services, in terms of capital needs, facility planning, staffing needs, recreation and open space planning, and transportation needs. It is recommended that trends in absolute population be monitored closely, and also be monitored together with equally important trends in housing construction, commercial development, and employment. Separately and together, these four subject areas have a significant impact on municipal and school services, financing, and needs. With the anticipated development of City Center, the City will plan to continue for its historic housing growth rate of 1.5-2%, and a population growth rate of 1-1.5%. This long-term growth rate represents a conservative approach to planning for future needs. Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Heading 3 … Box Box Box Box Box Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Should the community experience prolonged periods of population change that varies dramatically from this estimate, the Citycity will need to either re-evaluate its planning assumptions and adjust accordingly, or consider the implementation of growth management techniques to either foster or suppress growth as needed. Techniques could include development phasing, sewer allocations, impact fees, or zoning amendments. Population Objectives Anticipate and prepare for an average annual population growth rate of approximately 1-1.5 %percent, and a housing growth rate of 1.5-2 %percent. Population Strategies Monitor the rate of population growth and land use development on an annual basis, as measured over 10-year averages. Use growth management techniques, such as development phasing and sewer allocations, to ensure that the rate of development does not outstrip the Citycity’s ability to provide services in a cost-effective manner. Regularly evaluate the impacts of changes in population and housing growth rates for their financial and programmatic impacts on Citycity services. Housing Shelter is a basic need and providing for housing is a fundamental element of this plan. Provision of safe and affordable housing that is well-matched to residents’ circumstances is an essential requirement for the Citycity to maintain its quality of life, retain existing businesses and support further economic development, and attract future residents. A diversity of housing options at a range of price points is a necessary component of any plan to maintain or grow the local economy. The need for an increased supply of housing affordable to middle and lower income households is recognized in this plan and has been recognized in several previous plans. In recognition of this need, the Citycity adopted Land Development Regulations providing bonuses and incentives for the development of affordable housing in 2003. These regulations played a role in the development of the Citycity’s 605 affordable housing units. In 2012 the City Council established an ad hoc Affordable Housing Committee to research and make recommendations regarding what the City might do to address the growing gap between the need for and supply of affordable housing in the Citycity. In addition, in November 2014, the City Council unanimously adopted a resolution establishing a South Burlington Housing Trust Fund and creating a standing Affordable Housing Committee; in January 2015, the City Council voted to include $50,000 for this Trust Fund in the fiscal year 2016 budget, which the Citycity’s voters approved in March 2015. The ad hoc Affordable Housing Committee’s 2013 report states: “There is a critical need for more housing in South Burlington that local residents can afford – including young adults just starting out, young families looking for a first home, employees of local businesses, and a growing number of seniors on fixed incomes.” Several of the objectives, techniques, and strategies included in this chapter are based on the Affordable Housing Committee’s work and recommendations. Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s housing stock and residential development trends identified in this plan include: Preserving and promoting the development of additional housing that is affordable to households of all Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal income levels throughout the Citycity. Meeting the housing needs of increasing numbers of single-person households and seniors. Supporting the appearance and quality of life of the Citycity’s residential neighborhoods. Complementing new development areas with redevelopment of low-density, single-use commercial areas to higher-density mixed-use areas and appropriate infill within existing neighborhoods. Inventory Existing Housing Stock. The analysis prepared for the Affordable Housing Committee found a total of 7,940 dwelling units in South Burlington as of 2010. The City’s housing stock includes 1,348 (17%) apartments in multi-unit buildings; 2,873 (36%) condominium units; and 3,719 (47%) residences with land. The number of accessory dwelling units is not known. Approximately 65% percent of the housing stock is owner-occupied while 35 %percent comprises rental units. AnSouth Burlington permitted an average of 160 residential units per year were constructed during the past decade. The new dwellings have been evenly split between single-family homes and units in multi-family buildings over the 10-year period. Virtually all of the multi-family units are in buildings with five or more units. Residential Construction. The number of housing units in South Burlington has grown steadily each decade since the first Census housing count in 1940. Between 1940 and 2010, nearly 8,750 dwellings were constructed in the Citycity. The Citycity experienced rapid housing growth during the period from the late-1970s through the mid-1980s, largely due to multi-family development, which includes both rental housing and condominium style ownership. During the late-1980s and early-1990s, the rate of housing growth slowed and new construction shifted to predominantly single-family detached dwellings. For a period of time in the late 1990s and early 2000s, the rate of housing construction in the Citycity averaged around 200 units per year and South Burlington again experienced increased development of multi-unit structures. The late 2000’s and early 2010’s saw a decrease in the amount of residential dwelling units built. Indications of the last few years are that the number of housing units constructed annually has increased slightly. Over the last 35 years, the City has averaged approximately 140 units per year with cyclical fluctations. That figure has returned to more traditional rates in recent years, with an average of 105 new housing units per year since 2007. The type of housing units being built in the Citycity over the past 25 years has been weighted toward multi-family structures, including both apartment rental and condominium ownership. According to the Census Bureau, the City added 835 owner-occupied and 820 rental units during the 2000s. This represented a 20% increase in owner-occupied housing and a 40% increase in rental housing. During the past decade, 70% of the new homes on their own lot built in the Citycity were valued at more than $400,000 and another 24% were valued between $350,000 and $400,000. Meanwhile, over 100 of the Citycity’s stock of entry-level homes have been lost to demolition near the airport; elsewhere, conversion to other uses, for example, rentals to unrelated individuals, has resulted in additional losses of entry-level homes available for owner-occupancy. Age and Condition. The quality of building workmanship, design, and materials used in the Citycity’s existing housing stock appears to not pose a threat to the health and safety of residents. Only seven percent of the Citycity’s housing stock dates from before World War II, with more than half having been constructed since 1980. Care should be taken, however, as housing from the Citycity’s first significant wave of development in the 1950s, continues to age. Owner-Occupied Homes. The cost of owner-occupied housing in South Burlington has risen sharply in Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal recent years in response to the tight housing market in northwestern Vermont and due to the addition of new higher-priced units. The 2011 median sale price of a single-family home in South Burlington was $310,000 and of a condominium was $186,000. Rental Market. In 2010, median rent for a South Burlington apartment was just over $1,000 a month. Over the past 10 years, monthly rents have increased approximately $200. As of 2011, South Burlington’s rental housing stock included 605 affordable units, about 60% of which house elderly or disabled residents. Most of these affordable rental units were constructed between 1995 and 2003. Since then only 91 affordable rental units, all for seniors, have been built. Affordability. Affordable housing helps to retain and attract a qualified work force and provides an opportunity for first-time home buyers and older residents to remain in the Citycity. Recent Census Bureau estimates indicate that nearly one-third of SB homeowners (1,600 households) and one-half of renters (1,350 households) spend more than 30 %percent of their income on housing. About 1,000 of these households—nearly 600 renters and 400 owner households—are “severely cost burdened”, spending more than 50% of their household income on housing. About 28% of the Citycity’s existing owner-occupied housing stock is affordable. A median income South Burlington household ($61,000 per year) can afford a home priced at no more than $205,000. Approximately 2,000 Citycity households have annual incomes of less than $40,000. A three-person household earning up to 50% of area median income (AMI) would have an annual income of no more than $33,000 and could afford to spend $800 per month on housing. At 80% of AMI, a three-person household would be earning $53,000 per year and could afford to spend $1,300 per month on housing. A three-person household earning 120% of AMI would have an annual income of $80,000 and could afford to spend up to $2,000 per month on housing. These HUD-established incomes limits are for a three-person household in the Burlington–South Burlington MSA. Regional & City Housing Targets. The 2013 ECOS Plan (Chittenden County’s Regional Plan) calls for the need for additional housing throughout the cCounty. To meet the Citycity’s goals for diversity and affordability, a wider spectrum of housing will have to be built in South Burlington. How much affordable and moderate-income housing should be built in South Burlington? This Plan includes affordable housing targets that seek to maintain a housing profile that is fairly similar to what presently exists in the Citycity with a diversity of housing types across the price range. The figure included hereinFigure 1 depicts the current South Burlington housing profile vis-à-vis housing type and affordability. By adopting housing targets based on affordability for low- and moderate-income households, South Burlington will be able to monitor and assess the effectiveness of Citycity regulations, incentives and/or programs designed to foster housing production in support of its vision and goals. The targets should be regularly reviewed and the underlying assumptions re-evaluated to ensure they reflect current needs, conditions, and policies in the City.” Ten-Year Affordable Housing Targets. Based on the Affordable Housing Committee report’s recommendation, this plan includes targets of construction, by 2025, of 1,080 new affordable housing units - --840 housing units affordable to households earning up to 80% of the AMI and 240 housing units affordable to households earning between 80% and 120% of the AMI. Analysis and Challenges Affordability. Maintaining the Citycity’s current housing profile, based on housing type and price range, represents a major challenge for South Burlington. The Citycity has experienced a steady increase in the Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal number of housing units and its housing growth rate has slightly outpaced that of the county. Meanwhile, regional demand for additional housing units has been high and vacancy rates low over the past decade as the household growth rate slightly outstripped housing construction. These factors are major contributors to the Ccity’s and region’s very tight housing market. With more than one in three households spending more than 30% of their income on housing, the need for more affordable housing is critical. In addition, the City strives to be a place in which its work force can afford to live. South Burlington is a regional job center, – with nearly 1,100 employers and 18,000 jobs, as reported by the Vermont Department of Labor. However, only 13% of those working in South Burlington also live in the Citycity (U.S. Census/ LEHD). This raises the question of whethersuggests that many local wage earners may do not earn enough to afford local housing. Employment data highlights the need for more affordable workforce housing, close to employment, in the Citycity as well as in neighboring communities. The majority of Citycity jobs (82%) are in the service sector, paying an average wage in 2011 of $41,500, enough to afford a home priced at $152,000. Many of the most common jobs in this sector, including typically part-time retail employment, pay even less. City government jobs pay an average wage of $46,000, enough to afford a home that costs no more $168,500, assuming one wage earner and no other sources of income. This is important to monitor for employees’ ease of travel to work for either emergency reponse or community engagement. Changing Demographics. Much of South Burlington’s housing has been constructed to meet the needs of families with children. Future housing development needs to take into account the City’s changing population. As a result of recent trends, around 70% of the Citycity’s households consist of one or two people; only 25% of the Citycity’s households are families with children under age 18; and around 40% of the Citycity’s households are headed by someone age 55 or older. The number of older households is expected to increase over the next decade. Around 44% of the City’scity population is between age 20 and 35 – including those who are entering the housing market, or looking to buy their first home. Community input suggests that manyMany of these households are seeking housing that is smaller than that developed in the past and/or housing with limited maintenance requirements. Furthermore, the trend for both younger and older, smaller households often is to rent rather than own their own home. Smart Growth. After close to seven decades of continued residential construction, a relatively small amount of undeveloped land remains available in the Citycity. South Burlington will need to look increasingly to opportunities for higher-density, mixed-use development in targeted growth areas like City Center and other infrastructure-served portions of the community, as well as increased density and infill development within existing neighborhoods in order to meet demand for additional housing units. In addition, the Citycity should strive to attain the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission’s ECOS Plan goal of having 80% of new development take place in areas planned for growth, which amounts to 15% of the (Chittenden County’s) Land area. This Plan is consistent with the the Regional Plan’s growth areas. Building Codes. A central element in any housing policy is the assurance of good quality in both existing units and new construction. Due to the number of attached residential units, the high density of development in many parts of the Citycity, and the aging or subdivision of dwellings, the need for building, plumbing, and electrical codes is increasing. The existence of such codes can decrease insurance premiums, as well as stabilizeminimize the future requirements for firefighters and equipment in maintaining the same degree of fire protection. Currently, the Citycity does not have municipal building codes. The construction of rental and multi-unit housing in the Citycity is regulated to some extent by Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… State of Vermont Fire Codes through the South Burlington Fire Marshall’s Officethe Vermont Department of Labor and Industry. Future Needs and Trends Affordability. The proportion of new affordable residential units, both rental and owner-occupied, built in South Burlington in the coming decade must increase substantially in order to support its economic vitality and maintain its current housing profile. It is clear that the market alone will not produce that supply. The Citycity has no direct control over such cost factors as increases in labor, materials, down payments, or mortgage rates and availability of credit. However, the Citycity can influence housing cost factors in other areas such as amount and density of land zoned for different types of residential uses including positively promoting mixed-use development, length and consistency of governmental reviews, and extent of “front end” subdivision improvements and other expenses, and participation in State initiatives such as Neighborhood Development Areas.. Techniques that can be used to encourage and, in some circumstances, require the development and preservation of affordable housing, include , but are not limited to, the following: Re-examination of the definition of “density” to consider building and unit size as well as units/acre. Creative site development, such as clustering, to reduce lot size and site development costs. Density bonuses or incentives to encourage the development of affordable housing. Financial and advocacy support for South Burlington’s Housing Trust Fund. Higher densities and smaller lot sizes. Involvement of housing organizations such as the Champlain Housing Trust and Cathedral Square to construct or rehabilitate affordable housing in the Citycity. Promotion of mixed-use developments that create a variety of housing opportunities within commercial areas located centrally to public transportation and other services. Location of affordable, elderly, and/or higher-density housing near schools, parks, shoipping centers, employment centers, daycare facilities, transportation corridors, emergency services, and public transportation. Affordable Housing Trust Fund. The South Burlington Housing Trust Fund was established by the City Council on November 17, 2014. Its purpose is to provide an ongoing stream of funds to support strategic participation in development that will increase the City’s stock of housing that is affordable to households with income below 80 %percent of median. Among the potential strategies to accomplish this objective, tThe Trust Fund may (1) participate in new housing development by providing needed funds to support the financing of a project undertaken by a non-profit or for profit developer that meets the City’s affordability standards, (2) participate financially in projects that preserve existing affordable housing stock in the City, (3) provide pre-development funding under strict guidelines to housing agencies or developers to assess the feasibility of a planned affordable housing project in the City and (4) support or participate in the purchase of land intended for affordable housing development. Additional Resources The Path to Affordability: South Burlington 2013 Affordable Housing Report Housing Objectives Offer a full spectrum of housing choices that includes options affordable to households of varying income levels and sizes by striving to meet the housing targets set forth in this Pplan. Foster the creation and retention of a housing stock that is balanced in size and target income level, is Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Normal representative of the needs of households of central Chittenden County, and maintains an efficient use of land for use by future generations. Support the retention of existing and construction of new affordable and moderate-income housing, emphasizing both smaller single family homes and apartments, to meet demand within the regional housing market. Build and reinforce diverse, walkable neighborhoods that offer a good quality of life by designing and locating new and renovated housing in a context-sensitive manner that will facilitate development of a high-density, City Center, mixed-used transit corridors, and compact residential neighborhoods. Housing Strategies Implement a variety of tools and programs to foster innovative approaches to preserving and increasing the Citycity’s supply of affordable and moderate income housing, including but not limited to: form-based codes that would allow a variety of residential and mixed use building types, transferable development rights, neighborhood preservation overlay districts, strict and precise household/family definition regulations, inclusionary zoning, bonuses and incentives, waivers and expedited review processes, and/or a housing retention ordinance. Increase the supply of safe and affordable rental housing by allowing higher-density, mixed-use and mixed-income development within CityCity Center and transit corridors, allowing multi-unit housing within transitional zones between residential neighborhoods and commercial/industrial land uses. Promote the preservation of existing housing stock in residential neighborhoods, particularly the supply of affordable and moderately-priced homes. Accommodate compatible infill and additions to homes in existing neighborhoods. Explore innovative land development regulations that allow for a range of residential building and neighborhood types, including but not limited to cottage housing, clustered housing and infill residential development. Streamline administrative policiesy for affordable housing and consider reducing or eliminating permit and impact fees for affordable housing. Develop strategies that can lead to the availability or development of more housing that is affordable to middle income, working residents and families in the CityCity. Work through the CCRPC with surrounding communities to increase the inventory of housing that is more affordable to families. Consider development of a program that enables “empty nesters” occupying “family” sized housing to comfortably downsize into a multi-family unit that may be available nearby keeping them in their neighborhood but freeing the former home up for new generations of young families. Monitor the need for the CityCity to adopt and enforce local building, plumbing, electrical, fire, and energy codes; monitor the need for a rental registry program, and strengthen the enforcement of the Citycity’s land development regulations and state’s rental housing code to protect residents’ health and safety and preserve the quality of life in and character of the Citycity’s residential neighborhoods. Promote the construction of new homes - particularly affordable and moderate-income units - that are highly energy-efficient, and upgrades to existing homes to make them more energy-efficient, which will reduce residents’ overall cost of living and contribute to housing affordability. Target for construction, by 2025, of 1,080 new affordable housing units - 840 housing units affordable to households earning up to 80% of the AMI and 240 housing units affordable to households earning between 80% and 120% of the AMI. Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 3 … Box Economy The continued vitality of the City and quality of life for our residents depends heavily on the continued prosperity of its businesses and industries. The local economy is the engine that drives people to move in (or out) of the community. Demand for housing, transportation and infrastructure are linked to the local Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal economy. A healthy economy supports municipal services and the education system. Maintaining a balance of employment and residential opportunities preserves the Ccity’s sense of community and quality of life. Overview Key issues and needs related to the economic development trends identified in this plan include: Convenient access to employment either within the Ccity or within a short commute to neighboring employment centers in Chittenden County is a key component of the Citycity’s quality of life. South Burlington boasts one of the shortest average commutes in the nation at around 15 minutes. This results in residents having more time available for their families, recreational activities, volunteering, etc., having to spend less of their income on fuel and vehicle expenses, and having a smaller carbon footprint. South Burlington’s economy is characterized by a diverse mix of businesses, including several large companies and many small- to medium-size firms, and the Citycity has been considered a good location to start a business for decades. As land becomes an increasingly scarce resource in the Ccity, the cost of locating a new business in South Burlington may increase, and could causemaking the Ccity to become cost-prohibitive for start-up companies and small, local enterprises. This challenge may be addressed to some extent through efforts to promote more compact, mixed-use development and redevelopment of under-utilized properties. The presence of Burlington International Airport and I-89 in the Ccity continues to provide a strong foundation for the Citycity’s economy and future economic development efforts. However, there is potential for capturing more “visitor dollars” within the Citycity with improved facilities and amenities. Inventory Economic Profile. South Burlington is home to a diverse array of small, and medium, and large businesses. In 2014, the Vermont Department of Labor counted more than 1,100 establishments and approximately 18,200 jobs in the Citycity (this figure, however, does not reflect all businesses and employment in the Citycity as it excludes the self-employed and many small businesses with no additional employees). South Burlington has maintained a fairly steady rate of economic growth over the past three decades, which is partially due to the fact that the community’s economic health is not dependent on a single large employer or business sector. Strong increases in employment in South Burlington have resulted in the Citycity becoming an employment center in the region. The City’s daytime population exceeds its nighttime population by approximately 7,000 people. Employers. The City is home to a wide range of employers, from many small businesses, to headquarters of several national and international firms. The Burlington-South Burlington Metropolitan Statistical Area was home to 5,852 firms in 2012. Of these, 4,645 employed fewer than 20 people. Conversely, there were 440 firms that employ over 500 persons nationally and accounted for nearly 50% of the entire workforce. In recent years, employment in the office, service, and medical fields have been strong in South Burlington. A handful of high -tech manufacturers have also located or expanded in the City in recent years. Employment. Total employment was steady and increased by approximately 400 jobs in South Burlington between 2009 and 2014, according to the Vermont Department of Labor. Since 2000, jobs have increased by approximately 1,000, after robust growth in the early-mid 2000s and a decline around the recession of 2008. The majority of the job growth in the past 15 years has been in the Health & Educational Services and Professional and Business Service sectors, which grew by approximately 1,400 and 700 jobs Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal respectively. The Manufacturing and Construction sectors declined by nearly 900 jobs between 2000 and 2010, but has rebounded by 200 jobs in the five years since. The Retail and Leisure & Hospitality Sectors have seen small declines in total numbers and a drop in the proportion of total jobs in the Citycity in the past 15 years, from roughly 36% of the total to 30%. Wages. Wages in South Burlington and Chittenden County are notably higher than those for the remainder of Vermont. South Burlington’s average household wages in the years 2010-2014 are slightly below the Chittenden County average, however, according to the Vermont Department of Labor. It is possible that this is a reflection of the high number of one- and two-person households in the City. Labor Force. The City of South Burlington is an employment center and a net importer of workers from throughout the region. Of the people working in the Citycity, approximately 18% live in South Burlington and 17% live in Burlington. Another 27% live in Colchester, Essex, Milton, and Winooski. Most of the remaining workers commute from towns throughout Chittenden, Franklin and Addison counties. Where local residents work and where workers come from to work locally is highly indicative of established economic and trade patterns. A large majority of South Burlington residents who work do so within a relatively small area, with 89% working in South Burlington, Burlington, Essex, Colchester or Williston. This is an advantage of living in the midst of a major job center. In contrast, workers who commute to South Burlington do so from a broader geographic area, including a number of regional communities that are rural in nature and which have very little local employment. South Burlington and the immediately surrounding communities constitute Vermont’s principal job center. As such, local residents are generally able to commute short distances to good jobs. However, the attraction of this job center draws in a substantial number of workers from surrounding areas. These workers create market potentials for Citycity businesses. Commercial and Industrial Development. South Burlington has experienced steady non-residential growth since the 1980s. Since 2000, non-residential development has added approximately 1.1% to the Grand List each year. Retail Sector. The Retail Sector, with 3,310 jobs (18% of the total) in 2014, remains the highest single employment sector in the City. Its share of total employment in the community has dropped slightly over the past decade. This is likely a reflection more of the growth of other sectors, though the retail Sector itself has dropped slightly in actual numbers as well. Retail sales have seen steady increases in the past 5 years, to approximately $332 million in 2014. This represents 21% of all retail sales in the County. Professional and Business Services Sector. The professional and business services sector is the Citycity’s second largest employer accounting for 17 %percent of jobs. This sector has also been the among the fastest growing in recent years. Educational and Health Services Sector. The educational and health services sector is the fastest growing sector in the City. As of 2014, it accounts for 12.5% of all jobs in the City and has increased by nearly 1,400 jobs since 2000. Travel Sector. Chittenden County’s travel profile differs from the remainder of the state because a relatively high component of the region’s travel activity is generated by business and commercial, rather than tourist or recreational, travel. The region’s travel activity is distributed relatively evenly throughout the year, so travel oriented businesses in the region can count on a steadier flow of business without significant seasonal fluctuations. South Burlington is not regarded as a tourist destination, but the Citycity benefits from a combination of travel factors (the proximity of the airport and interstate) and a location with good access to many of the region’s major employers. Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal The lodging industry has a major presence in South Burlington. Leisure and Hospitality jobs represent 12.5% of the total employment in the City. That figure has declined slightly in the past 15 years, in both the share and total amount. Analysis and Challenges Balanced Growth. It has been South Burlington’s objectivepolicy to balance residential and non-residential development in order to maintain a more stable tax rate for the Citycity’s property owners. The Citycity has generally aimed for, and largely achieved, a one-to-one ratio between the value of residential and non-residential property. While the one-to-one ratio has been a long-time objectivepolicy of the Citycity, recent changes in the state’s education funding formula have somewhat reduced the benefit the Citycity’s residential property owners receive from South Burlington’s large non-residential tax base. Further analysis is needed to determine if this objectivepolicy of balanced growth should be adjustedbe continued in future years, asparticularly if the Sstate’s education funding formula continues to evolvebe changed. Burlington International Airport. Lodging managers in the Citycity indicate that the Burlington International Airport is a significant factor for them in terms of business generation. Activity at the airport has increased in recent years, a factor of physical improvements and the emergence of discount airlines as a factor in the aviation industry. Airport enplanements increased at an annual rate of 5.2 %percent between 2000 and 2003 and approximately three to four percent from 2003 through 2008, t and the start of the economic downturn. In the two years that followed, airport enplanements dropped due to economic conditions, and runway reconstruction, and national trends. The airport’s master plan anticipates a long-term trend of three percent annual growth in enplanements. This master plan is evaluated on a periodic basis. Economic Development Organizations. The Citycity supports several organizations devoted to promoting economic development including the Greater Burlington Industrial Corporation (GBIC) and the Lake Champlain Regional Chamber of Commerce. In 2014, the South Burlington Business Association was formed as a local non-profit, membership organization. The City has been an engaged member of the organization. Economic Vitality and Quality of Life. It is important to note herein that the economic viability and quality of life in South Burlington is intricately tied to many other aspects of this plan. Notably among them are community services, public infrastructure, resource sustainability, and housing affordability. Quality jobs draw a quality workforce, who in turn need and deserve safe and affordable housing. These employees need and deserve access to public services, including emergency services, and access to multiple modes of transportation. New employment centers require reliable infrastructure for their employees, customers, and products. The City acknowledges and prioritizes each of these, and this plan provides more details for each in the relevant chapters. Future Needs and Trends Aging Workforce. While South Burlington boasts a younger demographic than most Vermont communities, the aging of the workforce over the next several decades is anticipated to be a challenge to businesses statewide. As the baby boom generation leaves the workforce, employers will need to replace them with younger workers. A lack of affordable housing and available job opportunities that match the education and skills of Vermont’s youth and young adults have led many to leave the state to start their careers for more than a decade. This trend, if not reversed, could result in a very tight labor market in which businesses are unable to attract the workforce necessary to sustain and grow their operations. Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Mixed Use Areas and City Center. The City Center area represents an opportunity for high quality employment in an urban setting. The City has not previously had this particular environment, with professional employment opportunities slated to be closely tied to a walkable downtown with services, retailers, restaurants, and housing. This will be an market opportunity for the community to experience a new market. Transportation-Land Use Connection. Future employment and mixed-use development will necessitate a transportation system that meets the demands of the local and regional area. Future mixed-use employment centers in areas such as City Center, along Kimball Avenue, Tilley Drive, Williston Road, and Shelburne Road should be planned alongside needed transportation improvements and be designed to be walkable and bikeable both within the corridors themselves and efficiently connected to adjacent local and regional housing and employment centers. Additional Resources 2015 City of South Burlington IdenityBranding Study Economy Objectives Continue to be an economic hub for the region consistent with the land use goals of the Citycity. Maintain a balanced ratio of residential and non-residential sectors of the grand list in order to provide quality municipal services at a manageable property tax rate. Maintain a stable and proportional tax for existing and future residents and businesses. Be a good partner with businesses in helping them locate in South Burlington or continue to grow here. Economy Strategies Engage in an active employer visitation program where senior City staff are meeting on a regular basis with South Burlington businesses in order to understand the factors, pressures and opportunities that affect their growth and prosperity. Focus discussions with employers on initiatives that the City can take to support the growth of their business. Consider sector-wide meetings on a quarterly basis with identified employers to understand specific industry trends and to bring like employers together in a way that can provide mutual support for growth. Conduct a comprehensive analysis of City regulations relating to permitting with an eye toward ways to eliminate outdated or duplicative requirements and to further streamline the process of obtaining needed permits with a specific focus on improving predictability of the process. Move as much of the permitting process online as is viable to improve customer access and service. Conduct a comprehensive analysis of all fee requirements tied to the local permitting process to ensure that fees are both appropriate to the service being provided and competitive with neighboring communities and the state. Develop transportation capacity across all transportation modes including bike, pedestrian, transit and autos. Make investments in additional infrastructure that adds capacity where growth is occurring or where it is planned to occur that reduces ride times and promotes connectivity. Identify one or two key business clusters where combined efforts could lead to business recruitment opportunities that tie into that cluster. Bring business leaders together with the School District leadership to develop a robust school to work program that could include focused coursework, intern and apprenticeships, job shadowing, career advising and development and other means to facilitate student transitions to work environments. Have biannual meetings between school and business leadership to understand and anticipate changes in the work environment and the demand for new or evolving skills. Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Normal Heading 3 … Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Conduct a comprehensive study of the cost of delivery of all local public services to ensure that the very best value is being provided to all taxpayers including employers. Look for opportunities to provide the same or better quality of services to all taxpayers at a reduced cost. This value driven approach to providing public services will create a more welcoming environment for business development. Work with hospitality leaders to evaluate the opportunities for a public-private partnership to increase convention or athletic event infrastructure that will improve our ability to attract right sized conventions, athletic and cultural events to our community. Work with adjoining municipalities and regional entities to resolve potential spillover effects resulting from economic growth and development. Brand and actively market the Citycity with the community vision and image expressed in this plan. Develop a strategic economic development plan for the City. Community Facilities and Services One of the purposes of a comprehensive plan is to identify services currently available to Citycity residents, evaluate the effectiveness of the municipality and other providers in delivering those services, anticipate future demands and assess whether those demands can be met efficiently and without negatively impacting the fiscal health of the Citycity. Overview Key issues and needs related to the provision of community facilities and services include: City administration (including the Recreation Department, City Clerk’s office, Planning and Zoning, City Attorney, IT, City Manager’s Office, and the Tax Department), the Llibrary and Sschool Ddistrict all have identified needs for improved and/or expanded facilities that will need to be met in the near future. This poses both a challenge and an opportunity for the Citycity. It will be a challenge to fund multiple improvements simultaneously and to prioritize those needs. Yet, there is the opportunity to address multiple needs with a single solution, which could be more efficient and cost-effective in the long-term. There is also the opportunity to better align provision of key community facilities and services with the Citycity’s vision and future goals such as development of City Center, creating an identity for South Burlington, energy efficient and green civic buildings, improved walkability and transit, enhanced quality of life, etc. The need to balance efficient and cost-effective use of school facilities with the strong desire of parents and students to retain neighborhood schools is increasingly important in light of state education funding and budget constraints, facilities that are approaching capacity, and continued residential growth. It will be necessary to continue monitoring growth against the Citycity’s ability to provide facilities and services without burdening current taxpayers. New development should continue to “pay its own way” to the greatest extent feasible, with recognition that there may be community benefits (e.g., job creation or affordable housing) that offset community costs that also need to be considered. Inventory City Government. South Burlington’s officials and staff work largely from the City HallOffice building at 575 Dorset Street. Some Citycity staff are based at the Department of Public Works building. The condition of the Citycity office building at 575 Dorset Street and the adequacy of its facilities to meet the Citycity’s needs has been an identified issue for a number of years, but has recently undergone significant upgrades which are expected to serve as adequate for several more years. Public Works. The Department of Public Works is responsible for maintaining Citycity streets (including signs, lighting, and traffic lights), parks and recreation paths, stormwater systems, two sewer treatment Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal plants and associated collection systems, water distribution systems, and gravity sewer lines. The department also maintains Citycity and school district vehicles. South Burlington has a joint municipal/school district Public Works facility, constructed in 2001 at 104 Landfill Road. The facility represents a cooperative relationship between these two public entities that has allowed for increased efficiency and economy of scale. Police. TThe city established its Police Department in 1953 with the hiring of a single officer. The department has grown with the city and now includes 43 sworn officers in addition to civilian staff. In 2010, the Police Department relocated to the newly constructed police facility at 19 Gregory Drive, a space that was designed to serve well in to the future. The Police Department provides primary law enforcement services throughout the city, with the exception of the Burlington International Airport, which is served by the Burlington Police Department. The Police Department maintains excellent working relationships with municipal, county, state and federal law enforcement organizations. Mutual aid and collaboration are regular occurrences between agencies. In addition to traditional policing services, the department operates a number of specialize programs and engages in multiple community outreach programs. These include a Youth Services Unit, Traffic Safety Unit, Detective Bureau, D.A.R.E., summer youth camps, K9 Unit, Communications Center, and regular community outreach. The Police Department also serves as the home of the South Burlington Community Justice Center (CJC). The CJC hosts reparative panels, provides mediation services, and assists with offender re-entry through Circles of Support and Accountability. The Police Department is committed to expanding programs that support the community and is the only police department in the region offering Project Good Morning. Project Good Morning is a program where elders are in daily communication with the dispatch center. If contact is not made by telephone a police officer check on the well-being of the participant. Officers regularly participate in community events, neighborhood block parties, and safety presentations. The Police Department values community partnerships and collaboration that best serves the citizens. he Citycity established its Police Department in 1953 with the hiring of a single officer. The department has grown with the Citycity and now includes 38 law enforcement personnel in addition to administrative staff. In 2010, the Police Department relocated from the City Office building at 575 Dorset Street to a newly constructed building at 19 Gregory Drive, resolving the department’s long-standing need for expanded and improved facilities. The Police Department has maintained accreditation by the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies since 1994. The department provides primary law enforcement services throughout the Citycity, with the exception of Burlington International Airport, which is served by the Burlington Police Department. Additional county, state, and federal law enforcement organizations provide specialized services within the community. In addition to traditional policing services, the department hosts operates a number of specialized programs and engages in multiple community outreach programs. , including National Night Out, the City’s most widely-attended annual celebration. Among the programs run by the department are its Youth Services Unit, its Traffic Safety Unit, DARE, Kids and Kops, Quest Neighborhood Watch, and Business Watch. The Police Department is committed to expanding programs according to a prevention model. The department works closely with the Recreation Department in a collaborative effort. Fire and Rescue. The South Burlington Fire Department (SBFD) provides primary fire, medical and specialized rescue response throughout the Citycity. It also serves the civilian buildings at the Burlington Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal International Airport (runways and military buildings have the Vermont Air National Guard Fire Department for primary response). In addition, the department supports all the surrounding communities and the Air National Guard Fire Department, as part of written mutual aid agreements. In turn, these same organizations support SBFD in large emergency incidents. The Fire and Emergency Services Department maintains is a combination department with full-time and part-time personnel. Two fire engines and one ambulance are staffed 24 hours per day. Personnel are called out to staff additional emergency vehicles when greater response is needed. The Citycity has two fire stations: Station #1 is located in the City Hall complex on Dorset Street. This facility was refurbished and expanded in 2005 to better house the new ambulance service. Today, with the addition of personnel through the SAFER Grant in 2008, Station #1 meets current space needs. Additional personnel or vehicles will require additional space to be added in the future. Station #2 is located on Holmes Road, off Shelburne Road. This station reduces response times to the southwestern end of the Citycity, an area with a significant volume of emergency incidents. Station #2 does not meet current space needs. The second floor of the station was built partially finished and needs to be completed. Upon completion, Station #2 will meet current and future needs of the station’s coverage district. Commercial and residential fire insurance rates are affected by the Insurance Services Office (ISO) rating system. ISO guidelines and that of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) are used when planning vehicle and equipment purchases. Building inspections, new construction, electrical inspection, and fire code enforcement is provided by the South Burlington Fire Marshall’s Office and the State of Vermont Division of Fire SafetyVermont Division of Fire Safety. For the purposes of development review, the department uses the Vermont fire safety standards. Maintaining high standards throughout the Citycity has contributed significantly to lowering losses of life and property due to fire. Currently, the SBFD annually inspects all businesses that apply for a liquor license and provides assistance to residents for safety equipment and information. Medical Facilities. Hospital health care is provided by two major regional hospital units of University of Vermont Medical Center (UVMMC). The main hospital is located on the UVM campus in Burlington. The other unit, the former Fanny Allen Hospital, is located in Colchester. In South Burlington, several private doctors’ offices complement a recently-developed UVMMMC annex on Tilley Drive. This complex of buildings provides specialized out-patient care. Emergency Preparedness and Response. The City of South Burlington actively embraces a four-phase strategy of emergency preparedness and response: mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery. Mitigation. Mitigation forms the link between emergency management, infrastructure and land use planning. The Citycity adopted its first All-Hazards Mitigation Plan (as an annex to the Chittenden County All-Hazards Mitigation Plan) in 2005 and has worked with the CCRPC to maintain current plans since. That plan identifies a wide range of potential risks to the Citycity and assigns a likelihood and a scale of damage to each. Using this matrix, the plan presents a series of actions that can be taken by the Citycity, its residents, and its businesses to lessen the likelihood and impacts of future incidents. The plan includes a hazard risk assessment that measures both the likelihood and potential severity of different types of large-scale emergencies in the Citycity. The analysis revealed severe winter storms, gas and/or electric service loss, and flooding as among the large-scale hazards that warrant the greatest attention. A series of goals and actions to help reduce the impacts of these and other types of Normal Bu… [No Paragr… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal emergencies are included in the Mitigation Plan and, where appropriate, are incorporated into this Comprehensive Plan and other Citycity policies, programs, and regulations. Flood resiliency. As used in this document, and per the 2013 guidance document for Disaster Recover and Long-Term Resilience Planning in Vermont, flood resilience references measures taken to reduce the vulnerability of communities to damage from flooding and to support recovery after an extreme event. Due to its geography and elevation, South Burlington doesn’t face the same level of risk as many of the more vulnerable communities in Vermont. Still, it has and shall continue to plan for flood resiliency in earnest. Elements of mitigation employed in the Citycity include general land use planning and zoning; a restriction on development within primary conservation areas, including river and stream corridor buffers and setbacks and mapped flood plains; restricted development along Lake Champlain; extensive Low Impact Development stormwater standards and the state’s first Stormwater Utility which continually assesses and upgrades city stormwater infrastructure; a watershed approach to surface water and stormwater management; robust landscaping requirements and cyclical assessments of tree canopy; smart growth approaches including clustered housing and channeled development in a designated New Town Center; coordination with neighboring communities; and active participation in the regional All Hazards Mitigation Plan with timely detailed local updates. All of these elements may be found throughout this Comprehensive Plan, with specific references, objectives and strategies related to surface and stormwater planning in the ‘Blue Infrastructure’ chapter. Preparedness. Emergency preparedness and response activities in South Burlington are coordinated through the Fire and Rescue Department and Police Department. In addition to ongoing training within these departments, the Citycity regularly works with the School District, senior housing groups, and local organizations such as the Red Cross to enhance public preparedness. South Burlington has also been an active participant in the Chittenden County Local Emergency Planning Committee, an organization responsible for coordinating emergency preparedness at the regional level. The Citycity maintains an up-to-date Emergency Operations Plan that spells out strategies for alerting the public of emergencies and identifying the scope of responsibility for various departments. This plan also identifies potential shelter locations, which include schools, churches, and other large community buildings. In most cases, these shelters have been approved by the American Red Cross, allowing them to set up and manage the shelter in the event of an emergency. The City also maintains an Emergency Operations Center at the Public Works facility. In addition, the South Burlington Fire and Rescue Department and Public Works Department are regular participants in the local development review process, providing input to the Development Review Board regarding the location and access of buildings, roadways, and other safety-related issues. Response. Emergency response in South Burlington is primarily the responsibility of the Citycity Police Department and Fire and Rescue Department, with support from the Public Works Department, the Vermont Agency of Transportation, and mutual aid response partners. The roles of the Citycity’s departments are described in their individual sections within this chapter. Emergency dispatch is managed through the Police Department, and systems are redundant to Burlington in case of need. Recovery. Recoveries from large-scale incidents in the Citycity have generally been related to flooding. South Burlington has worked diligently, through its Stormwater Division, to address the causes of wide-scale flooding incidents. Library. The Citycity’s community library is located in the northern wing of the South Burlington High Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Bu… School on Dorset Street. It is a combined public and high school library. A cornerstone of the community, the library offers programs for children of all ages, adult reading groups, live performances, educational programs, Wi-Fi, digital books and magazines, subscription databases, access to computers and printers, technological assistance, and free passes to cultural institutions. Library usage continues to increase as we stay abreast of emerging technology, providing quality information resources in a variety of formats. Books remain in high demand and in FY 2014 the Library circulated over 134,000 items. The Library is open six days a week, 58 hours per week, and has 5.8 full-time equivalent employees. There are over 70,000 items in the collection. The SBCL is a hub for information, entertainment and social connection - --in FY 2014, over 85,000 people visited the library. The Library is evolving and growing with the community, contributing to the future of South Burlington as a vital part of the proposed City Center. The City is planning resources to support the building of a new Library. While the Library focus will remain on sharing books to provide information and inspiration, the new Library will also be a technology gateway, supporting organized on-line information sources for workforce development and other web-based educational opportunities. The future space will include room for meetings, performances, quiet reading space and collaborative learning. An early childhood “Literacy and Play” space is under consideration to support families with children under five, while teens and new adults will be the focus of a Digital Exploration space. A community auditorium is planned to promote author visits and local performances. All told, the Library will be a cornerstone of the South Burlington community. Childcare. The majority of South Burlington’s parents are working outside the home. According to the 2011 Census Bureau’s Survey of Income and Program Participation (SIPP), 88 %percent of children of mothers who worked required day care or after-school care, with 25% of those utilizing organized child care centers. Parents commuting to jobs in South Burlington may prefer to enroll their children in childcare programs close to their workplace. The result of these factors has been an increasing demand for childcare and after-school programs to meet the needs of working parents and their children. Within Chittenden County, it is most difficult to find care for children from infancy to age three. Child Care Resource is a non-profit human service organization located in Chittenden County. It helps families and providers make child care connections, strengthen early learning opportunities by working with early care and education providers, and create child care solutions for communities. Each day, about 6,500 Chittenden County children attend a child care or after-school program and: 30 %percent live in poverty Some have experienced abuse, neglect or homelessness Some are new Americans Some have developmental, physical, emotional or behavioral challenges Child Care Resource recently completed a study for the South Burlington School District assessing early childhood education, of which child care is a component. The study and its working group revealed a trend of families with young children seeming to leave South Burlington before the children reach school age. It also and identified potential opportunities to support young children and their families so that children enter kindergarten eager to learn and ready to participate. Child Care Resources provided the Citycity with the following statistics about the supply of child care in South Burlington, as of 2011: Licensed Child Care Centers. There are three child care centers providing full-day care for children ages birth to five. Among those, there are 158 slots and a vacancy rate of one percentpercent. All three have Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… been recognized for quality. Two participate in Vermont’s Step Ahead Recognition System (STARS) and of those, one has attained 3 STARS and one has attained 5 STARS (the highest level of STARS). Two of the programs provide publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and one is working toward this goal. Registered Family Child Care Homes. There are eight registered family child care homes that also provide full-day care for children ages birth to five. Some provide care for school age children up to age 12 as well. Among those there are 64 slots and a current vacancy rate of five percent. Two of these programs have been recognized for quality, one at the 3 STAR level and one at the 5 STAR level. Two of the programs provide publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and Child Care Resource. Licensed Family Child Care Homes. There is one licensed family child care home that provides full-day care for children ages birth to five and part-day care for school age children. This program has 12 slots and a current vacancy rate of zero percent. It has 4 STARS and provides publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District and Child Care Resource. Licensed Preschool Programs. There are five licensed preschool programs that provide part-day and full-day options for children ages three3-five5. Among those, there are 104 slots and a current vacancy rate of five percent. Four of the five programs hold 5 STARS. All but one of the programs provides publicly funded prekindergarten in partnership with the South Burlington School District. Licensed After-School Programs. There are five licensed after-school programs providing part-day care for children ages 5-12. Among those, there are 225 slots and a vacancy rate of less than one percent. One of the programs has received quality recognition of 3 STARS. The provision of safe, local, and accessible childcare and pre-school is a vital element in attracting families to South Burlington. As such, the City endeavors to ensure that high-quality and affordable childcare is available within its borders. The policy of the City shall be to undertake actions to assist in this provision. Lands, Parks, Natural Areas within the City. The following is an inventory of parks, open space lands, and associated facilities within the community. They are organized below by a hierarchy of function within the community as described within each. They are further organized by their principal existing and planned uses as described in the pull out box within this section. Principal Existing & Planned Uses: Natural Areas. Natural areas have generally been historically undeveloped, though most of the land in the region was logged and farmed for some portion of its history. Many contain unusual communities of plants and animals, rare species, and exceptional geological features, while others serve as part of wildlife corridors, refuges, or habitat areas. Each of these are publicly owned, University-owned, or privately conserved. Future needs for natural areas are identified within the Ecological Resources section of this Plan. Active Recreation. Active recreation areas are generally provide one or more facilities geared towards physical activity, such as ballfields, basketball and tennis courts, playgrounds, rinks, beaches, and tracks. Future needs for active recreation facilities are identified within the Recreation section of this Plan. Passive Recreation. Passive recreation areas such as tracts of lands with walking and& hiking trails, undesignated fields, picnic sites, and viewing areas. They may be associated with natural areas, active recreation, or may be their own sites. Future needs for active recreation facilities are identified within the Recreation and Ecological Resources section of this Plan. Agriculture. Agricultural areas include uses such as larger-scale farming, community-supported Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… agriculture, and community gardens. They may be associated with natural areas, active or passive recreation, or may be their own sites. Other. Additional lands designated listed within this section of the plan are specific to individual owners or sites such as educational facility, research, private recreation, community center. City Parks, Lands & Facilities. City parks and natural areas are those owned by the City and designed as gathering points for large community events and activities and are typically intended for regular enjoyment by residents throughout the Citycity and region. The following are all owned by the City. Veterans Memorial Park (uses: active recreation). A 70-acre city park providing both passive and active recreational activities, located immediately south of I-89 and east of Dorset Street. The 70-acre City Park currently has two soccer fields, one regulation and two youth baseball fields, open field spaces, two indoor ice arenas (privately operated), a children’s playground, a community bandshell, a Veterans’ memorial, picnic pavilion with tables, rest rooms, and a solar array. Red Rocks Park (uses: passive recreation, natural area, limited active recreation). 100 acres on Shelburne Bay; it is mostly wooded kept in natural condition with walking paths and hiking trails. It includes 700 feet of public beach, picnic areas, and parking areas. A management plan for the park’s future use and maintenance was recently completed. A management plan for the park’s future use and maintenance is under development. Overlook Park (uses: passive recreation). 1.7 acres located on the west side of Spear Street, north of Deerfield Drive. It contains viewing areas and picnic tables and has parking. Community Dog Park (use: actively recreation). Established in 2010, the Community Dog Park is located at the east end of Kirby Road. It includes a parking area and fenced areas for exercising large and small dogs on land leased from the City of Burlington. Wheeler Nature Park (uses: natural area, passive recreation, limited agriculture). This 100+ acre parcel is located at the corner of Swift and Dorset Streets and lies adjacent to Veterans Memorial o Dorset Park. It is a designated natural area that requires voter approval for any other use to take place on the property. The park includes the Wheeler Homestead, a historic building with office and other space with affiliated community and display gardens and a city tree nursery. A management plan for the park’s future use and maintenance was recently completedis under development. Oak Creek Properties (current use: passive recreation, natural area; planned uses: natural area, to be determined). This land includes tThree (3) separate parcels owned by the City. The southerly parcels are wooded natural areas designated as permanent open space; the northerly parcel is half wooded and half open fields and is not formally designated by the City. It has at times been considered as a school location. Proposed Action: development of management plan Scott Property (current use: natural area, planned use: To be determinedBD based on management plan). Acquired by the City in the mid-2000s, this 40-acre open space property serves as part of a wildlife corridor that extends from Shelburne Pond towards the Wheeler Nature Park.Dorset Park Natural Area. A small pond is located on the parcel. The property was purchased with the Citycity’s Open Space funds. A management plan has not yet been developed. Proposed Action: development of a management plan Underwood Property (current uses: agriculture; planned use: to be determined). Acquired by the City in 2013, this 60-acre property includes open fields, woodlands, wetlands, and spectacular views of Lake Champlain and the Adirondacks. The property was purchased with the Citycity’s Open Space funds. The City appointed a committee to develop a preferred vision for the plan, for which a report and related Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… graphics were released in the spring of 2015. A management plan was identified as the next step, but has not yet been developed. Proposed Action: Development of master plan. South Burlington High School-Middle School (current use: educational facility, active recreation). This 80-acre parcel includes school buildings, the community library, several fields designed for baseball/softball, football/soccer/lacrosse, etc., a running track, tennis courts, and additional facilities. When not in use by the school district or otherwise leased out, they are available for public use. Municipal Building Sites: See specific sections on Citycity government, public works, police, and fire/rescue City wide Parks, Lands & Facilities not owned by the Citycity or schools. These lands and parks serve an important Citycity-wide role in the community. Some of these lands are designated for conservation and public use, while others are used or planned for agricultural and research facilities and may not be regularly open to the public. Still others are undesignated by the University. University of Vermont Lands: The following lands, and others, are owned and operated by the University of Vermont and are detailed in with the University’s Campus Master Plan in greater detail. East Woods (uses: natural area, passive recreation, research, education) is a 40-acre parcel with an old-age stand of hardwoods with groves of huge hemlock and red pine. A great variety of shrubs, including viburnums and dogwoods, grow here along with a rich herbaceous flora. This type of forest is considered to be rare and is of local, regional and state importance. In It is owned by the University of Vermont and in April 1971, the University Board of Trustees adopted a resolution designating East Woods a Natural Area. Centennial Woods (uses: natural area, passive recreation, research, education). Centennial Woods is a 40-acre forest site of old- age softwoods dominated by white pine, red pine and hemlock. Hardwoods characterized by red maple make up the understory. Forests such as this are not uncommon. It is considered to be of local, regional and state importance. It is owned by the University of Vermont. It was designated by the University Board of Trustees in April , 1971 as a Natural Area. Blasberg Horticultural Research Center Site (current uses: research, education, agriculture; planned uses academic/ residential). This 97-acre site is owned and operated by the Uuniversity as a agricultural and horticultural research and education center. This area contains extensive orchards, ornamental trees and shrubs and natural woodland areas, meadows and ponds. The farm offers a diverse wildlife habitat and is a stopover for migratory birds. A prehistoric Native American village and artifact site are also located on this land. Miller Research Farm Complex (current uses: education, agriculture; planned uses: academic, undesignated). This 68-acre parcel contains the main farm buildings and is used for education, research and outreach and includes a dairy herd, additional animals, solar research, and more. Bio-Research Complex (current uses: research, education, agriculture; planned uses academic). This 51- acre parcel includes land leased to USDA Forest Service, solar power generation facilities, and agricultural cropland, among others. Edlund 1969 Tract (current uses: forested; planned uses: unassigned). This site is an example of Pleistocene “fossil” sand dunes, associated with the Champlain Sea about 10,000 to 12,000 years ago. This sand dune field is located predominantly on UVM land on the west side of Spear Street approximately midway between I-189 and Swift Street. The occurrence of this phenomenon is rather rare and the report of the VNRC states that this site is in need of physical management to maintain its unique state. This sand dune field exists in a sensitive and fragile form within an urban environment. These dunes are considered to be significant on both the local and state levels. Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Main Campus (use: academic, residential) Portions of the main campus, including athletic fields, parking, tracks, etc., are located with the City of South Burlington along Spear Street. Additional sites – Deslauriers , Tracts, Martin Tract, Whittlesey Tract, VonTurkovich Tract, Wheelock Tracts, Centennial: (current uses: natural areas, research, agriculture; planned uses: various). These tracts all form part of the University of Vermont’s land bank and have various academic uses. Vermont National Golf Course (uses: private recreation, public recreation use in winter). A private golf course, Citycity residents are permitted to make use of the Vermont National Golf Course fairways for snowshoeing and cross-country skiing during winter months when there is snow on the ground. Community Parks, Lands & Facilities. Community parks, facilities, and lands are those that are designed for organized activities and sports, or serve as focal points for activity in various parts of the Citycity. While they are generally open to residents and visitors from across the Citycity and region, their principal use is from nearby neighborhoods.s. Farrell Park (use: active recreation). A 22.89 acre park, located on Swift Street; developed facilities include a fenced youth baseball field (little league size) a regulation size field that can be used for baseball, softball and soccer, and a playground and picnic tables. The Recreation Path goes through this Park. Parking is available. Jaycee Park (uses: active recreation, community center). A 6.9 acre facility on Patchen Road; it has one lighted youth baseball/adult softball field, small picnic area with shelter, basketball courts, playground, parking, an adjacent building with heat and rest rooms, and an open field area for field sports. The O’Brien Center is available for community meetings and special events. Dumont ParkProperty (current uses: natural area, passive recreation; planned use to be determined). This relatively small, Citycity-owned parcel sits between Iby Street and San Remo Drive. It is located south ofadjacent to Tributary 3 to the Potash Brook and areas that have been identified for future recreation associated with City Center. A community planning effort is underway and a concept design has been approvedeffort will determine its ultimate design. Proposed Action: completion of park design and construction of park amenities.development of a park plan Mayfair Park / Kennedy Drive Natural Area (uses: natural area, passive recreation). This area encompasses approximately 50 acres of land on the northwest side of Kennedy Drive. Potash Brook runs through this land and there are many natural springs forming a wetland. Forest cover contains white pine and some mixture of hemlock, elm and red maple trees. This natural area was accumulated over the course of several years, having been initially identified as a natural area in the “South Burlington Natural Resource Inventory”, September, 1967. South Burlington High School Natural Area (uses: natural area, passive recreation). Located on the north side of Kennedy Drive, between east of the High School playing fields, this natural area serves as an important part of the Potash Brook tributary system with substantial wetland areas, large stormwater treatment areas, andd includes a walking trail linking the school to nearby neighborhoods. The property is owned and maintained by the School District. Goodrich Property (current uses: natural area, passive recreation; planned uses: wetland restoration). Acquired as a permanent public easement by the Citycity of South Burlington in 2010, this 22-acre open space site lies immediately north of the Muddy Brook Natural Area. It includes wetland areas, riparian banks, and various open and forested areas. Orchard School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by theSB School District, this 13.4 acre facility includes school buildings, a basketball court, a ball field, gardens, and Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… playground equipment. Outdoor, ice skating is available in the winter months. Central School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by theSB School District, this 11.8 acre site includes the school building,; playground equipment, a ball field, and multiple-use field area. Outdoor iIce skating is available in the winter months. Chamberlin School (uses: educational facility, active recreation). Owned and operated by the SSB School District, this 10.2 acre property includes the school building, a basketball court, playground equipment, ball field, and multiple-use field area. Outdoor iIce skating is available in the winter months. Community Parks, Lands & Facilities NnNot Oowned by the Citycity or Sschool Districts. These lands and parks are owned by separate entities from the Citycity and/or school district, but are open to the public for enjoyment. They typically serve a more localized population than Citycity-wide facilities due to their size, accessibility, location, or intended intensity of use. Muddy Brook Natural Area (uses: natural area, wetland mitigation, passive recreation). Owned and operated by Winooski Valley Parks District, this natural area was purchased and restored for its wetland features by the Burlington International Airport. Situated along the west bank of the Muddy Brook, it includes a clayplain forest area and walking trails for public use. Winooski Valley Parks District Lime Kiln Park (uses: passive recreation, natural area). Owned and operated by Winooski Valley Parks District. Situated on the west side of Lime Kiln Road immediately south of the Winooski River, this small public natural area and walking trail is perched high above the Winooski River with dedicated parking and an overlook onto the river. Winooski Valley Parks District Muddy Brook Outlet (uses: passive recreation, natural area). Owned and operated by Winooski Valley Parks District This public park is located at the confluence of the Muddy Brook and Winooski River. It includes a carry-in boat launch and a wide range of shrubs and forested areas. Neighborhood Parks, Lands & Facilities. Neighborhood parks are publicly-owned, generally lightly developed or undeveloped recreational facilities that are intended to be focal points of local neighborhoods. Most users walk to these parks, though limited parking is provided in some cases. Szymanski Park (uses: active recreation, passive recreation). Twenty (20) acres in the south end of the City, reached by way of Andrews Avenue or Cranwell Drive. Park includes two2 lighted tennis courts, picnic tables, basketball court, tot lot, parking and fitness trail. The Recreation Path goes through this park. Garvey Property (uses: passive recreation, natural area). The Garvey property sits on Williston Road between Victory Drive and Mills Avenue. It is a small, linear, Citycity-owned parcel connecting Williston Road and two parts of a long-established residential neighborhood. DeGraffe Property (uses: passive recreation, natural area). Located at the end of Duval Street and southeast of Queensbury Road, this small Citycity-owned property is surrounded on all sides by residential neighborhoods. Its topography includes steep banks that fuel tributaries to Centennial Brook. Quail Run (uses: natural area). Located at the end of Quail Run, this parcel includes one principal walking path connecting to private property to the east and a series of informal trails in the vicinity of the Bartlett Brook. It includes multiple steep banks. Small lot sites. Neighborhood pocket properties, in most cases publicly-owned, undeveloped recreational facilities that are either intended to be accessible to local neighborhoods or serve a current or future neighborhood function. No parking is typically available. Baycrest ourt Park (current use: passive recreation; future uses: possible active recreation). Small neighborhood play area (1.69 acres) located at the intersection of Baycrest Drive and Bay Courtwest of Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Spear Street. It is presently maintained as an open field. Future use would be determined by development of a park plan. Queen City Park lot (current use: unassigned; future use: unassigned). This house-lot parcel is presently undesignated by the City. Allen Road ParkBaycrest Park (current uses: passive recreation; planned additional recreational use to be determined). Small neighborhood open space onnorth of Allen Road, west of Baycrest Drive. It is presently maintained as an open field. Future use would be determined by development of a park plan. Butler Farms lots. (Uses: passive recreation, stormwater management). A series of small parcels located within the neighborhood. Historically open lots, they have recently been given a role in stormwater management for the neighborhood. Queen City Park (uses: passive recreation, active recreation). Owned and maintained by the Fire District, this 1.4-acre neighborhood play area serves the local neighborhood. Private Parks, Conservation Lands, and Sports Complexes. A series of private parks, conserved lands, and sports complexes are owned and operated throughout the Citycity. Several homeowner associations maintain facilities for theiris residents; while a handful of companies and clubs operate facilities for the public or for members. These include tennis courts, swimming pools, gyms, tot lots, community buildings, conserved farmland, and golf facilities. Facilities with specific Citycity involvement include: Vermont National Golf Course (uses: private recreation). 18-hole Jack Nickhlauolas Signature golf course, 2 tennis courts, a driving range, a 25-meter junior Olympic pool, and a skating rink. See note above regarding winter access for the public. Rice High School (uses: education, private recreation).). 30 acres, including buildings: includes a1 baseball field, I football field, I field hockey area, and 1 running track. Bread & Butter Farm (uses: agriculture).). Totaling approximately 140 acres in South Burlington (~80) and Shelburne (~60), this farmland was conserved in 2010 by the Vermont Land Trust, City of South Burlington, and Town of Shelburne. The property was sold to the Bread and Butter Farm by the Vermont Land Trust for operation within an agricultural easement. It is operated as private land. The conservation agreement contains provisions for a public, unpaved recreation path easement connecting Cheesefactory Road to the Scott Property, in a location to be determined. Recreation Resources. See 2.5C, Recreation Resources, for further discussion of recreational facilities and programming. Neighborhood pocket properties, in most cases publicly-owned, undevel Primary and Secondary Schools. High-quality education for all children in the community is one of the most significant and basic services that the City of South Burlington must provide. The school system is actively engaged in planning for its future and maintains a current Strategic Plan. The tradition of close cooperation and communication between the School Board and the various municipal boards and commissions has created the community we have today and is encouraged to be maintained. This is important in light of the shared interest of all City residents in the quality of the education system and in the increasing use of school facilities by community members. The importance of public education is represented, in part, by the amount of funds allocated to the school system. Public education accounts for approximately 76 % of property taxes collected in the City. Under the state’s education funding formula, the South Burlington’s school district receives back approximately 91 cents for every dollar of education property tax collected in the City, with the remainder supporting Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal education in communities with lower property values around the state. The South Burlington School District currently operates five schools that serve approximately 2,500 students in grades K-12, as described below: Rick Marcotte Central School (formerly the Central Elementary school) serves students in grades K-5 from a 12.1-acre site at 10 Market Street. The 59,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 400361 students in 201540. The Ddistrict’s 2008 Ffacility Master PlanSstudy determined the school had a program capacity of 420 students., as compared to a capacity of 489 students established in the 1998 study. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 489 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024, according to the 2014-15 Demographics Study completed for the School District.. Chamberlin School serves students in grades K-5 from a 10-acre site at 262 White Street. The 76,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 246226 students, down from 258 students in 2010. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan district’s 2008 facility study determined the school had a program capacity of 300 students, as compared to a capacity of 425 students established in the 1998 study. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 425 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024. Orchard School serves students in grades K-5 from a 13.5-acre site at 2 Baldwin Avenue. The 57,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 3763601 students in 20150. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plandistrict’s 2008 facility study determined the school had a program capacity of 360 students, as compared to a capacity of 510 students established in the 1998 study. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 510 using a different methodology. Each elementary school is forecasted to see an enrollment decrease by 2024. Frederick H. Tuttle Middle School serves students in grades 6-8 from an 80-acre site shared with the high school at 550 Dorset Street. The 111,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 524495 studentssudents in 20154, down from 530 students in 2010. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 625 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 918 using a different methodology. The 2014-155 Demographics Sstudy forecastsestimates that enrollment is expected to see a small decrease increase by approximately 13 students, or a 2.7% net change by 2024. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plandistrict’s 2008 facility study determined the school had a program capacity of 625 students, as compared to a capacity of 918 students established in the 1998 study. South Burlington High School serves students in grades 9-12 from an 80-acre site shared with the middle school at 550 Dorset Street. The 158,000-square foot school had an enrollment of 908896 students in 20154, down from 937 students in 2010. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plan determined the school had a program capacity of 750 students. The prior 1998 study had measured capacity at 1,200 using a different methodology. The 2014-115 Demographic Study forecastsstudy estimates that enrollment is expected to drop slightly to 857 students by 2024stabilize with less than 1% net change by 2024. The District’s 2008 Facility Master Plandistrict’s 2008 facility study determined the school had a program capacity of 750 students, as compared to a capacity of 1,200 students established in the 1998 study. According to the School District’s 2008 Educational Vision and Facility Master Plan, PThe rogram Ccapacity counts the classrooms (or teaching stations at the High School) currently in use for regular instruction, multiplied by the number of District or school standard number of students per classroom. It gives Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal consideration to the educational programs in each building, the space implications of the Educational Vision and reasonable utilization factors at the High School. The program capacity numbers listed above for each school are significantly lower than the figures concluded in the 1998 School Capacity Study, which used different techniques and did no account for high school utilization. of the City’s public schools is determined through a number of interrelated and frequently changing variables (state and federal regulations such as those which relate to special education, required support services and programs, teacher union contract provisions, curriculum and programs, and desired student-teacher ratios, etc.). For purposes of planning for future facilities, the district considers enrollment at 90 % of program capacity to be an “action point” at which an additional facility is warranted for consideration. High-quality education for all children in the community is one of the most significant and basic services that the City of South Burlington must provide. The school system is actively engaged in planning for its future and maintains a current Strategic Plan. The tradition of close cooperation and communication between the School Board and the various municipal boards and commissions has created the community we have today and is encouraged to be maintainedshould be maintained. This is important in light of the shared interest of all Citycity residents in the quality of the education system and in the increasing use of school facilities by community members. The importance of public education is represented, in part, by the amount of funds allocated to the school system. Public education accounts for approximately 76 %percent of property taxes collected in the Citycity. Under the state’s education funding formula, the South Burlington’s school district receives back approximately 91 cents for every dollar of education property tax collected in the Citycity, with the remainder supporting education in communities with lower property values less property wealthy communities around the state. University of Vermont. The University of Vermont owns 571 acres of land in South Burlington, which is part of its South Campus area. The South Campus is currently utilized primarily for instruction and research focused on bio-research, agricultural, horticultural and natural areas management. Analysis and Challenges Police. The need for and challenge of providing adequate police protection, a fundamental municipal service, increases as the population grows and businesses expand or locate in the Citycity. The increasing pressures on the Citycity caused by population growth, traffic, commercial and residential development all pose significant concerns for local planners, as well as police officials. It is important that political leaders and the public not develop unrealistic expectations for community policing in terms of crime deterrence or speed of implementation. Community policing calls for long-term commitment; it is not a quick fix. Achieving ongoing partnerships with the community and eradicating the underlying causes of crime will take planning, flexibility, time and patience. Political and community leaders must be regularly informed of the progress of community policing efforts to keep them interested and involved. The police organization must stress that the success of community policing depends on sustained joint efforts of the police, local government, public and private agencies, and members of community. This cooperation is indispensable to deterring crime and preserving the quality of life within revitalizing our neighborhoods. Fire and Rescue. While there is no such thing as absolute protection, the degree of fire risk should be Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… [No Paragr… Normal balanced atrestricted to an acceptable level as the Citycity grows. The best available source for fire protection standards is the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). has been the Insurance Services Office (ISO), which is a nonprofit organization financed by insurance underwriters and charged with the task of evaluating fire protection services in order to establish fire insurance rates. The Citycity’s fire protection plan consists of three wo components: Using NFPA standards for staffing, training, and operating guidelines; Using ISO survey recommendations as a guideline for budgeting future operating and capital costs for fire protection, and Including fire protection as a criterion in the review of new development (i.e. roads and access, building locations and materials, hydrant spacing, etc.). Land Development and Emergency Response. It will be important for the community to plan for how emergency response will be will be able to effectively serve future needs, understanding that development patterns impact response strategies as well as facility and equipment needs: New development that is far away from existing stations places greater demands on time and equipment than development that is nearby. Need to be prepared for moderate annual increase in calls due to population aging and increased population / businesses. The presence of the Burlington International Airport makes access to businesses and neighborhoods to the north more difficult from central locations in the city. As the more mixed use, higher-density development takes place, equipment, policies and training will need to be adjusted. Library. In 2005, a facility study concluded that the existing library was approaching capacity and would require additional space to continue to function in the community’s best interests. The study also stated that the high school benefits more than the community in the combined library model. While the community benefits from the current model by receiving the school custodial, maintenance and computer services, the study highlighted the significant problems in the combined model which include: Lack of space for programs; Lack of quiet reading/study areas; Lack of space for programs; Lack of parking; Excessive noise and a predominance of student use during school hours; and School regulations that impact public use of the computers, meeting space and library use. Phase II of the facility study, completed in 2006, defined future space needs if the library continues to serve both the public and the high school, as well as to determine the future space needs if the public library wereas to vacate its current home and construct a new public library. Extensive data was collected from The Wisconsin Public Library Standards (a nationally recognized standard), six community/school focus groups, a library consultant, and interviews with key stakeholders, and a survey mailed to random community members. The Citycity is currently considering if a separate library should be constructed in the City Center area to serve the community. Primary and Secondary Schools. While the Citycity has not been immune to regional demographic changes like an aging population and smaller families, the quality and reputation of the South Burlington schools Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal continues to attract families to the Citycity. A 1999 survey of families with students new to South Burlington indicated that more than 80 %percent moved here because of the Citycity’s reputation for a quality school system. Maintaining this reputation will require the city and district to continuously evaluate its educational goals and related facility needs to ensure the desired educational outcomes are achieved within the available funding sources. There are a number of challenges facing the schools which include shifting student and population demographics, airport and City Center development, continued Southeast Quadrant development, as well as aging and non-compliant facilities. The Steering Committee (City and District jointly) convened the Master Planning and Visioning Task Force to analyze, evaluate, and recommend options for addressing the challenges of 21st century students, which was submitted in August 2015. This report and recommendation are currently under review by the Steering Committee. Additionally, tThe ability of families with children to move to the Citycity is directly linked to the availability of affordable housing and employment opportunities. These interrelated factors need to be monitored on an ongoing basis to anticipate changes in enrollment that would trigger a need for expanded or new educational facilities or services. Though total enrollment in South Burlington has been reasonably steady during the past decade, the next decade is forecasted to be less steady with the possibility of both a fluctuating and declining enrollment. In 2014, a Demographic Study forecasted a 4% decline in student enrollment between 2014-15 and 2024-25. For planning purposes, this change in demographics will require the district to consider how to increase facility flexibility to maintain appropriate student-teacher ratios and desired educational curricular and co-curricular programming. Potential facility changes could occur at the elementary through high school levels and range from renovation to new construction. It is possible that one or more elementary schools may become available for repurposing. These properties are potentially located for re-use to meet City needs such as community centers, potential affordable housing development, or additional recreation space amongst others. It is evident that the collective impact of growth, most notably continued development in the Southeast Quadrant and the potential for the development of City Center, must be considered rather than just the single impact of a project on the school district. The City and District have convened various committees such as the Chamberlin Neighborhood Airport Planning Committee and Master Planning and Visioning Task Force to assist the City and District in their planning efforts. The committee reports considered growing pressures on School and City facilities and infrastructure driven in large part by airport encroachment on residential areas, the desire to develop a vibrant City Center, changing demographics, changing/increasing traffic patterns, and the desire to provide a community-friendly environment. Information regarding the work of these committees may found on the South Burlington website. Total enrollment in South Burlington has been reasonably steady during the past decade and school district projections do not indicate any significant changes on the horizon. While enrollments are not increasing rapidly, they are slowly growing and perhaps more significantly, the school district’s educational programs are evolving to meet the needs of 21st century students. This had led to concerns about the capacity of existing facilities. The capacity of the Citycity’s public schools is determined through a number of interrelated and frequently changing variables (state and federal regulations such as those which relate to special education, required support services and programs, teacher union contract provisions, curriculum and programs, and desired Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal student-teacher ratios, etc.). For purposes of planning for future facilities, the district considers enrollment at 90 %percent of program capacity to be an “action point” at which an additional facility is warranted for consideration. In 1998, a School Capacity Study calculated the mathematical maximum capacity of the Citycity’s public school facilities is estimated to be 4,165 pupils (1,675 in grades K-5 and 2,490 in grades 6-12). This absolute capacitycity assumed 25 students per classroom evenly distributed across all grades and all schools. The maximum capacity was adjusted by an effective factor of 85 %percent to reflect the reality of age, location and scheduling of the student population resulting in a program capacity of 3,541 students (K-12). AHowever, a decade later, in 2008, the Educational Visioning and Facility Master Planning report determined that the district’s K-12 program capacity was only 2,455 students (a figure close to recent enrollments). The 2008 report findings provided for and were supported by the work of the Master Planning and Visioning Task Force Report, which confirmed the maximum capacity of the school facilities as 2,455 students. The 2008 report explored a number of alternatives for new, expanded and/or renovated school facilities to meet anticipated needs over the next several decades. To ensure equal treatment of developers and to minimize the impact of new housing on school facilities, standards are used to estimate the number of school children generated by new projects. This number is based on the unit configuration (single- or multi-family), unit costs, whether it is renter or owner occupied, and size (number of bedrooms, square footage). The values assigned to these factors are confirmed and adjusted by periodic school department reviews. The challenges facing the five district schools (3 elementary schools, 1 middle school, and 1 high school) varies from age, location, and layout to utilization, program flexibility, and implementation of state recommendations. The community will need to make a decision regarding the viability of each school in the near future and develop a strategy for addressing these challenges. Such reviews are increasingly important as some of the Citycity’s schools are near or operating at their program capacity. School finances continue to pose a challenge to the school system, a challenge that has been further complicated by Vermont’s statewide education funding system. The changes to the state education funding formula that began with passage of Act 60 in 1997, and more recently Act 46, have increased the difficulties in ensuring the appropriate funding is available for educational and facility needs. The changes to the state education funding formula that began with passage of Act 60 in 1997 have increased the tax burden on residential property owners in the Citycity. For decades, South Burlington had sought to maintain a 50/50 split between residential and non-residential property value on the grand list in order to spread the cost of community facilities and services across a diverse tax base. Under Act 60, tThe state education property tax system effectively results in a higher tax rate on residential property as any revenue to be generated above an established “excess spending limit” is derived solely from residential taxpayers. Under Act 46, the state places a cap on school spending and then imposes a dollar-for-dollar tax on any spending above the cap. If the cap is set lower than a proposed school budget increase, there would be a funding gap which may impact educational and facility needs. University of Vermont. The University of Vermont’s Campus Master Plan provides a flexible framework that can accommodate changes in attitudes about campus environments, new technologies and revised institutional requirements. The current plan directly addresses the growth of the campus through 2015, and looks forward to growth in the decades beyond. In 2006, UVM’s Board of Trustees voted to approve Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… the current version of the Campus Master Plan. Chapter 5 of the Campus Master Plan provides an analysis of existing conditions, an analysis of the frameworks identified for campus planning, an overview of the design guidelines established for the South Campus, and an illustrative plan that provides an overview of the university’s future vision for the South Campus. The Campus Master Plan has also identified a number of infill land banks to organize future development since the university’s needs for academic, housing, administrative and support space will continue to evolve. Land bBanks in the South Campus are delineated primarily for two uses: academic and residential. Buildings and their associated infrastructure will fit within these designated areas when and if the university proceeds with a specific development initiative. The residential land banks might have some academic or institutional use associated with them but at this point in time there are no specific plans for such properties. Alternative housing strategies and joint community partnerships may be a possible consideration for these sites. The East Woods Natural Area serves important environmental and community purposes and is considered a no build zone. From the Citycity’s perspective, the university-owned Centennial Woods Natural Area and East Woods Natural Area provide a tremendous benefit to the Citycity and region in terms of open space preservation and passive recreation. In regards to the remaining parcels in South Burlington, it is the Citycity’s desire that the properties continue to be used for educational, research and agricultural purposes. These lands are well suited to an educational emphasis due their proximity to the main campus of the University of Vermont. In addition, the provision of higher education services contributes a far-reaching benefit to the welfare of the community and region, including quality education for the citizenry, attraction and retention of business, and relatively high paying jobs. Future Needs and Trends City Offices. City Hall has received major upgrades including: a new HVAChvac system, mold removal, interior and exterior painting, carpets; the decades-old phone systems was upgraded, new audio and visual equipment is available for use in public meeting rooms, and new security infrastructure is in place; a new stormwater treatment system brings the property into line with Citycity-wide goals, and new landscaping and signage has freshened the building, making it easier to navigate and serving as a place of pride for employees and citizens of the community. An employee kitchen, break area, and fitness center are amenities that will help attract and retain quality employees. .In 2013, a City Center Public Facilities analysis was performed that outlined needs related to a future building in the City Center area. Emergency Management. Several population and development trends in South Burlington will shape emergency management in the coming years. Population Growth and Development. Housing development is expected to continue at a rate of average rate of 1.5 to 2.0 %percent annually. Commercial development is also anticipated to continue at a similar pace. This development will likely include a combination of infill using facility infrastructure and new development requiring infrastructure extensions. It is also anticipated that growth and development will vary by individual year. Population, meanwhile, is expected to grow incrementally through 2020, and then level off, according to a demographic forecast prepared in January 2015. As more people and businesses reside in and visit the community, emergency response needs will grow as well. . Any proposed development needs to consider the ability of city departments to serve that development. Elder housing may require additional Fire Department Staffing, while retail development may require additional police staffing. As development continues, the growth may trigger a need to expand one or more city Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal departments. Population Aging. Gradual aging of the resident population - – and development of additional senior housing facilities - will influence future emergency response needs, in particular fire and rescue needs. City Center Development. The built environment of City Center - – compact streets coupled with multi-story mixed use development - – will influence future emergency response needs, including potential foot or bicycle police patrol, confined space fire and rescue training, and other specialized needs. Consideration of regulated parking and parking enforcement will have to be factored in to project development. This built environment may also provide opportunities for community sheltering. Southeast Quadrant Development. Anticipated development in the Southeast Quadrant will eventually necessitate a fire substation in that area of the city. Primary and Secondary Schools. Schools are “creators of community” and an essential component of the Citycity’s quality of life. Accessible schools minimize the need for transportation for those students within walking distance. Sidewalks and signaled cross walks should be provided during the review process of new developments to allow students to walk safely to school. Similarly for those students outside walking distance sidewalks should be provided to school bus stops. These stops should be located away from residences or appropriately buffered so that waiting groups of students do not disturb residents. In general, city streets and sidewalks, especially along arterials and collectors, should be constructed to serve new residential developments and provide safe pickup stops for school busses that do not impede high volume of through traffic. The continued build out of the Southeast Quadrant remains a matter of concern to the school district. It is evident that the collective impact of growth must be considered and not just the single impact of a project on the school district. The district has started planning for a new elementary school to serve students in the SEQ with a preliminary analysis of a site at Oak Creek Village. While the location has some environmental constraints (wetlands and natural community corridor), the study indicated that an elementary school could be accommodated. The relocation the Citycity’s middle or high schools to the site was determined to be less feasible. Non-Transportation Improvements Proposed New Water Tower (Southeast QuadrantHinesburg Road) Row 1Summary Acquire land and construct a water tower in the Southeast Quadrant. Row 2Purpose To ensure adequate water pressure and fire protection services to meet future needs from a location that is among the higher elevations in the Citycity. Exapnded City Center ParkOpen Space (Market Street / Potash Brook) Row 1Summary Conserve an area of public open space as identified in the City Center / Market Street Environmental Assessment and approved Dumont / City Center Park concept PlanCity Center master plan, focused on the natural features of the Potash Brook. Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Row 2Purpose Row 2Row 2Row 2Row 2 To create an interactive natural area in the City Center area that provides for stream buffer and groundwater infiltration together with public interaction, education, and enjoyment. Proposed New City Park (Van Sicklen / Hinesburg Road) Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with roadways and recreation paths linked into Citycity-wide systems. Row 2Purpose To create a multi-purpose, citywide park for use by residents and visitors. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: ball fields, picnic areas and shelters, playgrounds, community gardens, support facilities, complementary agricultural operations, renewable energy production, etc. Proposed New City Park (Lakeshore) Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into city-wide systems, continuing the waterfront system and providing public access to Lake Champlain. Row 2Purpose To create a multi-purpose, citywide park for use by residents and visitors. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: ball fields, picnic areas and shelters, playgrounds, community gardens, support facilities, complementary agricultural operations, renewable energy production, etc. Proposed New City Park (Muddy Brook) Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into Citycity-wide systems. Row 2Purpose To create a natural area and buffer to Muddy Brook for use by residents and visitors, complementing already conserved parcels and their walking trails. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: walking trails, wetland restoration, renewable energy production, etc. Proposed New City Natural AreaPark (Winooski River) Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into Citycity-wide systems. Row 2Purpose To create a natural area and buffer to the Winooski River for use by residents and visitors, complementing the nearby Winooski Valley Parks District land and their walking trails. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: walking trails, wetland restoration, etc. Proposed New City Park (Winooski River) Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal N… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal N… Normal N… Normal N… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal N… Heading 4 Normal Bu… Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a new municipal park with recreation paths linked into Citycity-wide systems. Row 2Purpose To create a community or neighborhood park for use by residents and visitors, providing access to neighboring residential areas. Features of the park may include, but are not limited to: recreation paths, ball fields, playgrounds, picnic areas, etc. Proposed New City Park (City Center) Row 1Summary Acquire land and develop a programmable urban park as a focus point to City Center Row 2Purpose To create a central outdoor (with possible indoor features) gathering space that supports community events and acts as a key, public place in the heart of the City. Proposed New Community Library (City Center) Row 1Summary Acquire space for an develop a new City Library in City Center Row 2Purpose To etablish a City Library consistent with the needs identified in the City Center Public Facilities Feasibility Study, including core lirbary functions as well as community event and activty space. Proposed New Indoor Recreation Facilities Row 1Summary Acquire space for and develop indoor recreational facilities, likely in City Center. Row 2Purpose To etablish needed indoor recreational facilities identified within this Plan and the City Center Public Facilities Feasibility Study. Discussions with the School District regarding centralized and/or decentralized locations for such facilities are ongoing. Proposed New City Hall Row 1Summary Acquire land for and contruct a new City Hall to replace the current facility. Row 2Purpose To meet future needs for space for core municipal functions as idenfitied in the City Center Public Facilities Feasbility Study. Additional Resources School + Community Master Planning Task Force Report (2015) Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Feasibility Study, City Center Public Facilities (2013) South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) Community Facility & Services Objectives Provide quality indoor and outdoor public facilities and services, identified through collaborative strategic planning, that meet present-day needs and are programmed to anticipate needs at least 20 or more years into the future. Complete comprehensive and consistent master plans for significant City-owned parks and natural areas. Provide a K-12 educational system allows students to meet or exceed state and national targets for attainment. Provide connectionsopportunities and space for Citycity residents of all ages and abilities to participate in life-long educational, recreational, and community service opportunities for both personal enrichment and to strengthen neighborhood and community connections. Provide ease of access to Citycity governance and raise rates of public participation in decision -making. Community Facility & Services Strategies Annually maintain a capital budget and program for future public facility and utility needs; link to Impact Fee Ordinance. Improve and expand public facilities and services in a manner that supports, complements and reinforces the land use and development recommendations of this plan, which includes a preference for infill over expansion of existing service areas. Continue to develop and refine City-wide plans that address “Ability to Serve” issues from a capital, human resource and programmatic perspective. Further ongoing planning efforts to ensure that adequate wastewater, water, stormwater, emergency services, public works and other pertinent City services are available in anticipation of growth. Construct people-oriented public facilitiesfacilities - including a city hall, and/or community library, city hall, recreation a and environmental infrastructure - in the City Center area. Provide ease o-of a-access to public information and feedback through tools such as CCTV, the Citycity website, social media, and traditional media, and continue a policy of open governance. Encourage the provision of open space and dedicated park land that accentuates the school district’s educational goals by providing for experiential and applied learning experiences. Regularly evaluate the City’s policies regarding use of Citycity infrastructure. Create and implement policies and incentives that will attract high -quality and affordable childcare. Develop a public facilities impact fee to support the establishment of municipal facilities, including a community center, to meet the community’s needs. Implement identified projects within the All Hazards Mitigation Plan including river corridor management. Heading 3 … Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Quality of Life The South Burlington Comprehensive Plan is intended to provide a road map to the continued efforts of the community to provide the highest possible quality of life for its current and future residents and visitors. This is met through establishing policies that support the needs of an increasingly diverse population in their homes and search for housing, in their workplaces, in their schools, in their recreation, and in their community as a whole. Overview The focus of this plan is on the physical environment that the community shares: natural areas and rivers, parks, neighborhoods, commercial and employment centers, roadways and recreation paths. The physical space sets the groundwork for true quality of life measures: affordability of housing, availability of employment, mobility of transportation, conservation of natural resources, provision of community and emergency services, and opportunities for public interaction and gathering. Each chapter of this Plan is designed and drafted to support this effort from the various perspectives and topic areas that influence or are influenced by the use of land and the provision of services by the Citycity and schools. A handful of important contributing factors to a high quality of life in the Citycity, however are not specifically enumerated elsewhere in the Plan and therefore are discussed below. They include: Design of the built environment Public and community services Community engagement Design of the Built Environment There are defined aesthetic qualities that affect the perception of South Burlington. The built environment, open spaces, scenic views, and natural areas help to define the Citycity as well as its various neighborhoods and business districts. New design should respect the existing landscape and positively contribute to it. Open spaces and natural areas essential to scenic views and historic landscapes should be identified and preserved for future generations. This plan seeks to allow for responsible development that positively contributes to the community while preserving the essential elements of the Citycity’s landscape that define South Burlington for future generations to enjoy. Among the strategies of this Plan to promote a quality built environment: Design Review/Form Based Codes. The Citycity has successfully implemented several design review districts within its City Center and is in 2015 working towards an evolution to an adopted Form Based Code. This effort has proved successful and it is a concept that is proposed to be explored in other areas of the city. It is in the interest of the Citycity to improve its appearance in order to enhance the quality of life for the Citycity’s residents, businesses and visitors. Public Infrastructure. Improvements to the appearance and aesthetics of the Citycity can be accomplished by such actions as placing utilities underground, planting trees and landscaping along Citycity streets, and enforcing sign regulations. Landscaping. Several existing features in the Land Development Regulations should be maintained and applied in order to improve the aesthetic quality of the Citycity. These may include landscaping requirements, setbacks, buffers around project perimeters, conservation of existing vegetation, berming in select areas, shielding large parking areas with landscaping or buildings, and buffers between conflicting land uses. Lighting. Continuing to require that lighting within the Citycity be attractive and downcast is an important component of the community’s aesthetics. The inclusion of incentives or requirements for energy Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… efficiency, dark sky compliant standards, and pedestrian-scaled design should also be explored. Stormwater. Stormwater has become an increasingly important issue in urban design as stormwater facilities and low-impact development techniques are implemented throughout the Citycity (See the Grey Infrastructure chapter). These have the opportunity to be attractive elements of the community if implemented as part of a thoughtful design. Context-Sensitive Site Design. The Citycity should also encourage the retention of historic landscapes and structures and the restoration of others. The use of additional alternatives to achieve improved aesthetics should be explored, such as requiring variable setbacks, the use of high quality traditional building materials, and locating parking to the rear of commercial establishments. It has been a trend in many sectors of the retail area to construct cheap structural shells that are easily changed to accommodate market fluctuations. The Citycity should work with the development community to identify tools to improve the quality and aesthetics of design while maintaining the flexibility. Quality of Construction. The Citycity should guard against poorly built structures that are designed to last less than 50 years. Poor construction of new building could degrade the quality of the Citycity’s built environment as these buildings become used well beyond their expected life span. Public Spaces. It is important that public spaces continue to be fully integrated into the built environment. These public spaces, be they parks, recreational paths, sidewalks, public squares, outdoor seating at restaurants, and more, contribute substantially to the quality to life within the Citycity and help to foster a true sense of community. Public Art. Public art should be encouraged in both public and private projects. Open Space Management. The Citycity’s public open space areas provide a significant amenity to the community in terms of their conservation of natural resources, their aesthetics, and their availability for public use. Over the past decade, the need to develop long range management plans for the Citycity’s open space has become clear. The Citycity should continue to develop, maintain, and iImplement these plans. Together, these strategies, combined with those from elsewhere in the plan, are intended to implement a smart growth strategy of efficient use of land and maintenance of high quality developed and undeveloped areas. In the past decade, the Citycity has participated in the establishment of several such areas, including development of the Farrell Street neighborhood, adaptive re-use of buildings along Dorset Street, and conservation management planning for the Wheeler Nature Park. Public and Community Services Several chapters of the Comprehensive Plan provide objectives and strategies related to public infrastructure and facilities designed to serve the needs of the community: streets, recreation paths, water and wastewater facilities, parks, municipal and school buildings, community spaces, and libraries, among others. Related to each of these facilities are the services and activities that take place on and within them, and the need to maintain them for ongoing use. The breadth and quality of these services plays an important role in the quality of life in the Citycity. These services fall into a two broad categories: Community Facility Maintenance. The upkeep and planned upgrade of public and quasi-public facilities, such as snow plowing, and building repair , and pipeline maintenance, are the responsibilities of the system owners and should be planned for on a regular and ongoing basis. Maintaining these facilities allows not only for the basic needs of the community to be met, but provides opportunities for public interaction and enjoyment. It also allows for private community groups to meet and host their activities. Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Public Services. Community services such as fire, police, recreational programming, education, and libraries are critical components of the quality of life of a community. These services provide for both immediate needs and for long-term tools for success and enjoyment by the public. The Citycity has worked to enhance many of these services and facilities in the last decade, including the creation of a community room inwith the new police station, establishment of new public open spaces with the voter-approved Open Spaceconservation fund, enhancement of recreation services, library and , senior programss, community policing, stormwater, and overall services of the Citycity, and creation of a new family of Citycity logos that are designed to reflect the community and its residents. Community Engagement & Promotion Residents of the Citycity have a long history of direct involvement in local organizations and municipal governance, as well as a tradition of knowing and helping out their neighbors. Healthy communities are ones in which residents play an active role. In South Burlington, the need for civic engagement is high; a successful community relies heavily on the opinion and work of volunteers. Public involvement takes multiple forms. Each of these reflects a commitment to the community. Voting and Participation in Local Decision -Making. Residents of South Burlington have long voted on the election of municipal and school board officials and the school budget. In 2008, an amendment to the municipal charter was enacted providing the voters with the responsibility to vote on the annual municipal budget as well. These four key votes – in addition to those for special ballot items – provide the backbone of the Citycity and school’s operations and require an important framework of public information sharing amongst elected officials, staff and the public. In between these key annual votes, volunteer boards and committees meet on a monthly or semi-monthly basis, hosting discussions and debates and making important decisions regarding the future of the community. Participation by the public in these regular meetings and events is an important element of maintaining a strong, connected community and making effective decisions for its future. At the core of public participation is the need for transparency in operations. The Citycity’s charter change to require voting on the budget is an example of this transparency, as is the posting of meeting agendas and studies on the Citycity’s website and overall open approach to public meetings. Community Activity Participation. South Burlington residents have – and make use of – substantial opportunities to participate in community events, both within the Citycity itself and throughout the vibrant Chittenden County area. Local community-based activities and events, such as recreation programs, Green-Up Day, Fire Department activities, and library events provide opportunities for enrichment and interaction, and for community members to get to know one another; all critical components of a community with a high quality of life. A parallel opportunity for South Burlington is the existence of a tremendous variety of activities and programs in Burlington and throughout Chittenden County. Participation in these activities helps to enhance the overall sense of regional community. It is important that residents continue to be offered opportunities to engage locally – through community or neighborhood events– to increase community pride and to link all facets of the community. These opportunities should encourage a sense of place. Pocket parks, pop-up facilities, food trucks, and neighborhood improvement initiatives will help promote community identity and pride. Volunteerism. Volunteerism is a critical backbone of any successful community. In South Burlington, over 80 volunteers serve on more than a dozen different committees and boards just for the Citycity. Volunteers associated with the South Burlington schools, community groups, and non-profit organizations within and outside the Citycity extend this figure many fold. In addition, many donors have contributed to Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… [No Paragr… Heading 2 … Heading 3 … Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… the community over the years, enhancing facilities and services for all residents to enjoy. The Citycity should continue to foster volunteerism and participation in local governance through open and transparent meeting practices, providing community meeting space, use of emergent technology, and outreach to interested individuals who have expertise in various subject areas and wish to serve the community. Quality of Life Objectives For all new development, public and private, consider accessibility for users of differing ages and physical abilities. Build and reinforce diverse, accessible neighborhoods that offer a good quality of life by designing and locating new and renovated development in a context-sensitive manner. Quality of life Strategies Actively plan for public spaces throughout the Citycity, including public open spaces and public art, such that these spaces can be utilized daily and also for special community-oriented events. Gray Infrastructure Transportation The conveyance of people, goods, and services is a key element of South Burlington’s residential and commercial health. Transportation systems should be designed to provide residents and visitors access to diversecost-efficient alternatives for getting to their desired destinations. In addition, transportation systems should provide for the orderly and continued economic growth of our community. The improvements and expansion of transportation systems should also proceed in a way that complements the pattern of existing and proposed land uses. Planning of such systems should be geared to the limited supply of land and some fuel sourcesenergy and land. Overview Key issues and needs related to transportation in the Citycity include: South Burlington is shifting from an automobile-dependent, suburban development pattern to a multi-modal, urbanizing development pattern. This transition requires changes to the Citycity’s transportation system to emphasize bicycle/pedestrian travel, transit and greater connectivity in support of the land use goals of this plan. Short commutes, pleasant residential neighborhoods and contiguous open areas are key elements of South Burlington’s quality of life. To maintain both, the Citycity will need to avoid traffic congestion (through development of a more efficient, interconnected local street network and through major highway projects such as the Route 2 corridor improvements and Exit 12B) while mitigating the impacts of through traffic on residential streets. Inventory Travel Corridors and Roadway Network. There are approximately 100 miles of roadway in the City of South Burlington. Each of these roadways serves multiple users, from automobiles, busses, and commercial trucks to pedestrians and cyclists. Within each roadway corridor, the Citycity (or state for certain roads) must determine the most effective combination of infrastructure within the limited right-of-way. The Citycity’s existing transportation network is shown on the Road Class and Transit Routes map. An inventory of conditions within key corridors is below: Interstates 89 and 189. These routes serve as the primary long distance travel corridors in the region, connecting Chittenden County to areas to the north and southeast. They also serve an intra-regional Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… function connecting with the local transportation network. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes of divided vehicle travel, with full interchanges at Williston Road (Exit to I-89), Shelburne Road (to I-189), and an interchange that provides access between the two interstates and between Kennedy Drive and Shelburne Road (Exitsst 13 to I-89 and I-189). Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Needed improvements focus on accesses to the interstate itself, including needed ramp improvements at Exit 14 and the potential for new or improved interchange accesses within the Citycity. Shelburne Road (US Route 7). This route serves as the primary north-south access for the western corridor of Vermont as well as the principal collector for residential neighborhoods and employment centers in the southwestern portion of South Burlington. It also provides direct access to I-189. Major improvements to the Shelburne and South Burlington (to Imperial Drive) segments of this route were completed in 2006. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes of vehicle travel with medians for local and regional automobile travelers, commercial vehicles, transit service, on-road bicycle lanes and sidewalks. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The section of Shelburne Road north of IDX Drive does not contain medians or on-road bicycle lanes, limiting the efficiency of vehicle travel and forcing bicycles onto relatively narrow sidewalks. Safety for pedestrians and cyclists crossing this section of Shelburne Road is also a concern. Williston Road (US Route 2). This route provides local and regional east-west access through Chittenden County. Prior to the construction of I-89, it was the primary east-west corridor in the region. Now its role has been redefined as serving primarily local travel needs for people who live and work in the vicinity of the corridor. The updated 2012 Route 2 Corridor Study provides an extensive description of existing conditions on the highway, and short- and long-term solutions to congestion, access, and safety problems. In June 2010, the Chittenden County Transit Agency initiated a revised, direct corridor service along this route that includes 15-minute bus headways in each direction at peak commuter hours. Travel Infrastructure. Four lanes (reduced to two lanes east of Route 116) vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers, commercial vehicles, and transit service; 5’ wide on-road bike paths and sidewalks (intermittent east of Air Guard Road). The City completed a widening of US2 nearest the Sheraton Hotel in order to accommodate increased traffic volumes, reduce congestion, improve safety, and address lane assignment confusion for interstate access. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The Route 2 Corridor Study highlights several key needed improvements, including access management, pedestrian safety, the need for bicycle infrastructure throughout the corridor and crossing the Interstate, road network capacity west of I-89, and the lack of park and ride facilities. The 2012 TIF Plan identified the need for and including funding for streetscape imporvements along this route. Hinesburg Road (VT Route 116). Hinesburg Road provides primary access between South Burlington the Burlington area and communities to the southeast. Its northern extremity also lies at the core of a long-establish residential neighborhood, connecting residents to Williston Road and Kennedy Drive. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers and commuters from the southern Chittenden County, limited transit service north of I-89; sidewalks on one side of the street north of Hayes Avenue, wide shoulders for bicycles south of Tilley Drive. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. The northern extremity of Hinesburg Road will need some upgrades in terms of signalization and access management associated with City Center. Sidewalks are Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… missing south of Hayes Avenue towards Tilley Drive, but funding is allocated and plan development underway. Any futureThe planned interstate interchange (Exit 12B) will also require upgrades. Patchen Road. Patchen Road serves as the extension to Hinesburg Road north of Williston Road, connecting South Burlington with Riverside Avenue and Colchester Avenue at the Burlington–Winooski border. The bridge over I-89 is one of only a handful of connectors between the communities. The character of development adjacent to Patchen Road is primarily medium lower density residential, but the route is used by a handful of commercial and industrial establishments located in Burlington or South Burlington. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers, and some heavy trucks, sidewalks on one side of the street at its southern end; wider lanes that allowed for shared use in some areas. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Sidewalks exist at the southern end of Patchen Road, but do not continue northwards. In addition, sidewalk connections to Burlington are limited. Space exists for bicycle lanes in some areas, but have not traditionally been striped for such use. Recently approved development of a housing development on the Burlington side will complete these missing connections. Traffic caused by heavy trucks remains a challenge in the residential areas but should be reduced significantly when S.D. Ireland relocates from their property which is to be the site of the new housing development. Spear Street. This route parallels Shelburne Road, serving primarily residential transportation needs. The 2004 Spear Street Corridor Study includes a full analysis of the roadway’s existing conditions, and recommended strategies for maintaining its functionality and level of service as development proceeds. Travel Infrastructure. Two lanes of vehicle travel for primarily local automobile travelers and commuters from communities to the souththe Shelburne area. Repaving in 2013 made shoulders wider and adequate for bicycles on both sides south of Swift Street, separated recreation path north of I-89. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Recommended improvements for this street are found in the 2004 Spear Street Corridor Study, including intersection improvements at the Swift Street intersection and improved bicycle lanes. Dorset Street. Dorset Street serves commercial and higher-density residential land use at its northern extent and becomes a north-south collector serving primarily residential transportation needs further south. The 2007 Dorset Street Corridor Study describes existing conditions and recommends strategies for improvements to ensure the corridor’s ability to maintain and expand high levels of service and safety for all users. Travel Infrastructure. North of Kennedy Drive, Dorset Street is a four-lane road with a median, transit service, and sidewalks/bicycle path on both sides. South of Kennedy Drive, Dorset Street is a two-lane road with intermittent recreation path sections parallel to the roadway. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Recommended improvements for this street are found in the 2007 Dorset Street Corridor Study, including intersection improvements at the Swift Street intersection and improved bicycle paths and sidewalks south of Old Cross Road. The City is working with the CCRPC towards adaptive traffic signal control on the northern stretch of Dorset Street. Kennedy Drive. Kennedy Drive connects I-189 to Williston Road and serves as an important local arterial connection and primary access to the Burlington International Airport. Travel Infrastructure. Kennedy Drive was fully reconstructed in 2007 as a landscaped four-lane boulevard, with a planted median island, on-road bicycle lanes, recreation path, and sidewalks. Regular transit service is also provided on this road. Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal In… Normal In… Normal Bu… Normal Body Text Missing Links and Needed Improvements. No needed improvements have been identified for this roadway at the present time. Airport Parkway / White Street / Airport Drive. These three roads, together, serve as the primary link between South Burlington and Essex / Colchester, provide access to one of only a handful of crossings over the Winooski River, and to the Burlington International Airport. Travel Infrastructure. Airport Parkway consists of a two-lane roadway with limited sidewalks at its southern extremity. White Street and Airport Drive are two-lane roadways with sidewalks on one side. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. Access in the vicinity of the confluence of these roads is problematic as commuter, business, and airport-bound traffic converge on primarily residential streets. No bicycle lanes or sidewalks have been established north of Kirby Road along Airport Parkway, while White Street is underserved by sidewalks, with none on the side of the street occupied by the Chamberlain Elementary School. Transit service is present along White Street and Airport Drive, but does not extend along Airport Parkway. The potential for an Airport Parkway realignment could lead to better access to BIA and would remove some traffic from neighborhood streets. Kimball Avenue. Kimball Avenue runs parallel to Williston Road between Kennedy Drive and the Williston town line. The roadway serves as a collector for local businesses, a short-cut for traffic reaching retail destinations in both communities, and as a bicycle commuter route. Travel Infrastructure. Kimball Avenue consists of a two-lane roadway with narrow bicycle lanes on both sides and a partially-established recreation path on the southern side. Limited bus service is also provided on Kimball Avenue as part of the South Burlington Connector route. Missing Links and Needed Improvements. While vehicular access to and from Kimball Ave is generally strong, a connection to Tilley Drive is planned for some point in the future. The bicycle infrastructure on the roadway remains somewhat limited and in need of completion (both in term of on-road striping and recreation paths). The Citycity is working with the CCRPC to complete path connection to the Williston town line. The City initiated a network analysis for Tilley Drive/Kimball Avenue in 2015 in order to examine multimodal plans and intersection enhancements based on anticipated development in the area. Secondary Roads. A substantial network of collector and neighborhood roads link into the primary travel routes in South Burlington described above. These vary in width, size and amenities, but generally consist of two travel lanes, sidewalks (on collector roads and newer roads), and on-street parking. Traffic Volumes. The state highways and several local roads in South Burlington are heavily traveled. Nearly 40,000 vehicle trips are made each day on Williston Road (US Route 2) nearest the Exit 14 interchange, with 30,000 trips per day on Shelburne Road (US Route 7). Hinesburg Road carries around 11,000 vehicle trips daily. Other main travel routes include Dorset Street, Kennedy Drive, Kimball Avenue, Old Farm Road and Shunpike Road. Some of the roads that have experienced the greatest increase in traffic volume in recent years include: Kimball Avenue, Old Farm Road, Shunpike Road, Dorset Street and Spear Street. Up-to-date traffic data is maintained by the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission. Road Standards and Regulations. South Burlington has adopted road standards and uses its land use regulations and Official Map to maintain and improve traffic safety and efficiency. The regulations require new development to maintain a certain level of service and the Citycity seeks to avoid exceeding D levels of service or less at peak roadway hours at signalized intersections. As certain parts of the City bvegin to urbanize more (including City Center), however, levels of service lower than D may prove both acceptable and desirable in fostering a pesdetrian-rich environment. The Citycity’s regulations can also be used to Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal address and limit mitigate for high traffic generating uses in certain locations. Recreation Path and Sidewalk System. The Citycity’s sidewalk and recreation path network is important component of the transportation network envisioned to provide safe non-motorized interconnections both within South Burlington and between the Citycity and adjoining municipalities. South Burlington ordinances allow bicycle riding on sidewalks and recreation paths alike. The network includes a combination of segments existing alongside roadways and segments that are more circuitous, following natural features or parks. Currently there are more than 70 miles of sidewalk and more than 26 miles of paved recreation path in the Citycity. Most new residential and commercial streets have sidewalks on at least one side and all new developments are required to provide sidewalks or their equivalent. However, sections of major roads, such as Spear Street, Williston Road, Allen Road, Airport Parkway, Kimball Avenue, and Swift Street lack sidewalks, and frequently where there is sidewalk, it ends abruptly. The existing recreation path system has its origins in a grass-roots citizen effort to provide for safe travel routes away from automobiles. After extensive public involvement, the group prepared and presented a recreation path proposal to the City Council in 1989. The council enthusiastically endorsed the project and designated an official Citycity committee to oversee the path system. Initial construction of the path system was completed in 1992 and additional segments have been added since, funded through a combination of Citycity funds and grants. Pedestrian Trails. Currently there are 10.3 miles of formally recognized pedestrian trails in the Citycity. There are numerous other short sections of trail created informally in various neighborhoods. Pedestrian trails are intended to remain in an unpaved, natural state, while recreation paths are intended to be paved for more intensive uses such as bicycling and in-line skating. The two networks should be complementary and interconnected. Planning for a public pedestrian trail network began in 1969 and culminated in specific proposals in the 1974 Comprehensive Plan. Those proposals have been largely implemented through site plan and subdivision review. Also, requests for critical trail links have been made directly to landowners irrespective of any development plans. Bicycle and Pedestrian Committee. The Bicycle and Pedestrian Committee (formerly the Recreation Path Committee) seeks and provides guidance on path development from City Council, the Planning Commission, the Development Review Board, other Citycity committees, and the general public. The committee holds regular monthly meetings, which are open to the public. The committee also coordinates its planning efforts both with surrounding communities and with regional, state, and national path-related programs. The committee promotes use of the recreation path system and reminds the public about safety rules via occasional articles in The Other Paper. The committee also recommends pavement marking and signage both on the path and on the roads to improve safety for pedestrians and cyclists. Path or Trail Easements. Easements obtained over private land are the primary means of locating paths and trails in the Citycity. Easements are usually obtained during the process of development review. Typically the Bicycle and PedestrianRecreation Path Committee makes recommendations on desirable easements and path/trail alignments to the Development Review Board. The DRB and planning staff then negotiate with the landowner. Transit Services. The Chittenden County Transportation Authority (CCTA) was formed in 1973 to serve the mass transit needs of it member municipalities. CCTA has grown to provide transit service throughout much of the region through a network of approximately 20 bus routes, as well as commuter links to Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Montpelier, Middlebury and St. Albans. Ridership has grown steadily since the system’s inception and has ranged from three to eight %percent annual increases in recent years. CCTA is funded through annual dues from its member municipalities, state and federal programs, and fares. CCTA passengers may pay per trip or purchase passes at a reduced rate. Discounts are available for senior citizens and students,, and some employers and colleges offer free or reduced rate passes to their employees or students. Three fixed routes serve the City of South Burlington: Shelburne Road, Williston Road, and the South Burlington Collector. The Williston Road route has among the highest weekday ridership of any route in the CCTA system and was recently redesigned to provide direct access between Williston and Burlington along Route 2, with only the University Mall as a detour. This was coupled with providing service every 15 minutes at rush hour. Both of these changes were implemented following an extensive planning process for the Route 2 Corridor that includes recommendations for improved transit service. This service is complemented by commuter link services in the direction of Montpelier, Hinesburg, Middlebury, and St. Albans. An on-demand service also operates from the University Mall to serve patients of the medical office buildings on Tilley Drive. CCTA has placed a significant focus on ridership connections: outfitting all buses with bicycle carriers, providing additional shelters for riders, and coordinating with local, regional, and state partners on park-and-ride facilities and transit-friendly site design for new development. Air Transportation. Burlington International Airport, a joint civil-military public airport, is managed by the City of Burlington and the Federal government. The airport, which sits on nearly 950 acres, dominates land use in the northeastern quadrant of South Burlington. The Airport Master Plan, documents the facility’s existing status as well as future proposals through the next 20 years. During the 2000s, the airport experienced an increase in growth and service. Between 2000 and 2008, $24 million in renovations and expansion were invested at Burlington International. The airport authority recently completed a $15 million expansion project that added five gates, customer service areas, a 948-space parking garage and an elevated connected walkway. A new garage expansion to add two additional floors was opened in 2011. In recent years, the airport has averaged approximately 250 aircraft operations per day (50% general aviation, 30% air taxi, 5% military and 15% commercial). There are around 100 aircraft based at the airport including nearly 30 military aircraft. In recent years, the airport has enplaned approximately 750,000 passengers annually. Passenger flights to New York City, Washington D.C., Chicago and other regional hubs are available from the various airlines that fly out of Burlington International Airport. Both major commercial parcel carriers (UPS Airlines and FedEx Express) fly into Burlington International Airport, providing service for much of northern Vermont. Two military installations are based at the airport: Burlington Air National Guard Base 158th Fighter Wing and the Army Aviation Support Facility (AASF) of the Vermont Army National Guard. Rail Transportation. The Vermont Railway and the Central Vermont Railway both maintain tracks through South Burlington. These routes are presently used on a limited basis for freight service and summer tourist trains. Commuter rail service between Burlington and Charlotte was offered on the Vermont Railway along Route 7 from late-2000 to early-2003. Long-range plans at the state level call for passenger service to be re-established southward towards Middlebury, Rutland, Albany and New York City. Analysis and Challenges Interconnected Road Network. South Burlington’s road network has a significant lack of the lack of Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal east-west connections, as well as neighborhood and commercial district connections in general. This lack of connections overburdens the few intersections able to provide connectivity and results in unnecessary congestion. Alternate travel routes have been planned to relieve some of the pressure on the existing arterial network. The Citycity has adopted an Official Map that includes several additional east-west connections and other improvements. These improvements are also shown on the enclosed map, Planned Infrastructure Improvements. The planned roads will provide alternate routes of travel and result in a more grid- like network of streets. A grid network provides more alternate routes of travel without unduly impacting any single street with traffic cutting through the neighborhood as a shortcut. From the 1970s through the 1990s, many of the residential developments in the Citycity constructed cul-de-sac and dead-end streets, which exacerbate traffic issues on the few streets that do provide access to neighborhoods, create costly and time-consuming inefficiencies in road maintenance, and can potentially jeopardize emergency response. Motor vehicle accidents, construction, or even watermain breaks can and have closed off all access to neighborhoods with only one point of access. The focus of new streets is for connections, not high speed or high volume cut-throughs. New developments must connect to adjoining developments and their roadway systems. The wider distribution of traffic into a more efficient network will result in increased traffic for some of the roadways in the vicinity of the planned roads. The CCRPC, through use of their regional traffic moedelling software, is able to project impacts of changes to road network. Past studies have indicated that growth in adjacent municipalites can have an impact on the City’s system. The need for efficient transportation facilities to serve the demand will continue. The City supports roadway designs that are sensitive to neighborhoods and that can discourage cut-through traffic while still providing access and mobility for neighborhood residents and well as through-travellers.In 2001, Chittenden County Metropolitan Planning Organization [formerly and is now the CCRPC] prepared an analysis for the Citycity, which documents the likely impacts and changes to traffic flows that would result from constructing the planned roads. The study showed that as the number of trips to or from the Taft Corners area of Williston grows and additional development occurs in South Burlington, the need for efficient transportation facilities to serve the demand increases. The study recommended roadway designs that are sensitive to the character of neighborhoods and that can discourage cut-through traffic while still providing access and mobility for neighborhood residents as well as through travelers. Multiple Users. Like most of the county’s early road systems, mMuch of the South Burlington road network was long designed for a single purpose: to serve automobile traffic. The network has been undergoing a long-term retrofit to include and emphasize other primary users, including bicyclists, pedestrians, transit service, and truck traffic. In many cases, this has taken place within existing rights-of-way, but in some cases road widening has been necessary. Several key roadways – notably portions of Williston Road and some of the collectors that serve it – continue to provide only marginal transportation alternatives, which over time has led to increased vehicular traffic. With increased demand for bicycle, transit and pedestrian amenities to be a part of the standard roadway network, the Citycity will need to evaluate alternatives for the use of existing rights-of-way. Recreation Paths. With increased use of the path system (including sidewalks, recreation paths, trails, etc.), the need for the CityBicycle and Pedestrian Committee to examine all users and all forms of infrastructure has grown over the past two decades. This need will continue into the future. Access Management. Access management describes a set of strategies that can be applied to prevent Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 congestion and improve safety as development occurs along road corridors. Access management can greatly improve the safety and efficiency of arterial streets by reducing the conflict between through, local and turning t“through” and “local” traffic. South Burlington has incorporated access management strategies into its land use regulations and is actively working with landowners to implement access management strategies along heavily traveled roads. Accommodation of “through” traffic serving the greater needs of South Burlington residents, employers, and businesses on arterial streets carries a higher priority than access to frontage properties. The general pattern of existing and approved developments on Kennedy Drive and Kimball Avenue epitomizes a reasonable configuration of an arterial highway (i.e., few curb cuts and provision of service roads). Along Route 2 and most of Route 7, where highly fragmented ownership patterns have evolved over many decades there are extreme conflicts between “to” and “through” traffic. Consequently, even greater congestion in these areas can be reasonably anticipated for the foreseeable future. There are several techniques and improvements that could be implemented, and at least should be explored, in order to improve upon existing problems, provide for anticipated future growth, and maintain the safety and an adequate level of service on arterial streets. Certain geometric improvements can be made to improve safety and maximize capacity. Examples include and safety through installation of proper signing, striping, and control equipment; or provision of stacking lanes at mid-block and intersection locations to segregate “to” and “through” lanes. (This may require purchase or exaction of land for road widening of substandard rights-of-way). Parallel access roads, such as San Remo Drive, provide helpful means of access to development off of a main transportation corridor. Transit. The recent enhancements to the Williston Road route were reflective of a demand that had exceeded supply in terms of service in the area. As development density increases in this area – particularly with the establishment of City Center – these needs will again increase. A significant challenge to transit providers in recent years has been the location of new development in areas not presently served. The medical facilities in the vicinity of Tilley Drive and Hinesburg Road are examples, as are some senior living facilities throughout the Citycity. CCTA and the Citycity will need to both plan for meeting these needs, as well as provide specific strategies to ensure effective and efficient land use along existing transit corridors. Airport. The airport is a vital element in economic development and transportation for the county and surrounding region. The continued success of the airport will be characterized by increased aircraft operations, runway and terminal improvements, and increased ancillary activity at the southern end of the airport. In the areas of economic development and transportation, the interests of the Citycity and the airport are very closely aligned. Improved roads and transit service in the Citycity generally enhance use of the airport, and the attraction of further light industry to the Citycity will be influenced by proximity to an airfield with the broadest possible range of air service. There are some areas of conflict that the Citycity and the airport have been striving to improve. Principally, these are the pre-existing residential neighborhoods in the immediate environs of the airport, including the impact of air noise and consumer travel to and from the airport. The airport completed a 2030 Master Plan. The most recent information available projects that airport enplanements will double in the coming 20 years, as they did in the past 20 years. The plan includes multiple proposals for traffic mitigation, including a new access to the interstate. The City has not yet taken a position on the plan or its individual elements. Future Needs and Trends Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Pedestrian and Bicycle Circulation. Walking and bicycling are transportation modes that until the 1990s were largely overlooked in the regioncity’s spending and planning priorities. Bicycling, walking and jogging are increasingly popular for both recreation and transportation. Greater incentives to promote non-vehicular travel can and should be implemented to minimize dependence on the automobile for local circulation. In addition, pedestrians and cyclists in an automobile-oriented environment must receive appropriate consideration. Pedestrian links are needed between neighborhoods, schools, parks, shopping and employment centers, other transportation modes and other community focal points. In order to promote such links as transportation facilities, pedestrian ways generally should follow direct travel routes whenever possible, rather than paralleling roadways. In addition, pedestrian/bicycle ways should be designed to reduce conflicts with motorized vehicles. Sidewalks and pedestrian ways that parallel roadways should be constructed on both sides of arterial streets, on one or both sides of collector streets, and on at least one side of local streets. Sidewalks and pedestrian ways should be ramped at all street and drive crossings and properly graded so as to accommodate the elderly and handicapped. In addition, it is important that all signalized intersections include a pedestrian phase in order to allow for pedestrian movements.s to safely cross busy roads. It is imperative to carefully plan for and implement safe provisions for pedestrians and cyclists when constructing, modifying and/or upgrading roadways: this represents a complete streets approach. Along arterial streets, separate or shared facilities for bicycle/pedestrian use should be provided. This need is particularly strong along the Williston Road corridor. On collector streets, bike/pedestrian routes should be designated by signs in conjunction with pavement widening and painted lines. On local streets where traffic volumes and speeds are low enough to pose few hazards to pedestrians and cyclists, bike/pedestrian route designations by signing alone should suffice. In addition, the University of Vermont, as a major focal point, must be closely involved with pedestrian and bicycle planning, particularly along Spear Street where its major holdings are located. Pedestrian travel can also be promoted through land use policies. Mixed-use developments consisting of residential and non-residential uses, or office, restaurant and retail, enhance pedestrian movement by congregating services and facilities within walking distance. In addition, compact, mixed-use city or village centers create a more pedestrian friendly environment as opposed to linear strip development patterns along arterial roadways. Traffic Data. The traffic data essential to equitable review of new development, such as volume counts, turning movements and volume-to-capacity ratios, should be collected and maintained. These factors affect the cost efficiency and proper timing of new roads or improvements, as well as the maintenance of reasonable levels of service. Meeting Demands of Change and Development. As the City continues to evolve, the transportation network will need to evolve with it. Areas of additional development, such as in the vicinity of Kimball Avenue, Tilley Drive, Technology Park and Meadowland Drive, will face transportation challenges. Alternatives to meet those needs, including improvements to Interstate access ( such as an Exit 12B), additional connectivity between existing and new roadways, increased transit services, imporvoed bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and/or enhancements to existing street profiles will need to be examined and implemented. Such improvements must be planned and made in close coordination with nearby and affected land use areas and be in keeping with the overall multi-modal transportation goal and objectives of this Plan. Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Road Design and Construction Standards. The design and construction of local streets should be reviewed in general accord with their classification and the following principles: Privately owned and maintained residential roadways are strongly discouraged; The speed and volume of “through” traffic is minimized; More than one access point onto collector or arterial streets is needed for larger or higher density projects (may include limited, emergency access points); The subdivision of lots without public road frontage is strongly discouraged; Adequate access for emergency vehicles is essential, and turnarounds for maintenance vehicles and school buses should be provided; and Design and construction standards must be commensurate with density; and, Effective access management along collector and artierial roadways is essential.. As properties adjacent to streets with inadequate rights-of-way are developed or redeveloped, the land or easements necessary for widening or otherwise improving the right-of-way should be secured as a condition of site plan or subdivision approval. Transit. Transit is best rendered to well-planned, intensively used compact areas. Higher intensity development should be directed towards existing bus routes or to areas where bus service can conveniently expand. In addition, specific development proposals should be carefully evaluated at site plan or subdivision review with regard to the need for bus turn-out lanes, patron shelters , and other factors affecting bus stop location. Highway planning should specifically incorporate provisions for existing and potential transit service. Rail. The Vermont Railway, which parallels Route 7, holds the potential not only for north-south intercity freight and passenger service, but also for direct service to the commercially zoned properties fronting on its east side. Rail siding potential for these properties should be maintained wherever feasible in the layout of proposed development. As the intensity of development increases on the lands west of the tracks, improvements to at-grade crossings (Bartlett Bay Road, Holmes Road, Inn Road) maywill be necessary., possibly to the extent of providing grade-separated crossings. Additional Resources Market Street Reconstruction Project (current) Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) Williston Road Transportation Network Study (2015) Williston Road Complete Streets Study (2012) US Route 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2008) I-89 Exit 12B Circulation Study & Analysis Reports (2010, 2011) Shelburne Road Corridor Study (2012) Dorset Street Corridor Study (2007) Spear Street Corridor Study (2004) Transportation Objectives Provide a transportation network that complies with Complete Street mandates , and maximizes efficiency and safety for all types of users (pedestrians, cyclists, transit, automobiles, trucks, rail, and air). Connect neighborhoods with one another via road segments and with commercial areas for local, slow speed circulation. Provide a transportation network that is supportive of and integrated into the adjacent land uses and that is designed to minimize fragmentation of and adverse impacts to identified natural, cultural, scenic and Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Heading 4 Heading 4 Normal N… Normal In… other open space resources. Reduce the percentage of trips taken by single-occupancy vehicles in the City. Seek alternative traffic congestion relief measures before existing roadway segments are expanded. Foster community discussion about transportation and land-use planning for the northeast quadrant of the Citycity, including Interstate connectivity (Exit 12B). Transportation Strategies Plan for safe pedestrian and bike access to all schools and support efforts to encourage more children to walk or bike to school. Work with the private sector to implement transportation demand management techniques such as ride sharing programs, bus vouchers, and flexible work hours; such techniques should be explored as possible mitigation to potential negative traffic impacts resulting from new development. Implement the proposed street and intersection improvements included on the Citycity’s Official Map and/or Capital Budget and Program either as a public project or by private developers as warranted by the scope of new development, and continue to require developers to make any necessary improvements to intersection geometry, sand signalization, and streetscapes as a condition of approval. Implement access management techniques when planning new roads or improving existing roads. Require the provision of access management techniques (e.g. limit curb cuts, service roads, etc.) along high volume arterial and collector roadways as a condition of approval for new development and redevelopment. Work with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission and Vermont Agency of Transportation to establish Transportation Improvement Districts (TIDs) in areas anticipated for development and transportation need. Work with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission to complete transportation network analyses and network studies for areas anticipated for development and transportation need, including examination of an I-89 Interstate interchange at Hinesburg Road or other location. Work with neighboring communities and transportation partners on cooperative strategies for managing the impacts of travel to and from South Burlington, including park and rides and capture/intercept lots, along with appropriate and direct public transit serving them, and pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure connecting to adjacent municipalities.. Develop and build a Citycity-wide sidewalk and recreation path plan that identifies and prioritizes gaps, to link various neighborhood and community focal points. Support enhanced commuter rail service on the Vermont Railway and Central Vermont Railway tracks and amend the Citycity’s Land Development Regulations to provide opportunities and mitigate against impacts of rail connections in the community. Prioritize transportation planning efforts to provide safe and efficient access to the Burlington International Airport in a manner that does not adversely affect adjacent neighborhoods. Improve traffic flow through the Citycity by exploring new technologies, synchronizing traffic lights and adjusting traffic light timing based on time of day and traffic volume while retaining balance with pedestrian needs. Seek opportunities to install a park and ride lot along the Shelburne Road corridor. Summary of Proposed Transportation Improvements (Map 1013) Dorset Street / Market Street Intersection Improvements Normal N… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Williston Road / Hinesburg Road Intersection Improvements Row 1Summary This his intersection would be improved to provide greater traffic movement in various directions related to future City Center traffic flows. Row 2Purpose This is proposed in order to ensure safe and efficient traffic movement on Market Street and throughout City Center. Row 3Potential Impacts The Hinesburg Roadis intersection presently functions as one of few signaled pedestrian crossings of Williston Road. . Any improvements to this intersection will need to be balanced with pedestrian needs and scale. Row 4Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010), Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) City Center Road Network Row 1Summary This project would includes a reconstruction of Market Street, Garden Street, and additional connected streets within the City Center area as a two-lane road, with on-street parking, sidewalks, landscaping, and utilities. Bicycles are envisioned to share the street as it approaches the core of City Center. Market Street would be crossed by two new roads: one connecting Midas Drive to Healthy Living, and a second (later phase) to connect San Remo Drive to a re-aligned Mary Street, and one or more others linking the street to the Marcotte Central School Property to the north and properties to the south.. Row 2Purpose To provide safe and efficient access from Hinesburg Road to Dorset Street, and to create a downtown-style network of roadways in conjunction with City Center Row 3Potential Impacts Market Street is already in existence. The impacts of the road network are fully assessed in the Market Street Environmental Assessment. Row 4Completed EffortsStudies Row 4 Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010); Market Street Reconstruction (2015 and nearing completion); Garden Street Project Deifnition (2015) City Center Parking Garage Row 1Summary One or more parking garages to serve the City Center area, as envisioned in the Conceptual Master Plan. Row 2Purpose In order to foster a downtown-style of development, it will be necessary for parking to be provided in a format other than traditional surface parking. The City has 450 spaces approved as eligible for TIF District Financing.The conceptual master plan considers two 990 space garages on site at full build-out. Row 3Potential Impacts Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Cost and use of land for parking are two important considerations. Public parking that is highly accessible may be constructed in private buildings.In addition, one of the garages is depicted on the location of an existing elementary school. Some options and alternatives exist to mitigate some of the need for on-site structured parking, including potential participation in a Transportation Management Association and/or nearby off-site option. Row 4Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010) I-89 Bicycle-Pedestrian Bridge Row 1Summary Analysis and potential construction of a bicycle and pedestrian bridge over I-89 in the vicinity of Exit 14. Row 2Purpose To provide safe and efficient connectivity for walkers and cyclists between the City Center area and housing, University of Vermont, and City of Burlington on the west side of the Interstate. Row 3Potential Impacts Present bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure over the Interstate has limited functionality. While sidewalks and bicycle lanes do exist, they are crossed by multiple on- and off-ramps on both sides. Row 4Completed Studies Not yet studied in depth. Airport Drive Extension Row 1Summary A new connector road to link Airport Drive directly to Airport Pparkway. This proposal has been included in several Comprehensive Plans of the Citycity. Row 2Purpose To provide a more direct connection for travelers between Route 15 and Williston Road / the Burlington International Airport. At present, all traffic must use White Street, a predominantly residential street. Row 3Potential Impacts This new road would relieve traffic from White Street and other local streets. Care will need to be taken to ensure traffic does not increase on Kirby Road. Row 4Additional Info The design of this new roadway is under review as the Burlington International Airport undertakes its noise mitigation and re-use plan. Final designs of the roadway will need to consider both impacts on the adjacent neighborhood as well as efficient use of limited land adjacent to the Airport. Row 5Completed Studies Airport Drive / Airport Parkway Improvements Scoping Study (2005) Exit 12B Interchange Row 1Summary Analysis and possible construction of a new interchange in the vicinity of Hinesburg Road / I-89. Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Row 2Purpose Row 2 To provide relief from the existing local road network east of Exit 14, to serve anticipated growth in enplanements at the Burlington International Airport, to serve business development in the eastern portion of the Citycity, to relieve congestion from Exists 14 and 12, and to serve the future City Center. Row 3Potential Impacts This interchange would have a substantial impact on general traffic flows and pedestrian and bicycle traffic in the area (increasing in some areas, decreasing in others). It will also likely support business development in the area on areas that are presently partially developed. A full Environmental Impact Statement and identification of potential funding sources – including an alternatives analysis - will be required before a interchange is constructed. Row 4Completed Studies Interstate Access Analysis (2010) I-89 Exit 12B Financing Options Study (2009) I-89 Exit 12B Alignment Study (2009) I-89 Urban Transportation Improvements (2003) Ground Access Study of the Burlington International Airport (2002) I-89 Exit 13 Access Improvements (1999) Chittenden County 1-89 Corridor Study (1997) I-89 / Hinesburg Road Northbound Off-Ramp (1996) Interchange Feasibility Studies at Four Locations in the CCMPO Area (1987) Swift Street Extension to Hinesburg Road Row 1Summary A new connector road to link Swift Street Extension to Hinesburg Road. This connector has long been identified as an important east-west connector, and has been listed in several Comprehensive Plans of the City and on the Official Map since its first adoptioncity. Row 2Purpose To provide a safe second access and egress for residents of the Village at Dorset Park; to provide greater east-west connectivity for Citycity residents; to provide better emergency vehicle access for the City, and to reduce congestion on existing and overburdened intersectionscity. Row 3Potential Impacts This new connector road could increase traffic on Swift Street and create an additional crossing challenge for wildlife. Care will need to be taken to develop a road connection that meets the stated purposes while protecting neighborhood character and limiting impact on wildlife. Row 4Completed Studies Dorset Street Corridor Plan (2007) South Burlington Planned East-West Roads Analysis (2001) White Street / Midas Drive Intersection Improvements Row 1Summary Create a proper four-way intersection at this important link between Williston Road, City Center and the Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Chamberlain neighborhood. The project would involve acquisition of the property presently occupied by Accent Travel. Row 2Purpose To improve pedestrian and vehicular safety and flow at this important intersection, and to provide a safe entrance to the future City Center road network. Row 3Potential Impacts The project will involve acquisition of a privately-held property. In addition, care will need to be taken to ensure that pedestrian and bicycle needs are met at this site. Row 4Completed Studies Market Street Improvements Environmental Assessment (2010). US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007) . Garden Street Project Definition Report (2015) Spear Street / Swift Street Intersection Improvements Row 1Summary Complete improvements to the Swift-Spear intersection. Row 2Purpose To improve pedestrian, cyclist, and vehicular safety at this intersection. Row 3Potential Impacts Some re-alignment of this offset intersection would be needed. Possible acquisition of private land may be needed for some alternatives. Row 4Completed Studies Spear Street Corridor Study (2004) Airport Parkway / Lime Kiln Road Intersection Improvements Row 1Summary Complete improvements to the Airport Parkway / Lime Kiln Road / Shamrock Road / Ethan Allen Drive intersection. Row 2Purpose To improve pedestrian and vehicular safety at this intersection. Row 3Potential Impacts Some rea-alignment of this offset intersection would be needed. Possible acquisition of private land may be needed for some alternatives. Row 4Completed Studies Road Safety Audit Review- ~ Airport Parkway/Lime Kiln Intersection (2006) Vale Drive Extension Row 1Summary Extend Vale Drive to Swift Street commensurate with future development. Row 2Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve existing and future development and to allow for Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal proper transportation land use planning by offering route choices to drivers while reducing congestion at existing intersections.. Row 3Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road does not become a short cut for automobiles travelling on Spear Street and/or Nowland Farm Road. Fayette Drive Extension Row 1Summary Extend Fayette Drive from Queen City Park Road to Bartlett Bay Road. Row 2Purpose To provide a secondary route parallel to US Route 7, service local businesses and homes, and providing a more pedestrian and bicycle-friendly environment for travel. Row 3Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken in the design of the road system to limit speed through this wide roadway, until such time as more development and on-road parking become present.its use as a short cut for Shelburne Road, though some of its purpose is to remove traffic that uses Shelburne Road for short distances. Tilley Drive Extension Row 1Summary Extend Tilley Drive to Community Drive. Row 2Purpose To provide a connection between Hinesburg Road and Community Drive / Kimball Ave. This road would allow drivers to avoid residential areas and provide much more direct access for travelers between those two locations. It would also serve a future Exit 12B. A recreation path connection was completed along the same connection in 2009. Row 3Potential Impacts The proposed crossing area contains wetlands and potential archeological resources. In addition, additional traffic control signals may be needed at the intersections of Tilley Drive / Hinesburg Road and Community Drive / Kimball Avenue. Generation Drive Row 1Summary A new road that would connect Tilley Drive to Kimball Avenue. Row 2Purpose To provide a connection between Hinesburg Road and Kimball Avenue. This road would avoid residential areas and provide much more direct access for travelers between those two locations. It would also serve a future Exit 12B. It would also provide opportunities for development along this new road. Row 3Potential Impacts Traffic controlSignals may be needed at the intersections of Tilley Drive / Hinesburg Road and Community Drive / Kimball Avenue. Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal North Jefferson Road Extension Row 1Summary Extend North Jefferson Road Street to Nowland Farm Road alongside future development. Row 2Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve existing and future development. Row 3Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road does not become a short cut for automobiles travelling on Spear Street and/or Nowland Farm Road. Executive Drive Extension Row 1Summary Create a new roadway parallel to Williston Road between White Street and the Windjammer property. Row 2Purpose To provide a secondary access to the mixed use development along the north side of Williston Road, provide greater pedestrian and vehicular access for local residents, reducing congestion while improving safety along Williston Road, and potentially providing additional development opportunity. Row 3Potential Impacts The development of this road should be done in conjunction with improvements to Williston Road (such as eliminating curb cuts and improving pedestrian crossings) and any private development projcts. such as eliminating curb cuts and improving pedestrian crossings. Sadie Lane Extension Row 1Summary Create a new road parallel to Dorset Street south of Cider Mill Road. Row 2Purpose To provide a neighborhood-scale street network to serve existing and future development. Row 3Potential Impacts Care will need to be taken to minimize impacts on wetlands in the area, and to ensure that this road is compatible with existing development in the area. US 2 / Williston Road Corridor Improvements Row 1Summary Implement a series of recommended improvements to US 2 (Williston Road) throughout the Citycity of South Burlington, including capacity, access management, safety, transit serviceng, intersection improvements, turning lanes, streetscape, pedestrian, and bicycle infrastructure, sidewalk enhancements, cyclist safety opportunities, signalization adjustments, and access management. Row 2Purpose To enhance the carrying capacity for all users along Williston Road and improve the apperance and Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal N… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal functionality of the gaetway to City Center and the regional for all users.. Row 3Potential Impacts The scale of the potential improvements vary and will need to be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Row 4Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Williston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing), Garden Street Project Definition (2015) New City Park/ Eldridge Street Connector Row 1Summary Acquire land for a new Citycity park and create a road connection between Eldridge Street and Old Farm Road. Row 2Purpose The new road would serve to create a link between the historic Old Farm Road and new neighborhoods to the southwest. In addition, the potential closure of Old Farm Road at its southern end would create a need for a secondary outlet. Row 3Potential Impacts Steep slopes will need to be mitigated for in the construction of this road. No road is likely needed until and unless additional development takes place along Old Farm Road. Old Cross Road / Cider Mill Drive Extension to Hinesburg Road Row 1Summary Reserve land for a possible future street connection, with no plan for immediate construction from Old Cross Road; consider new roadway from Cider Mill Drive to intersection of Van Sicklen Road. Row 2Purpose To reserve land for the possible connection from the end of Old Cross Road to Hinesburg Road and to connect Cider Mill Drive to Van Sicklen Road if development occurs in this area. Row 3Potential Impacts Wildlife crossings and not having this connection serving as a cut-through shouldshould be carefully examined. Community Drive / Kimball Avenue Intersections Row 1Summary Enhancements to the two intersections of Community Drive / Kimball Avenue through signals and/or roundabouts. Row 2Purpose To accommodate the anticipated future multi-modal transportation needs associated with planned development in the area and road network connectivity in the area. Row 3Potential Impacts These intersections should be considered in the context of development and transportation needs in the surrounding area. Normal N… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Normal N… Normal In… Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Table Hea… Normal Normal In… Heading 3 … Box New Roadway North of Williston Road, and connections to US 2 Row 1Summary Plan for future roadway to parallel Williston Road from Patchen Road to the vicinity of the Dorset Street intersection and roadway connections at regular intervals to Willston Road. Row 2Purpose To provide secondary access and infill development opportunities along the nborth side of Williston Road and relieve congestion on Williston Road. Row 3Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions at Dorset Street and Patchen Road should be carefully examined. Row 4Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Williston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing) Kimball Ave to Williston Road Connection Row 1Summary Plan for future roadway between Kimball Avenue and Williston Road, west of Shunpike Road Row 2Purpose To provide additional non-residential connectivity between the two paralell streets of Kimball Avenue and Williston Road Row 3Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions should be carefully examined. Row 4Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007) Quarry Hill Road to Williston Road Connection Row 1Summary Plan for future connection between Quarry Hill Road and Williston Road. Row 2Purpose To provide secondary access between Quarry Hill Road and the housing and other facilities located there and Williston Road. Row 3Potential Impacts Future impacts of traffic conditions at Quarry Hill Road and Spear Street should be carefully examined. Row 4Completed Studies US 2 Corridor Transportation Management Plan (2007); Williston Road Network Study (2015 and ongoing) Public Utilities The quality and location of public utilities quite often determines the intensity and location of future development. The high costs of installing and maintaining public utilities warrant careful advance planning. The benefits and cost of public utilities are, in many cases, not reasonably or logically related to municipal boundary lines. Numerous areas of overlapping and/or conflicting jurisdictional authority exist. Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Regionalization may be the most cost -effective method of providing such services. Overview Key issues and needs related to public utilities in the Citycity include: Solid waste management and recycling remain an ongoing challenge – and opportunity – for the community. Telecommunications infrastructure will continue to evolve and provide new economic development opportunities in the community. Inventory Solid Waste. South Burlington is a member of the Chittenden County Solid Waste District (CSWD). CSWD is comprised of 18 member municipalities and was formed in 1987 to collectively provide for the efficient, economical, and environmentally sound management of solid waste generated within its member municipalities. In addition to its charter, CSWD has adopted a Waste Management Ordinance, Solid Waste Management Fee Ordinance, and Regulations for the Collection and Recycling of Solid Waste in the Chittenden Solid Waste District. These four articles comprise the district’s governing documents. Recycling is mandatory within the district. The passage of Vermont’s Act 78 in 1987, as well as federal regulations developed by the Environmental Protection Agency, required the closing of unlined landfills. CSWD opened the first publicly-owned, regional, double-lined landfill in the state in 1992 in Williston. This landfill was an interim, short-term landfill intended to bridge the gap between the existing unlined landfills used by many members and the planned long-term regional lined landfill. South Burlington closed its municipally-owned, unlined landfill closed within two months of the opening of CSWD’s interim regional landfill. The interim landfill reached capacity and closed in August 1995. Since the closing of the interim landfill, solid waste destined for disposal has either been delivered to one of two transfer stations operating within the district or directly hauled to lined landfills located outside of the district. The siting of a long-term regional landfill has been a priority of CSWD since 1989. It is widely recognized that a local, publicly-owned, long-term disposal option is an essential component of the district’s comprehensive solid waste management system. CSWD identified a site located on Redmond Road in Williston for its proposed regional landfill as a result of a siting process that utilized extensive public participation. In 1992, after numerous unsuccessful attempts to negotiate a purchase of the selected site, CSWD formally initiated eminent domain procedures to acquire the site and became the property owner in 2009. A 2012 Post-Closure Landfill permit has been issued and the Citycity is operating under its terms. CSWD currently operates a drop-off center at the Citycity’s former landfill site on Patchen Road. The drop-off center accepts solid waste, recyclables and special wastes such as tires, scrap metal, leaves and brush. Curbside pick-up of trash and recyclables is available from private haulers. New statewide requirements for mandatory composting are being progressively deployed through 2020. The City should continue to update its operations as well as its regulations related to solid waste disposal facilities. Telecommunications. South Burlington residents and businesses have access to the telecommunications services (land line telephone, cell phone, cable television, and broadband internet) from various providers. Affordable and convenient access to state-of-the-art telecommunications services is an important component of the Citycity’s quality of life, economic development strategy and educational opportunities. Natural Gas. Vermont Gas Systems, Inc. (VGS) supplies natural gas to the Citycity. The natural gas is imported from Canada via the TransCanada Pipeline, entering Vermont Gas Systems’ main pipeline at the Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Heading 4 Strategy (S… border in Highgate. The company has a network of more than 650 miles of underground transmission and distribution lines in its Vermont service area. Natural gas has been the primary home heating fuel for new development since natural gas became available in South Burlington in the 1960s. Electricity. Green Mountain Power Company supplies electrical power to South Burlington through a network of transmission lines, substations and distribution lines. It has two 34.5 kV sub-transmission corridors in the Citycity. Vermont Electric Power (VELCO) has a 115 kV transmission line that extends south along the railroad tracks from Burlington to Shelburne, then turns east to head toward Williston. VELCO’s Queen CityCity substation is also located in South Burlington off Central Avenue. Analysis and Challenges Telecommunications. Private utilities that provide telecommunications services should offer state-of-the-art technologies. Given the rate of change in the telecommunications sector, this will require continuous upgrades to telecommunications infrastructure. As with infrastructure for other basic services, telecommunications lines, antennas and towers have become part of the Citycity’s built environment. The siting of telecommunications infrastructure should consider issues of aesthetics, safety and efficiency. The use of existing structures, sites and utility corridors is preferred over new development. Natural Gas. Better coordination between the Citycity and VGS has been may be achieved by exchanging future construction plans. Through improved communications, construction projects may be implemented at lower costs, with less earth disturbance, and fewer disruptions. In addition, the review of new private development projects should include the effects of any necessary gas main extensions. Electricity. It has been recognized for a number of years that demand is growing and increased electric system reliability is required in the greater Burlington metropolitan area. The utilities have been taking action to address the reliability and supply issues. Two recent transmission line projects upgraded the infrastructure serving Chittenden County located South Burlington. The Northwest Reliability Project included the replacement of approximately 27 miles of 34.5 kV electric lines between New Haven and South Burlington with a new 115 kV line. In addition, a number of substations were upgraded, including the Queen City substation. The East Avenue Loop and supporting projects included various upgrades in South Burlington. A 34.5 kilovolt (kV) sub-transmission line was installed from the McNeil generating plant to the VELCO substation at East Avenue, near Centennial Field. Between the “Essex” substation in northern Williston and the East Avenue substation in Burlington, two 115 kV transmission lines on single poles replaced a single line located on double poles. Future Needs and Trends Solid waste management is and will remain a challenging issue for all communities. As technologies improve, opportunities for increased diversion of materials“trash” from the waste stream will become economically viable. CSWD presently offers free recycling of most plastics, paper, glass, and metals. Drop-off composting is also provided free of charge; a State of Vermont requirement for composting begins to phase in in 2015. Future trends related to gas and electricity are closely tied to energy needs and supply in the Citycity and elsewhere. See the Energy component of the Plan under Grey Infrastructure for details. Public Utilities Strategies Engage in discussions with major communications services providers to ensure that South Burlington is on the leading edge of broadband connectivity throughout the City and particularly in our business and Heading 4 Normal Heading 3 … Box Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal commercial centers. Look for opportunities to increase redundancy and choice among service providers. Energy Energy is a major factor in the cost of living and the cost of doing business in the Citycity of South Burlington. Our energy use practices require substantial imports of energy, which expose us to significant economic and geopolitical risks. Further, the cost of imported energy could more appropriately be invested in the local and US economy. Our heavy reliance on fossil based fuels and the CO2 it creates are contributing to global climate change. All of these reasons make it important to look for ways to conserve energy and to support local sources of renewable energy. At the municipal level there are many actions that can be taken: effective land use planning and regulation, building codes, programs to promote conservation and efficiency and improved transportation systems can further efforts to create clean, reliable, economical and energy efficient systems. In addition, by working with larger government bodies additional progress can be made on transportation issues. Overview Key issues and needs related to energy identified in this plan include: Transportation is the leading source of energy consumption in South Burlington, followed by commercial and residential sector fuels and electricity. In 2008, the City Council signed on a challenge with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to reduce municipal energy consumption by 10 %percent. Inventory Energy Use. In 2008, South Burlington residents formed a new volunteer energy committee to address energy consumption and production in the community. The formation of this committee came shortly after the City Council signed on to the Environmental Protection Agency’s 10% Municipal Energy Challenge. In 2009, South Burlington completed a greenhouse gas emissions inventory for the entire Citycity. This study identified the largest uses of energy and sources of CO2 in the Citycity. The major categories of use are here ordered from highest to lowest: Transportation Commercial Electrical Usage and Heating Residential Heating & Electrical Usage Municipal Transportation includes two components: the amount of miles travelled and the efficiency of the vehicles. Both of these are difficult for a single city alone to change. However by working together with larger government bodies progress can be made. Collectively, the heating and electrical use of residences and commercial buildings is very significant. The design and construction of buildings strongly influences the amount of energy needed for heating and cooling, as well as the amount of electricity needed for lighting. Simple site planning such as locating buildings to maximize southern exposures and providing windbreaks can rreduce the amount energy required to light, heat and cool structures. The design and location of commercial development and housing subdivisions, orientation of buildings, construction methods, placement and type of windows, and type and location of landscaping can have a significant impact on energy use. Energy Use by City Government. The Citycity’s primary energy use consists of electricity, natural gas and motor fuel. The Citycity’s largest energy expenditure is for operation of the sewage treatment facilities. In Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal the spring of 2010, the Citycity completed energy audits of each of its municipal buildings. This information is being used to target investments in renovations to provide energy and dollar savings. Transportation Energy Conservation and Efficiency. Recognizing that transportation is the largest use of energy in South Burlington, transportation energy efficiency and conservation is important. While South Burlington will continue to be a transportation hub due to its role as part of Vermont’s largest metropolitan area and the presence of major highway and interstate corridors, work should continue to provide alternatives to single-occupancy commuter traffic. In addition, much can be done to reduce locally -generated traffic volumes and residents’ reliance on personal automobiles. Energy Supply. Transportation in the Citycity is primarily fueled by gasoline and diesel from hundreds of independent dealers and suppliers. Natural gas provides the majority of heating energy and it is provided by Vermont Gas Systems (VGS). Heating oil is the next largest, although a much smaller, source of heating energy and is supplied by many independent suppliers. Electricity throughout the Citycity is supplied by Green Mountain Power (GMP). Both GMP and VGS indicate that they have sufficient capacity to adequately serve growth in the Citycity over the life of this plan, although some areas of the Citycity are being geographically targeted for electrical load reductions due to limited distribution capacity. Both companies offer energy conservation programs and incentives to both businesses and residences. There are no conventional power plants located in South Burlington. In 2010, however, several applications for small- and mid-sized solar power generation were submitted to the Vermont Public Service Board for review and approval. Following this, in 2011 the largest solar array in Vermont (at the time) opened in the Citycity, with an estimated output nearing two megawatts annually. Other similarly sized arrays would follow: Claire Solar, located on Hinesburg Road, and a facility on the Air National Guard property at the Burlington International Airport. Medium sized arrays can be found on Spear Street (next to the National Forest Service Building), behind Cairns arena at Veterans Memorial Park, on top of the Airport parking garage, and integrated within the South Village development on Spear Street. There are additional, smaller rooftop or ground-mounted solar panels scattered throughout the Citycity. Small-scale wind energy in South Burlington is limited by the high density of development and unfavorable climatic conditions. Solar energy generation provides greater opportunities for a renewable, alternative power source for Citycity residents and businesses. Analysis and Challenges Energy Use. It is now widely recognized that human-caused emissions of greenhouse gases, largely a direct result of energy consumption, are having a measurable impact on the earth’s climate. Increases in global temperatures are believed to already be causing measurable changes in the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events, rising sea levels, and a northward expansion in the range of tropical diseases and pests. These and other results of climate change have the potential to pose local and worldwide economic and environmental threats. There are also significant economic effects on the national, state and local economies due to our heavy reliance on fossil fuels. The billions per year spent on oil imports nationwide, if invested in the US and local economies, could have significant positive effects. As the climate and economic effects of our energy use are becoming more apparent, local initiatives are beginning to tackle these issues Vermont has a Residential Building Energy Code that sets a minimum standard of efficiency for new homes and residential additions over 500 square feet and Commercial Building Energy Standards for all commercial buildings and residential buildings of four or more stories. The Citycity could require all new Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… construction to be more energy efficient through adoption of local building codes. South Burlington’s land use regulations could mandate or offer incentives for increased energy efficiency. While efforts to improve new construction are very important, it is even more important to address the existing built environment. While the community may add two percent of new space through growth each year, 98 %percent of the building stock the following year will be preexisting structures. Programs that specifically target efficiency improvements in existing commercial and residential structures must be put in place. Energy savings can be realized by retrofitting existing buildings with insulation and air sealing, more efficient doors and windows, more efficient lights, more efficient mechanical systems and more efficient appliances. Efficiency Vermont has programs and resources to help customers reduce their monthly electric bills, including information about rebates and tax incentives available for energy-saving purchases. Income-eligible households in can participate in the Weatherization Assistance Program, as well as the Fuel Assistance Program, offered by the Champlain Valley Office of Economic Opportunity. Vermont Gas Systems also sponsors efficiency programs to assist their customers with energy conservation. South Burlington can also promote reduced transportation energy use through the development of alternative transportation modes and through appropriate land use planning. For example, the Citycity is attempting to become a more pedestrian-oriented city. The development of pedestrian foot and bicycle paths, greenways and other trails provide alternative ways of accessing the Citycity’s commercial, residential and recreation areas. With the development of CityCity Center, the Citycity is taking steps to make transit use easier. The City Center, with its mix of commercial and residential uses, will also promote walking and therefore reduce reliance on personal automobiles. Future Needs and Trends South Burlington is a very desirable place to live and to grow a business and it is expected that growth will continue at its historical pace as discussed in the Social Infrastructure chapter of this plan. The Citycity needs policies to accommodate this growth while maintaining and improving the quality of life for its residents and improving the business climate while working hard to reduce energy related costs and impacts to the environment. Many of the topics discussed above and the detailed strategies in the next section directly address the cost of living and of doing business. More efficient buildings translate to lower annual operating costs. Our efforts to improve transportation options can reduce the people’s cost of transportation as well as offering healthy alternatives to automobiles. Local renewable energy can provide owners will provides clean energy at predictable costs for decades to come. Energy Objectives Achieve a reduction of 20% in carbon dioxide-equivalent emissions from 2009 levels by 2020 through an increase in renewable energy production and reductions in energy use in the following sectors: transportation, commercial/industrial, residential, municipal/school. Facilitate and encourage community-based renewable energy production in locations that do not contradict or interfere with the Citycity’s open space and resource conservation objectives, specifically as identified in Section 3.2D of this plan. Energy Strategies Develop incentives for existing and new buildings to meet or exceed state energy building code, Energy Star, or Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standards. Work with electric utilities and other partners to establish the electric transmission, distribution, and Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy Heading 3 … Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal charging infrastructure to support increased use of electric vehicles at home, work, park-and-ride locations, and in downtown parking locations.. Explore the creation of a clean energy assessment district to facilitate residential and commercial financing of clean energy improvements. Promote energy efficiency through well-designed buildings, siting and landscaping, and encourage increased demand side management programs and the use of site-specific renewable energy resources. Consider energy efficiency when making upgrades to Citycity utilities and infrastructure such as water and sewage treatment, street and parking area lighting, and traffic signals so that the more efficient solution is chosen if it is projected to pay back or break even over the lifetime of said investment. Continually evaluate the minimum levels of street lighting needed for pedestrian and vehicular safety and security, in the context of energy savings and reduction of light pollution. Consider fuel efficiency when upgrading fleet vehicles for the Citycity and school system and maintain vehicles at peak fuel efficiency. Encourage owners and developers to explore the possibility, and feasibility, of cogeneration and/or district energy in higher-density areas, notably City Center. Encourage installations of photovoltaic electric and solar hot water heating for residential and commercial buildings, and the development of medium-scale photovoltaic electric generating facilities within the Citycity. Seek opportunities to develop photovoltaic electric production on Citycity and school grounds and building rooftops, where not in conflict with other goals of this plan. Implement transporation demand management techniques, bicycle and pedestrian facility improvements, and walkable site design strategies of this plan to reduce transportation energy usage. Resource Extraction The extraction of resources has historical significance in South Burlington, with several quarries having operated in the community through the 20th Century. Agricultural activities long dominated the landscape, with forestry playing a more minor role. At least one of the Citycity’s quarries, located near I-89 towards the Williston town line, owes its origins to the construction of the Interstate. Overview Key issues and needs related to resource extraction include: Sustainable resource extraction in the context of the development and natural resource and conservation goals of the Citycity. Inventory Mineral Extraction. South Burlington is currently home to two quarries: An operating quarry immediately south of I-89, near the Meadowlands Business Park. Its only access is through the Town of Williston and so both communities are working cooperatively on its continued use. This quarry submitted an application for continued and expanded use in 2015. A quarry at the south end of the airport. This quarry is not presently active. Other former quarries in the Citycity are no longer active and have been closed. Forestry. South Burlington has limited blocks of contiguous forests. Due to this, combined with the land value and development patterns in the Citycity, active commercial forestry is generally not economically viable and has been extremely limited. The City has, however, for the past several years, collaborated with the University of Vermont to tap several sugar maple trees in the Citycity-owned Wheeler Nature Park. Pursuant to VSA 24 Chapter 117, accepted silviculture practices are exempt from local zoning. Heading 4 Normal Heading 4 Normal Heading 2 … Box Box Box Heading 3 … Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal N… Analysis and Challenges Mineral Extraction. Given the Citycity’s development and conservation patterns, quarrying operations require careful management as existing quarries are relatively close to the interstate, developed areas and natural resource conservation areas. Access to the quarry nearest I-89 in the Ttown of Williston is appropriate as the Citycity’s road network is not designed for such operations. Future Needs and Trends While limited amounts of resource extraction are expected to continue, it is not expected that new quarries or large scale forestry operations will be established in the Citycity. Blue Infrastructure Water flows throughout the City of South Burlington, creating a “blue” network throughout the community. Similar to the network of roads and utility lines that make up the Citycity’s “grey” infrastructure, the natural and constructed “blue” elements provide a network that sustains human and wildlife populations. The Citycity’s blue infrastructure includes brooks and ponds, drainage ways, stormwater facilities, groundwater resources, potable water pipes and facilities, and wastewater treatment pipes and facilities. The natural and constructed elements of this system are interdependent and linked to the Citycity’s two major water resources - Lake Champlain and the Winooski River. Effective management and planning for this blue infrastructure can maintain and augment the health of the Citycity’s watersheds while accommodating development and change in the built environment. Our rivers and lakes can also pose a flood risk to our community that needs to be understood and planned for. This chapter also includes a section on flood hazards and flood emergency preparedness and resiliency. Surface and Ground Water Resources Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s surface and ground water resources identified in this plan include: Protection of water source protection areas. Conservation of highly functional wetland areas. Rehabilitation of impaired waterways in South Burlington. Understand flood hazards and make plans for flood emergency preparedness and resiliency. Inventory Watersheds. A watershed is the region from which a river or water body receives its supply of water. This generally includes the system of streams, tributaries and wetlands that feed into the body of water. Seven main watersheds exist within the City of South Burlington. The flows from all of the surface and ground water systems in the Citycity eventually reach Lake Champlain. Potash Brook Watershed. The largest of the Citycity’s watersheds, Potash Brook, covers 43 %percent (7.1 square miles) of South Burlington and is the largest drainage area in the Citycity. The Potash Brook has its source within the Citycity limits and flows southwesterly into Lake Champlain. Much of the developed area in South Burlington drains to Potash Brook and eventually Lake Champlain. Along its primary reach, which follows Kennedy Drive and I-189, significant natural buffer areas have been established. Many of the brook’s tributaries, however, are located immediately adjacent to developed areas, leading the brook’s classification as “stormwater-impaired” by the State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation. The main reach of the brook is paralleled by a pedestrian trail system for much of its length. Normal N… Normal N… Normal N… Normal N… Normal N… Normal N… Normal Normal Muddy Brook Watershed. The Muddy Brook flows northward to the Winooski River for approximately 5.7 miles from its headwaters at Shelburne Pond and forms the Citycity’s eastern boundary with Williston. The larger watershed also incorporates a series of smaller tributaries that drain into the Pond, some of which have their headwaters in South Burlington. Muddy Brook is listed as an impaired watershed due to elevated levels of toxins, nutrients, and temperature. This is generally attributed to historic development and agricultural practices along the banks of the brook. The Winooski Valley Park District manages pedestrian trails and recreation paths along the Muddy Brook and at Muddy Brook Park at the northern delta to the brook. Further south, Burlington International Airport maintains a natural area that is open to the public and accessible from Van Sicklen Road. Bartlett Brook Watershed. The Bartlett Brook watershed, which includes the North Brook, drains the southeastern portion of the Citycity, including commercial, light industrial, and residential areas. It is listed as impaired due to stormwater loads. It has also been an area prone to flooding, especially in the residential neighborhood that bears its name. The Citycity enacted a special overlay zoning district in the 1980s to begin to address the flooding issues. More recently, in 2009, the Citycity established this area as a stormwater management overlay district, requiring all larger-scale development to model rainwater runoff and make use of low impact development techniques. Centennial Brook Watershed. Centennial Brook is located primarily within the City of Burlington’s limits, but has its headwaters in South Burlington’s Chamberliain neighborhood. Large portions of Centennial Brook are located within conserved lands: the Citycity-owned DeGraffe natural area and the UVM-owned Centennial Woods. In addition, a substantial portion of the South Burlington portion of the watershed is located on a large undeveloped parcel adjacent to I-89. Centennial Brook also drains the developed areas along Williston Road. The brook is classified as impaired due to stormwater runoff from development and impervious surfaces located beyond the buffer areas. Englesby Brook Watershed. The Englesby Brook watershed covers a small portion of South Burlington located north of I-189 and east of Shelburne Street. Predominantly located in the Citycity of Burlington, it is impaired due to excessive stormwater originating from both communities. The South Burlington portion includes residential and commercial properties. Winooski River Watershed. Forming the northern border of South Burlington, the Winooski River and its watershed brings South Burlington into partnership with many other communities. The area of the Citycity north of the Burlington International Airport drains directly into this river, and includes the Country Club Estates neighborhood, an active farm, light industry, and a mix of residential and commercial uses along Lime Kiln Road. A portion of the Ethan Allan industrial park is located immediately adjacent to the 100-year floodplain. Lake Champlain Watershed. A small portion of the Citycity drains its water directly into Lake Champlain. This includes Red Rocks Park, the Queen City Park neighborhood, and properties west of the railroad tracks that travel parallel to Shelburne Road. Impervious surfaces are a potential impairment problem in the Queen City Park neighborhood; otherwise, the land is relatively undeveloped and natural in this area. Rivers and Streams. The Citycity’s primary rivers and streams include the Winooski River, Muddy Brook, Potash Brook, Bartlett Brook, and Centennial Brook. South Burlington also has a network of smaller streams that includes tributaries to Lake Champlain, as well as streams that drain to Shelburne Pond. The Winooski River forms the northern boundary of the Citycity. Throughout its lower reaches, it is tapped for its ability to produce electric power. Communities along the river use it to receive carry away treated sewage. The agricultural soils of its floodplain are still important in our regional economy. T The river Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal valley is Chittenden County’s central transportation corridor. However, the lower Winooski retains much of the feeling of a natural river. Scenic vistas abound from its banks and spectacular gorges offer access to the drama of nature and to the geologic past. Two parks line the rRiver in South Burlington: a river access point at the confluence of the Muddy Brook along National Guard Road, and Lime Kiln Park, an overlook and natural area adjacent to the Lime Kiln Bridge. Floodplains. Floodplains are those areas that are under water during periods of high flow or high lake level. For regulatory purposes the floodplain is defined consistently with the federal definition of “area of special flood hazard” and the Floodway – as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) and the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). The Special Flood Hazard Area is the area subject to a 1% or greater chance of flooding in any year. While tThus, hese lands are expected to while on average such lands flood on average once every 100 years, floods can and do occur more frequently. The Floodway means the channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than one foot at any point. The floodway is the area where the fastest moving and most destructive floodwaters will flow during the 100-year flood. Thus, while all land within the floodplain will be wet during a 100-year flood, the most damage to property and loss of life will occur in the floodway. River Corridors. River corridors include the area around and adjacent to the present day river channel where fluvial erosion, channel shape change, and channel meandering are most likely to occur. River corridor widths are calculated to represent the narrowest section of riparian land required to contain the equilibrium condition width of the channel. Data collected as part of a geomorphic assessment are used in calculating river corridor widths where available. River corridors are specifically defined by the State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation. Fluvial Erosion Hazard Zones. While some flood losses are caused by inundation (i.e. waters rise, fill, and damage low-lying structures), most flood losses in Vermont are caused by “fluvial erosion”. Fluvial erosion is caused by rivers and streams, and can range from gradual stream bank erosion to catastrophic channel enlargement, bank failure, and change in course, due to naturally occurring stream channel adjustments. The areas most subject to this type of erosion are called “Fluvial Erosion Hazard Areas (FEH)” and these areas have been identified and mapped in accordance with accepted state fluvial geomorphic assessment and mapping protocols. A FEH area includes the stream and the land adjacent to the stream. It identifies the area where stream processes can occur to enable the river to re-establish and maintain stable conditions over time. The area boundaries also attempt to capture the lands most vulnerable to fluvial erosion in the near term, as well as the area needed by a river to maintain equilibrium. How Fluvial Erosion Occurs: Every river has a probable form, reflecting its complex interaction of many factors, including inputs from its watershed (water, sediment, ice, woody debris) as well as the physiographic setting (geology, soils, vegetation, valley type). Figure 1 illustrates the balance between watershed inputs (water and sediment), channel characteristics (slope and boundary conditions) and the physical response of a channel either by aggradation (sediment deposition), or degradation (scouring of sediment). When all the elements are in balance, a river is said to be in “dynamic equilibrium.” A river in equilibrium can carry its load of water, sediment, and debris, even during high flows, without dramatic changes in the width, depth, or length (slope). A dramatic change in any of these elements will tilt the balance and lead to changes (or adjustment) as a river attempts to move back toward an equilibrium condition. This Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal adjustment is often expressed as fluvial erosion, or major changes in channel dimension and location, as a river attempts to regain equilibrium.. One common mode of channel adjustment seen throughout Vermont is the response of a river to straightening. When a river is straightened, the slope of the channel is increased. As a result, the river has more power, and a greater ability to carry sediment, and begins to incise, eroding the stream bed. The incision leads to a situation where the river becomes disconnected from its floodplain. Without floodplain access, which serves the essential purposes of slowing floodwaters and storing sediment, stream banks are subjected to the full power of flood flows, leading to extensive fluvial erosion. If left alone, the river will eventually erode its banks enough that it can lengthen its channel, regain a more stable slope, and develop a new floodplain at a lower elevation. Lake Champlain. South Burlington has 2.3 miles of frontage along Lake Champlain, a unique scenic and recreational resource that is widely used by both residents and visitors nearly year-round. The lake is the Citycity’s potable water supply through the Champlain Water District and some private water intakes. The lakeshore is comprised of a mix of natural parkland (Red Rocks Park), residential neighborhoods (Queen City Park and Bartlett Bay), stream outflows, and one large landholding known as Allenwood. While there are great pressures for private and public access to the lake, a combination of topography and physical constraints, historic land ownership and development patterns, and transportation corridors (particularly the presence of the rail line) have limited the accessibility and suitability of some of the shoreline for development. As a result, a significant portion of South Burlington’s lake frontage remains largely undeveloped. Red Rocks Park remains the only public access point to the lake, however, and there are no public boat ramps in the community. Wetlands. Wetlands play an important role in maintaining the quality of surface and ground water in South Burlington. Class II and Class III wetlands are found throughout the community. Wetlands serve as stormwater storage and control the flow of streams, are natural filters for sediments and surface runoff contaminants, and provide habitat that supports many species of plants and animals including game fish in Lake Champlain and various waterfowl. They are typically classified by their functions and values. Wetlands are a critical part of open space preservation and cannot be replaced once they have been disturbed. Disturbance of wetlands can include seemingly harmless practices such as mowing, the use of fertilizers, and the use of pesticides. Swamps, bogs, and marshes are important ecological systems and resources. At every level of government, wetlands are being recognized for the values they contribute. Even small, incremental reduction of minor wetlands can cause cumulative damage to the wetland’s ability to both filter pollution and mitigate storm and flooding events. There are several large wetland systems within the Citycity including those associated with Potash Brook, Muddy Brook and the Winooski River. There are also extensive wetland systems between Spear Street and Dorset Street and in the southeast corner of the Citycity near Hinesburg Road. It should be noted that there may be additional wetlands that are not currently mapped. Aquifers. Groundwater, the water that filters into the ground and travels slowly through the pores of soil and cracks of rock, is a precious natural resource. Groundwater is a source of potable water for some Citycity residents. Several homes in the Southeast Quadrant get their water from private wells. In the Queen City Park neighborhood, approximately 80 homes are connected to the Fire District #1 water supply, which is fed by a well at the end of Pavilion Avenue. This Fire District well is the only municipal groundwater supply in the Citycity. Contamination of groundwater can pose health issues or other water quality problems. Materials such as Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal road salt, hydrocarbons, pesticides, and fertilizer are typical of the water-soluble toxins that can pollute aquifers. Rocks that make for good aquifers are those that allow the free flow of water and therefore any other soluble contaminants including infiltration of contaminated surface water. Analysis and Challenges Stream Channels and Riparian Buffers. Flowing water is a critical aspect of the Citycity’s character and environmental quality. These rivers serve as habitat for fish and wildlife, as natural flood control features, and as an attractive environment in which to live. Erosion control and stormwater management are important measures to restore and protect these resources. Stream channels are naturally dynamic systems that erode and deposit sediments in predictable patterns based on the velocity and volume carried by the stream. Alterations to rivers, streams and tributaries can often have unexpected downstream effects. Upstream activities that change the erosion/deposition balance will change downstream dynamics. This includes physical changes like straightening, rip-rapping banks, and dredging sediment, as well as changes in land use and the creation of additional impervious area. Uncontrolled stormwater runoff from impervious areas can increase stream flows during storm events and cause stream bank erosion. The Citycity presently has natural buffer requirements around perennial streams and brooks. This strategy has proven somewhat effective, but does not take into account changes in stream course over time. The Citycity and Vermont Agency of Natural Resources have completed geomorphologic assessments of the Citycity’s various stream segments, and now that the data collection is completed, there is an opportunity to develop more advanced stream channel protection standards or other strategies in response to the identified risk. The Citycity has also established Vermont’s first stormwater utility. The utility manages stormwater in a cost effective way for all property owners in South Burlington and undertakes large-scale stormwater treatment and flow control detention projects to reduce the impact that existing impervious area is having on streams. Stormwater management is discussed in more detail in the following section. Flood Resiliency. The Vermont State Hazard Mitigation Plan (2013) identifies flooding as the most common natural hazard event in Vermont and the damages from flooding are due to inundation and fluvial erosion. As of July 1, 2014 municipal plans are required to include a flood resiliency goal and element. The requirements include identification of flood hazard and fluvial erosion hazard areas; designates those areas to be protected, including floodplains, river corridors, land adjacent to streams, wetlands, and upland forests, to reduce the risk of flood damage to infrastructure and improved property; and recommends policies and strategies to protect these areas and mitigate risks. This Plan calls for avoiding new development in these areas and eliminates exacerbation of flooding and fluvial erosion, encourages protection and restoration of these areas, and plans for flood emergency preparedness and response. Identification of the flood and fluvial erosion hazard areas, and the areas to be protected were described in this chapter above, and are mapped in this plan. The City of South Burlington All Hazards Mitigation Plan (AHMP) developed in conjunction with the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission (adopted in 2011, planned for update in 2016) also identifies the most significant hazards. This plan should be reviewed often to ensure accuracy and that all hazards are being adequately addressed. The mitigation strategies identified in the most recent All Hazards Mitigation Plan should all be adopted by reference as strategies in this Plan. South Burlington protects its floodplain through flood hazard zoning regulations which limits the amount of damage by limiting the amount of development and fill in floodplains. These development regulations also present opportunities to maintain natural open spaces and develop needed recreation facilities. The Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Heading 3 … Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal largest designated floodplain lies adjacent to the Winooski River. Fluvial Erosion Hazard areas and River Corridors are partially protected where they overlap with the regulated floodplains, but in many locations in the Citycity these areas are not regulated. By not identifying these areas in our LDRs, landowners and residents are likely unaware of the risk associated with flooding in these areas. Water Quality. Historically, water pollution has been attributed to two primary sources: point and non-point. Point sources, such as wastewater treatment facilities, have been upgraded in Vermont over the past three decades to where they are today much less of an issue than non-point sources, which can not be identified with any particular location or outfall. Non-point source pollution is difficult to control because the source of the pollution is activity that occurs throughout a watershed at homes, parking areas, roads, farms, and businesses rather than at a single point. Non-point pollution, including stormwater runoff, plays a critical role in the quality of waterways. Agricultural runoff and pesticide use also falls into this category. The community in the past has explored the possibility of restricting pesticide use. While overall use of pesticide use is governed solely by the state, the Citycity has enacted a restrictive policy on the use of both fertilizers and pesticides on Citycity property. Future Needs and Trends Water quality issues will continue to be a challenge within South Burlington as the population grows, wildlife is encouraged to be maintained, and stricter standards for water quality are adopted at the federal, state, and local levels. Water quality in South Burlington is closely connected to stormwater management, which is further discussed in the next chapter of this plan. Stormwater Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s management of stormwater identified in this plan include: Maintain the stormwater treatment and conveyance systems currently in place. Repair and replace aging infrastructure. Construct large-scale stormwater improvement projects to remove streams from the State of Vermont 303(d) list of impaired waters and to reduce the amount of phosphorus flowing to Lake Champlain. Maintain compliance with state and federal stormwater permits and assist residents with stormwater permit compliance. Inventory Stormwater Runoff. All of South Burlington drains into Lake Champlain. ThThe City of South Burlington contains all or a portion of five streams (Bartlett Brook, Centennial Brook, Englesby Brook, Munroe Brook and Potash Brook) impaired by stormwater runoff. Stormwater impaired watersheds cover approximately 61 %percent of the Citycity. By the late-1990s, it was widely recognized that unmanaged stormwater was causing water pollution, erosion, flooding and unstable stream banks in areas of South Burlington and throughout Chittenden County. Stormwater runoff is generated by rainfall that does not soak into the ground. Construction of impervious surfaces (roads, rooftops, parking lots, sidewalks, etc.) increases the amount of stormwater runoff. These increased volumes of runoff will in turn increase stream flows, which results in stream bank erosion and flooding. In addition, undersized or poorly maintained public and private stormwater management systems are susceptible to failure and can exacerbate problems related to flooding and water quality.. Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Stormwater management is, for the most part, managed on a property-by-property basis, with the exception of systems within the roadway and certain larger development areas such as the Airport or newer residential developments. The US Environmental Protection Agency is in the process of establishing a phosphorus TMDL for Lake Champlain. Stormwater Utility. In 2005, the Citycity established the first stormwater utility in Vermont with the aim of addressing these issues. The utility is an efficient way to identify and manage stormwater problems, projects, and infrastructure upgrades. The utility provides a stable and adequate source of revenue to complete required maintenance and manage stormwater related activities. The utility employs full-time staff dedicated to stormwater management and working to develop a comprehensive stormwater program and plan for needed capital improvements. Presently, the City of South Burlington owns and maintains a stormwater system, separate from the sanitary sewer system. The stormwater system includes conveyance piping, storm drains, culverts, stormwater outfalls and stormwater treatment practices (e.g. detention ponds, constructed wetlands, hydrodynamic swirl separators, etc.). There are approximately 196 miles of pipes, ditches, culverts or other means of stormwater conveyance in South Burlington. In addition, there are over 6,300 storm drains within the Citycity, approximately 3,200 of which are publicly owned. City residents and businesses share the costs of, and receive services from, the stormwater utility. Some of the services provided by the stormwater utility include: evaluation, maintenance and improvement of drainage infrastructure, culvert evaluation and replacement, assists residents with state permitting, watershed planning and water quality sampling. The stormwater utility also maintains the Citycity’s compliance with the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit. The MS4 permit is a federally mandated permit administered by the Agency of Natural Resources in Vermont. The MS4 permit requires that the Citycity implement six minimum measures related to stormwater management ranging from public education and outreach to illicit discharge detection and elimination. In order to pay for these services, all developed properties in South Burlington are assessed a stormwater utility user fee. This fee appears on Citycity sewer and water bills. Fees for commercial properties are calculated using a careful analysis of impervious surface area on properties throughout South Burlington. There is a set fee for single-family homes, duplexes and triplexes. All other property owners (includes condominium ownership properties, businesses, institutions, and government) are assessed a fee based on the actual amount of impervious surface on the property. Analysis and Challenges Stormwater is slated to be among the key challenges for South Burlington for the foreseeable future. Federal and state requirements for individual properties - aimed at system-wide improvements - have begun to be applied. In 2014, the updated federal MS4 permit was issued, giving the Citycity 20 years to make necessary improvements to its impaired watersheds. Homeowners throughout South Burlington have worked effectively with the Citycity to leverage federal and state grant funding to aid with these efforts and construct treatment systems that will meet present and future needs for stormwater management. The Citycity has been actively engaged in establishing and maintaining stormwater systems to better manage public water flows. A key strategy employed by the Citycity in recent years has been to encourage - and in some areas require - on-site stormwater infiltration through low impact development (LID) techniques. A challenge of this, however, is that while some LID techniques support compact development (such as reduced pavement widths) others may be contradictory (such as leaving large open areas on Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… [No Paragr… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Heading 3 … Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal properties). All improvements to stormwater infrastructure have a dual benefit of reducing flood risk and increasing flood resilience. A key Best Management Practice towards managing floodplains and river corridors is to slow, spread, and infiltrate runoff. By reducing the peak volume reaching our rivers, we are reducing potential flooding. Future Needs and Trends It is expected that Federal and State regulations will continue to apply to an increased number of smaller properties in South Burlington and throughout the country. In the short term, these standards will require substantial retrofits at significant expense. In the long term, significant effort in the area of $50 million will be required to maintain infrastructure and stay in compliance with increased federal and State water quality regulations. A number of studies have shown that several streams in South Burlington have shown elevated levels of chloride. The State of Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation is- in 2015- in the process of determining the extent of statewide chloride issues and working towards draft regulations to address them. South Burlington will monitor these updates and work towards planning to address requirements as necessary. Surface Water, Groundwater, and Stormwater Objectives Reduce the number and forms of impairments of waterways in South Burlington by 2033. Protect and improve watershed, stream, and wetland system natural processes, specifically for stormwater treatment, riparian and aquatic habitat, and floodplain and river corridor protection. Include mapped river corridors (fluvial erosion hazard areas, floodplains, and riparian areas) within designated open space areas intended for hazard mitigation, resource conservation and compatible forms of passive outdoor recreation. Plan for flood emergency preparedness and response. Surface Water, Groundwater, and Stormwater Strategies Pursue opportunities for acquisition and restoration of open space along year-round streams in South Burlington and actively enforce against encroachments to protect these resources. Review geomorphic assessment results for action items identified and pursue implementation. Review fluvial erosion hazard areas and river corridors and adopt river corridor protection bylaws and maps. Plan culvert replacements that consider both aquatic organism passage and geomorphic compatibility for any undersized culverts in conjunction with roadway improvements. Potable Water Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s potable water resources identified in this plan include: Provision of safe water supply at reasonable costs. Maintenance of aging water supply system. Inventory Water Distribution System. The South Burlington water distribution system serves most developed land within the Citycity boundaries. The Citycity water department maintains almost 100 miles of distribution pipeline within South Burlington. The water distribution system is depicted on *Map 6. The South Burlington municipal distribution system consists of two service areas: Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal The Main Service area includes the west and northern parts of the Citycity. The High Service area includes the southeast part of the Citycity. Most of the Citycity’s residents are supplied water through the distribution system, with notable exceptions being those in Queen City Park (Fire District #1), some residents along the lake front (Bartlett Bay area), and some residents in the Southeast Quadrant whose homes pre-date recent infrastructure extensions. Water distribution lines have been extended into much of the Southeast Quadrant during the past two decades as development has occurred. Maintenance and expansion of the Citycity’s water system occurs in accordance with the South Burlington Water Department Master Plan, which specifies the location and size of future water mains. The cost of expansion is borne by those requesting it, while maintenance costs are paid for by user fees. Water supply plans for new developments are reviewed to ensure adequate flows for fire protection, and, as a result, residential and standard commercial use. Three transmission mains (one for the Main Service area and two for the High Service area) extend from the Champlain Water District water treatment plants. The distribution piping in the City of South Burlington varies and the department continues its efforts to replace old, under-sized pipes. This is important for provision of reliable and safe drinking water, as well as for improving the quantity and pressure of water available for fire suppression. The water department also seeks to regularly upgrade related infrastructure such fire hydrants, water meters, valves, etc. as needed. Most recently, remote water meter readers have been installed. Storage in the Main Service area is provided by the South Burlington West Tanks, a twin set of 0.5 million gallon welded steel storage tanks located to the north of Allen Road. Water storage for the High Service area occurs in a 2.1 million gallon tank located on Dorset Street, known as the South Burlington East tank. A 2003 planning study evaluated tank sites and recommended improvements for future water storage and distribution system expansion, a number of which have since been implemented. This study is regularly assessed in relation to new development and demands on the infrastructure. South Burlington Water Department and Champlain Water District. The Citycity’s Water Department was established in 1935 when South Burlington entered into an agreement with the City of Burlington to extend public water along Shelburne and Williston Rroads. As South Burlington grew, fire districts were organized to supply water to the developing neighborhoods. The districts have ceased operations and been consolidated into the South Burlington Water Department except for Fire District #1 (Queen City Park). Since 1978, the Citycity has contracted with the Champlain Water District (CWD) to provide management, administration and operational services for the Citycity’s water distribution system. The City Council sets the water rate for South Burlington water consumers and the Water Department bills customers for water usage, based on meter readings. Connections to the Citycity water system are covered by municipal ordinance. CWD, a regional water supplier serving 12 municipal water systems, provides potable water to the City of South Burlington water distribution system. CWD obtains water from a deep-water source in Lake Champlain’s Shelburne Bay. A second line was recently placed into service to provide redundancy and avoid disruptions in supply. Total water usage for CWD members has declined during the past decade, due largely to reduced use by large facilities like the Global Foundries (formerly IBM) plantconservation efforts, ensuring an adequate supply of water for the foreseeable future. The water is treated at the Peter L. Jacob Water Treatment Plant with state -of the -art filtration, Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal disinfection and corrosion control to provide for safe and high quality drinking water. The treatment facility, located on Queen City Park Road, has a nominal capacity of 20 million gallons per day. CWD assures the safety of the water by monitoring its sanitary quality, source quality, disinfectant-by-product quality and aesthetic quality. CWD also works hard to protect water quality in the Shelburne Bay watershed through its Watershed Management Plan for Source Protection. Fire District #1. South Burlington Fire District #1 supplies potable water to approximately 80 households in Queen City Park. The water source is a deep rock well and the district has an independent storage tank. Fire service to the Queen City Park area is from a dedicated fire line served from the South Burlington Main Service transmission main. Analysis and Challenges The key challenge for services such as water supply is to ensure high quality services are maintained at reasonable costs to the users. In South Burlington, substantial portions of the infrastructure are beginning to reach replacement age, notably in the neighborhoods built from the 1940s through 1960s. In older neighborhoods, relatively compact housing has allowed for greater efficiencies of costs than in some other portions of the Citycity that have been developed in a less compact manner. Expansion of the present system must be completed in a manner that does not decrease water pressure levels below minimum fire and residential standards. Future Needs and Trends The availability of municipal water has been a significant factor enabling housing development, particularly in the SEQ. Facilities planning for both systems has incorporated and considered both the demand for new housing and the Citycity’s conservation goals in determining how much capacity is required to serve the long-term needs in this district, as well as in helping to determine where extensions of service lines are and are not appropriate. The water system serving the SEQ underwent a major upgrade in 2004-2005, following a successful bond vote in May, 2004. The water main on Dorset Street was upgraded and “looped” through the Citycity right-of-way along Old Cross Road to improve storage, pressure, and fire fighting capacity. TIn a remarkable engineering and construction project, the Dorset Street water storage tank was raised by 35 feet to provide greater water pressure and fire protection capacity for the SEQ. Finally, a “twin” water tank was built by the existing Allen Road tank, providing improved storage, fire protection and pressure to the service area along Spear Street. This complex project received the 2004 Grand Award for Engineering Excellence from the Vermont Chapter of the American Council of Consulting Engineers, recognizing the creative work of the South Burlington Water Department and Forcier Aldrich & Associates, the project’s engineers. The one remaining water infrastructure item for the SEQ is to secure a water tank site on a high point in the Southeast Quadrant, intended to serve the Citycity’s 20- to 25-year pressure and storage needs. This should be studied further and added to the Official Map. The Citycity’s infrastructure management plan predicts when water supply systems will need to be upgraded or replaced. It will remain important to review these plans against future development trends to ensure the system’s capacity is not overburdened. The Citycity’s water supply ordinance has set aside 50,000 gallons per day for the future City Center area. It is estimated that upon final building, this will represent only one-quarter of the overall need. The City should continue to work with the Champlain Water District to assure that sufficient water aupply infrastructure is installed to meet future needs. Normal Heading 3 … Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal The principal challenge for the future will be the maintenance and replacement of the water supply system. Wastewater Treatment Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s management of wastewater identified in this plan include: Provision of safe wastewater treatment supply at reasonable costs. Maintenance of aging collection and pumping system. Inventory South Burlington is served by two wastewater treatment facilities: Airport Parkway and Bartlett Bay. The service areas for each of the Citycity’s wastewater treatment facilities are presented on the enclosed map, Sanitary and Water Systems. Airport Parkway, the Citycity’s largest treatment facility, serves approximately 75 %percent of South Burlington households and businesses. The Airport Parkway plant discharges to the Winooski River. The Airport Parkway plant was upgraded in 2012, increasing capacity from 2.3 to 3.3 million gallons per day. As part of this project, the treatment process was upgraded to maintain or reduce the amount of pollutants discharged while accommodating increased flows. Approval for this upgrade at the state level included a determination that the Citycity’s City Center, SEQ, and other land use plans were consistent with state wastewater and growth policies. While owned by South Burlington, the Citycity has an inter-municipal agreement that allocates 1.0 million gallons per day of treatment capacity (of the 3.3 million gallons per day total that will exist upon completion of the current upgrade project) to C entities within the Town of Colchester Fire District #1. Currently, the facility has actual flows of approximately 2.0 million gallons per day. It is anticipated that these upgrades will meet with needs for City Center and other development in the community for the foreseeable future. The wastewater facility at Bartlett Bay presently serves about 25 %percent of South Burlington households businesses as well as the Magic Hat Brewing Company. This facility was last upgraded in 1999 and has a permitted capacity of 1.25 million gallons per day. Flows at Bartlett Bay are approximately 0.71.0 million gallons per day. The City is presently evaluating the diversion of the Eastwoods Area sewer system connected to the City of Burlington treatment plant, to the Bartlett Bay facility. The wastewater collection system in South Burlington is comprised of a mix of public and private pump stations that feed a network of public pipes. Future sewer main construction will be primarily by private developers. Future main extensions can be allowed beyond the basic service areas only if appropriate improvements to the existing network are made. A key element of these future upgrades will be improving connectivity in the vicinity of Dorset Park, Oak Creek Village, and Butler Farms. A small number of Citycity homeowners rely on soil-based septic systems to treat wastewater. Less than five percent of Citycity residents have on-site septic disposal systems, a majority of which are located in the Southeast Quadrant and pre-date recent extensions of infrastructure to this part of the Citycity. Analysis and Challenges At various times, the Citycity has been in a position of significant scarcity of treatment capacity at one of its wastewater treatments plants. In the late-1990s, new allocations to the Bartlett Bay facility were only able to be granted upon close scrutiny of flows. The Airport Parkway facility is nearing this point as well, Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… but this issue should be resolved for the foreseeable future once the upgrades are complete. The Citycity’s water supply and wastewater ordinance has set aside 150,000 gallons per day for the City Center area. This is anticipated to meet a substantial portion of the need for the foreseeable future growth without unreasonably over-committing to one geographic area within the Citycity’s core areas. The recent upgrade to the facility was critical in the Citycity’s receipt of a New Town Center designation from the Vermont Downtown Board in 2010 and played an equally important role in the designation of Severance Corners in Colchester as a Growth Center in 2009. External factors play an increasingly significant role in planning for future sewage disposal. Discharge of treated effluent from the Bartlett Bay plant into Lake Champlain and into the Winooski River from the Airport Parkway plant is governed by state discharge permits and the federally mandated Lake Champlain TMDL (total maximum daily load) for phosphorus. Assignment of a water quality designation by the state limits the quantity and quality of the effluent the Citycity may discharge. Shelburne Bay, which assimilates waste from the Bartlett Bay treatment plant (and Town of Shelburne), is the raw water source for the Champlain Water District. The Winooski River is relied upon by abutting communities for sewage plant outfall. Because of state-imposed water quality standards for the Winooski River, it has become apparent the assimilative capacity of the river is limited. However, this limit may be exceeded by the demands of the communities bordering it. The Citycity must continue to actively and diligently participate in the waste-load allocation plan for the lower Winooski River. The system of private and public pump stations and feeder lines presents challenges for system maintenance at times. The Citycity has encouraged development to use public standards for construction. Future Needs and Trends As with all public infrastructure, the need to maintain facilities at a reasonable cost is paramount. With the completion of the Airport Parkway Treatment Plant upgrade, capacity needs in the Citycity should be met for the next decade and beyond. The Bartlett Bay facility will have need for equipment upgrades in the near future however, and presents an opportunity for the Citycity to gain substantial energy savings with the use of the newer technologies being employed at Airport Parkway and elsewhere. The Citycity’s capital budget and plan can estimate time frames for renovations and needed line and pump station upgrades. A capital plan that is reviewed regularly can also project time frames for future capacity needs and establish a financial mechanism in advance. The Citycity has recognized that there are certain planned conservation areas where the installation of sewer lines is not an appropriate investment. Sewer lines are not recommended for extension in or through any of the Primary Natural Communities identified in the Arrowwood Assessment, in “The Bowl” area identified for future conservation. The limited number of housing units and low densities planned for this area can be served by on-site septic systems if development occurs. The Sanitary and Water Systems Public Utilities Map shows specific pump stations and force mains that should be upgraded in order to provide better service to existing and planned development areas in the SEQ. These improvements and upgrades, which have been incorporated into the facilities plan for upgrading the Airport Parkway Wastewater Treatment Facility, are consistent with the planning principles and goals for the SEQ and should be completed. Potable water & Wastewater Objectives Maintain a wastewater allocation system that reflects the land use goals of the Comprehensive Plan. Potable water & Wastewater Strategies Plan for infrastructure such that its location will limit disturbance within identified primary and secondary Strategy (S… Heading 2 … Box Box Heading 3 … Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal natural areas throughout the Citycity to the greatest extent possible. Secure a water tank site on a high point in the Southeast Quadrant to serve the Citycity’s 20- to 25-year pressure and storage needs. This should be added to the Official Map, and incorporated into any development plans for the area. Green Infrastructure The City of South Burlington’s open spaces, parks, natural systems and cultural resources combine to create a “green” network throughout the community. Similar to the network of roads, paths, sidewalks, and utilities that make up the Citycity’s “grey” infrastructure, and the rivers, wetlands, and water systems that make up the Citycity’s “blue” infrastructure, these “green” elements provide a network that identifies and preserves the significant ecological, wildlife and cultural resources that contribute to the character of the Citycity. From public parks and wildlife habitats to farmland and historic buildings, the natural and cultural resources that make up the Citycity’s green infrastructure play an important role in the future development of the community. Through green infrastructure planning, priority resource areas can be identified and linked to create recreational and open space systems as well as valuable corridors for wildlife. Ecological Resources The ecological resources of South Burlington are widely varied for a community of its size located in the heart of the Champlain Valley. Prominent water features, including Lake Champlain, the Winooski River, Potash Brook, Centennial Brook, and Muddy Brook serve as important wildlife travel corridors and political boundaries (tThese aquatic resources are discussed in greater detail in the Blue Infrastructure section of this plan). Geological features ranging from lakeside cliffs to sandy soils play an important role in shaping the vegetation as well as development patterns in the area. This chapter includes an inventory, analysis, and overall policy strategy of the natural resources and publicly-owned natural areas of the Citycity. This chapter is supplemented by the discussions and analyses within the land use section of this plan. It is further supplemented by the myriad of existing and planned open space, natural area, water quality, and wildlife conservation plans and studies prepared by or for the Citycity. Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s ecological resources identified in this plan include: The Citycity has retained a number of important natural areas that provide multiple benefits to Citycity residents including recreational opportunities, wildlife habitat, groundwater recharge, storm and flood water storage, etc. However, the Citycity lacks a well-defined, coordinated, Citycity-wide open space plan to ensure protection of ecological resources and improved environmental quality as the Citycity continues to grow and develop. The Champlain Valley is among the most fertile regions in Vermont, creating opportunities for both agriculture and development. Chittenden County presently meets federal air quality standards, but has in the past been a non-attainment area and could be so again. Inventory The South Burlington Open Space Strategy (2002) includes a overview of land throughout the Citycity with higher ecological value based on compilations and analyses of the various resources described below and in the Blue Infrastructure section of this plan. The Southeast Quadrant (SEQ) Open Space Master Plan Map Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… (2005) includes specific recommendations for properties that should be conserved. The South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) includes a significant number of recommendations ranging from potential scenic view protection areas, a park gap analysis, and mapped primary and secondary resource conservation areas. Land cover, bio-diversity, and working lands are also mapped in this report. Climate. South Burlington’s northerly latitude assures a variety of weather and a vigorous, cool climate. The average annual temperature is 465 degrees, the average summer temperature is 65 degrees. The average annual frost- free growing season of 145 days is largely due to the moderating influence of Lake Champlain. South Burlington is one of the cloudiest areas in the U.S. with an average of 199 cloudy days a year. Precipitation is well distributed throughout the year and averages 372 inches annually in the form of rain and 810 inches annually in the form of snow. Winds are predominantly north-south in direction paralleling the Champlain Valley. Winds of damaging force are rare and occur mostly as thunderstorms. The climate of the area is documented in the UVM Agricultural Experiment Station publication, Climate of Burlington, Vermont. The severity and duration of the winter shortens the construction season. The growing season varies somewhat depending upon the crop, but is generally considered to range from mid-April through late-October. Careful design and construction of foundations, utility lines, and roadways become necessary to minimize damage from frost heaving and icing. As learned from the ice storm of January 1998, undergrounding of utilities is important. Air Quality. Air quality in Chittenden County currently meets all basic federal health (attainment) criteria. For some measurements however - notably ozone and particulate dust from local and national sources - – ongoing monitoring is necessary. The primary sources of airborne pollutants include automobiles and trucks, industry, and residential / commercial heating. Air quality is not a new concern in Chittenden County. During the 1970s and much of the 1980s, air quality in the county did not meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Since 1987, air quality in Chittenden County – and all of Vermont – has met these standards. Air quality monitoring confirms that Chittenden County’s air quality still meets the national standards, but ozone levels are close to the current national standard and fine particle pollution (PM) has approached the standard in recent years. Keeping our Air Clean, a report released by the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission in 2009, highlights the primary sources of air pollution in the region and presents a series of individual, local, and regional recommendations to maintain and improve our local air quality. In May 2009, the City of South Burlington’s Eenergy Ccommittee completed an assessment of energy use throughout the community. The assessment revealed transportation to be the greatest single source of energy use in the Citycity. With nearly all vehicles fueled by gasoline and diesel in the Citycity, it is also a significant contributor to airborne pollutants. Topography. South Burlington’s landscape is lined by a series of ridgelines and river valleys and punctuated by cliffs along parts of Lake Champlain and the Winooski River. Elevations range from a low of 95 feet above sea level along the shorelines of Lake Champlain to a peak of 473 feet along a ridgeline in the Citycity’s Southeast Quadrant. Five prominent north-south ridgelines shape the Citycity’s landscape and play an important role in the historic transportation, settlement, and wildlife transit patterns of the community: Along the west side of Spear Street, from Swift Street into the town of Shelburne; Along the east side of Dorset Street, from Swift Street into the town of Shelburne with a gap in the vicinity of Cider Mill Drive; Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Along Hinesburg Road south of Interstate 89 into the Ttown of Shelburne; Between Spear Street and Dorset Street, extending southward from Swift Street a short distance; and Along Old Farm Road from Kimball Ave to Hinesburg Road. The high points of these ridgelines reveal in many cases spectacular views of the Green and/or Adirondack Mountains in the distance. Some have been incorporated into the Citycity’s Land Development Regulations as scenic view overlay districts. North of these ridge systems is a flat, well-drained deltaic deposit. This flat area is drained by a network of drainage -ways towards Potash Brook to the south and tributaries of the Winooski River to the north. Burlington International Airport is located in this area. Two other distinctive flat areas are found in the Southeast Quadrant. The smaller area is located to the east of Butler Farms. It contains a large wetland which is the source of Potash Brook. The larger area is located to the east of Spear Street. This area has a large wetland in its geographic center that drains into Shelburne Pond, a designated natural area. Floodplains and wetlands are found in the lowlands near rivers, streams and drainage -ways in association with the Winooski River, Potash Brook, Muddy Brook and their tributaries. Bedrock Geology. Much of the Winooski and Champlain valleys’ geologic formations were the result of glaciation. When the ice receded, Lake Vermont was formed which extended from the Lake Champlain basin to the foothills of the Green Mountains. The resulting valleys are covered with glacial drift and lake sediments. The significant bedrock geology laying near to the surface in South Burlington is located in the western portion of the Citycity extending along the Lake Champlain shoreline. These are primarily limestone/dolomite, calcareous clastic, and meta-sandstone and quartzite. The bedrock geology of the Citycity relates to planning in many ways. First, shallow depth to bedrock and the presence of bedrock outcrops dictate the location of roads, leach fields, underground utility lines, and building foundations. Second, bedrock aquifers supply many wells in South Burlington. The quantity and quality of this groundwater must be maintained at least as long as citizens rely on private wells for their domestic water supplies. The effects of development on recharge areas as far as natural systems are concerned should also be borne in mind. Land development reduces recharge capability at the surface by increasing impermeable surfaces, such as rooftops and, paved areas. and lawns. Soils. The Champlain Valley has long been identified as one of the most fertile regions in Vermont. Within this region, most of the soils in South Burlington are classified as prime soils or soils of statewide important for agriculture by the federal Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS). They meet the criteria for primary agricultural soils as regulated by the state via Act 250’s Criteria 9B and have historically been active farmland. Although much of South Burlington has been developed, there is farmland, especially in the Southeast Quadrant, that remains viable for agricultural production. The Citycity’s soils are mapped in the Chittenden County Soil Survey by the Natural Resource Conservation Service of the United State Department of Agriculture. Vegetation. Trees, shrubs, and other soil cover are more than aesthetic amenities. They prevent erosion, provide stormwater benefits, improve air quality, provide visual and aural buffers, and furnish shade and protection from wind. Several remaining large wooded tracts are owned by the Citycity or the University of Vermont and are maintained essentially in their natural state (see discussion on forest lands). Remnants of apple orchards and hedgerows along property lines and abandoned town roads are historic reminders of the Citycity’s agricultural heritage and past land use patterns. Forest Lands. Forest lands are an important natural resource. Due to the urban character of the Citycity, forest lands are more important for their recreational, educational, wildlife habitat and aesthetic Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal amenities as opposed to their use for timber production. Trees serve as temperature control, wind breaks and noise baffles, and provide important habitat for various types of birds and wildlife. Therefore, programs and methods to protect these lands should focus on public access and enjoyment, and wildlife preservation. Several important, publicly accessible, forest land areas are identified in this plan including Red Rocks Park, Centennial Woods, East Woods Natural Area and the Kennedy Drive Natural Area. Additional important forest lands include the forested ravine area bounded by I-89, Patchen Road and Williston Road, and the 20-acre forested wetland/bog located in the southern end of the Citycity between Spear and Dorset Sstreets. These forest areas are in private ownership. Wildlife. South Burlington is home to a wide range of wildlife, from insects and worms, to larger mammals like beaver, fox, coyotes, bobcats, deer, and occasionally moose and bear. Many bird species are also present, including some ground nesting species whose populations have declined in Vermont in recent years due to changing agricultural practices. Residents share the densely populated urban and suburban areas and open spaces with this diverse population of wildlife. PThese two users, people and wildlife, share the natural areas throughout the Citycity. Past studies have identified travel routes - or corridors - most often frequented by larger wildlife. These corridors tend to focus on and include resources such as streams, wetlands, bogs, and undeveloped forest blocks. Natural Areas. Natural areas in South Burlington have been identified by the Citycity and its partners, the University of Vermont, the Vermont Natural Resource Council, the Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission, the Vermont Resources Research Center, and the South Burlington Land Trust. These natural areas have generally been historically undeveloped, though most of the land in the region was logged and farmed for some portion of its history. Many contain unusual communities of plants and animals, rare species, and exceptional geological features. Two studies, the South Burlington Open Space Strategy (2002) and the Wildlife and Natural Community Assessment of the Southeast Quadrant (2004) document many of the most critical natural areas within the Citycity. Of these, some are publicly owned, others are under private conservation easements, and others are not protected. A comprehensive listing of natural areas, public and private, can be found in the Community Facilities chapter of this Plan. Primary and Secondary Conservation Areas. The 2014 Open Space Report classifies natural and scenic open spaces resources identified and considered for protection as “primary” and “secondary” resource conservation areas. This classification forms the basis for many resource protection strategies. They are not assigned based on a national standard, but rather reflect South Burlington’s local protection priorities. Primary conservation areas (Map 7) include environmentally sensitive and hazardous areas that are off -limits to development, regard-less of their setting or context; and sites that host or support rare, threatened and endangered species. Secondary Conservation Areas (Map 8) are those other resource areas also identified for conservation or protection, in which limited encroachment may be allowed in accordance with siting and management practices that are intended to avoid, minimize or mitigate the adverse impacts of development. With these distinctions identified by the community, the City will begin to incorporate them in land use planning. Analysis and Challenges The conservation of connected wildlife corridors and individual pieces of land containing unique physical features, together with careful attention to conservation of natural resources on developed properties Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Bu… have become increasingly important as development has continued to take place throughout the Citycity. Whereas in the past, undeveloped areas that were used for active farm and forestry operations provided habitat for wildlife and scenic views for the public, ongoing development pressure throughout Chittenden County has generated the need to actively conserve important open spaces, forested blocks, and connected wildlife habitat areas. In order to maintain a balance of conserving important ecological resources and allowing for development, Citycity policies will need to consider: Climate and Climate Change. The region’s variable climate places significant burden on natural communities in the area. , further emphasizing the need for important corridors to be conserved. From a land use perspective, winter climate conditions require adequate snow storage on all properties, and place demands for regular plowing services by the Citycity and other public and private entities. In addition, rainfall must be properly accounted for in order to ensure that stormwater runoff does not lead to declines in water quality or stream bank erosion. The more global issue of climate change poses significant challenges for all communities, both in how they contribute to the change, and how they respond to it. The City of South Burlington has substantial opportunities to address both by fostering land use patterns, transportation modes and energy strategies that can temper the Citycity’s carbon footprint. Goals and strategies related to this issue are found through the plan under relevant chapters. Geology. The bedrock geology of the Citycity should be closely considered as a part of all development activity. The effects of development on groundwater recharge areas as far as natural systems are concerned should also be borne in mind. Development reduces recharge capability at the surface by increasing impermeable surfaces, such as rooftops, paved areas and lawns. Soils. Soils information is particularly germane to the future plans for land use. Much of the area contains soils of statewide importance (with limited areas having prime agricultural soils). Historically these soils have been beneficial to both agricultural operations and development. Today, the presence of these soils provide opportunities for development to be commingled with small-scale agricultural operations, community gardens, and the continued presence of larger scale operations associated with the University of Vermont and historic farms. The geographic nature of the area requires the Citycity to balance small- and mid-sized agricultural opportunities with demands for affordable housing and economic development in the core of Chittenden County. Sandy soils along Shelburne Road and near the airport are well drained but of lesser agricultural quality, while soils in the southeast quadrant tend to include less well drained clay and loam soils. Air Quality. As the Citycity continues to grow, and especially as the county around us becomes more urbanized, the community must remain an active participant in efforts to maintain or improve air quality conditions. Growth can lead to reductions in air quality, but actions to counterbalance this, as described in the recent Chittenden County Air Quality Plan (2009), can mitigate potential problems and ensure that the region does not become a “non-attainment” area. Land uses and activities with the greatest potential for air quality problems include certain manufacturing uses, quarry operations, congested intersections where vehicle stacking and queuing is substantial, and auto-dependant land uses in general. Habitat and Vegetation. The presence of important ecological resources, as well as steep slopes, shallow soils, and extensive bedrock outcroppings should be incorporated into all types of planning for development and Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… conservation. Many of the wildlife corridors within the Citycity begin or extend beyond the Citycity’s boundaries, including the Muddy Brook, Shelburne Pond, Winooski River, Centennial Woods, and others. Coordination with neighboring jurisdictions and regional and state entities is critical. Effective wildlife habitat areas include travel corridors for foraging, hunting, nesting and drinking. Unique and historic natural areas can be open to the public and celebrated if carefully managed. Continued evaluation of these resources will be necessary to determine whether any might need to be “off limits” to the public. Conservation of mature and specimen trees is important due to the difficulty of successfully transplanting these trees; this must be balanced with ensuring that conserved natural areas retain a vibrant forest succession to ensure the future health of these areas. Maintaining a balanced variety of native plant species and actively removing non-native invasive species will help to support a vibrant system of flora and fauna. The planting of street trees can serve to provide a safer and more pleasant pedestrian experience, calm traffic flow, and contribute to urban beauty, air and water quality, and noise reduction. The Citycity must continue to ensure a balance of different tree types to protect from wide-scale disease (such as the dutch elm disease). Maintaining and growing a healthy tree canopy has extensive public health, social and even economic benefits, including energy conservation and climate cooling, water filtration, absorption of air pollutants, improved wildlife habitat, recreational enjoyment, aesthetic relief, noise reduction; studies even demonstrate improved mental health of people with exposure to more trees. Future Needs and Trends Several population and development trends in South Burlington will shape the Citycity’s ecological resources in the coming years. Development Growth. Housing growth is expected to continue at an a rate of average rate of 1.5 to 2.0 %percent annually. , with residential construction expected to continue at a similar or slightly higher pace. Commercial development is also anticipated to continue at a similar pace. This development will continue to place pressure on existing wildlife habitat areas as well as wildlife travel corridors. This is especially the case in the Southeast Quadrant. Public Demand for Accessible Natural Areas. Public interest in the acquisition, maintenance and accessibility of natural areas has grown steadily in South Burlington over the past decade. It is anticipated that this interest will continue to grow as development continues to take place in previously unbuilt areas and as public recreational interests grow. At a regional scale, as development continues to take place throughout Chittenden County, attention to the need to acquire and maintain habitat corridors for public and wildlife benefit will likely grow. Additional Resources Underwood Property Vision Framework (2015) Wheeler Nature Park Management Plan (2015) South Burlington Open Space Report (2014) A Report on Existing and Potential Tree Canopy in the City of South Burlington (2014) Red Rocks Management Plan (2013) Leduc Farm Landscape: A Natural and Cultural History (May 2009) Dorset Park Natural Area [now formally the Wheeler Nature Park] Natural Resource Inventory and Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… [No Paragr… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Heading 3 … Normal Management Recommendations (July 2009) Wildlife and Natural Community Assessment of the Southeast Quadrant (July 2004) & Southeast Quadrant Environmental Resources Map (March 2005) Southeast Quadrant Open Space Master Plan Map (March 2005) A Study of Breeding Birds in the Southeast Quadrant (July 2004) South Burlington Open Space Strategy (April 2002) Ecological Objectives Proactively plan for a network of interconnected and contiguous open spaces to conserve and accommodate ecological resources, active and passive recreation land, civic spaces, scenic views and vistas, forests and productive farmland and primary agricultural soils. Conserve, restore and enhance biological diversity within the Citycity, through careful site planning and development that is designed to avoid adverse impacts to critical wildlife resources, and that incorporates significant natural areas, communities and wildlife habitats as conserved open space. Ecological Strategies Substantially restrict new subdivision and development from primary resource conservation areas to include hazardous and environmentally sensitive areas identified, mapped and regulated by the Citycity. Minimize the adverse impacts of new subdivision and development, including resource fragmentation and encroachment, within secondary resource conservation areas, to include those resources of state or local significance as indicated on available resource maps, identified in available inventories and studies, and confirmed through site investigation. Redefine open space in new developments such that usable, quality open space shall be required. Qualifying open space should include civic spaces, recreation, wildlife habitat, and usable agricultural lands. Retain healthy and high-quality existing trees, vegetation , and publicly owned natural areas and woodlands. Develop long-range management plans for each area to foster their continued health and use. Encourage public education about tree functions and tree disease inspection in urban areas through cooperation with the UVM Horticultural Farm and Vermont Department of Forest Parks, and Recreation, Urban and Community Forestry Program. Maintain the Citycity’s wildlife diversity, including making use of available planning and legal tools such as buffers, transfers of development rights, overlay zoning districts, conservation easements and other tools as appropriate. Work with adjoining municipalities and regional entities to enact complementary land use policies where wildlife habitat areas cross Citycity boundaries. Maintain existing overall tree canopy. Set targets to increase overall tree canopy, with a focus on increasing tree canopy in urban areas and residential property parcels as identified in the Report on Existing and Potential Tree Canopy in the City of South Burlington (2014).Update and adopt the Citycity’s Open Space Strategy as a supporting plan to this Comprehensive Plan. Foster passive recreational use of natural areas and identify areas that may be appropriate for an “off-limits” designation due to their fragile nature. Historic and Cultural Resources Historic and cultural resources in South Burlington include scenic views, natural areas, historic properties Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal and structures, and growing community amenities provided by local organizations, individuals, and the Citycity. The Citycity’s history has been well documented through annual reports, oral histories, and publications, such as Look Around So. Burlington Vermont, South Burlington Vermont 1865-1965, and Know Your Community: South Burlington, Vermont 1865-1977. These publications provide a strong background of the Citycity’s formation from the original City of Burlington and describe the majority of buildings that today would be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. As the community’s first subdivisions and commercial development enter their seventh decade, however, the built environment that is considered historic is growing. Cultural resources in the community have long been linked to those in neighboring communities, notably Burlington. The resources based in South Burlington have traditionally been scenic views, natural areas, parks, schools, the community library, and places of worship. These have been supplemented for many years by programming offered through various community groups, the Citycity’s recreation and parks department, and others. Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s historic and cultural resources identified in this plan include: Scenic views are among the Citycity’s most prominent cultural and historic resources. Though somewhat limited in number, historic homes and buildings dating from the 1930s and earlierpre-war period dot the South Burlington landscape. Some of South Burlington’s historic resources have not been identified or documented as they were not considered “historic” during the period when statewide inventories of historic resources were compiled (primarily in the 1980s). Key architectural resources that exemplify the Citycity’s heritage should be recognized and protected in order to provide future generations of residents a physical connection to the period when South Burlington became a Citycity. Inventory Views and Scenic Quality. There are a number of outstanding scenic views offered in South Burlington. From numerous locations in the Citycity, one can see spectacular views of the Green Mountains to the east, and the Adirondacks and Lake Champlain to the west. The preservation of the scenic qualities of the Citycity are critical to understanding its cultural landscape and heritage. Through careful planning, appropriate development design, and through acquisitions and easements, these vistas and viewshed protection zones can be protected for future generations to enjoy. In the 1990s, vista viewpoints were identified for 17 key locations in South Burlington. Of these, Viewshed Protection Zones are now in existence for six views including from the Nowland Farm Road area, Hinesburg Road- N north, Hinesburg Road- Ssouth, Spear Street and Allen Road, and Spear Street at Overlook Park. Additional views, along with an evaluation matrix, were examined and are available in the 2014 Open Space Report. Historic Sites and Structures. The City of South Burlington has diverse historic resources, including archaeological resources that are not readily visible. Paleoindian archeological sites, landscape features such as stonewalls, historic farmsteads, Craftsman Style bungalows, International Style buildings, post- World War II neighborhoods, and a variety of roadside architecture make up the cultural landscape and history of South Burlington. These cultural resources are visual representations of the Citycity’s heritage. Archaeological sites offer insight into the more distant past when people did not write and provide Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal information about events and activities. South Burlington’s pre-contact and historic period archeological sites and historic buildings, structures and landscapes, help constitute its unique and diverse cultural heritage. Once these resources are gone, they can never be replaced. For certain time periods of history, these historic resources may be the only clues to our past. South Burlington is unique among Vermont communities as a large portion of South Burlington’s built environment was created during the years following World War II. While most would not consider the mid-20th century architecture of South Burlington to be historic, many of these sites and structures are historically significant. Those that are at least 50 years old may be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. A number of structures in South Burlington date from the 19th century. These include, among others, the Stone House at Van Sicklen Road and the Wheeler House at Swift and Dorset Streets. Cultural Facilities and Organizations. Cultural facilities in South Burlington include a combination of public and private sector venues, including the Citycity-owned O’Brien Center at Jaycee Park. The Recreation and Parks Department manages this facility and offers a range of community recreational activities and programming year-round. Cultural organizations in the Citycity include places of worship, service organizations and community groups. In many cases, organizations offering cultural programming in the area are regionally, rather than locally, based. The development of a community center would provide a much needed space for cultural organizations to gather. Analysis and Challenges Historic Sites and Structures. Care must be taken to appreciate South Burlington’s cultural landscape as a record of the Citycity’s evolution from an agricultural to a booming post-war suburban community. A variety of components that make up South Burlington’s cultural landscape must be preserved in order to preserve elements of the Citycity’s history. As the Citycity develops, care should be taken to make development sensitive to the Citycity’s historic and archaeological sites and structures. Destroying historic resources can sometimes permanently destroy opportunities to interpret and understand our history. As South Burlington continues to develop, the historic resources that represent the Citycity’s past should be recognized and preserved as we plan for its future. Heritage Landscapes. Nestled within the Champlain Valley, South Burlington’s agricultural landscape is a critical part of the Citycity’s cultural heritage. The remaining farmsteads and farmland, particularly in the Southeast Quadrant, represent the historical development patterns of the community and reflect its strong agrarian past. Whether remaining in active production or becoming conserved areas, these landscapes can become important cultural links in an open space network. Cultural Facilities and Organizations. The diverse geography of South Burlington and proximity to Burlington and other historic communities of South Burlington haves historically made the presence and operation of cultural facilities and community-wide cultural organizations a challenge. The construction of the recreation path network has begun to sew the Citycity’s diverse and well-established neighborhoods together with its commercial areas and parks. Scenic Viewsheds. The Citycity has identified a series of scenic viewpoints and established scenic view overlay districts in the Southeast Quadrant. Opportunities exist for additional overlay districts to be established elsewhere in the community and should be explored. Future Needs and Trends Ongoing development will place pressure on historic structures and properties to be renovated or replaced. Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 3 … Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Until recently, very few building in South Burlington would be considered “historic,” as much of initial development in the community took place beginning in the 1940s. As greater numbers of structures reach 50 years of age, some buildings or neighborhoods may become eligible for designation on the State or National Register of Historic Places. Historic & Cultural Resource Objectives Protect important vistas and viewsheds, as viewed from public vantage points (public roads, paths, land); and designated landscapes, sites and structures of historic and cultural significance. Historic & Cultural Resource Strategies Using the data and process identified in the 2014 South Burlington Open Space study, eEstablish view protection overlay districts in additionalother areas of the Citycity and encourage designs that are visually harmonious with the natural landscape in view protection districts. Use the state Register of Historic Places listing for the Citycity to help assess the significance of historic buildings, structures and landscapes, and consider listing road side architecture and post -World War II construction as historic properties. Pursue an inventory of the Citycity’s historic resources and consider regulatory tools that would require documentation of significant and identified historic or archeological resources before permitting their destruction. Participate in appropriate reviews such as Act 250 or highway corridor hearings to protect important historical and cultural resources which may be threatened. Recreation Resources The City of South Burlington is home to an array of recreational facilities and programming. It is in part due to this that the Citycity was named “Best Sports Town in Vermont” by Sports Illustrated in 2007. The challenge for the Citycity - and community - is to balance the need for recreational facilities (developed and natural) with other uses of land, and to provide cost-effective services to residents of all ages, interests, and abilities. Overview Key issues and needs related to the Citycity’s cultural resources identified in this plan include: The Citycity has a number of developed parks, but they are heavily used and not equally fully geographically distributed. Growing interest in undeveloped, natural recreation areas has provided new opportunities and additional acquisition and maintenance demands on the Citycity and other local and regional partners. Recreational programming remains extremely popular and must regularly adapt to changing demographics within the community. Recreation & Parks operates under three main pillars: Conservation, Health & Wellness, and Social Equity. Inventory Recreational Facilities. The City of South Burlington is home to a diverse range of recreational facilities. A comprehensive listing of pParks, public and private, can be found in the Community Facilities chapter of Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal this Plan. Funding. The Citycity has used a number of strategies to acquire and upgrade both developed parks and Citycity natural areas. In past years, South Burlington has taken great advantage of the federal Land and Water Conservation Fund. More recently, in 2000, Citycity voters approved a special dedicated property tax of 1 cent to purchase open space or development rights to open space. The tax will yielded approximately $270,000160,000 in FY216 and is anticipated to grow commensurate with the grand list each year. per year. In 2010, the use of these funds was expanded to allow for up to five percent of the annual funds to be used for maintenance of open space. Another implementation measure used to acquire parkland is through the assessment of recreation impact fees on new development. The Citycity adopted its Impact Fee Ordinance, which includes recreation fees, in 1995. The payment of an impact fee is preferred where it is not practical to dedicate a park site due to the size, density or location of a proposed subdivision. There is a strict requirement as to how this money can be spent and there is also a time limit as to how it can be spent. A third strategy has been the requirement of dedication of public park space alongside larger development projects via the Land Development Regulations. Recreation Programming. Recreation programs are fundamental to the quality of life of people, our community, and society as a whole. Quality of life for people and the community can encompass a number of factors. Among those factors are individual, community, environmental, and economic benefits. The mission statement for the Citycity’s recreation and parks department is reflected in the wide-range of programming opportunities offered:- “To enhance the quality of life for all citizens of our community by providing meaningful and fulfilling leisure time activities, recognizing that each person is an individual with their own needs, abilities, and goals to be met during their leisure time.” The Citycity’s comprehensive list of recreation programs range in age from pre-school to senior citizens’ activities. There are currently 377 various programs offered in a number of major groups including: youth programs, family activities, special events, adult programs, camp programs, junior programs, and senior programs. In addition, the Citycity works with area community groups, non-profits, neighboring municipalities, and the school district to coordinate and enhance programming available to the Citycity’s residents. To a large extent, public school facilities house the vast majority of indoor programs, while the Citycity’s recreation fields and parks provide the majority of the outdoor programming space. Analysis and Challenges Recreation Facility Planning. The rate, location, and type of new residential construction present a variety of considerations for recreation planning. The national Nationally, a goal of 7.5 acres of developed recreation land per 1,000 population has been endorsed by the Recreation and Leisure Arts Committee and Recreation Departmentestablished. In South Burlington, residential development over the past decade has brought the Citycity from being well above this target to close or slightly below. In addition, the distribution of community and neighborhood parks, while generally widespread, does not provide for easy pedestrian access for all residents. Maintenance and Safety. As the public path and park systems continue to grow, maintenance and safety are becoming increasingly important issues for the Citycity to address. Maintenance is primarily the responsibility of the DPW’s Pparks Ddivision, supplemented by occasional volunteer efforts. Staff repairs, paves, paints, landscapes, sweeps, mows, and plows the Citycity’s paths and parks as necessary and those Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Normal Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… costs are part of the Citycity’s Ppublic Wworks’ budget. It will be important for the Citycity to retain a regular upkeep and revitalization plan for its recreational facilities. Recreation Programming. The Recreation and Parks Department offers a wide array of programs, including sports, art, hobby, and educational programs, play groups and fitness, and serves community members from pre-school to seniors. In 2012 more than 420 programs were offered, in various City, school, or privately owned facilities. A major obstacle that the department faces is that there is very limited space assigned only to these programs. The recreation and parks department is largely dependent on availability of spaces within the schools to offer the majority of its programs. It receives the second highest priority for the use of school spaces, next to school activities themselves. While this partnership is successful on many levels, there are still direct costs involved, lack of control in scheduling the spaces themselves, and with the length of a regular school day, the schools are prohibitive in providing recreational activities for preschoolers and the elderly, both significant needs that currently exist in our community. Alternative building space to provide for these types of activities is essential. There remains an additional need for outdoor playing fields as well. Over the years, many traditional sports programs have transitioned into three-season sports placing a huge demand on facility spaces. In addition, many spaces are used for multi-sports events. Since there are limited designated field areas, additional playing spaces have developed out of necessity, and do not provide adequate space for the demand. Additional Citycity parkland is needed to adequately provide facility space for various youth and adult sports programs Future Trends and Needs As our population demographics continue to shift, so do our facility and programming needs. Trends showAmong the trends are towards an aging population that has strong interests in lower-impact recreation. T Trends from the past two decades also indicate continued strong and growing interest in youth developed recreation facilities; there is an identified lack of lacrosse and soccer fields. The City will need to b Balance ing needs for open space and developed and passive recreation space and balance. Must balance new facilities and expected level of service with an ability to provide such services. Recreation Objectives Provide for the varied recreational needs and interests of its citizens by providing areas and facilities for passive recreation, active sports, cultural and educational programs, and civic gatherings. Provide public access to natural areas within the Citycity’s more urban and suburban neighborhoods, for passive outdoor recreation and education. Use the strategies in this plan to maintain the targeted ratio of open space to population/ level of service standards as outlined in the South Burlington Open Space Report (2014). 20-25 acres per thousand of the population of both passive and active recreational open space, to include 7.5 acres of developed park and recreational facilities per thousand population. Recreation Strategies Refine and& implement acquisition criteria and evaluation of land for the highest community need. Work with private developers to integrate additional public parks into the recreation system; create sufficient active recreation fields to enable restoration and maintenance. Increase accessibility in parks, such that they may be enjoyed by all residents regardless of age, interest, and physical ability consistent with the proposed use of a recreation parcel and activity. Regularly evaluate Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Heading 3 … Box Box Box Heading 4 Normal Normal Bu… Normal Normal Bu… Normal Bu… and modify programming based on changing demographics. Work towards providing access to a park or qualifying open space area within a one-mile safe walk from each neighborhood in the Citycity, and provide each neighborhood with a small park, mini-park, neighborhood park, community green or meeting area. Utilize Gap Analysis map from 2014 Open Space Report to identify needs for neighborhood parks. Seek opportunities to establish additional public access and parkland along Lake Champlain. Establish a public recreation path along Lake Champlain. Agricultural Resources Agricultural activity in the Citycity has a long and evolving history. Evidence of spear tips and other archeological artifacts indicate settlement and probable small-scale agricultural activity for centuries prior to the establishment of permanent settlements in the late 18th century. From that point forward, manyseveral farms were established in the community, focused on the products that were typical of the Champlain Valley: sheep, dairy cows, grains, etc. As substantial development began to occur in the community beginning in the 19430s, the number and scale of farms began to decline. South Burlington today continues to have an agricultural presence, but it is one that is physically and economically very different from the past. This chapter includes an inventory, analysis, and overall policy strategy of the agricultural resources within the Citycity. This chapter is supplemented by the discussions and analyses within the land use chapters of the plan. Overview and Inventory The City of South Burlington is a largely urbanized community with only a small number of traditional farm parcels remaining. In recent years, however, new forms of agriculture, from small vegetable farms to backyard gardens and farmers’ markets, have emerged and started to become a significant part of the Citycity’s landscape and economic and cultural base. Existing agricultural resources in the Citycity include: Large-Scale Farms and Support Fields. The Citycity is home to a small number of large agricultural or hay field parcels dispersed throughout the Citycity. Those include the dairy, hay, and corn fields owned and operated by the University of Vermont adjacent to Spear Street, a dairy farm operation at the extreme northern end of the Citycity, the University of Vermont’s Horticultural Farm off Shelburne Road, and farm and hay fields along Old Farm Road, Hinesburg Road, and Cheesefactory Road. Most of these, with the exception of the UVM lands and Belter Farm off Ethan Allen Drive, have reverted from active farm operation to minimal use as hay fields over the past generation. The Citycity did, however, became host to a new operation in 2009, with the conservation of the former Leduc parcel and the establishment of the Bread and Butter Farm on approximately 140-acres split between Shelburne and South Burlington along Cheese Ffactory Road. This new farm includes beef, dairy and vegetable production, and an on-farm bakery. Small-Scale Farms and Orchards. A handful of smaller-scale agricultural operations are spread throughout the Citycity. These operations are typically part-time work for those who operate them and vary in the products they offer. They are a relatively new addition to the South Burlington agricultural landscape. Of note are a small handful of “backyard” farms operated by homeowners and a small farm that has been integrated into the South Village development as a part of its overall mission of sustainability. Community Gardens. At present, there are two sets of public community gardens in the Citycity; one on land owned by the University of Vermont at the corner of Swift and Spear Streets, the other which is owned and operated at the Wheeler Nature Park Homestead on Dorset Street. Both of these have waiting Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Normal Normal Bu… lists. Farmers’ Markets. In 2010, the City Council passed an ordinance formally allowing for privately operated farmers’ markets to exist. In response, after a trial run, a private retailer in the Citycity operated a bi-weekly market throughout the 2010 growing season. It remains successful and is currently operated weekly from sSpring through fFall, and managed by the non-profit group, Common Roots. The market has included more than 40 vendors, including a handful of operations based here in South Burlington. CSA Drop-Off / Pick-Ups. CSA’s are a responseIn response to growing demands for community-supported agriculture programs in the region, wherein households pre-pay for farm products from local growers and receive regular deliveries. These programs are so popular that in addition to nearby farms, several farmers in northern Vermont have established local “drop-off” points in the community. These sites allow for the producers to have centralized distribution and for households to have convenient pick up locations. Private Gardens. Thereough there are no formal records, anecdotal evidence appears to besuggests that there is a growing trend within the Citycity for households to use garden space for growing fruits and vegetables. Much of the soil in South Burlington is well suited to growing vegetables. In 2010, with an update in 2015, the South Burlington City Council also passed an ordinance allowing for the keeping of chickens in residential back yards. Nonp-Profit Organizations, Vermont Fresh Network and Local Retailers. In recent years, the interest in local agricultural systems has grown substantially. This has been reflected in South Burlington by the establishment of non-profit community groups such as Common Roots, which is dedicated to teaching school children how to grow food and prepare food and make healthy food choices, as well as in the in for-profit community. An increasing number of local retailers are carrying Vermont-made products to meet consumer demand, including some products that are produced or headquartered in South Burlington. In addition, a handful of area restaurants are members of the Vermont Fresh Network of business committed to buying locally-produced fresh foods whenever possible. Changing forms of agriculture for the future include: agroforestry, edible forest gardens, permaculture design, and rotational grazing. Analysis and Challenges The role of agriculture in Vermont, and particularly in larger communities such as South Burlington, is evolving extremely quickly. Not long ago farming and agriculture were considered to have a limited role in the Citycity’s future, with the continued operation of a handful of historic farms but little else. Growing public interest in local goods hasd shifted this trend and resulted in the establishment of several new farms, CSA drop-offs, and a farmers’ market in recent years. The State of Vermont in its Farm to Plate Strategic Plan has stated: “Ongoing conservation efforts, especially for prime agricultural farmland, are essential to the future viability of farming in the State....zoning ordinances, town and regional plans, and statewide planning legislation must be reviewed and adapted to encourage local agriculture and food distribution.” Several opportunities and challenges present themselves with this increased interest in local food production. Among them: High Cost of Land. The high value of land in South Burlington is among the principal reasons for the decline in large-scale farming operations in the community over time. These same financial circumstances place pressure on smaller operations as well, but could be somewhat be mitigated against through site planning, as in the instance of the South Village community. Land use planning tools including the use of Transferable Development Rights in the Southeast Quadrant may help conserve existing farmland by Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Normal Bu… Heading 4 Normal Heading 4 Normal Bu… Heading 4 Objective (… Objective (… Objective (… Heading 4 Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… Strategy (S… clustering development and designating agricultural land as non-developable. Agricultural-Residential Interface. Vermont law provides for significant protection for farming activities in the state. In some cases, conflicts can arise between agricultural operations and residential activities, including odor, hours of operations, and deliveries. In South Burlington, the limited scale of agriculture over the past generation has led to relatively few conflicts. These issues are beginning to reappear, however, as some residents express interest in the small-scale keeping of animals and/or sale of products from farm stands. The Citycity will need to continue to monitor this relationship, striving for harmony. Shortage of Community Gardens. Existing community garden space in South Burlington is limited and has significant waiting lists. The existing gardens are located in the Southeast Quadrant. At present, there is no municipal mechanism for the creation or management of new gardens in the community. Permanence of the Farmers’ Market. The majority of farmers’ markets in Vermont are hosted on municipal land by municipal entities or non-profit organizations under license from the municipality. The recently -initiated South Burlington Market is managed entirely by the private sector (Common Roots) upon receipt of a permit from the Citycity. The future existence of this market is dependeant upon interest from the private sector to continue this operation , and the availability of private open land for its operation. The Citycity may want to explore the possibility of a stronger role and/or partnership in the operations in the future. Future Trends and Needs Regional and national trends suggest that small-scale, locally produced agriculture will continue to increase in popularity in the coming years. With this will likely be continued interest in identifying ways in which South Burlington residents and businesses will have access to local foods. The Citycity will need to continue to evolve and adapt to these community interests, balancing the positive and negative impacts for its residents. Additional Resources South Burlington Sustainable Agriculture / Food Security Final Report (2013) Agriculture Objectives Conserve productive farmland and primary agricultural soils within the Citycity. Support new farmers and entrepreneurs within the City who produce food for local consumption. Enable, encourage, and incentivize agriculture and local food production dispersed throughout the Citycity. Agriculture Strategies Facilitate local farmers’ ability to sell and process their products within the Citycity and use the Land Development Regulations to incentivize urban agriculture and local food production in the Citycity. Where appropriate, actively use Citycity-owned land for agricultural education, and for urban agriculture and local food production including community gardens and leasing of land to commercial farmers. Encourage new development, particularly residential or mixed-use projects that include homes without private yards, to create community garden space. Distribute community gardens throughout the Citycity so that gardens are within walking or biking distance for all Citycity residents. Explore state law related to the regulation of small livestock and bees, with the goal of increasing participation and expanding to other small livestock and bees. Encourage more value-added food processors who can strengthen and benefit from the quality of the Vermont brand to locate in South Burlington and bring more quality jobs to the city. Strategy From: Abigail Crocker [mailto:abigail.crocker@gmail.com] Sent: Friday, October 09, 2015 5:07 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Comprehensive Plan Hi Cathyann, I wasn't able to attend the pubic meetings but have briefly reviewed the comprehensive plan and was just wondering if you have more information on the Education section? It looks like it's still stamped "in progress"...is this different than the stamp of "draft" that is part of the remainder of the document? I'm curious because certain sections from the 2011 version of the Comprehensive plan were deleted, such as "Continue the neighborhood school concept, which is paramount to a continued sense of community, a sense of belonging and affiliation, and encourages strong families and community values” and new items have been added such as “the district has started planning for a new school to serve students in the SEQ with a preliminary analysis of a site at Oak Creek Village”. I'm curious about this because it's not what has been going on in the School Board meetings? Also, I'm curious - was the School Board involved in writing this at all? I don't see anyone from the board on the acknowledgements page. Also, the last draft of the comprehensive plan had clear language concerning the process for potentially repurposing Central School (community involvement and a vote)...I'm curious as to what that language didn't continue in this draft plan? I will say that I am disheartened to see so many new roads cutting through the SEQ. This is a beautiful area of our city that studies have shown is the most important area for wildlife. Cutting it up with all these new roads seem like the wrong direction for our South Burlington. I don't see the traffic congestion that would require this, and would hope that the city would conduct additional traffic studies and wildlife studies before pursuing these types of efforts. I would prefer we keep this area as intact green space, not a series of cut through roads. Also, out of curiosity - why does the plan explicitly state the process for repurposing Wheeler Nature Park (public vote) but no other nature lands? The change to labeling content areas such green, blue, grey, etc sections was a bit confusing. It took a minute to orient myself and figure out where to find information. Also, schools and education are missing from the table of contents. Overall, I think there are some great pieces to this plan. I'm sure it was a lot of work to put together, and appreciate all of the hard work! What is the process after the public hearing on October 20th? Many thanks, Abby Crocker A. Crocker 10092015 1 B. Britt 09192015 2 From: Bernard Paquette [mailto:bernie.paquette@yahoo.com] Sent: Monday, October 05, 2015 8:30 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Fw: Univ. Mall trees-Do they meet their permit obligations? Cathyann, would you please provide this request to the PC regarding the 2016 Comp plan? TY Regarding Ecological Statement, pg 2-102, Strategy 66 ...trees. Perhaps it would be appropriate to add language suggesting implementation of an enforcement strategy towards commercial landscape requirements beyond initial installation. Meaning, trees and other landscaping must be maintained to reflect that which was diagrammed or otherwise indicated in the original Dev Review board application. Enforcement requires recognition when trees are removed, die or are not being maintained in a manner that reflects the original intent, and then requires action to address the omission. As an example if the original Dev. Review board approves a structure plan with three (in maturity) lg trees in front of the building. And 25 years later as the trees reach full size at maturity, the business/building owner has the limbs removed on the lower third of the tree to allow improved visibility of the building/business- however no longer does the image reflect the intent of the original site plans. Another example is when trees are damaged, dying, or dead and removed, but not replaced. See note below and attached photos as examples within the city where I believe the intent of the site plans are not being met due to fallen trees not replaced and trees limbs severely cut at lower levels, and trees not maintained in such a way as they can reasonably be expected to reach maturity. Bernie Paquette Web site: http://www.litterwithastorytotell.blogspot.com/ "I write to find out what I'm thinking, what I'm looking at, what I see, and what it means." Joan Didion ----- Forwarded Message ----- From: Bernard Paquette <bernie.paquette@yahoo.com> To: ray Belair <rbelair@sburl.com> Cc: Craig Lambert <clambert@sburl.com>; Paul Conner <pconner@sburl.com>; "clarose@sburl.com" <clarose@sburl.com> Sent: Saturday, September 28, 2013 11:12 AM Subject: Fw: Univ. Mall trees-Do they meet their permit obligations? Ray, below are photos of a few of the trees in the University Mall parking lot. Do these trees and their current condition meet the Umall's permit obligations to maintain the health of the trees on their lot, and to B. Paquette A 10052015 3 replace dead and dying trees? Though not included in the photos there is at least one tree that was cut down long ago and not replaced (along the roadway going by Sears Auto heading towards Hannaford (on the right side along the sidewalk). Similar question about the trees in front of the Anchorage Inn on Dorset St. - See attaché (3) photos. Does the result of heavy pruning of lower limbs and the resulting view meet the intentions of the Anchorage Inn permit? Is this what the architect drawings projected at the time the permit was reviewed? B. Paquette A 10052015 4 B. Paquette A 10052015 5 This is the last response I received from the UMall property maintenance rep. on July 10, 2013. I have asked for but not received an update. Hello Bernie, We’re on top of it, but as of today, have not replaced the trees. As a matter of fact, I’m meeting with my contractor early this week to go over a game plan, as I had been out of the office for most of last week. We do have a maintenance program in place to keep any trees alive that we can, typically through fertilization and pruning, but as I’m sure you are aware, it is difficult in situations where there is a lot of asphalt surrounding trees to keep in them tip-top shape. If you drive around South Burlington, you would probably find that University Mall is in much better shape than most large parking lots due to our maintenance programs. That said, as far as the B. Paquette A 10052015 6 trees in the Hannaford parking lot, we are obviously hoping to revive the ones most heavily pruned and restore them to their full potential. I usually leave it up to my contractor to let me know which ones cannot be saved, since he’s the professional and has much more knowledge about such things than I do. We do not typically have customers take such an active interest in our green-space but I enjoy the feedback and encourage you to continue contacting me. University Mall prides itself on being green friendly with our recycling programs, energy efficiency upgrades in HVAC and lighting, and decreased water usage in the restrooms. Being green friendly begins and ends with nature, however, and I share your passion in keeping University Mall and all of South Burlington looking as good as possible. Thank you Jason Steward, Property Manager UNIVERSITY MALL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------- Bernie Paquette SB VT Love where you live Web site: http://www.litterwithastorytotell.blogspot.com/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/VTLitterStories Pinterest: http://pinterest.com/berniepaquette/ "I write to fnd out what I'm thinking, what I'm looking at, what I see, and what it means." Joan Didion ----- Forwarded Message ----- From: Bernard Paquette <bernie.paquette@yahoo.com> To: Pat Nowak <pnowak@sburl.com>; Kevin Dorn <kdorn@sburl.com>; Chris Shaw <cshaw@sburl.com>; Helen Riehle <hriehle@sburl.com>; Pam Mackenzie <pmackenzie@sburl.com>; Rosanne Greco <rosanne05403@aol.com> Cc: Paul Conner <pconner@sburl.com>; Craig Lambert <clambert@sburl.com>; ray Belair <rbelair@sburl.com> Sent: Thursday, September 26, 2013 10:29 AM Subject: Who will speak for the (urban) trees? Hello City Council members and Mr. Dorn, I hope you get the chance to not only read my Green and Clean column (Who will speak for the trees) in todays The Other Paper, but also look at my blog posting of the same title. http://litterwithastorytotell.blogspot.com/2013/09/who-will-speak-for-trees.html The blog posting has many more photos of trees in the Univ. Mall which show of which I speak and prompt the question, "who will speak for the SB Urban trees?" My hope is that more people speak up to businesses asking them to do a better job caring for trees on their properties, providing adequate growing space, replacing damaged, dying, and dead trees and planting trees that can become large canopy shade trees. B. Paquette A 10052015 7 And I hereby ask the city of SB (council and development review board and others) to look ahead in anticipation of large tree loss due to invasive pests, and plan how the city will replace those expected losses. I also encourage a review of the SB tree ordinance and related planning regulations along with the following considerations. > Consider setting performance standards guiding maintenance practices on either commercial or private property. NOTE I have attached photos of trees in front of The Anchorage Inn on Dorset street. Notice how these once beautiful full trees were severely de- limbed, presumably to open the view to the building. Does this revised view meet what their original permit intended? > Set development regulations with minimums set for planter islands (within parking lots) - capacity and quantity. > Encourage more canopy -large shade trees in parking lots. >Fund enforcement of tree regulations to help insure businesses maintain the landscapes according to their zoning permits-over time. > Increase the city tree budget to include a tree replacement line item, and for an increased city tree population. > Seek a coalition of the community garden volunteers and the public to achieve a larger bank of trees in the community garden earmarked for public-city planting in the future. Maybe citizens could be encouraged to donate trees (Inexpensive Bare root trees from WNRCD to larger caliber trees). The smaller trees to be grown and maintained at the community garden till mature enough to be planted in the city. Best Regards, Bernie Paquette Love where you live! Web site: http://www.litterwithastorytotell.blogspot.com/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/VTLitterStories Pinterest: http://pinterest.com/berniepaquette/ "I write to fnd out what I'm thinking, what I'm looking at, what I see, and what it means." Joan Didion B. Paquette A 10052015 8 From: Bernard Paquette [mailto:bernie.paquette@yahoo.com] Sent: Monday, October 05, 2015 8:07 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Comments for SB PC regarding Draft Comp plan Hello Cathyann, would you please provide these comments to the SB PC regarding the SB 2016 Draft Comp. plan? TY Under Surface water.... page 2-8, objectives. Please consider adding language to this effect. Set a goal of obtaining the remaining privately held property consisting of the Centennial brook and stream bank sections of which run the length of Kirby Road, beginning at Airport Pkwy, thru Patchen Rd. Purpose - eventual installation of a board walk over this length of stream in between the tree lined banks for the purpose of public passive outdoor recreation pathway. I can provide photos of this area taken in winter and or other season if that would be helpful. Bernie Paquette Web site: http://www.litterwithastorytotell.blogspot.com/ "I write to find out what I'm thinking, what I'm looking at, what I see, and what it means." Joan Didion B. Paquette B 10052015 9 Under the ‘Green’ goals of the SB 25 year comprehensive plan, please consider the following goals and objectives. Thank You, Bernie Paquette, June 10, 2015. 1. Update zoning regulations requiring parking lots w> 28 spaces to have a min. of 15% of the interior contain landscaped islands VS what I believe is currently a 10% requirement. 1b. Require landscaped islands meet the size the Arborist determines is necessary so one can reasonably expect the tree(s) planted in it to survive duration equal to its normal life expectancy. 2. Require a larger percentage of canopy trees in parking lots (through zoning regulations)-trees that can grow to provide large canopies for shade, both filtered shade trees and full shade trees. 3. Provide adequate operating budget for tree care and tree planting line item. Currently the city does very little tree planting other than replacements. 4. Optimize the SB tree nursery. 5. Recognize and prepare for *EAB (Emerald Ash Border) infestation. This will necessitate the removal and subsequent replacement of a large number of ash trees along city streets (currently about 15% of the city tree population). 6. Create performance standards guiding maintenance practices for both either commercial or private property. (To help insure actual landscapes reflect original engineer drawings submitted at time of site development.) *For Reference For Reference: SB Emerald Ash Borer Action Plan (As far as I know the City Council has yet to approve and adopt all or a portion of the City Arborist EAB plan.) Introduction: Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) is an exotic wood boring beetle from Asia that was most likely introduced to North America in the 1990’s. The insect was first discovered in Detroit, Michigan and Windsor, Ontario in 2002. At the time of discovery, it was estimated that the insect had been present for roughly five years. Since its discovery, EAB has spread throughout the northeastern US and Canada, killing more than 50 million ash trees. While it has yet to be discovered in Vermont, EAB has been found nearby in the Hudson River Valley of New York, southern Quebec, and most recently in Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and northern Massachusetts. Discovery in Vermont is expected in the very near future. South Burlington currently has roughly 760 Ash trees along its streets and in its parks, comprising roughly 13% of the cities’ street and park tree population. To make matters worse, the vast majority of these trees are located in only 3 neighborhoods, Dorset Farms, Brand Farm and the Golf Course neighborhoods. The mortality of ash tree in these neighborhoods will result in a number of streets with no street trees and the loss of 50- 70% of the trees in the neighborhoods. B. Paquette 06092015 B 10 Discussion: While there are currently, no “cures” for EAB there are a number of strategies South Burlington could use to manage the effects of this exotic pest: 1. Removal and replacement of ash trees in fair to poor condition prior to EAB being detected in Vermont. This has been started in a very limited fashion mainly along Nowland Farm Road, utilizing trees from the TREEage community Tree Nursery as replacements. Public Works staff can accomplish removals and replanting but the city will need to budget for replacement planting stock. Systematic removal and replacement may also be advisable on streets where all the trees are ash. This might involve removal and replacement of every fourth or fifth tree on the street so that there would still be some trees on the street when the ash trees succumb to EAB. 2. Interplant trees where possible on streets that are heavily planted with ash. Prime locations for this type of activity are street entrances and areas along streets where residences are absent and adequate spacing exists to provide a suitable planting site. Midland Avenue and areas along Nowland Farm Road are examples of streets where this strategy might be utilized. Again, Public Works staff can plant the trees but the city will have to budget for planting stock (a limited number of trees from the TREEage Community Nursery could be used for this purpose). 3. Once EAB has been found in the state, suitable ash trees can be injected with insecticides to protect suitable trees from EAB damage. Trees would have to be treated every 1-2 years one EAB has been detected within 15-20 miles of the city. While this may not be a long term strategy to manage EAB it will provide the city with a longer time frame to implement the previous strategies. It is also possible that this strategy could buy time in the event that other more effective, long term management options are discovered. Costs: The primary cost of strategies 1 and 2 would be the cost of obtaining planting stock: 1. Wholesale cost of 2-2.5 inch caliper balled and burlapped trees currently run $150-200. 2. Nursery stock planted in the TREEage Community Tree Nursery currently cost the city approximately $20 a piece. These small 4-5 foot trees are then planted in the nursery and maintained for 3-4 years until they achieve a size suitable to transplant onto city streets. Most of the maintenance is provided by volunteers with some advice and assistance from Public Works staff. We presently have the capacity to harvest 50-60 trees a year from the nursery. The primary cost associated with strategy number 3 is the purchase of pesticides to treat selected trees. There are several pesticides which can be used to control EAB, the most effective being a material called Tree-age (active ingredient emamactin benzoate). 1. Using current pricing, material costs for this option would be approximately $3-6 per inch of trunk diameter i.e. a 10 inch diameter tree would cost $30-60 to treat. This treatment would be required every 2 years to ensure control. All of the above costs are strictly material costs and do not include labor and equipment costs that would be provided by South Burlington Public Works. Contracting any of these services would most likely result in 300-400% increase in the above costs(this is a best guess estimate). Summary: In the near future South Burlington will be faced with the prospect of removing and replacing a significant number of street trees due to the infestation of Emerald Ash Borer. Adoption of some or all of the above listed management strategies willenable us to deal with this problem in a proactive manner, spreading costs over a longer time period. B. Paquette 06092015 B 11 B. Paquette 06092015 B 12 I request inclusion of the following items into the South Burlington five year Comprehensive plan. Consider noting recognition of litter as a serious problem and that a clean city as a brand and identity opportunity. Goal: Consider setting the goal of continuous improvement year round towards a clean city. Objective: Create management processes and regulations to manage litter in public and business landscapes. Below are objectives that are more specific. 1. The quality of a city is reflected in the standards it sets. Clean city standards can help build community pride, tell a part of our story, what we are about, and demonstrate our values. Therefore, please include the objective of a clean city standard (litter control) achieved partly through year round, timely, measureable litter management processes and regulations affecting public and private business landscapes. The purpose of which is to protect our water, wildlife, and human health as well as our city’s image and brand. Littering will be difficult to stop until we recognize it as a serious problem. Keep in mind that Litter is primarily a problem due to a lack of concern and pride for the environment or improper waste handling and disposal practices. People tend to litter in places where, they feel no B. Paquette 06092015 A 13 sense of personal ownership, litter has already accumulated and there are insufficient trash receptacles. Develop and implement Cleanliness Monitoring to measure cleanliness level over time and identify problem areas. Promote increased participation in the current successful SB Green Up Day program, and the fledgling but growing Adopt-A-Block program. Organize, facilitate and promote a yearly Fall Sweep campaign similar to Green Up Day only occurring in the fall season (in addition to the spring Green Up Day event.) Develop a comprehensive education and outreach campaign to reduce litter citywide. Sponsor interdepartmental school and public education program to include litter prevention. Begin a pilot program of installing a few solar powered trash compactors in high traffic, high littered public areas. Explore public/private partnerships for litter prevention and control (year round cleanup). Single-use bags and expanded polystyrene are two materials that are increasingly targets of product bans around the country. These materials are not biodegradable and have life spans of hundreds of years. These materials negatively affect the collection system and, when littered, negatively affect the natural environment and harm wildlife. Therefore consider developing ordinances with the goal of reducing or eliminating consumption and generation of the following products: • Single-use bags; • Non-recyclable, non-compostable take-out containers; and • Single-use beverage containers. B. Paquette 06092015 A 14 Comp Plan Comments (part 1 of 2) Page #2 – acknowledgements – please put a space after the comma after “Chris Shaw” Page 1-2 --- inexplicable references to “nearby ferry crossings” without mentioning the airport as a major regional transportation center, nor additionally recognizing its role as an air base for the National Guard. No mention of the major role the city plays in hosting a great number of hotels for visitors. Additional focus should emphasize the bike paths and connectivity within the City as it enhances property values and access for all residents/visitors – connecting to Burlington and in future to surrounding towns. Page 2-9 – there is no discussion of comparison or recognition of County growth or stagnation – as per the regional plan – I think we should be including comparisons to county to stay in context (either 1.5- 2.0% dwelling unit growth or the county’s DU growth rate – whichever is higher as triggers for re-eval) – similarly to the population counts/growth. It’s not a good look to be calling to stop/slow growth at 2% when all your neighbors are experiencing 5% -- and in this case there may be a need to look outside the county to neighboring county growth as well (in order to reduce our traffic through and congestion from same within). Page 2-16 -- offer a strategy to convert rental properties back to owner-occupied single family hommes (tax rebates?)  Why no discussion of Affordable Housing Trust Fund in Objectives or Strategies? (may be later in doc)  Where is discussion of Form-Based Codes as it may/may not have an impact on Housing? Page 2-11 === seems like selective numbers of building units – first paragraph says 160 units per year in last decade and then in next paragraph it says 105 units per year as an average since 2007 (last 7 years?) – awfully big spread in numbers for a 3 year difference – if we are to target housing numbers based on the lower number (*105) then I suggest it is not valid – anymore than perhaps the higher number would also not be valid (@160) for different reasons. To that, It would appear that we are capping the average growth of the last decade as our maximum – is that smart where we experienced a major recession? Doesn’t sound realistic…especially when units this year appear to have already exceeded 160 and cheap money isn’t going away. Do we want growth for our schools and population? And most realistically, are these housing unit averages built into the projections for population and schools – (I am suspecting that perhaps not….or if they are they are conservative at the low end and looking at demographics of area as opposed to dwelling unit expansion and actual split of same for affordability/family structures/empty- nesters/single v couples). I am suggesting the 105 is a VERY low number considering issues like the recession and Interim Zoning over the last 7-8 years and we will be pleasantly/unpleasantly surprised by higher numbers over the next 5-10 years as the millennials provide a “boomlet”. Page 2-18 --- Overview/first bullet point: “boasts” Overview/second bullet point: put a comma in second sentence after “may increase” Kevin: -- nice job on writing a lot of the “Economy” section! (any mention of SBBA? – we mention GBIC and LCRCC) -=- [perhaps a BID for City center)? C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 15 Page 2-25 – police section mentions “accreditation” and “national night out” (neither of which I believe are still current) Page 2-26 – still crediting State Fire Marshal and not OUR SB Fire Marshal here – can we fix (and maybe add the electrical enforcement as well – either in “housing” or here? Page 2-31 --- red rocks and underwood properties mgmt. plans can be stated as complete Page 2-37 – is this the real data? Or is that still pending? This seems wrong as it shows the High School as operating at over its rated capacity for students – but if true – it should be highlighted. If the new data isn’t here – it sure isn’t fair to ask folks to comment in only 3 weeks on something that hasn’t even been presented yet. That will incite people who feel that the school task force report is being bulldozed through in a quickened process -- it clearly should have been included here for public review. Put it out there and have it evaluated in a decent amount of time – even if it means the PC has to re-adopt the old plan b/c the draft is incomplete and there isn’t enough time built in for proper public review and feedback. Page 2-23 --- need a strategy to highlight improvements to the commercial districts that would allow restaurants or services within the Tech Park/Meadowlands to supplement our daytime workforce ballooning and reduce trips during the lunch-hour – fostering independence – need to allow hotel in Tech Park to facilitate usage and keep folks from driving to Williston. Also add a strategy to coordinate more with SBBA types or GBIC or LCRCC or BIA for synergies. Page 2-25 – need a strategy to have a city-wide “reverse 911” system to highlight storm events or special disaster/water usage alerts Pae 2-47 --- need discussion of active viewshed management – an entirely missed opportunity that the Open Space report/committee has mentioned and the PC hasn’t addressed. Long overdue and has been neglected too long – look at the “view” from Overlook Park. Waivers will be granted to the Airport (in fact MUST be granted to them for their impact on views in a Commercial District) because we don’t have protections other than “it must not impact identified views from a public road” – yet we have 2 commercial bldgs. On Hinesburg rd that do just that (why? b/c they weren’t “identified” views?) – long past time to identify and protect those views and negligent not to mention their value (as most folks define their place by such views) while only hinting at the importance through “open space” (not the same). Page 2-50 – need to discuss “pop-up” bicycle lanes and road closures on weekends (market street/garden street) to strengthen the sense of place and city center (doing same on one half of Shelburne Road by state permission on Sundays – or Dorset St on Sundays? Page 2-53 – kennedy drive – there is an identified need for crosswalk at east twin oaks Also – there is a need for improvement -- discussion of sidewalk connection to lime kiln road from airport drive/pkwy Also – it’s “Chamberlin” school – not Chamberlain C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 16 Why is the Official Map not included here with Comp Plan (shouldn’t it be…or is it a separate process?) will that map coincide with “planned infrastructure improvements”? Why isn’t proposed water tower show? Page 2-58 Access Management: fix “Examples included and safety…” – rest of sentence is a fragment as well (after the semi-colon) which will need fixing The discussion of east-west corridors to Williston should include a prospective/potential connection through the Meadowlands Industrial Park over the Muddy Brook to a road through the SB quarry and exiting on South Brownell. – for the eventuality of the quarry no longer serving its purpose. Equally in a discussion of the sidewalks and their gaps – there should be discussion or a goal/objective/strategy to prioritize and have the city build to fill the sidewalk gaps in our system.(strategy#42---need to speak explicitly to it in Page 2-59 – there should be discussion of whether the city seeks further purchase of homes or not and/or whether we prefer aggressive noise mitigation measures by the airport (fencing?) or for the homes (insulation/windows) or both. The PC should offer their opinion on this (especially as to “future land use” of the Airport properties that are zoned R4 and are now a greenspace to the airport noise tunnel) – maybe get a cue from CNAPC – advise on whether a Berlin “sound” Wall is needed (or berm/embankments) or if future commercial development is envisioned as part of a buffer Page 2-60 -- Meeting Demands of Changing Development: fix 2nd sentence – (missing a word?)—and basically this whole paragraph says nothing about actually meeting the demands—it could be said in one sentence “as the city grows, we will strive to grow the roads and their connections within the goals of this plan” Page 2-62 – strategy #40 – fix ‘anticipate” (should be anticipated?) Public utilities --- only one strategy for broadband? What about convert all homes/municipal bldgs. to natural gas? Inventives for solar panels? Solar energy/ community csa solar fields? Why so mute? 2-72 – municipal energy challenge – what is status of this or its deadline if you mention it? Need deets, peeps…. 2-73 -- if sewage is biggest user…why no educational/conservation initiative…”if it’s brown flush it down….if it’s yellow, let it mellow?” Where are plans/discussion of lo-flow or water-free urinals (like at Sheraton)/toilets? 2-74 what studies support the anti-wind statement? There are clearly wind turbines in SB in the Meadowlands (and historically on our farms) and the ridgeline can clearly support turbines – this is a rather bald statement that requires justification. Are we too timid to discuss in light of our energy future? How do we adopt building codes? new construction…energy efficiency? Need discussion of how city center will be less car friendly…more pedestrian…setting up required city streets on the Official Map for this area is counter to this clearly stated goal/objective. (more pedestrian alleys & plazas/less thoroughfares) C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 17 How are you measuring…objective 22? Define clean energy assessment district…..strategy 50 Overall – no discussion of Lake Champlain/lakefront issues for our homes (lake district) – new legislation on lakefront protections. Overall – no discussion of our phosphorus EPA reqs for reduction with two WWTFs – one at 93% of load now (Airport) and the other at 80% (*Bartlett Bay) In 2.3 (at beginning) – what measures will be taken to maintain “balanced neighborhoods” – rather vague – how do we assess they are “out of balance”? 2-76 – there should be a discussion of “town forest” (Wheelock perhaps? Or Red rocks?)….also, there is a huge missing piece of the prime agricultural soils and their “extraction” through development (SusAg and the PC were to come up with language to protect these resources…is that still in the works?) – prime ag should be mentioned (even as we only have state zoning/act 250 protections, we are (I believe) working on our local conservation of same/secondary ag – and it should be a goal/objective/strategy mentioned here 2-79 ---para #2 -- reclassify BIA property as now a WVPD property off Van Sicklen 2-79 – para #3 “Chamberlin” 2-80 – who owns and operates the dam that separates SB from Colchester/Winooski on the Winooski River – that should be mentioned and why is SB not a party to what appears to be a shared resource? (i.e. – how does Williston and Essex manage their dam? Does Essex own it outright? And does a community that is first to dam up a river have no worries about the abutting community on the other side of the dam/river as to their compromised ability now to also build a dam and use the same resource?) 3-81 – ummm….there is no “figure 1” – this looks like it’s been lifted from an intro to the subject in another academic/engineering document. Throughout the Blue Infrastructure section, we talk about flooding and flood plains, but as we’ve seen in Vermont (Irene) and even in South Burlington, the flood events that happen aren’t lately in the plains (“the rain in Maine stays mainly on the plains, but the wet fonts in Vermont runs gauntlets down the monts”) – that is the consideration about flash-floods that we should be mentioning in both hazard mitigation and planning: that the SLOPES are the important consideration (witness Green Dolphin Drive near Syzmanski Park on the western slope ridges and conversely Butler Farms on eastern slope ridges)…there doesn’t seem to be a recognition of run-off from ridges and the effects from that in a torrential event or over super-saturation events (5-6 days of rain). I believe more language and study of slopes and their run-off might help this missing piece (witness rip-rapping of ditches along Cheesefactory and Allen Roads for same issues and flooding of residence on Allen by brook for the same “run-off” from roadway/golf course/hort farm/farm field issues) 2-85 – OK, I’ll bite – where are our “hydrodynamic swirl separators” for stormwater?? 2-86 – second sentence (second para) “assisting” C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 18 2-86 – fee structure for sloped impervious surfaces/properties should be more in recognition of their greater impact on running-off, or special buffering/treatment should be required for such properties/surfaces. 2-86 – last paragraph – second sentence: Add – “into adjoining basements” after “runoff”(this is a “just half kidding” statement. 2-87 -- add some strategies and objectives that talk about mapping and dealing with slope runoff in a better way (added treatment focus/buffering – special treatment for slopes – not necessarily to discourage development on slopes, but to require stricter stormwater run-off controls than in a flat area – based on the slope and how the runoff can best be handled and buffered. There should be a discussion of monochloramines and our award for best water taste nationally? Possible energy generation discussion for power to be generated from gravity/water pressure within system? 2-90 – was this “water ordinance” conflated with the wastewater allocation and do they then mean the 125-150k gals now? Or is it a separate stand-alone “water only” ordinance of which I’m not aware Discussion of phosphorus load of each plant 80% of new reqs for Bartlett Bay and 92% of new phosphorus reqs for Airport Pkwy – it looks like we don’t need to outlay capital costs to meet the new EPA standards and lake cleanup plan (but boy, howdy….winooski ($7m)and Burlington($24m) and essex($1m) get slammed) 2-92 – para #1 needs to remove reference to completion of upgrades as coming along since next paragraph states that they are done. 2-93 – this objective #28 stands out as an odd one – where is there wastewater allocation other than in City center? So maintaining that? Is it deliberately general? 2-93 – strategy #63 asks for water for a high point, but there isn’t an attendant recognition of wastewater in that same area (i.e., if we build a water tower do we extend a sewer line to it and beyond?) It’s just odd that we are recognizing need for extra water in SEQ for safety and such, but there is a rather limiting approach to the sewer…isn’t that contradictory (in that if you say you’ll supply water, how can you then say you won’t supply sewer?). If we ask people to pay that cost, then it would appear to be efficient to have parallel lines for both sewer and water and potentially allow MORE people to share that cost in future hookups. C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 19 C. Shaw Part 1 09282015 20 Comments on Draft Comprehensive Plan (Part 2) – October 10, 2015 C. Shaw 2-98 – Prime & Second Cons Areas para #2 – capitalize “prime conservation area” and change “regard- less” to “regardless” 2-98 – Prime & Second Cons Areas para #2 – bullet point the 3 primes (hazard, rare, environ sensitive) 2-98 – Secondary Conservation Areas – define please – “id’d for conservation or protection” doesn’t explain and is vague (this is what got us into trouble with the JAM development, lo those 12 years ago) In fact, the maps (which I will discuss later) are too confusing to be of use and are not large enough (size needs to be blown up) to be valuable. Prime and Secondary Conservation Areas are in the same area and seem grossly off in some cases (the entire middle school/high school is marked as a “rare species” – no doubt due to our dwindling student-age population?) and therefore should be afforded a 300 ft contiguous buffer – that means we can’t improve City Hall and Fire Station #1, right?) 2-100 – the sentence which finishes from page 2-99 at the top of this page is not clear – it draws a comparison to “well-drained soils” v. “less well drained soils” but the context of their accompanying value as agricultural soils isn’t stated on the SEQ soils (“loam soils” doesn’t by itself denote good soil or poor ag soil to me) – be clearer that it is/isn’t good ag soil (whether soggy or not in SEQ). 2-100 – Air Quality para – can we drop the CN(?) spelling “Auto-dependant” for American “auto- dependent”? 2-100 Habitat and Vegetation para – 5th bullet point – can we explain “specimen” trees? (are these glorious examples of the noble ash? The hearty oak? The vibrant maple? The supple birch?) 2-100 Future Needs and Trends – 1st bullet point – development growth: “housing growth…with residential construction expected…” (how and what is the arcane distinction between “housing growth” and “residential construction”? (are apartments “housing growth” but NOT “residential construction”?) – this is unclear as to the definition you are using for each is apparently separate. 2-102 -- Strategy #64 – this seems (in first sentence) like a tall order if we are relying on the existing map (such as it is with errors and as confusing as it may be: are we to prohibit build in 100 year flood plains where the map shows two that can be distinguished but there are clearly more? then are we to rely on federal flood areas or secure a more authoritative inventory as this survey does not appear to be complete (as referenced by the “secondary conservation area” qualifier that “site investigation” is needed) – surely “site investigation” would be warranted for “primary conservation areas” as well otherwise a refusal on the basis of this map and vague language is going to land us in court again. 2-104 – Cultural Facilities and Organizations – this is rather brief and general – I think we can do better – the new SB Historical Society, Rotary, Lions, SBBA, Moose, Vermont Country Club, Higher Ground, movie theater, plays at schools (Rice/SBHS), list our churches – and number them (religion being a lacking of Vermont supposedly) 2-107 – Recreation Programming – “prohibitive” -- doesn’t sound right/make sense – find a better word choice C. Shaw Part 2 10102015 21 2-108 – Strategy #76 – what does this even mean? How about “use the matrices for land acquisition that have been devised by the RLA committee or NR/OS committee?” 2-109 –Overview and Inventory – sent #2 – for clarity – revise for verbiage: should read: “in recent years, small vegetable farms, backyard gardens and farmers’ markets have emerged to join the city’s landscape and its economic and cultural base.” 2-110 – bullet point #7 – typo? Extra word – sent #2 – “in the in for-profit”? 2-100 – bullet point #8 – please define the buzzwords -- and why do we list/mention them, if only to look au courant? Define them and explain how we support them (or since this is an “overview/inventory” I guess we intend to use/evaluate/explore/implement/encourage them?) Perhaps “all these (*defined) can be fruitful opportunities for SB to encourage as part of its agriculture resource commitment”) 2-111 – 3rd bullet point – perhaps a quick overview of the ownership/management of UVM Wheelock as contrasted with SB Wheeler and the conflicting needs of the pre-existing Burlington Community Gardens at Wheeler? Result – more SB gardens needed overall and in different sectors – potential Airport – DeGrasse Park – Allen Road city land – etc. 2-111 – 4th bullet point – 3rd sent – the previous issue of spelling alternate “dependant” v. “dependent” (prefer the American version of the spelling – where we don’t distinguish between its spelling/use as noun/verb) 2-111 4th bullet point – The City/School overlap of Common Roots/Farmers’ Market isn’t explored here – I believe the intent is to more clearly define the Farmers’ Market as a “City” initiative (where it may appear to be attached to Common Roots as a “School” initiative). Explicitly state that the City needs to assist the Farmers’ Market’s permanence and not rely entirely on private support (or the confusion that it somehow springs from the School – which needs to be mentioned because of CR’s better-known work within the schools) 2-112 – Objective #35 – suggest “Promote conservation of productive farmland and prime ag w/I the city” 2-113 – Objective #36 – why “new” farmers? We should be supporting ALL farmers, and especially those who have been doing it for a while in SB and therefore are most vulnerable. define “local consumption” – not clear – within SB? --- within Chittenden County? – within the State? – what percentage need be “local” – Define “entrepreneurs” (agricultural entrepreneurs?) Suggest: “support new and existing agriculture and its entrepreneurs in the city that contribute to our local food system?” 2-116 – Land Planning Use -- bullet point #9 – this is a new initiative not yet supported in the LDR’s – how will the Prime Conserve Areas (and their 300 foot surrounding buffers) line up with our existing NRP areas in the SEQ (for instance)? – the effect of this is to INCREASE the buffer around the designated wetlands from 50 feet (as State )(regardless of Class) to 300 feet – seems rather arbitrary and unsupported as a policy. Apparently the 300 foot buffer wouldn’t apply to hazards? (right?) – flood C. Shaw Part 2 10102015 22 plains and slopes….but this needs more discussion and explication – it is very complicated and the maps don’t do it justice (and in the Prime Conservation Area map, one can’t tell the difference between “riparian connectivity” and “wetlands” in the legend) – “severely limiting” disturbance in these areas wouldn’t allow so much as a shed on Vale Drive, for instance. I think there needs to be more detailed inventory/site investigation for primary and secondary areas – and that the state’s protection of wetlands has been sufficient – this is a big change and has many potential pitfalls for property owners that goes beyond its intent. Protection buffers may need to be tiered for the type of conserved element (hazard or environmentally sensitive (tree/forest, plant, wetland, stream source). Needs more thinking/exploration than a generalized Open Space consultant’s report that gave short shrift to viewsheds and offered multiple “tool kit” evaluation forms (often a tip-off to a thin report) on the back- end. 2-116 – bullet point #11 – “other Primary Natural Areas” – why has the designation for CheeseFactory Swamp and Great Swamp garnered special mention for their buffers and all else has been relegated to “other” (but with ostensibly equal protection) – this implies that the 300 foot buffer is “soft” around all “other” primary natural areas (and in line with Secondary Conservation “lack of disturbance” softer language than the “severely restricted” that was just stated in Bullet Point #9 above) – which is it? I think you may want to eliminate the reference to the buffer zones in bullet #9 to avoid this contradiction. Or explicitly state what you intend – understanding that the consultant’s inventory and map may not be entirely accurate. 3-4 – Strategy #88 – add “occurs” in place of “occur” 3-14 -=- Strategy #94 – add the word “in” appropriately 3-19 – Objective 50 – is this the position of the PC & CNAPC? That they support the continued sale and relocation of homes? If not, take it out and stick with noise-mitigation. 3-20 – Strategy #112 – add “its” where appropriate 3-24 – Objective #52 -- fix missing/added word “with in”…. 3-28 – Strategy #119 – not sure this is a great idea – is the PC OK with this? – lake front issues – flood issues – are there specific plots of land that work for this? Most communities there are small scale and would abhor development (QCP and Lakeshore) 3-29 – Strategy # 120 – what does this even mean? Review LDR’s or zoning in those areas? I think you mean zoning to have compatible transitions like from commercial/transit overlay district to residential/park – stepping down densities and uses and heights to ease the transition…? 3-34 – Public safety – here’s a chance to mention potential school with public meeting space/shelter/substation of PD. 3-37 – Strategy #128 – this is a targeted request from one property owner which has been going on for over 10 years and I think is entirely inappropriate to list it as a strategy that benefits one property owner that would place mega-housing in one of the most valuable viewsheds of SB – no Bueno. Take it out. I far prefer folks see “Reverence” as they enter SB and we are defined by that rather than the look/feel of the Quarry Hill=style apts that would be prominent at any Exit 12B if this were allowed. Not a good look. C. Shaw Part 2 10102015 23 Appendices Map #1 – Forest Eve Farm (small scale ag) – no longer active (north of van sicklen icon) Map #4 – we aren’t showing any water tanks or towers (or the proposed ones) – I think they’re important on this map Map #10 – no proposed trails? To show connections mentioned from Cider Mill to Shelburne Pond (connection trail to Scott Property?) Primary Conservation Areas Map  Rather unreadable due to small size and busy amount of legend material  Rare species shown at middle school/south of san remo?  Confusion between “hazard” and “environmental sensitivities” – also not clear on what is environmental sensitivity – riparian, wetlands, rare ntl community, rare species, source protection area, streams, ponds,? – all same priority/buffer? Hazard/environmental Secondary Conservation Areas Map Uncommon species on the golf course at Vt Ntl? (quite a bit) – sedge? If the Primary Conservation Area map can be fuzzy in spots (how was the info compiled? From surveys of residents? Or site investigation? Aerial mapping?) – this is an interesting take in that it details some properties and leaves others “tax parcels” blank…why is this? It appears incomplete and more focused on open space which is in some cases deemed “farmland” when it is parkland, golf courses, and industrial parks. C. Shaw Part 2 10102015 24 -----Original Message----- From: Personal [mailto:eborselle@gmail.com] Sent: Friday, October 09, 2015 11:24 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: No to Swift St Extension As a resident of Dorset Park my family and I are firmly against the Swift Street extension. This road would not only threaten to disrupt valuable VT wildlife in the area, it also threatens the culture of the Dorset Park community. There is no need nor want from residents for a "safe second access" nor do I recall being asked if this was a need so unsure who came up with this. It is not possible for this road to exist without negative impact on the Dorset Park community and the surrounding wildlife with the increased higher speed traffic it would bring. Please vote No to the Swift Street Extension Ernie & Kelly Borsellino EK Borsellino 10092015 25 G. Kjelleren 1013201526 G. Kjelleren 1013201527 G. Kjelleren 1013201528 From: Jennifer Murray [mailto:jmurray@sbschools.net] Sent: Thursday, October 01, 2015 12:03 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Comp Plan addition Hi Cathyann. Paul made some suggestions regarding our Comp Plan write-up and we would like to add this at the bottom of what you have. Let me know if there’s a different way you’d like me to handle it. Thank you, Jennifer The City is planning resources to support the building of a new Library. While the Library focus will remain on sharing books to provide information and inspiration, the new Library will also be a technology gateway, supporting organized on-line information sources for workforce development and other web-based educational opportunities. The future space will include room for meetings, performances, quiet reading space and collaborative learning. An early childhood “Literacy and Play” space is under consideration to support families with children under five, while teens and new adults will be the focus of a Digital Exploration space. A community auditorium is planned to promote author visits and local performances. All told, the Library will be a cornerstone of the South Burlington community. Jennifer Lee Murray, Director South Burlington Community Library 802-652-7076 jmurray@sbschools.net Notice - Under Vermont’s Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. From: Barbara Ziemann Sent: Thursday, September 24, 2015 1:58 PM To: Jennifer Murray Subject: My changes, let me know your thoughts Hi Jennifer, The City supports the building of a new Library and is planning resources to support it. While the Library focus will remain on sharing books to provide information and inspiration, the new Library will also be a technology gateway, supporting organized on-line information sources for workforce development and other web=based educational opportunities. The future space will provide room for meetings, performances, quiet reading space and collaborative learning space. An early childhood “Literacy and Play” space is under consideration to support families with children under five, while teens and new adults will be the focus of a Digital Exploration space. A community auditorium is J. Murray 10012015 29 planned to support author visits and local performances. All told, the Library will be a cornerstone of the South Burlington community. Barb Barbara J. Ziemann Public Service Librarian South Burlington Community Library 540 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 J. Murray 10012015 30 From: John Owen [mailto:jrowen18@gmail.com] Sent: Wednesday, October 07, 2015 1:36 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Fwd: Comprehensive Plan Here is a corrected version of my email. It replaces Spear St. With Route 7. John Owen I am writing to support Mixed Use zoning for lot 11 in South Village in order to allow for a Farm Market, Café, and community center. Development for non-residential use should be limited, however, and designed primarily for residents of South Village, as there are many commercial establishments on Route 7 near South Village. It is important that the essential character of the South Village community not be greatly changed from its original design. John Owen 148 Chipman St S. Burlington J Owen 10072015 31 From: Justin Stinnett [mailto:justin.stinnett@gmail.com] Sent: Thursday, October 08, 2015 8:16 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: SB Comprehensive Plan Hello. Please find below my comments on review of the SB comprehensive plan. 1) Protective Views - From what I can tell the protected views east are very limited. One area where the view east is excellent is from Wheeler Park focused east. Currently this is one of the few minimally developed views of Mt. Mansfield left in S. Burlington and should be protected. 2) SEQ connecting roads to decrease east to west traffic. Extending Swift St and Cider Mill roads to Hinesburgh Rd is a solution looking for a problem. If the interstate exchange is ever built at Hinesburgh Rd. then much of the limited traffic which currently exists would be improved. Placing Bike Paths and other pedestrian and recreational friendly extensions would be reasonable. I hope the city would seriously re-consider those road extensions as not necessary. Best, Justin Stinnett J Stinnett 10082015 32 From: JK B [mailto:jkboyd08@gmail.com] Sent: Tuesday, October 06, 2015 2:02 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Re: Comprehensive plan discussion Dear Ms. LaRose, My name is Judith Boyd and I live at 380 South Jefferson Road, South Burlington. I own a single family house within Phase I of the South Village development. I am writing to share my concern about a recent letter sent to me by Robin Jeffers that implies many residents support the revised re-zoning request submitted by the current developers of the South Village project. I personally have not seen a revised request, been asked my opinion about it, nor expressed any support to anyone about any such revision. Furthermore, I expressed strong opposition to the original zoning request and possible commercial and/or mixed use for the land, and submitted a letter to that effect to the South Burlington DRB to be considered during their deliberations. All of the neighbors I have spoken to are concerned about any re-zoning that would result in commercial use (other than related to teh farm) as well as add more residential lots. I suggested that the DRB table the request for rezoning until a majority of the houses in Phase II are completed and then have a discussion. With only about 35% of the development complete it seems quite premature to make such a major decision that would alter dramatically the original concept and designs of South Village and the character of this quadrant of South Burlington. If a decision must be made, I suggested to the DRB and pass along for your consideration the following: use this last bit of open space in these quadrant for community use and open spaces. For example, we may potentially have 600 dogs in South Village and there is only a tiny dog park planned at the edge of the South Burlington/Shelburne corner of South Village. (300 homes total in South Village with each permitted 2 pets=600). A dog park for this part of South Burlington is sorely needed already and will be welcomed by many. There will also (hopefully) be an increase in the number of children and there is no playground within safe walking distance of South Village. I shudder to think of a parent or teenage babysitter trying to push a stroller and perhaps hold the hand of a small child and attempt to walk on the shoulder of Spear Street to the park the city plans to build some time in the future. I feel very strongly that we do not need any commercial entities within South Village. I do not see a need for, nor want, another coffee shop, bakery, restaurant, medical facility, yoga studio, adult retirement home, book store, artist studio, or any other commercial entity. Instead, I want to support the existing businesses in South Burlington. I want to live in a residential community and not a mixed use community. I also want to connect with the land as promised and have a working farm that can be used as a CSA and to educate students about where food really comes from. If the planned school is not going to happen then I see this as a tremendous opportunity for the city to use this land for the recreational benefit of this quadrant. In closing, I ask that you please ask the South Village residents and those surrounding the community directly for their input instead of relying on the developers to speak for us. The developers are a business and thus are trying to build something they can sell for a profit. It is in their best interest to build. JK Boyd 10-6-2015 33 Sincerely, Judith Boyd JK Boyd 10-6-2015 34 From: Ken Allen [mailto:Faxfix@myfairpoint.net] Sent: Monday, October 05, 2015 6:26 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Cc: Bernie.Paquette@yahoo.com Subject: LITTER Dear Cathyann LarRose: We wholeheartedly support Bernie Paquette’s initiative as set forth below. Please share this request with the Planning Commission. PLANNING COMMISSION – Please add this statement to the SB Draft Comprehensive Plan – “Facilitate Clean City image with a multi-faceted approach toward litter prevention and year-round clean up.” This approach is long-overdue. Whatever progress South Burlington makes in other respects, there can be no true civic pride if litter remains an ongoing issue. Green-Up Day is a wonderful community effort, but the statistics on the volume and type of trash collected each year are illustrative of the problem. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, Annetta and Ken Allen 63 Pine Tree Terrace South Burlington K. Allen 10-5-2015 35 -----Original Message----- From: Kelly A Morrison [mailto:kelly_a_morrison@yahoo.com] Sent: Saturday, October 10, 2015 11:55 AM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: No to Swift St Extension >> >> As a homeowner, professional, parent, active community member and resident of Dorset Park my family and I are firmly against the Swift Street extension. This road threatens the safety and culture of the Dorset Park community as well as the Vermont wildlife and natural areas. I do not have any need nor want from for a "safe second access." This road will have negative impacts on the Dorset Park community and culture and the safety of our children and the surrounding wildlife with the increased higher speed traffic it would bring. >> >> Please vote No to the Swift Street Extension >> Kelly Morrison Borsellino K. Morrison 10-10-2015 36 From: Lindsay Bryce [mailto:lindsayj817@gmail.com] Sent: Tuesday, September 29, 2015 10:05 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: South Burlington draft review-transportation Hi Cathyann, I've reviewed the comprehensive draft plan from the South Burlington website, and there is one thing that is not addressed which I would like to draw to the attention of those reviewing the plan. I read the transportation section thoroughly, and there doesn't appear to be any specific plan for expanding CCTA routes and frequency within the town. I live off of Kennedy Drive and I work on Shelburne Road 3 miles away. While there are plenty of bus routes from Kennedy Dr into downtown, there isn't a single one that travels the I-189 corridor so I am forced to rely on my car or a bicycle to get to work. I am a low income resident (about $40-50,000 for a 2 person household) and car expenses are significant when they come up. The past two cars I have owned have rusted out underneath and had no resale value after about 5 winters of driving around on heavily salted roads. I just bought a new car this summer, and I spent nearly everything that my husband and I had saved since we purchased our condo in 2012. I decided to look for bus routes in order to save my new car on the winter wear and tear, but there is no route available that would take me to work without going way out of my way into downtown first. It would be great if this could be considered in the plan for the next few years, and if it isn't practical at this time, I would like to know the reasons and whether or not there is anything I can do to help make new bus routes a reality. Thank you, Lindsay Bryce 802-540-5033 L. Bryce 9-29-2015 37 City of South Burlington Comprehensive Plan Review 9/18/2015 Plan Page Topic Concern iv Vision Community Rich - the word "rich" may not be the best word to convey the thought. 2 11 Inventory Existing Housing Stock says 7940 as of 2010 and Residential Construction says 8750 constructed between 1940 and 2010 ? 2 16 Housing Objectives Local wage earners don't earn enough - overall image - is it true? 2 16 Strategy 9 Why not streamline the policy for all permitting? 2 29,30 Child Care How will City policy affect wages - the real issue? 2 30 Wheeler Park Wheeler Park refers to Dorset Park - now Veterans Memorial Park 2 30 Underwood Property Are all proposed actions supposed to be blue ? Some are not. 2 41 City Offices Need a space between .In 2 50 Travel Infrastructure Exit 13 2 52 Travel Infrastructure Spear St. shoulders 2 55 Rec. path & Sidewalk Path funding should mention participation by developers. 2 58 Access management Examples include and safety through ? 2 60 Meeting Demands Areas of additional development 2 73 Energy Use Largest energy use is sewage treatment 2 103 Overview Pre-war period - Which war? 3 8 Future Land Use Map needs key 3 33 Developed Recreation AreasVeterans Memorial Park - Is that really a neighborhood park for the SE quadrant 3 34 Recreation Path Rec Path priorities should be more specific and reference the map. 3 34 Recreation Path Faith Methodist Church 3 34 Public Safety What new public safety facility? 3 36 Middle of page DRB unfortunately - why? Should this opinion be part of the plan. Map 6 Differentiate between planned and priority future rec. paths Add a Table of the 62 Objectives and 135 Strategies L. Bresee 9-18-2015 38 -----Original Message----- From: Maida Townsend [mailto:mftownsend@comcast.net] Sent: Monday, September 28, 2015 11:53 AM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Clean City in Draft Comprehensive Plan Good morning, Cathyann. I join Bernie Paquette in hoping that a statement regarding litter prevention and clean-up may be included in our city's Comprehensive Plan as we move into the future, and ask that the following request be shared with the Planning Commission. To SB Planning Commission members: Please consider including in the Draft Comprehensive Plan, under Vision & Goals, Green & Clean (page 1-1), this statement: “Facilitate Clean City image with a multi- faceted approach toward litter prevention and year-round clean-up." Supporting argument as articulated by Bernie for including the statement in the SB Comprehensive Plan... Littering will be difficult to stop until we recognize it as a serious problem. SB residents collected 2.3 tons of bagged trash on Green Up Day 2015. I estimate one ton of litter at 20,000 visible items. I consider 2.3 tons of littered trash accumulating on the ground in our city, for up to one year, to be a serious problem. The city can implement strategies to augment Green Up Day, to help make SB the cleanest city in the country, year round. Reference my Column in the Sept 24 edition of The Other Paper for recommended actions. A multi- faceted approach is necessary to maintain a litter free community. When education (information, knowledge), enforcement, and engineering (making it easy and convenient) are integrated, attitude and behavior change are more likely to occur simultaneously. It is easy to envision that a litter free community would be a social and economic benefit to South Burlington. Thank you very much for your assistance in this matter. Sincerely, Maida F. Townsend 232 Patchen Road South Burlington M. Townsend 9-28-2015 39 To: South Burlington Planning Commission From: Nicholas Andrews 358 South Jefferson Road South Burlington, Vermont 05403 Date: September 22, 2015 Re: City’s Draft Comprehensive Plan First I want to thank you for all of the hard work that each of you has done to get this document to it’s present form. Having been a member of several boards in the past I can appreciate the background work that you have all done in trying to manage all of the competing interests, especially in a project of this magnitude. I am a resident of South Village in the southeast quadrant. As I viewed the legend of the land categories in the Comprehensive Plan I noticed a red area in South Village that indicates higher density mixed use. As the Master Plan for the Village and the current zoning designation of neighborhood residential are residential and low density I would like that area to indicate the actual use. While there may be a proposal by the developer to rezone that area for more commercial uses, that is not in keeping with the intended uses as presented to the purchasers and owners of homes in that community. At a meeting earlier in the year the commission asked the developer to go back to the residents for more dialogue on the developer’s request for a zoning change. As the meeting was never scheduled with the homeowners, and as many of us were nervous about a unilateral move by the developer to move ahead with plans for developing commercial space and building more apartments in the community where apartments were not intended, we prepared a petition for this commission. The petition, signed by 78% of the homeowners in South Village, was presented to Paul Connor on July 28th for the informational use of the Planning Commission moving forward with this comprehensive plan and any potential requests by the developer for zoning changes for South Village. I ask that the draft comprehensive plan for the City of South Burlington remove the higher density designation for The South Village Community. While I would like it removed permanently, I understand that I am not the only voice in this discussion. I respectfully submit that if at some point in the future a decision is finalized to allow commercial zoning for South Village, N. Andrews 9-22-2015 40 then the red area can be reestablished without prejudicing anyone. While this is small in the grand plan for South Burlington, it is very large and important to those of us who live in that community. NWA N. Andrews 9-22-2015 41 From: Robin Jeffers [mailto:robin@SDIRELAND.COM] Sent: Monday, October 12, 2015 3:10 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Comprehensive Plan public comment October 12, 2015 South Burlington Planning Commission Dorset Street, S. Burlington, VT 05403 Re: Public Comment/ 2016 Draft Comprehensive Plan Dear Planning Commission, We are delighted to see an area in South Village designated for an opportunity for mixed use to enhance the community in the SE quadrant area with walkable, bike-able & other pedestrian friendly connectivity contained in the Comprehensive Plan. The opportunity for spaces to be created to support the community to enjoy a true local lifestyle is most welcome. We recently conducted a survey of residents to evaluate desirability of mixed uses and received very positive response. Our survey tool limited responses to one response per household and a vast majority of residents wanted an eatery (68%), year round local food market(90%), yoga studio (58%). Pre school, office support center, exercise facility and other recreation and community uses were also desired by many South Village residents. The comprehensive plan does a great job of bringing South Burlington residents into a more connected and locally supported community. It places South Burlington as a leader in our area leading the national trend to support people who want to commute less and have more time with family, community and live and enjoy a healthy lifestyle. In South Village, the founders who held a vision for a conservation community with an agricultural center laid a blueprint for mixed use in their Declarations, Bylaws and Planning, setting aside certain lots and acreage for “a farm store and potentially other uses and buildings” agricultural and community/civic use, calling out opportunity for a farm store/market, “commercial office support center” for the support of those Owners engaged in a home occupation, etc. Their vision is truly coming into being with support from both Residents and City Planners. With gratitude for your time and efforts, Sincerely, Robin Jeffers South Village Communities PO Box 2286 S. Burlington, VT 05401 802-863-6222 Cell: 802-316-6004 robin@sdireland.com www.southvillage.com www.southvillageleasing.com R. Jeffers 10-12-2015 42 Comments on the Extension of Swift Street Extension Understanding that the extension of Swift Street to connect with Hinesburg Road has been on the Master Plan for several years, I find the arguments for the proposal flawed, and practicality of this plan unrealistic. The arguments for the extension of Swift Street were: • Provide a second access/egress point for the 167 residences at the Village at Dorset Park • Provide an East-West connector for the Residents of South Burlington • Provide for improved emergency vehicle access (assuming to Hinesburg Rd) In response: 1) There are several residential developments in South Burlington and Chittenden County that have only one access/egress point – the recently created residential development at Cider Mill as well as Stonehedge off Spear St. being examples. The residents of the Village at Dorset Park (via the Association Board) have not requested or stated a need for a second access point. 2) The concept of an East-West connector may benefit some residents of South Burlington, but the negative impact on the residents of the Village at Dorset Park (VDP) are numerous and significant. An increase in traffic down Swift Street Extension through a quiet residential neighborhood has a major impact on the safety of the residents, especially children on bicycles, walkers, joggers, people accessing the walking trails in the Wheeler Nature Area, as well as wildlife crossing from the Wheeler Area to VDP. In addition, the intersection at Swift Street, Dorset Street, and the Swift Street Extension is an already highly stressed intersection. Adding more traffic trying to get off Swift St Extension on to Dorset Street, or vice-versa will only create more traffic congestion and delays. 3) As to improved emergency vehicle access to Hinesburg Road – it is 2.0 miles from the South Burlington Fire Department station on Dorset St. to the intersection of Hinesburg Road and Meadowland Drive, the approximate location where the proposed extension of Swift Street Extension would meet Hinesburg Road. Using Google Earth measurements, it would be 1.94 miles from that same fire station to the Meadowland Drive-Hinesburg Rd intersection – a difference of 317’. In addition to being an insignificant difference, the current route down Kennedy Drive, a four lane major artery, would be much faster than a path through the two lane Swift Street Extension through a large (167 unit) residential area. In addition to the counter arguments above, there are several other negative impacts of the proposed Swift Street Extension proposal. Wetlands Impact – the proposed extension of Swift Street would run directly though a Vermont State recognized wetland area. The water flowing through this wetland area ultimately flows into one of South Burlington’s impacted waterways – Potash Brook. As described by the State’s Agency of Natural Resources, floodplain wetlands such as the one bordering both the VDP and the Wheeler Nature Area, and that would be directly impacted by the Swift Street Extension, provide a number of Flood Control and Water Quality benefits. Floodplain wetlands provide S. Boyd Comments 10-8-2015 43 temporary storage of flood waters, and reduce the severity of downstream erosion by attenuating flood peaks reducing water velocities, and therefore reducing scouring and erosion. A road constructed through this wetland area would have nothing but negative impacts on this valuable natural element. In addition to the serious wetlands impact, there are very practical obstacles to extending Swift Street Extension through to Hinesburg Road. The path from the current end of Swift Street Extension to Hinesburg Road is almost entirely uphill. As a result, storm water runoff would naturally flow down this new proposed road to the low point which would be the current wetland area off the end of Swift Street Extension. As the Village at Dorset Park will not allow any additional storm water to be released into its storm water system, some elaborate method of moving storm water runoff from this new road would have to be devised. It would seem foolish, as well as very costly, to pump this storm water up to Hinesburg road or to some new storm water system constructed up near Hinesburg Road. To create a new storm water system in the existing wetlands area would have tremendous negative impact on the positive functional benefits of the wetland (described above), as well as negative impact to the impaired Potash Brook. Any proposal of this type would most likely be rejected by Vermont’s ANR for the same reasons. I sincerely hope these comments will be seriously considered by the South Burlington Planning Committee, as well as any other agency/department promoting this proposed Swift Street Extension. Sincerely, Stewart Boyd Resident, the Village at Dorset Park S. Boyd Comments 10-8-2015 44 From: Stewart Boyd [mailto:boyd.byrne@gmail.com] Sent: Thursday, October 08, 2015 11:14 AM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Input on the Proposed Swift Street Extension Ms. Larose, As per your posted announcement requesting input on the proposed extension of the current Swift Street Extension to connect to Hinesburg Road, I have attached a Word doc my comments and concerns. I appreciate the opportunity to express my opinions and hope my input will be provided to the appropriate departments, planning groups, and agencies. In the spirit of full disclosure, I will inform you that I'm a board member on the Village at Dorset Park Master Association, as well as a board member on the Village at Dorset Park Cluster B condominium association. Regards, Stewart Boyd S. Boyd Email 10-8-2015 45 From: Susan Saferstein [mailto:susanghc@gmail.com] Sent: Sunday, September 27, 2015 4:20 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: litter I support Bernie Paquette's suggestion concerning litter related issues in the SB Comprehensive Plan Susan Saferstein S. Saferstein 9-27-2015 46 October 4, 2015 Dear South Burlington Planning Commission members, The South Burlington Energy Committee is pleased to provide the following comments on the draft Comprehensive Plan that was published on September 10, 2015. 1. (page 11) Change the second Green & Clean goal to "Reduce energy consumption and increase renewable energy production." Inclusion of the words "where appropriate" seems like an attempt to minimize the importance of increasing renewable energy production compared to the other goals. The appropriateness of a proposed renewable energy installation will be determined at the time of permitting regardless of whether the comprehensive plan contains the words "where appropriate". Locations where renewable energy are encouraged are already defined in Objective 23 on page 2-75. 2. (page 12) The General Description of the city does not contain anything related to energy. We feel it is important to add a brief summary of the energy infrastructure in addition to rest of the description. Our suggestion is to insert the following after the third paragraph: Energy in South Burlington is provided primarily by imported gasoline, diesel, and heating oil from many independent suppliers, imported natural gas from Vermont Gas Systems, and electricity from Green Mountain Power. Most of the electricity used in South Burlington is generated outside the city, however an increasing number of rooftop and field-deployed solar generation facilities improve the resilience of our energy service system by providing generation capacity that serves the city directly. 3. (page 39) Strategy 12 in the housing section is very good. "Promote the construction of new homes- particularly affordable and moderate-income units- that are highly energy-efficient, and upgrades to existing homes to make them more energy-efficient, which will reduce residents’ overall cost of living and contribute to housing affordability.” 4. (page 43) Add an energy discussion to the "Economic Vitality and Quality of Life" section of the economy analysis and challenges. We suggest this be done as follows: a. Change "Notably among them are community services, public infrastructure, and housing affordability" to "Notably among them are community services, public infrastructure, housing affordability, energy-efficiency, and renewable energy.” b. Before the last sentence of that paragraph, add "Since the majority of the money we spend on energy leaves South Burlington, using less non-renewable energy results in a stronger South Burlington economy." 5. (page 95) Energy Conservation and Efficiency section: Add the following sentence to the beginning to explain why this section only discusses transportation: Recognizing that transportation is the largest use of energy in South Burlington, transportation energy efficiency and conservation is important. Energy Committee 10-4-2015 47 6. (page 97) In the energy section, future needs and trends, the last sentence does not make sense. Change the last sentence to the following: Local renewable energy provides clean energy at predictable costs for decades to come. 7. (page 97) In the energy section, future needs and trends, second to last sentence, people should be changed to people’s. 8. (page 97) Strategy 48: add the word “or" before the word "Leadership". Thank you for the time and effort you have devoted to preparing this draft, and we appreciate the opportunity to provide suggestions to improve the Comprehensive Plan. Please let us know if you have any questions or comments about our suggestions. Sincerely, South Burlington Energy Committee Keith Epstein, Chair Karen McKenny, Vice-chair Don Cummings Fred Kosnitsky Wayne Maceyka Linda McGinnis Marcy Murray Sam Swanson Patty Tashiro Thor Vue Energy Committee 10-4-2015 48 S. Dopp "More substantial changes" 10-12-2015 49 S. Dopp "More substantial changes" 10-12-2015 50 S. Dopp "More substantial changes" 10-12-2015 51 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 52 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 53 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 54 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 55 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 56 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 57 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 58 S. Dopp "Word Choice and Typos" 10-12-2015 59 From: Terence Woodard [mailto:terryinvt@gmail.com] Sent: Tuesday, September 22, 2015 3:34 PM To: Cathyann LaRose Subject: Swift Street extension My name is Terence Woodard, I live at The Village at Dorset Park in South Burlington. I am writing about my concern of the effects of Swift Street being connected through to Hinesburg Road. From having talked to several people in my neighborhood most are opposed to the plan. We enjoy our peaceful space that we have in our little section of South Burlington, with our direct access to The Veteran's Memorial Park, and Wheeler Nature Park. It is our little kept secret, a lot of people do not even realize our wonderful neighborhood exists behind the park. My property borders the proposed extension of Swift Street, no one will be more affected by this than me. I currently have unobstructed access to Wheeler Natural park to the side and the wet lands to the rear of my condominium. On any given day I see the cranes fly in and out of the wetlands behind my home, this space home to so many bird species, just ask the birder's who spend so much time in this area. I see and hear coyotes, deer, rabbits, squirrels, beavers, and other wildlife that use this area. A while back the voters of South Burlington approved the land swap of golf course land with that of some City land so that the wildlife corridor could be maintained, the City, and residents realized the importance of keeping the wildlife corridor open. If Swift Street is allowed to extended through to Hinesburg Road that wildlife corridor that the City, and residents worked so hard to maintain will be disrupted. The amount of traffic that will be carried by this road will be tremendous, and if the Interstate exit is ever built on Hinesburg Road it will increase many times more. I am asking the City to reconsider the plan to extend Swift St, doing so will destroy this valuable wetland, and destroy the peaceful neighborhood that we as residents of The Village at Dorset Park enjoy. Thank you, Terry Woodard T. Woodard 9-22-2015 60